etal 
3 a 4 o 
SE pale ve 7 al efeoat 
bay Be Eni ph fer eae Sree 
fea td Hont-be 
cs Recline et 


paid 
“jb Bay 


ry Gee lesa E eR ae 
is ¥ Batra ira ote bis 
Bee fe pi j es oe. 


Ven 
i 
'F 


oh 
ee ere 
2 


PEA ATK ae! aint 0) 
3 ea ee hae : ee 


5K Se 2 a 
Oe bee lan halal lat Mae! Qu a | 
rie wan . 


aay 
oy TNS, 
pa bs 


ne 


aq / 514, 0643 


(063 

PROCEEDINGS = 5, 0, 
US-G/G 

rae 


Biological Society of Washington 


VOLUME}}XIX 


1906 


WASHINGTON 
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY 
% 1907 


Saonian institu 


- JUN 13 1907 
oi, 2G de 


COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATIONS 
W. P. HAY, Chairman 


WILFRED H. OSGOOD DAVID WHITE 
E. A. GOLDMAN : C. A. McCKNEW 


H. L. MCQUEEN, PRINTER 
1108 E St. N. W. 
WASHINGTON, D. C. 


S74. 0673 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


Page 5. Skulls of Thomomys fulvus and umbrinus. 
“72. Skulls‘of Microtus operarius Group. 
“ 74. Clarias niewhofi (a) and C. gilli (6). 
“ 75. Corythroichthys pullus. 
“ 80. Illana cacabet. 

@. 81. Caragobius typhlops. 
“ 185. Fruit of Anthenantia villosa. 
* 186. Fruit of Leptocoryphium lanatum. 
“. 188. Fruit of Valota insularis. 
* 190. Fruit of Syntherisma sanguinalis. 
“ 191. Fruit of Leptoloma cognata, 
“ 194. West Coast Mitras, 1 to 5, Mitra idae; 6, M. fultoni ; 
7, M. orientalis. 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Officers and Committees for 1006 030-6 64s oe a eS Vv 
Constitution and By-Laws of the Society. ........... Vii-xi 
Rules Relating to PublicaGion:: 5700.) Sa ee ee xi-xiv 
Proceettings for 1906 ee ae ar BE are ea ae eee »Xiv-Xxviii 
Notes on Orchids new to Florida, by Oakes Ames... .... 1-2 
Identity of Thomomys umbrinus (Richardson), by Vernon Bailey . 3-6 
‘ Some Observations Concerning the American Families of Oligom- 
yodian Passeres, by Robert Ridgway ....... pom Paces 7-16 
Breeding Birds of the Sierra de Antonez, North Central Sonora, 
by John E. Thayer and Outram Bangs. ........... 17-22 
A New Botrychium from Alabama, by William R. Maxon... . 23-24 
Two New Carnivores from the Malay Peninsula, byGerritS. Miller, Jr. 25-28 
Descriptions of New Bermudian Fishes, by Tarleton H. Bean . . 29-34 


Plantze Montrosensis, I, by Aven Nelson and P. B. Kennedy. . . 35-40 
General Notes’. Se iertg an edi eta isp ects SR aes ed 
A New Name for Rhinolophus minutus Miller, by Gerrit S. 
Miller, Jr.; The Nomenclature of the Flying Lemurs, by Ger- 
rit S. Miller, Jr.; The Specific Name of the Hawk Owls, by 
Harry C. Oberholser; Piranga erythromelas versus Piranga 
mexicana, by Harry C. Oberholser; The Names of the Pas- 
senger Pigeon and the Mourning Dove, by Outram Bangs ; 
The Proper Name of the White-Backed Skunk of Colombia, 
by Arthur H. Howell; The Proper Name for the Eastern 
Skunk, by Arthur H. Howell; The Proper Name for the 
Striped Muishond of South Africa, by Arthur H. Howell; The 
Generic Name Zorilla, by Arthur H. Howell; A Bear. Ani- 
malcule Renamed, by W. P. Hay. 
Descriptions of an Apparently New Species of Monkey of the 
Genus Presbytis from Sumatra, and of a Bat of the Genus Der- 
manura from Mexico, by D.G. Elliot .........2.. 49-50 


iv Contents. 


The Pigmy Squirrels of the Nannosciurus melanotus Group, by 


Marcus W Lov0ne ra eee ae ee es 51-56 

A New White-Footed Mouse from Texas, by Vernon Bailey... 57-58 

A New Genus of Sac-Winged Bats, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr... . . 59-60 

Seven New Malayan Bats, by Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr... 61-66 
The Status of the Generic Name Hemiprocne Nitzsch, by Harry ©. 

ODER GiOr es ae cn wy ee 67-70 


A New Vole from Montague Island, Alaska, by Wilfred H. Osgood 71-72 
Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Island of Mindanao, Phil- 
-ippine Archipelago, with Descriptions of New Genera and 

Species, by Hugh M. Smith and Alvin Seale ......... 73-82 
Twelve New Genera of Bats, by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr... . 83-86 
Identity of Hutamias pallidus (Allen), with a Description of a Re- 

lated Form from the South Dakota Bad Lands, by Merritt Cary 87-90 
Description of a New Crab from Dominica, West "Indies, by Mary 


7 ROR ec Oe ee ee 91-92 
Description of a New Querquedula, by Harry C. Oberholser. . . . 93-94 
onerht NOG so er eae en 95-98 


On Mephitis olida Boitard, by D. G. Elliot; Change of Name, 
by F. H. Knowlton; Type of the Genus Pronolagus, by Mar- 
cus W. ee drs New Names for Two Recently Described 
Genera of Plants, by J. N. Rose; A Bat New to the United 
States, by Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr.; Ammomys and Other Com- 
pounds of Mys, by T.S. Palmer. 
Descriptions of Three New Mangrove Crabs from Costa Rica, by 
DAATY b TRON ONG iil ee ee ee Fee ce 99-100 
Notes on Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui, with Descriptions of 
New Forms and New Records for Costa Rica, by Outram Bangs 101-112 


A New Scyllarides from Brazil, by Mary J. Hathbun. . ¢ diel 
Descriptions of Some New Forms of bes tigi Birds, by Rob- 
Ort RWWA as le ee ee . 115-120 


Notes on the Mammals of Grand Manan, N. B., , with a Description 
of a New Subspecies of the White-Footed "Mouse, af Manton 


Copeland and Morton L. Church .  ...... : . 121-126 
Revision of the Genus Wislizenia, by Edward L. Greene... . . 127-132 
Diagnosis of New Species of Mosquitoes, by Harrison G. Dyar and 

Frederic® Bnav 2 cae . 133-142 
Descriptions of New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines, 

Ty CA Be ee a a et es 143-154 
New Plants from the Great Basin, by Aven Nelson and P. B. 

MROON ce a ee oe a a ee 155-158 
Notes on Some American Mosquitoes, with Descriptions of New 

Species, by Harrison G. Dyar and Frederick Knab ...... 159-172 
Notes on Some New Tortricid Genera, with Descriptions of New 

American Species, by Auguat Busck .. . . . 2 wwe 173-182 
Notes on the Genera of Paniceae, I, by Agnes Chase ..  .. ... . 183-192 
West American Mitridee—North of Cape St. Lucas, Lower Califor- 

nia. Ov Mars. 2, mon WHIAIMRON Gow ey SS 193-198 
RICORINL HONOR a a pay ei ee 199-200 


Type of the Genus Atherurus, Brush-tailed Porcupine, by 

Marcus W. Lyon, Jr.; Notes on Limnomys, by Oldfield 

Heap The Proper Name of the Mexican Tamandua, by 
. A. Allen. 


OFFICERS AND COUNCIL 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


For 1906 


(ELECTED DECEMBER 23, 1905) 


OFFICERS 


President 
FRANK H. KNOWLTON 


Vice-Presidents 
T. S. PALMER W. P. HAY 
E. L. GREENE E. W. NELSON 


Recording Secretary 
M. C. MARSH 


Corresponding Secretary 
WILFRED H. OSGOOD 


Treasurer 
DAVID WHITE 


COUNCIL 
WILLIAM H. DALL* B. W. EVERMANN* 
THEODORE GILL* A. D. HOPKINS 
L. O. HOWARD* GEORGE M. STERNBERG* 
FREDERICK V. COVILLE* A. B. BAKER 
A. K. FISHER L. STEJNEGER 
F. A. LUCAS* CHARLES A. WHITE* 
C. HART MERRIAM* J. N. ROSE 


STANDING COMMITTEES—1906 
Committee on Communications 


Vernon Battzy, Chairman 
H, M. Snir A. B. Baker 


A. D. Hopkins J. N. Rose 


Committee on Publications 
W. P. Hay, Chairman 
WILFRED H. Oscoop Davin WHITE 
E. A. GotpMAN C. A. McKnew 


* Ex-Presidents of the Society 


(Vv) 


VoL. XIX, PP. VII-Xvill FEBRUARY 21, 1907 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


CONSTITUTION AND BY-LAWS. 


CONSTITUTION. 
ArtTIcLE I.—Name. 


The name of this Society is the Biological Society of Wash- 
ington. 
ARTICLE I1.—Object. 
The object of the Society is the increase and diffusion of bio- 
logical knowledge. 


ArticLE II1.—Members. 


The members of the Society shall be persons who are in- 
terested in biological science. There may be two classes of 
members, active and corresponding. 


ARTICLE 1V.— Officers. 


The officers of the Society shall be a President, four Vice- 
Presidents, a Recording Secretary, a Corresponding Secretary, 
and a Treasurer. 

There shall be a Council, consisting of the officers of the 
Society, the ex-presidents, the respective chairmen of the com- 
mittees on Publications and on Communications, and _ five 
additional members. 

The officers and the five additional members of the Council 
shall be elected annually by ballot, and shall hold office until 
their successors are elected. The Council shall have power to 
fill vacancies. | 

ARTICLE V.—Amendments. 


This Constitution shall not be amended except by a three- 
fourths vote of the members present at an annual meeting for 
the election of officers, and notice of the proposed amendment 
must be submitted in writing ata regular meeting of the Society 
at least four weeks previously. 


(vii) 


Vili The Biological Society of Washington. 
BY-LAWS. 


ARTICLE 1.—Members. 


‘Active members only shall be entitled to vote and to hold office. 

Persons residing outside of the District of Columbia may be- 
come corresponding members of the Society. They may attend 
its meetings, and take part in and contribute to its proceedings. 
Corresponding members may be transferred to active member- 
ship by the Council. 

Nominations for membership shall be signed by three active 
members of the Society, and submitted to the Council through 
the Recording Secretary. They shall not receive action until 
they have been before the Council at least two weeks. After 
recommendation by a majority of the Council present at a 
regular meeting, nominations shall be acted upon at the next 
ensuing regular meeting of the Society, a majority vote of the 
members present being necessary to an election. 

Notice of resignation of membership shall be given in writing 
to the Council. 


ARTICLE II.—Officers. 


The President shall preside at the meetings of the Society and 
of the Council. He shall appoint all committees except such 
as are otherwise provided for; and, jointly with the Recording 
Secretary, shall sign all written contracts and other obligations 
of the Society. In the absence of the President, his duties shall 
be performed by one of the Vice-Presidents. 

The Recording Secretary shall keep minutes of the meetings 
of the Society and Council. | 

The Corresponding Secretary shall issue notices for the meet- 
ings of the Society and Council, shall notify members of their 
election, and conduct the correspondence. He shall have the 
custody of the records, except the minutes and the accounts of 
the Treasurer. 

The Treasurer shall collect all moneys and, under the direction 
of the Council, disburse the same. He shall report upon the 
state of the funds at each annual meeting, and at other times if 
required. The accounts of the Treasurer shall be audited by a 
committee of three, to be appointed at least two weeks previous 
to the annual meeting. In the absence of the Treasurer, the 
Recording Secretary is authorized to receive the dues of members. 


By-Laws. ix 


ArticLE III.—Dues. 


The annual dues of active and corresponding members shall 
be one dollar and fifty cents, payable at the beginning of the 
year, and no member in arrears shall be entitled to vote at the 
annual meeting for the election of officers or on any proposed 
amendments to this Constitution or By-Laws. 

-Members of either class shall be entitled to the publications 
of the Society upon payment of an additional annual fee of one 
dollar and fifty cents; but they shall receive such publications 
only for the years for which their full dues are paid. The 
names of those two years in arrears may at any time, by vote 
of the Council, be dropped from the list of members. 

Any member not in arrears may become a life member on the 
payment of fifty dollars at one time, and be relieved from all 
further dues and other assessments. All moneys received in 
payment of life memberships shall be invested in a permanent 
publication fund. 

The fiscal year shall terminate with the annual meeting. 


ARTICLE LV .—Meetings. 


The regular meetings of the Society shall be held at 8 o’clock 
Pp. M. on alternate Saturdays from October to May, inclusive, 
unless otherwise ordered by the Council. The place of meeting 
will be designated by the Council. 

Special meetings may be called by the President, with the 
approval of the Council. 

The regular meetings, with the exception of the annual meet- 
ing, shall be devoted to the presentation and discussion of sci- 
entific subjects. 

The regular order of business shall be as follows: 

1. Reading of minutes. 

2. Reports of committees. 

3. Balloting for members. 

4. Miscellaneous business. 

5. Reading of papers, discussions, and exhibition of specimens. 


This order of business may be suspended at any time by a 
two-thirds vote of the members present. 

The annual meeting for the election of officers shall be the 
last stated meeting in December. 

The regular meeting preceding the annual meeting shall be set 


x The Biological Society of Washington. 


apart for the delivery of the President’s annual address, unless 
a special meeting is called for the purpose. 

Persons interested in biological science may, upon invitation 
of a member, be present at any meeting of the Society except 
the annual meeting. 


ARTICLE V.—Annual Meeting and Election of Officers. 


The order of proceedings at the annual meeting shall be as 
follows: 


1. Reading of the minutes of the last annual meeting. 

2. Presentation of the annual reports of the Secretaries. 

3. Presentation of the annual report of the Treasurer. 

4. Announcement of the names of members who, having 
complied with Article III of these By-Laws, are entitled to vote 
on the election of officers: 

Election of President. 

Election of four Vice-Presidents. 

Election of one Recording and one Corresponding Secretary. 
Election of Treasurer. 

. Election of five additional members of the Council. 

10. Consideration of amendments to the Constitution. 

11. Reading of the rough minutes of the meeting. 


The election of officers will be conducted as follows: 

Nominations shall be made in each case by informal ballot 
and the result announced by the Secretary, after which the first 
formal ballot shall be taken. 

In balloting for Vice-Presidents and the five additional mem- 
bers of the Council, each member shall write on one ballot as 
many names as there are officers to be elected, namely, four on 
the first ballot for Vice-Presidents, and five on the first ballot 
for members of the Council; and on each subsequent ballot as 
many names as there are officers still to be elected. Those per- 
sons who receive a majority of the votes cast shall be declared 
elected. 

Tf in any case the informal ballot result in giving a majority 
for one or more of the persons balloted for, it may be declared 
formal by a majority vote. 

ARTICLE VI.—Committees. 

There shall be two standing committees, one on Communica- 

tions and one on Publications. 


Rules Relating to Publication. xl 


ArticLE VII.—Communications. 


All communications presented at the meetings of the Society 
must be authorized by the Committee on Communications, and 
the said committee shall arrange the program for each meeting, 
unless otherwise directed by the Council. 


ArticLtE VIII.—Publications. 


The Committee on Publications shall have charge of all pub- 
lishing, in accordance with the rules relating to publications. 


ArtTICLE IX .—Sections. 


Sections representing special branches of biology may be estab- 
lished by the Council upon the written recommendation of ten 
members of the Society. 


ARTICLE X.—Unassigned Business. 
All the business of the Society not otherwise provided for shall 
be transacted by the Council. “ 


ARTICLE XI.—Amendments. 


These By-Laws may be amended by a majority vote of the 
members present at a meeting of the Society, due notice thereof 
having been given in writing at least four weeks previously. 


RULES RELATING TO PUBLICATION. 


The annual publication of the Biological Society of Washing- 
ton shall consist of a volume entitled Proceedings of the Biological 
Society of Washington, in typography, paper, and general make 
up, except as herein otherwise specified, conforming, as nearly 
as maybe, to the volumes heretofore published under the same 
title. 


Section 1. This volume shall be consecutively paged, and 
published in parts or brochures. A brochure may consist either 
of a separate article or of several short articles collected under 
the title General Notes. The brochures shall be designated by 
volume numbers and limiting pages and each shall bear the 


xii The Biological Society of Washington. 


title of the volume and the precise date of publication. As soon 
as practicable after the close of each year, a volume title page, 
a list of contents and illustrations of the volume, a list of officers 
and committees, an abstract of proceedings for the year, a gen- 
eral index to the volume, and such other matter as may be or- 
dered by the Council, shall be issued as a separate brochure to 
complete the volume. All of this matter except the index shall 
be arranged for binding at the beginning of the volume under 
a distinct Roman pagination, but the index shall take the regu- 
lar Arabic pagination at the end of the volume. 


Section 2. The regular edition shall be five hundred and 
twenty-five copies. 

Section 38. The matter published in the Proceedings of the 
Biological Society of Washington may comprise (1) original ar- 
ticles relating to biological science; (2) administrative records 
of the Society, including condensed minutes of meetings pre- 
pared by the Secretaries; (3) lists of members, by-laws and 
rules, resolutions of a permanent character, etc.; and (4) title 
pages, lists of contents, and indexes for each volume. 


Section 4. Matter designed for publication in the Proceedings 
of the Biological Society of Washington may be transmitted to 
the Committee on Publications, either direct or through the 
Secretaries of the Society; soon as may be thereafter the Com- 
mittee shall decide on the desirability and expediency of the 
publications, or refer the matter to the Council for decision. 
Communications from non-members and translated memoirs 
shall be published only upon unanimous vote of the Committee 
on Publication and by specific authority from the Council. The 
Committee on Publications or the Council may refer any com- 
munication to a special committee for examination. 

Section 5. Matter offered for publication in the Proceedings 
of the Biological Society of Washington becomes thereby the 
property of the said Society and shall not be published elsewhere 
prior to publication in the Proceedings except by consent of the 
Council. 

Secrion 6. Of the matter offered for publication, that which 
is rejected shall be returned to the author at once; that which 
is accepted shall be issued without unnecessary delay. Ordi- 
narily brochures shall be held until several can be issued on the 


Rules Relating to Publication. xii 


same date, but authors desiring especially prompt publication 
may secure it by paying the cost of mailing. 


Section 7. No description of a new species shall be published 
unless a type be designated and its present location and place of 
collection given, if this is known, and no description of a new 
genus unless the type species be definitely stated. 


Secrion 8. The whole of the manuscript and all plates for 
figures shall be in the hands of the Committee on Publications 
before any paper is accepted for publication. 


Srecrion 9. Proofs of letter-press and illustrations shall be 
submitted to authors, or persons designated by them, whenever 
practicable, but printing shall not be unduly delayed by reason 
of absence or incapacity of authors. 


Section 10. All details relating to abbreviations, the use of 
capitals and citations, and all matters of form not involving a 
change of meaning, shall rest with the Committee on Publi- 
cations. 


Section 11. The text of each brochure of the Proceedings of 
the Biological Society of Washington shall begin under its pro- 
per title on an odd-numbered page. It shall be accompanied 
by the illustrations pertaining to it, the plates consecutively 
numbered for the volume, and it may contain a synoptic list of 
contents, prepared by the author, and, at the option of the 
Committee on Publication, an alphabetic index, pire the 
same be prepared by the author. 


Section 12. The author of each memoir shall receive twenty- 
five copies gratis and shall be authorized to order, through the 
~ Committee on Publications, any edition of exactly similar 
brochures, to be printed as author’s separates, at cost of paper 
and press-work; but no author’s separates of memoir brochures 
shall be issued except in this regular form. 

Section 13. If special paper covers are desired for the author’s 
edition of a brochure, they shall bear at the top of the first page 
the title of the volume, limiting pages and date of publication, 
and at the bottom the imprint of the Society. 

Section 14. The bottom of each signature and of each initial 
page shall bear a signature mark, giving an abbreviated title of 
the serial, the volume, and the year, and every page shall be 
numbered, the initial pages at the bottom. 


Xiv The Biological Society of Washington. 


Section 15. The page-head titles shall consist of the name of 
the author and catch-title of paper. 


Section 16. The date of publication of each brochure shall be 
that upon which the edition is delivered to the Committee on 
Publications. 


Section 17. The brochures shall be distributed immediately 
by the Committee on Publications to subscribing members of 
the Society not in arrears for dues, and for an annual price of 
three dollars to regular subscribers, and to others in exchange 
or otherwise as the Council may authorize. The undistributed 
copies of each edition shall be filed and held for sale by the 
Committee on Publications at prices fixed by them. 


PROCEEDINGS. 


The Society meets in the Assembly Hall of the Cosmos Club 
on alternate Saturdays at 8p.m. Brief notices of the meetings, 
with abstracts of the papers, are published in Science. 


January 6, r906—4ogth Meeting. 


Vice-President Palmer in the chair and 40 persons present. 

J. W. Titcomb exhibited a mud nest of the. hornero or red 
oven-bird (Furnarius rufus) from Argentina. : 

L. O. Howard remarked upon the New Orleans meeting of 
the A. A. A. S. 

Henry Van Deman exhibited two large apples, the Newtown 
and Esopus, from the Hood River Valley, Oregon. 

The following communication was presented: 

Alvin Seale: Notes on the Natural History of the South Pa- 
cific Islands. 


Proceedings. XV 
January 20, 1906—4r10th Meeting. 


Vice-President Palmer in the chair and 70 persons present. 

Albert Mann related a case of the capture and raising from 
the floor of asnake by aspiderin Pennington (N. J.) Seminary. 

H.S. Barber noted an attack by the larva of a caryatid beetle 
upon a ring neck snake. 

T. S. Palmer called attention to the importation of the kea, 
one of the parrots, into the United States, and of the arrival of 
ten thousand canaries, the largest single shipment ever received 
in this country. 

The following communication was presented: 

C. Hart Merriam: Is Mutation a Factor in the Evolution of 
the Higher Vertebrates?* 


February 3, 1906—q11th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 65 persons present. 

The President read an invitation to the Society from the St. 
Louis Academy of Science to participate at a dinner commemo- 
rative of the 50th anniversary of the foundation of the Academy. 

T. Wayland Vaughan exhibited a head of coral, Orbicella 
cavernosa, With an unexplained difference in the size of its polyps. 

The following communications were presented: 

T. Wayland Vaughan: The Work of De Vries and its Im- 
portance in the Study of the Problems of Evolution. 

Gerrit 8. Miller, Jr., (read by T. W. Vaughan): An Instance 
of Striking Specific Differentiation of Mammals under Uniform 
Environment. . 


February 17, 1906—412th Meeting. 


Vice-President Palmer in the chair and 82 persons present. 

The following communications were presented: 

Paul Bartsch: Variation in the Shell of Goniobasis virginica, 
with an Outline for Breeding experiments. 

O. F. Cook: The Nature of Evolutionary Motion.+ 


* Proc. A. A. A. S., LV, 383, 1906. Science N. S. XXIII, No. 581, 241, Feb. 16, 1906. 
+ Aspects of Kinetic Evolution. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VIII, 197, 1906. 


XV1 The Biological Society of Washington. 
March 3, 1906—413th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 32 persons present. 

The following communications were presented : 

L. O. Howard: The Gypsy Moth and the Brown-tailed Moth 
and the Introduction of their European Parasites.* 

A. S. Hitchcock: A Synopsis of the Genus Tripsacum.t 


March 17, 1906—414th Meeting. 


-The President in the chair and 31 persons present. 

The following communications were presented. 

J. W. Gidley: Evidence Bearing on Tooth-cusp Development, 
Based on a Study of Mesozoic Mammals. } 3 

M. C. Marsh: Hemoglobin Estimates and Blood Counts in 
Fishes in Health and Disease.§ 


Austin H. Clark: A Case of Melanism in 1 W est Indian Honey 
Creepers. || 


March 31, 1906—415th Meeting. 


Vice-President Palmer in the chair and 29 persons present. 

The following communications were presented: 

Ch. Wardell Stiles: A Plan to Ensure the Establishment of 
Type Species of Genera.{ 

Rodney H. True: The Cultivation of Tea in the United States. 


April 14, 1906—416th Meeting. 


Vice-President Palmer in the chair and 75 persons present. 
The following communication was presented: 
D. T. MacDougal : The Delta and Desert of the Rio Colorado.** 


* Yearbook, Dept. Agric., 1905. 

+ Bot. Gaz. 41, 294, April, 1906. 

t Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., VIII, 91, 1906. 

2 Wash. Med. Ann., I, 397, 1902. 

| West Indian Black Forms of the Genus Coereba. Auk XXIII, 392, Oct., 1906. 
{ Science N. S., XXIII, No. 592, 700, May 4, 1906. 

** Bull. Amer. Geog. Soc., Jan., 1906. Contr. N. Y. Bot. Gard., No. 77. 


Proceedings. XVii 
May 12, 1906—417th Meeting. 

The following communications were presented: 

W. J. Spillman: Mendelian Characters in Cattle.* 


T. H. Kearney: The Excretion of Hygroscopic Salts by Cer- 
tain Desert Plants.t 


October 20, 1906—418th Meeting. 
The President in the chair and 50 persons present. 


B. W. Evermann noted the successful introduction of Chinook 
salmon in Lake Sunapee, N. H. 


J. N. Rose exhibited a curious desert plant, Calibanus, re- 
sembling a puff-ball.{ 


C. V. Piper exhibited a specimen of the Japanese ““hagi’’ 
(Lespedeza bicolor), showing the peculiar fasciation. 

The following communication was presented: 

W.4J. Spillman: The Mechanism of Heredity. 


November 3, 1r906—419th Meeting. 
The President in the chair and 27 persons present. 
The following communications were presented : 
Theodore Gill: The Work of Pterophryne and the Flying 
Fishes. 
M. W. Lyon, Jr.: Local Races of Bornean Squirrels. 
Karl F. Kellerman: The Use of Copper in Sanitation. 


November 17, 1906—420th Meeting. 


Vice-President Hay in the chair and 40 persons present. 
A. $. Hitchcock made some remarks on the code of nomen- 


clature adopted by the International Congress of Zoologists at 
Vienna. 


A. A. Doolittle exhibited an abnormal rose. 

The following communications were presented: 

Edward L. Greene: On So-called Rhus Toxicodendron. 

Barton W. Evermann: Fish Culture and Fish and Game Pro- 
tection in the Cornell and Yale Forest Schools. 

William Palmer: A Record of the Black Rat in Virginia. 


* Science N.S., X XIII, No. 588, 549, Apr. 6, 1906. 
+ Science N. S., XIX, No. 480, 419, Mch. 11, 1904. 
t Contr. Nat. Herb., 10: 90, 1906. 


XVili The Biological Society of Washington. 
December 1, 1906—421st Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 50 persons present. 

T. E. Wilcox called attention to the increase of quail and 
cottontail rabbits in central New York. — 

B. W. Evermann informed the Society of the death of two 
naval officers who have furthered biological science, Lieutenant 
Franklin Swift, retired, of the steamer Fish Hawk, on November 
10, and Lieutenant-Commander LeRoy M. Garrett, of the 
steamer Albatross, on November 21. 

The following communications were presented : 

L. O. Howard: Polyembryony and Fixation of Sex.* 

John W. Titcomb: Principles and Methods of Fish Culture. 


December 15, 1906—422d Meeting. 


TWENTY-SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING. 


The President in the chair and 50 persons present. 

The annual reports of the committees, Recording Secretary, 
and Treasurer were read and accepted. The following officers 
were elected for the year 1907 : 

President : Leonard Stejneger. 

Vice-Presidents: T.S. Palmer, W. P. Hay, E. L. Greene, 
E. W. Nelson. 

Recording Secretary : M. C. Marsh. 

Corresponding Secretary : Wilfred H. Osgood. 

Treasurer: Hugh M. Smith. 

Councillors: A.D. Hopkins, J. N. Rose, A. K. Fisher, A. B. 
Baker, David White. 

The President announced the following standing committees 
for the year 1907: 

Publications: W. P. Hay, Wilfred H. Osgood, Hugh M. Smith. 

Communications: Vernon Bailey, A. B. Baker, A. D. Hop- 
kins, J. N. Rose, J. W. Titcomb. 


* Science N.S., XXIV, No. 625, 810, Dec. 21, 1906. 


VOL. XIX PP. 1-2 JANUARY 29, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON ORCHIDS NEW TO FLORIDA. 
| BY OAKES AMES. 


Since the publication .of my paper entitled “‘Additions to the 
Orchid Flora of Florida ’’ which appeared in these proceedings 
on pages 115-117 of Vol. XVII, several species have come to 
hand which have never been reported as natives of Florida. 
Four of them belong to genera new to the United States. All 
are of West Indian origin, as far as it is possible to ascertain— 
an interesting fact in view of the peculiarly West Indian char- 
acter of the Floridian orchid flora. With one exception, all of 
these orchids were collected by Mr. A. A. Eaton in 1904 and 
1905. : 


Pleurothallis gelida Lindl. 


Ten miles northeast of Everglade, Lee County, March 23-26, 1905, A. A. 
Eaton, No. 1401. The plants at the time they were found were not in 
flower, but subsequently, in December, 1905, produced flowers under culti- 
vation. P. gelida Lindl. belongs to the section Spathaceae. The coria- 
ceous leaves often exceed 14 cm. in length; the deliciously scented flowers 
are yellowish, pilose-hairy, and from 7 to8 mm. long, in an upright raceme. 
The lip is cuneate, bicarinate. P. wnivaginata Lindl., which is closely 
allied to P. gelida, and might readily be mistaken for it, has smaller flowers 
and lacks the two longitudinal carinae on the lip. This is the first species 
of Pleurothallis which has been found in Florida. 


Vanilla phaeantha Rchb. f. 


Fahkahatchie Cypress, Lee County, June 10, 1904, A. A. Eaton, No. 
1129. Probably the Vanilla planifolia Andr. of Chapman’s Flora. The 
species of Vanilla are very difficult to study from herbarium material, as 
most of the large collections are scrappy, insufficient and quite unsatis- 
factory. I have compared Eaton’s No. 1129 with authentic material at 
Kew and can discover no differences which would invalidate my determi- 
nation. V. phaeantha Rehb. f. and V. Eggersii Rolfe appear to be the only 
representatives in Florida of the genus Vanilla. 

1—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Von. XIX, 1906. 


2 Ames—Notes on Orchids New to Florida. 


Prescottia oligantha Lindl. 


Hammock, near Gossmans, Dade County, February 22,1905, A. A. Eaton, 
No. 1211. The first collection of this species in Florida was made by Mr. 
Eaton in 1903, when specimens were sent to North Easton alive, together 
with specimens of Cranichis muscosa, Sw. Its identity was not ascertained 
until January 14, 1905, when it bloomed under cultivation. The genus 
Prescottia has not heretofore been reported from Florida. 


Hormidium tripterum Cogn. 


On Pop Ash in cypress head, 10 miles northeast of Everglade, Lee 
County, March 23-26, 1905, A. A. Eaton, No. 1400. Hormidium is nearly 
allied to Epidendrum and is new to Florida. 


Tetramicra Eulophiae Rchb. f. 


Dade County, November 10, 1903, Carter, EHaton and Small. The 
material on which my determination is based was collected in an immature 
condition. Only a few plants were found. The name given above is 
merely provisional, although there does not appear to be much doubt 
regarding the identity of the plants. The genus Tetramicra is new to 
Florida. < 


Campylocentrum pachyrhizum Rolfe. 


(Syn. Aéranthus spathaceus Grisebach.) On deciduous trees, northeast 
of Everglade, Lee County, March 23-26, 1905, A. A. Euton, No. 1387. This 
is a larger species in every way than Campylocentrum porrectum Rolfe, 
which has already been reported from peninsular Florida. Roots 4 mm. 
broad ; flowers numerous. 


VoL. XIX, PP. 3-6 | JANUARY 29, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


IDENTITY OF THOMOMYS UMBRINUS (RICHARDSON). 
BY VERNON BAILEY. 


In 1829, Richardson described and named Geomys wmbrinus 
_ from a specimen then in possession of Mr. Leadbeater, a London 
dealer in natural history specimens. The name has since been 
the cause of much confusion and has been applied to or placed 
in synonomy under various species of Thomomys or else rejected 
as undeterminable. This state of confusion has resulted from 
lack of a definite type locality. Richardson’s statement that 
the specimen “‘ came from Cadadaguois, a town in the south- 
western part of Louisiana,’’ is evidently an error, as the only 
use of such name in that region was for the Cadadaguois Indian 
settlements on the Red River in northeastern Texas. This 
place, however, is several hundred miles from the range of any 
species of Thomomys. Hence, if the name wmbrinus is ever fixed 
it must be by identification of a known species with the original 
Leadbeater specimen, now in the British Museum. In March, 
1905, Dr. Merriam sent to Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., then in 
London, specimens of Thomomys fulvus, fossor, and lachuguilla, 
the three species nearest in range to the region that in 1829 was 
comprised in southwestern Louisiana, for comparison with the 
type specimen of wmbrinus. Mr. Miller found that none of these 
agreed in either cranial or external characters with the type, 
which he described in. detail as follows : 


The type of Thomomys umbrinus is a formerly mounted specimen in the 
British Museum, No. 55. 12. 24. 205,a male in good condition, and with 
skull in good condition except for one zygoma, one bulla, and the right 
half of the occipital region. It is a Thomomys but not the same as any 
of those sent for comparison. Externally it is most like fulvus, but smaller 
and with more slender claws, especially in front. Color above about as in 
fulvus, but slightly darker, underparts entirely different, much as in fossar 
[pale buffy] but even paler, with almost a sharp line of demarkation along 


2—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. ; — 
Pa areola basti(y ty 
fi os Oy oe 


f 
JUN 20 1907. | 
Netiones Vso y, 


4  Bailey—Identity of Thomomys umbrinus (Richardson). 


sides ; a white patch on chin and throat; tail as in fossor, but a little darker, 
apparently dirty, not bicolor as in fulvus ; feet dull whitish. 

Skull nearer that of fulvus than of fossor or lachuguilla, but smaller, the 
rostrum shorter and relatively broader, nasals and premaxille ending in 
line with each other; anterior base of zygoma, viewed from above, emargi- 
nate instead of rounded, lachrymal applied almost entirely to zygoma in- 
stead of frontal. [Description accompanied by rough drawing showing 
peculiarity of zygoma.] 

Measurements.—Skin, saan dry: Total length 220; tail 45; hind foot 
26. Skull: Greatest length 37.6; diastema 14; front of Seckput to tip of 
nasals 34; nasals 13; intercebital Ganbisistion 6.4; zygomatic breadth 
(approximately) 26; upper tooth row (alveola) 7.8. 


From this description it was evident that the type did not 
agree with any species of Thomomys from the United States, but 
that it did agree closely with an unrecognized species in the 
Biological Survey Collection, from Boca del Monte, Vera Cruz, — 
Mexico. After Mr. Miller’s return, one of the Boca del Monte 
specimens was sent to Mr. Oldfield Thomas, Curator of Mam- 
mals in the British Museum, for comparison with the type. 
Mr. Thomas kindly made the comparison and was not convinced 
that they were the same; but the discrepancies which he pointed 
out, namely, broad and strongly orange-colored incisors, longer 
nasals, broader posterior tip of premaxille, larger size, and 
much stronger color of the type specimen, are practically 
covered by individual variation in the series from Boca del 
Monte. The full size photograph of the skull of the type, fur- 
nished by Mr. Thomas and here reproduced, shows unmistakable 
characters, restricting umbrinus to a group of forms occurring only 
in southern Mexico.. The strongly emarginate, instead of 
rounded, anterior base of the zygoma does not occur in any species 
of Thomomys from the United States. The combination of this 
character with a short wide skull, projecting incisors, wide pos- 
terior part of premaxille, and the peculiar position of the 
lachrymal which lies almost entirely against the jugal instead 
of mainly against the frontal, occurs only in orizabe, peregrinus 
and the Boca del Monte form. External characters which still 
further restrict the name wmbrinus to the Boca del Monte form 
are the white throat and light lowerparts, in strong contrast to the . 
dark upperparts. Boca del Monte also has the advantage of 
being the farthest east and probably, previous to 1829, one of 


Bailey—Identity of Thomomys umbrinus (Richardson). 5 


SKULLS OF Thomomys fulvus and umbrinus. ALL NATURAL SIZE. 
No. 32,058 Thomomys fulvus from Springerville, Arizona. 
No. 1,122 Thomomys umbrinus. Photograph of type specimen in British Museum. 
Nos. 64,091 and 64,092 Thomomys wmbrinus from Boca del Monte, Vera Cruz, Mexico. 


6 Bailey—Identity of Thomomys wmbrinus ( Richardson) 


the most accessible localities in Southern Mexico from which 
any species of Thomomys is known. 

The following description is based on 8 specimens from Boca 
del Monte, Vera Cruz, Mexico: 


Thomomys umbrinus (Richardson). 


Geomys umbrinus Richardson. Fauna Boreali-Americana, I, pp. 190 and 
- 202, 1829. . 


General characters.—Size medium, hind foot 27 to 28; colors dichromatic, 
dull umber brown or plumbeous black; skull short and wide with strongly 
projecting incisors. 

Color.—Upperparts, in brown phase, dull burnt umber or Prouts brown, 
varying to nearly black in some specimens; lowerparts lightly washed 
with pale buff or whitish, in some specimens sharply contrasted with dark 
upperparts ; feet, tip of tail, chin, and sometimes throat, white. In black 
phase slaty black all over except white chin, feet, and tip of tail. 

Skull.—Short and wide with incisors projecting well beyond nasals; angle 
of frontal projecting into notched anterior base of zygoma; lachrymal 
applied for nearly its whole length to zygoma ; premaxille of approximately 
the same length as nasals and widest near blunt posterior tips; incisors 
slender, in comparison with those of fulvus ; color of incisors varying from 
light yellow to dark orange. 

Measurements.—Average of seven adults from Boca del Monte: Total 
length, 193; tail vertebrae, 58; hind foot, 27. Skull, No. 64,091, 3, from 
Boca del Monte: Greatest length, 36 ; diastema, 13.5; front of occiput to tip 
of nasals, 33 ; nasals, 12.5; interorbital constriction, 6.4 ; zygomatic breadth, 
24; alveolar length of upper molar series, 7.5. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 7-16 JANUARY 29, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


SOME OBSERVATIONS CONCERNING THE AMERICAN 
FAMILIES OF OLIGOMYODIAN PASSERES.* 


BY ROBERT RIDGWAY. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


This section of the Superfamily Mesomyodif comprises, ac- 
cording to Dr. Sclater, eight family groups, namely, the 
‘* Oxyrhamphide ’’ (Oxyruncide), Tyrannide, Pipride, Cotin- 
gide, Phytotomide, Philepittide, Pittide and Xenicide, all 
of which, except the three last named, are peculiar to America, 
the families of Mesomyodi being distinguished in Dr. Sclater’s 
‘* keys’? as follows: 


OLIGomyopz&.} 


a. Tarsus exaspidean. 
a‘. Toes nearly free (as in the Oscines). 


Pie incurved, hooked - - - 1. Tyrannide. 
Bill straight, pointed - - - 2. Oxyrhamphide. 
b!. Toes more or less united - - - 8. Pipride. 


b. Tarsus pycnaspidean. 
Bill elongated, compressed, not serrated 4. Cotingidz. 2 


Bill short, conical, serrated - - 5. Phytotomide. 
c. Tarsus taxaspidean - - - - - 6. Philepittide. 
d. Tarsus ocreate. 

Rectrices 12 . - - ~ - 7. Pittide. 

Rectrices 10 - : - - - 8. Xenicide. 


* Oligomyodx Huxley, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1867, 471, part (includes Eurylaimidee).— 
Oligomyodi Garrod, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, 517 (Eurylaimide excluded).—Haploo- 
phonx Garrod, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1876, 517,518 (comprises Tyrannide, Rupicolide, 
and Pipride); Forbes, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1880, 389-391 (adds Philepittidz and 
‘“* Acanthisittide ’’ — Xenicidee).—Tyrannoidex Stejneger, Standard Nat. Hist., iv, 1885, 
460, 463. 

+ See Birds of North and Middle America, I, p. 16. 

¢ Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., xiv, 1888, 2. 

2 The Cotingide of Dr. Sclater includes the Rupicolide. 


8—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (7) 


) cect fatty 
f : men 
‘gun 20.1907 | 
\Mational vue” 


8 Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 


TRACHEOPHON.* 
A. Sternum with one pair of posterior notches. 
a. Tarsus endaspidean - - - - 1. Dendrocolaptide.+ 


b. Tarsus taxaspidean - - - . - 2. Formicariide. - 
B. Sternum with two pairs of posterior notches. 

a. Tarsus exaspidean - - - - 3. Conopophagid2. 

b. Tarsus taxaspidean - - - - 4. Pteroptochide. 


It is thus seen that the character of the tarsal envelope is Dr. 
Sclater’s chief reliance in the discrimination of these groups. 
This character is undoubtedly one of considerable importance, 
probably the most important of any single external character; 
but unfortunately when carefully tested it does not work out so 
beautifully as would appear from Dr. Sclater’s presentation of 
the case. If it did, certain genera referred by him ‘to the 
Tyrannide would belong to the Cotingide, while a considerable 
number of genera referred by him to the latter group could not 
be placed at all, since their tarsal envelope is neither exaspidean, 
pycnaspidean, taxaspidean, nor ocreate. It is evident, there- 
fore, that a really “‘ workable’’ key must be based on other 
characters in addition to that of the tarsal envelope. An effort 
to devise a satisfactory one has engaged a considerable amount 
of my time; but, while I believe that some improvement has 
been made, I must confess that it does not wholly satisfy me, 
and the results are herewith presented only as a provisional class- 
ification, with the observation that a really natural one is 
scarcely possible until the internal structure of all the genera has 
been studied. 

ProvisionsL Kry To THE FAMILIES OF MEsomyopl. 
a. Syrinx broncho-tracheal (typically Passerine). (Oligomyodi.) 

b. Syringeal muscles anachromyodous; tarsal envelope exaspidean ; 

middle toe coherent with outer toe for not more (usually less) than 


the whole length of its basal phalanx. 
c. Bill cuneate, its tip acute and not at all uncinate, 
A; Oxyruncide, 
cc. Bill not cuneate nor acute, its tip more or less uncinate. 
2. Tyrannide. 
bb. Syringeal muscles catacromyodous ; tarsal envelope not exaspidean, 
or else (Pipridee) the middle toe coherent with outer toe for more 
than its basal phalanx or (genus ,Pipreola of Pipridze) coherent 
with inner toe for whole of its basal phalanx. 
c. Temporal fossee normally Passerine. 
d. Intrinsic muscles normally catacromyodous ; tongue not penicil- 
late. 


* Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., xv, 1890, 2. 
+ The Dendrocolaptide of Dr. Sclater includes the very distinct family Furnariide. 


Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 9 


e. Rectrices 12; bill not subulate nor acute; tarsal envelope not 
fused. 
f. Heteromerous (the main artery of the thigh femoral). 

g. Tarsal envelope exaspidean (as in Oxyruncidee and Ty- 
rannide); second phalanx of middle toe partly (some- 
times wholly) coherent with outer toe or else (genus 
Piprites) the first phalanx wholly coherent with inner toe. 

3. Pipride. 
gg. Tarsal envelope not exaspidean (usually pycnaspidean, 
holaspidean or modified taxaspidean) ; second phalanx 
of middle toe wholly free from outer toe (or else, in genus 
Pheenicircus, inner side of tarsus feathered), never 
wholly coherent with inner toe. — - 4. Cotingidz. 

ff. Homceomerous (the main artery of thigh sciatic). 

g. Bill compressed, with smooth tomia; head with a conspic- 
uous, compressed, semicircular, bilateral crest ; outermost 
primary abruptly attenuated at tip; inner secondaries 
abnormally broad, truncated. - - 5. Rupicolide. 

gg. Bill conical (finch-like), with serrated tomia ; head with- 
out crest; outer primary and inner secondaries normal. 

6. Phytotomide. 
ee. Rectrices 10; bill subulate, acute; tarsal envelope fused 
(ocreate). Foe ys - « «+  :9. Xenicide.* 

dd. Intrinsic muscles peculiarly expanded at lower insertion, not 
attached to bronchial semirings, which are peculiarly modi- 
fied ; tongue penicillate. - - - 8. Philepittidz. 

cc. Temporal fossee extending across occipital region of skull, the two 
of opposite sides nearly meeting on median line. 9. Pittide. 
aa. Syrinx tracheal. (Tracheophone.) 
b. One pair of tracheo-bronchial muscles ; tarsal envelope exaspidean or 
taxaspidean ; metasternum 4-notched (except in Formicariide). 
c. Metasternum 4-notched ; tensor patagii brevis quasi-picarian ; nares 
holorhinal. 

d. Tarsal envelope exaspidean; no intrinsic muscles; sterno-tra- 
chealis not attached to processus-vocales ; palate schizogna- 
thous ; mesorhinium normal; nostrils not conspicuously oper- 
culate. - - - - - - 10. Conopophagide. 

dd. Tarsal envelope taxaspidean ; intrinsic muscles present ; sterno- 

trachealis attached to processus vocales; palate aegithogna- 

thous (Oscine); mesorhinium compressed and arched, or 
expanded into a flattened oval shield ; nostrils conspicuously 


operculate. - - - +  - 11. Pteroptochide. 
cc. Metasternum 2-notched ; tensor patagii brevis normally Passerine ; 
nares schizorhinal. - - - - 12. Formicariidz. 


bb. Two pairs of tracheo-bronchial muscles; tarsal envelope endaspid- 
ean; metasternum 2-notched. 


* See Pycraft, Ibis, Oct., 1905, 603-621, pl. 13, where the possibility of nearer relation - 
ship to Furnariidee is suggested. 


10 Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 


c. Nares holorhinal or modified schizorhinal; palate schizognathous ; 
outer toe much shorter than middle toe (not conspicuously longer 
than inner toe), the three anterior toes coherent for much less 
than full length of their basal phalanges. 13. Furnariide. 

cc. Nares holorhinal ; palate aegithognathous or semi-desmognathous ; 

outer toe nearly (sometimes quite) as long as middle toe, both 
conspicuously longer than inner toe, the three anterior toes 
coherent (fused) for entire length of their basal phalanges. 

14. Dendrocolaptide. 


It should be stated here that the Tracheophone have not yet 
been critically studied by me and that the above scheme is 
purely eclectic. It may be that when these are taken in hand a 
similar nonconformity of the character of the tarsal envelope to 
Dr. Sclater’s keys may be discovered as in the case of the Co- 
tingidze. The same remarks apply in part to the Oligomyodian 
family Pittide. 

So few of the Mesomyodian forms have been studied as to 
their internal structure that I feel sure a satisfactory increase of 
our knowledge in this respect will result in more or less funda- 
mental modification of our present views as to their classifica- 
tion. The anachromyodous syrinx and homceomerous thigh- 
artery of many genera of Tyrannide as well as the catacromyo- 
dous syrinx and heteromerous thigh of many forms of Pipridee 
and Cotingidze are, for example, merely assumed, and there 
may be many exceptions to these supposedly diagnostic charac- 
ters of the groups in question. So far as external characters are 
concerned, certainly some genera commonly referred to the 
Cotingidee_ can be separated from the Tyrannidze only by their 
non-exaspidean tarsal envelope, and at the same time certain 
genera commonly referred to the Tyrannidz also have the tarsal 
envelope non-exaspidean. In the group called Cotingidz the 
character of the tarsal envelope is exceedingly variable, and the 
homogeneity of the group is open to very serious doubt. Of all 
external characters, to which present recourse is necessarily 
limited, the character of the tarsal envelope is by far the most 
nearly diagnostic, for the Oligomyodi may be sharply divided 
into two major groups, one of which, comprising Oxyruncide, 
Tyrannide (as here defined) and Pipridze, having the tarsus 
exaspidean, the other, comprising Cotingidze, Rupicolidee, 
and Phytotomide, among American forms, having the tarsus 


Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres.. 11 


non-exaspidean. I am led to attach great value to this 
character for the reason that no matter how great the variations 
in general form or specialization of other characters within the 
Tyrannidz and Pipridz the character of the tarsal envelope is 
practically uniform throughout these groups. 


TYRANNIDA. 


In order to getas clear an understanding as possible of the class- 
ification of the Tyrannide, all the genera available* have been 
carefully examined and compared. Many days were devoted to 
an attempt to construct a ‘‘ key ’’ to all the genera in hand, but 
it finally became evident that the undertaking was much too 
formidable for the limited time which could be devoted to it, 
and therefore it became necessary to restrict the key to those 
genera belonging to North and Middle America, together with a 
few South American genera which were included for purpose of 
comparison. Even with this elimination of half the genera the 
task has proven exceedingly difficult and the results far from 
satisfactory, although it is believed that some improvement has 
been made over the “* purely provisional ’’ arrangement in 
Vol. XIV of the “‘ Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum,”’ 
in which ‘the so-called families are without question purely 
artificial and the allocation of certain genera obviously wrong.T 
The subject has called forth a very pertinent and interesting 
paper by Dr. von Ihering,{ in which a partial reconstruction of 
Dr. Sclater’s “‘ subfamilies,’’ based on biological facts (chiefly 
the character of nests and eggs), is shown to be necessary, the 
proposed changes being as follows : 


(1) The Tzeniopterine restricted by elimination of the genera 
Sayornis, Sisopygis and, probably, Machetornis. 

(2) The Platyrhynchinze divided into two groups, Euscarth- 
mine and Serpophaginee. 


* The only genera not seen by me are Ochthornis Sclater, Ceratotriccus Cabanis, Pseudo- 


_ triccus Taczanowski and Berlepsch, Leptotriccus Cabanis and Heine, Pseudomyobius Sal- 


vadori and Festa, Planchesia Bonaparte, Txniotriccus Berlepsch, Chxomyias Berlepsch, 
and Acrochordopus Berlepsch and Hellmayr. 

y+ As an example may be cited the reference of one species of Sayornis (than which 
there are few if any more natural genera) to the ‘‘ Tyrannine”’ and the remaining species 
to the ‘‘ Teeniopterinz,’’ almost at opposite extremes of the arrangement! _ 

{The Biology of the Tyrannide with respect to their systematic arrangement. The 
Auk, XXI, July, 1904, 313-322. 


12 Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 


(3) The Elaininz restricted by elimination of the genera 
Rhynchocyclus, Legatus, Myiozetetes, Conopias, Pitangus, Sirystes, 
and Myiodynastes, which, except the first (referred to the Eus- 
carthminze), should constitute a subfamily Pitanginze, morpho- 
logically intermediate between the Elaininze and Tyrannine, 
and doubtfully separable from the latter. 

In my opinion these suggested modifications in the arrange- 
ment of the Tyrannidz are, in the main, entirely justifiable; but 
I am convinced that they are but a step toward much more 
radical changes which will be necessary before a satisfactory 
exposition of the phylogeny of the group can be made; and, 
while not prepared to forecast these with any degree of certainty 
will express my belief that (1) the genera Agriornis and Musci- 
saxicola are each quite sui generis and are not by any means as 
closely related to Txnioptera as the latter is to Tyrannus; and 
(2) that a considerable number of genera do not belong to the 
Tyrannide at all but must be transferred to other groups, since 
in none of them is the tarsal envelope exaspidean, the only ex- 
ternal character except that of slight syndactylism (very variable 
within the group) which can be said to be really diagnostic of 
the family. These genera are (1) Lawrencia which has a typic- 
ally Oscine tarsus and is without doubt a member of the Vire- 
onidze. (2) Stigmatura, (3) Hapalocercus, and (4) Habrura, 
which have taxaspidean tarsi; (5) Muscigralla, (6) Sirystes, 
(7) “‘ Myiarchus’’ validus and (8) Ramphotrigon, which have 
essentially holaspidean tarsi; (9) ‘* Pogonotriccus’’ zeledoni, 
(10) ‘* Myiopagis’’ gaimardi, (11) Tyrannulus elatus, (12) 
‘* Tyrannulus’’ (i.e. Microtriccus) semiflavus and brunneicapillus, 
and (13) Ornithion inerme, which have essentially pycnaspidean 
tarsi, and (14) Culicivora, which has non-exaspidean tarsi and 
only ten rectrices. 

These genera, which I conclude do not belong to the Tyran- 
nidze, unless some new definition of the family be made, may 
be again referred to in order to show more clearly why they 
should be excluded from the group under consideration, as at 
present susceptible of definition. 


1. Lawrencia Ridgway. 
(Type Empidonax nanus Lawrence.) 


This genus has a typical Oscine acutiplantar tarsal envelope. It has ten 
obvious primaries, of which the tenth (outermost) is about half as long as 


Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 138 


the ninth; the basal phalanx of the middle toe is completely united to the 
outer toe and almost wholly adherent to the middle toe, thus agreeing, as 
in the wing-structure, with the Vireonide. In fact, except for its depressed 
and broadly triangular “ flycatcher ”-like bill, the bird is minutely similar 
to Vireo pusillus. 


2. Stigmatura Sclater and Salvin. 
(Type, Culicivora budytoides D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye.) 


This bird resembles in general form and appearance the Formicariine 
genus Formicivora, and probably belongs to the same family. 


3. Hapalocercus Cabanis. 
(Type Euscarthmus meloryphus Maximilian.) 


This also is possibly Formicariine in its relationships. One species has 
been referred to it which has the typical Tyrannine exaspidean tarsus and 
therefore can not be congeneric. This is Alectrurus flaviventris D’Orbigny 
and Lafresnaye (Hapalocercus flaviventris Cabanis, Sclater, and others), 
type of the genus Myiosympotes Reichenbach (Av. Syst. Nat., 1850, pl. 65), 
and therefore to be known as Myiosympotes flaviventris. I have not seen 
HT, fulviceps (Euscarthmus fulviceps Sclater) nor H. acutipennis Sclater and 
Salvin, and therefore can not say whether they are congeneric with H. 
melacoryphus or not; but the former doubtless is, since what is said to be 
a very near relative, H. paulus Bangs, is a true Hupalocercus. 


4. Habrura Cabanis and Heine. 
(Type, Sylvia pectoralis Vieillot.) 


The tarsal envelope of Habrura, while less typically taxaspidean than 
that of Hapalocercus is by no means exaspidean. The inner side of the 
planta tarsi consists of a single continuous series of well-defined quadrate 
scutella ; but on the outer side of the tarsus the acrotarsium extends quite 
to the posterior edge except for the upper third, where three or four rather 
large and very distinct longitudinal scutella occupy approximately the 
posterior half. The last character is seen in many typical Tyrannide ; but 
in none of the latter is there ever any indication of the well-defined and 
continuous series of scutella along the posterior half of the inner side of 
the tarsus. The nostrils in Habrura are quite different from those of 
Hapalocercus, being roundish and nonoperculate while in the latter they 
are more longitudinal, relatively larger, and overhung by a rather large 
membraneous operculum. The proper place for these two genera is a 
question which I am not able to decide, but Habrura may not be out of 
place in the Cotingidee while, as suggested above, Hapalocercus may belong 
to the Formicariidee. 


5. Muscigralla D’Orbigny and Lefresnaye. 
(Type, M. brevicauda D’Orbigny and Lafresnaye.) 


The appearance of this very peculiar form does not in the least suggest: 
to me any relationship with the Tyrannide, while its holaspidean tarsi 
certainly exclude it from that family. Possibly it is a Formicarian. 


14 Ridgway— American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 


6. Sirystes Cabanis and Heine. 
(Type, Muscicapa sibilator Vieillot.) 


This genus has the arrangement of the tarsal envelope precisely as in the 
Cotingine genera Lipaugus and Casiornis, and if these belong to the Co- 
tingide there can be no doubt that Sirystes does also. 


7. ** Myiarchus’’ validus Cabanis. 
(Type of genus Hylonax Ridgway.) 


Thesame remarks apply to this as to Sirystes, and I would place Hl Ona 
between the above-named genera and Attila. 


8. ‘* Pogonotriccus’’ zeledoni Lawrence. 
(Type of genus IJdiotriccus Ridgway.) 


In this curious form the tarsus may be called ultra-pycnaspidean, for not 
only the planta tarsi but also the lower portion of the acrotarsium is 
broken up into numerous small scutella, which on the lower portion of the 
tarsus are almost tuberculate. I have not seen the type species of the 
genus Pogonotriccus Cabanis and Heine (Muscicapa eximia Temminck) 
and therefore can not say whether the latter is Tyrannine or not. The 
only species commonly referred to the genus that I have been able to ex- 
amine, besides Idiotriccus zeledoni, is P. plumbeiceps Lawrence, which von 
Berlepsch places in the genus Tyranniscus Cabanis and Heine, an allocation 
in which I entirely agree. 


9. ‘‘Elainea’’ gaimardi (D’Orbigny). 
(Muscicapa gaimardi D’Orbigny, = Elainea elegans Pelzeln, type of genus 
Elainopsis Ridgway.) 

This bird, while superficially resembling very closely the Tyrannine 
genus Myiopagis Salvin and Godman has essentially pycnaspidean tarsi, 
the acrotarsium extending only a little more than half way across the outer 
side of the tarsus and the planta tarsi covered with minute scutella. I 
therefore refer it to the Cotingidee. 


10. Tyrannulus Vieillot. 
(Type, Sylvia elata Latham.) 


This also has essentially pycnaspidean tarsi, and for that reason is trans- 
ferred from the Tyrannidez to the Cotingide. T. semiflavus Sclater and 
Salvin while agreeing in pycnaspidean tarsi is very different otherwise and 
is the type of my genus Microtriccus. 


11. Ornithion Hartlaub. 
(Type. O. inerme Hartlaub.) 


This also has pycnaspidean tarsi and is most nearly related to Micro- 
triccus. The bill in both these genera, but especially in Ornithion, is de- 
cidedly Cotingine in form. Ornithion is, so far as known, monotypic, the 
other species commonly referred to it being true Tyrannide (having exas- 
pidean tarsi) and constitute the genus Camptostoma Sclater. 


Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 15 


12. Culicivora Swainson. 
(Type, Muscicapa stenura Temminck.) 


The tarsal envelope of this genus appears on first sight to be exaspidean ; 
but, while the acrotarsium entirely crosses the outer side of the tarsus and 
occupies the greater part of the inner side, there is interposed between the 
two edges a continuous series of very distinct lozenge-shaped scutella. The 
style of coloration (conspicuously streaked above) is very different from 
that of any true Tyrannine form and recalls that of some Synallaxinz 
(Furnariidz) or some of the smaller Formicariide. 


PIPRIDA. - 


The diagnosis of this group as given by Dr. Sclater requires 
no modification, all possessing an exaspidean tarsal envelope, 
like the Tyrannide, but differing from the latter in having the 
second phalanx of the middle toe at least half (usually wholly) 
united to the outer toe or else (in the genus Piprites only) hav- 
ing the first phalanx of the middle toe wholly coherent with the 
inner toe. Nevertheless the characters of the group necessitate 
the exclusion of one genus ( Ptilochloris* Swainson) and its trans- 
fer to the Cotingide, and the addition (a substraction from 
Cotingidze) of another (genus Aulia Bonaparte). 


CoTINGIDA. 


The Cotingidz are characterized by Dr. Sclater (Cat. Birds 
Brit. Mus., xiv, 1888, 2) as Oligomyodian birds with pyenas- 
pidean tarsi—no other character for the group being given. 
Nevertheless, as a matter of fact, a considerable number of the 
genera belonging to the group as limited by Dr. Sclater have not 
pycnaspidean tarsi, though it is equally true that none of them 
have the tarsal envelope exaspidean. The group is an exceed- 
ingly complex one, and I have very strong doubts as to its 
homogeneity. Rupicola I certainly would exclude as a separate 
family, Rupicolidze; and I believe that when more is known of 
their internal structure disintegration of the group will go farther. 

So far as external characters are concerned, I am able to 
diagnose the Cotingide, as a separate group from the Tyrannidze 
and Pipridz, only by their different (non-exaspidean) tarsal 
envelope; but if the group were limited to those forms possess- 
ing pycnaspidean tarsi it would be very much more restricted 


* T am using the names adopted by Dr. Sclater, it being unnecessary to discuss here 
whether Laniisoma Swainson and Laniocera Lesson should not displace Ptilochloris and 
Aulia respectively. 


16 Ridgway—American Families of Oligomyodian Passeres. 


than the Cotingide of Dr. Sclater. Those genera of Cotingidze 
possessing non-pyenaspidean tarsi present three recognizably 
different types of scutellation of the planta tarsi; two of these 
types approach most nearly to the holaspidean and taxaspidean, 
but for the third, in which the whole planta tarsi consists of 
smooth integument, I am unable to find a distinctive term. 

If certain genera (as Lipaugus, Casiornis, Lathria, and Attila) 
which by nearly universal usage are placed in the Cotingidee 
really belong to that group, then most certainly do certain 
genera usually referred to the Tyrannide also belong there, for 
the character of the tarsal scutellation is essentially if not pre- 
cisely similar. These genera, Sirystes, Ramphotrigon,* and 
Hylonax (type, Myiarchus validus Gosse) I therefore add to the 
Cotingidz, as well as others which possess essentially pycnas- 
pidean or at least non-exaspidean tarsi, namely, “‘ Pogonotriccus ”’ 
zeledoni (type of genus Idiotriccus Ridgway), “* Eldinea’’ or 
‘* Myiopagis ’’ gaimardi (type of Elainopsis Ridgway), Tyrannu- 
lus elatus, ** Tyrannulus’’ semiflavus (type of Microtriccus Ridg- 
way), and Ornithion—possibly also Habrura. There should 
also be added a supposedly Piprine genus, Ptilochloris (or Lanii- 
soma), which has neither the exaspidean tarsus nor great syn- 
dactylism of the Pipride. At the same time, the exclusion from 
Cotingidze and addition to Pipride of the genus Aulia (or 
Laniocera) is made necessary, since its foot-structure and tarsal 
scutellation is typically Piprine. 


* Equals Rhynchocyclus, part, of Dr. Sclater. Ramphotrigon Gray, Cat. Gen. and Subgen. 
Birds, 1855, 146, ex ‘‘ Pr. B [onaparte] 1854.”” (Type, Platyrhynchus ruficauda Spix.) 


18 Thayer and Bangs—Breeding Birds of North Central Sonora. 


Cooper’s tanager, McLeod’s sparrow, painted redstart, Califor- 
nian woodpecker, Nelson’s oriole, Scott’s oriole, and the wood 
pewee. On the higher peaks above, the hepatic tanager, Arizona 
jay, Arizona woodpecker, blue gray gnatcatcher, Scott’s sparrow, 
and Mearns’s quail were the characteristic species. 

Mr. Brown took many nests with sets of eggs, most interesting 
of which is perhaps that of McLeod’s sparrow (Aimophila mcleodii 
Brewster), of which he secured a number of sets. Mr. Brown 
thinks his collection a very good representative one of the breed- 
ing birds of the region, as he saw but one species, Urubitinga 
anthracina (Licht. ), that he fully identified, but failed to get. 

The following is a nominal list of the species taken : 


Podilymbus podiceps (Linn.). 


‘Opodepe. 
Buteo borealis calurus Cassin. 
La Chumata. 
Buteo swainsoni Bp. 
Opodepe. 
Accipiter cooperi mexicanus Swains. 
La Chumata. 
Cyrtonyx montezumz mearnsi Nelson. 
La Chumata. 
Lophortyx douglasi bensoni (Ridg. ). 
Opodepe. 
Lophortyx gambeli fulvipectus Nelson. 
Opodepe. 


Zenaidura carolinensis carolinensis (Linn.). 
Opodepe; La Chumata. 


Melopelia leucoptera (Linn.). 
Opodepe; La Chumata. 


Scardafella inca inca (Less.). 
Opodepe. 
Columbigallina passerina pallescens Baird. 
Opodepe. 
Phzoptila latirostris (Swains.). 
Opodepe ; La Chumata. 


Colaptes chrysoides (Malh.). 
Opodepe. 


VOL. XIX. pps 17-22." . FEBRUARY 26, 1906) 
PROCEEDINGS. 


OF THE™ 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


BREEDING BIRDS OF THE SIERRA DE ANTONEZ, 
NORTH CENTRAL SONORA. 


BY JOHN’E. THAYER AND OUTRAM BANGS. 


During some months last spring. and summer spent in traveling 
about in Sonora to establish the present range of the vanishing 
Colinus ridguwayi, Mr.. W. W.. Brown, Jr., made small collections 
of birds at several different points. Most of the places.visited 
are pretty well known, and nothing.of special interest was taken. 
One region, however, where Mr. Brown remained through the 
height of the breeding season, is less well known, and a nominal 
list of the birds taken there is perhaps worth publishing. 

This place is a range of. low mountains known as the Sierra 

‘de Antonez, in north central Sonora, about latitude 30°, longi- 
tude 110°+ and: 95 miles south, of the Arizona. boundary, but 
extending almost to the boundary in a series of lower foot-hills, 
These mountains. make a.slight watershed, the Rio de Sonora 
and San Miguel rising there and flowing south, then west, and 
branches of the Gila. River rising in their northern end and flow- 
ing north. 

Mr. Brown collected here from the last few days of April to 
the first of June, principally at’ Opodepe, 2,000 feet altitude, 
and La Chumata mine, 4,500 feet altitude; the two places about 
20 miles apart east and: west: Iba:Chumata mine is situated on 
the south side of La Chumata cafion, 275 feet above its bottom. 
Through the cafion flows: a brook which in: the: rainy season 
becomes quite a river, and along its banks the vegetation: is 
luxuriant, cottonwood; birch, willow-and oak: being the charac- 
teristic trees. The peaks above are rather-more barren, three 
species of caks being the characteristic trees; with long grass |... 
growing under them. The commoner birds of the cafion. were 

4—Proc. BIoL, Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. 17 
1 ‘ ; ( pconlan lastii,, tj 
: ol fi 


JUN 20 190 
tions! Vuse 


Thayer and Bangs—Breeding Birds of North Central Sonora. 19 


Melanerpes formicivorus melanopogon (Temm. ). 


La Chumata. 


The twenty-three skins taken represent a race not quite 


typical of any of the named forms. The bill issmaller than in Californian 
specimens, and the breast rather more streaked. The band on the crown 
is nearly as narrow as in augustifrons. 


Opodepe. 


La Chumata. 


Melanerpes uropygialis (Baird). 


Dendrocopus arizonz (Hargitt). 


Pyrocephalus rubineus mexicanus Sclater. 


Opodepe. 


La Chumata. 


Empidonax difficilis Baird. 


Horizopus richardsoni (Swains.). 


La Chumata. 


Myiarchus mexicanus magister Ridg. 
La Chumata. 


Myiarchus cinerascens cinerascens (Lawr.). 


La Chumata 


La Chumata. 


Opodepe. 


; Opodepe. 


Myiarchus lawrencei olivascens Ridg. 


Tyrannus verticalis Say. 


Tyrannus vociferans Swains. 


Opodepe; La Chumata. 


Opodepe. 


Mimus’ polyglottos leucopterus (Vig.). 


Toxostoma curvirostre palmeri (Ridg.). 


Opodepe. Nelson has separated the bird of southern Sonora, type locality 
Alamos, as T. c. maculatus (Auk, vol. XVII, 1900, p. 269). We can not 
detect any differences in the birds taken by Brown from Guaymas north 
to Opodepe, and Arizona specimens, and believe they should all go with 
the northern form. 


La Chumata. 


La Chumata. 


Opodepe. 


Sialia sialis azurea (Baird). 


Polioptila czrulea obscura Ridg. 


Polioptila plumbea (Baird). 


Heleodytes brunneicapillus brunneicapillus (Lafr.). 


Opodepe. 


20 ‘Thayer and Bangs—Breeding Birds of Novth Central ‘Sonora. 


‘Thryomanes  bewickii*eremophilus Oberh. 
La Chumata. 


‘Gatherpes mexicanus’polioptilus Oberh. 
La Chumata 


Sitta carolinensis nelsoni Mearns. 
La Chumata. 


Baeolophus wollweberi annexus (Cass.). 
La Chumata. 


Auriparus flaviceps flaviceps (Sund.). 
Opodepe. 
Psaltriparus plumbeus cecaumenorum subsp. nov. 


La Chumata, eight adults of both sexes. 

Type from La Chumata mine, north central Sonora, 4,500 feet altitude, 
adult co’ No. 14,724, collection of E.°A. and’ O. Bangs. Collected May 22, 
1905, by W. W. Brown, Jr. 

Characters.—Slightly ‘smaller than true’ P.pluwmbeus Baird of Arizona ; 
upperparts blue-gray (olive-gray in true P. plumbeus); whole head: and 
underparts much. paler. 

Remarks.—This is a well marked southern form of P. plumbeus. Mr. 
Oberholser kindly compared our eight skins with the large series at Wash- 
ington, and agrees with us‘as to its distinctness. 


MEASUREMENTS. 

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Culmen. 
14,724 3 ad. | La Chumata 50.5 52 16.2 7 
14,725 Cad. “ 47.5 51 16 7 
14,726 | oad. f 48 515 16 6:8 
14,727 S ad. ba 48.5 49 16.4 6.8 

OY ad. - 49 51 16.2 6.4 
14,728 2 ad. = 48.5 52 16 7 
14,729 Q-ad. 4 49 52.5 16 7 

Q.ad. is 48 50 16 6.6 


Aphelocoma sieberiiarizonz (Ridg.). 


La Chumata. 
Lanius ludovicianusexcubitorides (Swains.). 
Opodepe. 
Vireo huttoni»stephensi ! Brewster. 
La Chumata. 
‘Vireo bellii*arizonz Ridg. 
Opodepe. 


*Phainopeplanitens (Swains.). 
Opodepe. 


/Thayer-and:Bangs—Breeding Birds of North Central Sonora. 21 


Stelgidopteryx*ruficollis serripennis (Aud.). 
Opodepe. 
Hirundocerythrogastra Bodd. 
Opodepe. 
Compsothlypis;pitiayumi;pulchra (Brewst.). 
La Chumata. 
Setophaga,picta, picta, (Swains.). 
La Chumata. 
‘Tangavius*..aeneus -aeneus. (Wagler). 
Opodepe. 
Molothrus ater obscurus. (Gmel.). 
Opodepe; La Chumata. 


Scolecophagus.cyanocephalus (Wagler). 


Opodepe. As these specimens were taken at the very end of April*and 
none were seen in May, they most likely were migrants. 


Icterus wagleri Scl. 
Opodepe. 
Icterus cucullatus nelsoni Ridg. 
Opodepe ; La Chumata. 


Icterus parisorum Bp. 
La Chumata. 


Piranga rubra cooperi Ridg. A 
Opodepe ; La Chumata. 


‘Piranga hepatica Swains. 
La Chumata. 


Astragalinus”’psaltria hesperophilus Oberh. 
‘Opodepe ; La Chumata. 
Carpodacus mexicanus ruberrimus Ridg. 


‘Opodepe ; La Chumata. This series represents:a form clearly intermed - 
iate between C.m. frontalis (Say) and the so-called.C.m. sonoriensis: Ridg. 
of southern Sonora. Brewster, in “ Birds of the Cape Region of Lower 
California,” + has shown that the latter is not sufficiently ditferent from 
C. m. ruberrimus of Cape St. Lucas to stand as a subspecies. It is always 
unpleasant to have to decide by what name to call an intergrade, — 
and in this very instance other ornithologists might not agree with 
us. We have decided to call the specimens ruberrimus because they agree 
in measurements with a series of that form taken by Brown at Guaymas. 
In color the adult males are perhaps rather nearer frontalis, but there is 
much individual variation in both series. 


* For use of Tangavius in place of eosin Cf. Nelson, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 
Vol. XVIII, p. 125, Apr. 18, 1905. 
+ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél. Vol. XLI, pp. 133-135, Sept., 1902. 


22. Thayer and Bangs—Breeding Birds of North Central Sonora. 


Aimophila quinquestriata (Sel.). 


Opodepe. 

Aimophila carpalis (Coues). 
Opodepe. 

Aimophila mcleodii Brewster. 
La Chumata. 


Aimophila ruficeps scottii (Sennett). 
La Chumata. 


Amphispiza bilineata deserticola Ridg. 

Opodepe. 

Spizella pallida (Swains.). 
Opodepe. Not taken after the end of April. 
Spizella breweri Cassin. 

Opodepe. One Q only, taken April 28. 

Zonotrichia leucophrys leucophrys (Forster). 

Opodepe. 

Pipilo fuscus intermedius Nelson. 

Opodepe. The examples taken appear to be perfectly typical, agreeing 
with specimens from Alamos and Guaymas, and are not as might be expected 
intergrades between intermedius and mesoleucus. 

Zamelodia melanocephala (Swains.). 

Opodepe; La Chumata. ; 

Pyrrhuloxia sinuata sinuata Bp. 

Opodepe. 

Cardinalis cardinalis affinis Nelson. 

Opodepe; La Chumata. Birds from this region have the bill exactly 
similar to those from Guaymas and Alamos, at once distinguishing them 
from C. c. superbus or C. c. igneus. The only approach they show to C. c. 


superbus is that they are a trifle larger than examples from farther south— 
Alamos and Guaymas. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 23-24 . | FeBruary 26, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 3 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW BOTRYCHIUM FROM ALABAMA. 
BY WILLIAM R. MAXON. 


By permission of the Secretary ofthe Smithsonian Institution. 


Through the courtesy of Mr. W.C. Dukes of Mobile, Alabama, 
the U.S. National Herbarium has received within the last year 
an excellent series of an unusually interesting Botrychium, from 
the vicinity of Mobile, which is apparently undescribed. The 
writer’s views as to the propriety of recognizing the various 
well-marked component forms of the ternatum group as full spe- 
cies, in those instances in which intermediates are not known, 
were expressed at some length* less than a year ago and need 
not be repeated. The present form, whose relationship will be 
discussed below, may appropriately be known as 


Botrychium Alabamense sp. nov. 


A slender delicate plant of the ternatum group, 20-30 cm. high, branch- 
ing at or above the surface of the ground. Stem 2-3.5 cm. long, 2-3 mm. in 
diameter, pale or salmon-colored, clothed below with a fibrous sheath and 
emitting numerous stout spreading roots. Sterile division bright green, 
short- or frequently long-petiolate (average 2.5 cm.), about 12 cm. broad 
by 11 em. long, fully tripinnate, or quadripinnatifid as to the basal portion 
of the lowermost lateral divisions, variable in outline but commonly sub- 
pentagonal, the lateral divisions usually alternate; ultimate segments (in 
normal mature plants) approximate, or somewhat distant, alternate, ob- 
lique, broadly obovate, 5-10 mm. broad, subequally and strongly cuneate to 
a narrow adnate base, rarely with a shallow lateral lobe; margins unequally 
and conspicuously fimbriate, particularly in the larger specimens ; texture 
thin, flaccid, the veins readily perceptible. Sporophyll averaging 22 cm. 
in length, slender, often arcuate or even flexuose, uniformly of a decided 
salmon color (excepting the apical third) as are also the main vascular 
parts of the sterile division ; panicle 7-10 cm. long, bipinnate or rarely tri- 
pinnate, basal branch averaging 3.5 cm. in length. 

Known to the writer only from the vicinity of Mobile, Alabama, and 
chiefly through a fine series collected by Mr. Dukes at Spring Hill, at an 


* A New Botrychium from Jamaica.—Bull. Torrey Club 32: 219-222. 1905. 
5—Proc. Bion. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (ay 


ae ‘ 
<“neonian besti:,>~ 
ent a 


gor 


J 


4 


Rona! Huan 


24 Maxon—A New Botrychium from Alabama. 


elevation of 200 feet, some six or seven miles west of that city. Of these 
specimens, No. 510,782, U. 8S. National Herbarium, collected in August, 1905, 
‘is designated as type. The only other material seen is a single sheet 
of small plants collected somewhere in the vicinity of Mobile by the late 
Dr. Chas. Mohr, who regarded them as “an ambiguous form” which he 
was unable to place with certainty. 

The following note on habitat is kindly contributed by Mr. Dukes: 

“ Nearly all the material of this plant [B. Alabamense]. has been found 

at Spring Hill. * * * The few isolated plants so far found at lower eleva- 
tions were small and nearly always misshapen. The best specimens are 
invariably found in open thickets under the shelter of cedars and yaupon 
trees or along yaupon hedges at the edges of old abandoned fields and pas- 
tures. Like all the Botrychia in this section it is found in colonies of from 
two or three to often’as many as fifty or more. * * * It puts up its new 
frond after the late summer rains, towards the middle of August, at about 
the same time as B. tenuifoliwm, and is often found growing in close prox- 
imity to the latter; indeed, you seldom find one without finding the other 
also. The fruiting fronds develop ordinarily from the middle of September 
to the first of October but vary several weeks according to weather condi- 
tions; during dry seasons they are late in appearing.” 
' The present form stands somewhat between B. obliquum and B. biter- 
natum. From the former, which ina typical state is apparently altogether 
wanting from Alabama, it differs conspicuously in its lax habit, usually 
longer-stalked divisions and short rounded segments. From the latter 
species, which is well known for its unique seasonal character (i. e. fruiting 
in early spring), it departs otherwise in the greater size of all its parts, its 
non-prostrate habit, decidedly thinner texture and less divaricate branch- 
ing. Ina way, however, dwarfed plants of B. Alabamense and uncommonly 
robust specimens of B. biternatum simulate each other rather closely and 
offer a possible suggestion as to the origin of the latter. Further discussion 
of their relationship may well be deferred until the publication of a paper 
which Mr. Dukes has prepared, descriptive of B. biternatum as it occurs 
in Alabama, with particular reference to its peculiar seasonal appearance. 
But whatever their phylogeny may have been it appears scarcely open to 
question that the two are at the present time specifically distinct. 

Incidentally it may be mentioned that the plants to which Mr. Dukes re- 
fers as B. tenuifolium are much larger than those originally described by 
Professor Underwood and not altogether typical in cutting. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 25-28 FEBRUARY 26, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


TWO NEW CARNIVORES FROM THE MALAY 
PENINSULA. 


BY GERRIT 8S. MILLER, JR. 


Among the mammals collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on the 
Malay Peninsula and presented to the United States National 
Museum are the following carnivores, neither of which appears 
to have been hitherto described. 


Arctogalidia major sp. nov. 


Type-—Young adult male* (skin and skull), No. 83,510, United States 
National Museum. Collected in Trong, Lower Siam, September 8, 1896, by 
Dr. W. L. Abbott. 

Characters.—A. black-eared, heavily striped animal like the Bornean 
Arctogalidia stigmatica, but differing from this species as well as from the 
white-eared, indistinctly striped A. leucotis of the Malay Peninsula, in its 
larger size ; basilar length of skull about 110 mm. instead of about 95- 
105 mm. . 

Color.—General color a light broccoli-brown, with a silvery gloss on back 
and a distinct wash of ochraceous-buff on sides of body and outer surface 
of legs, this wash particularly noticeable on neck. . Underparts dull, gray- 
ish ochraceous-buff. Ears, feet, and terminal half of tail black. Muzzle 
and a distinct area behind and above ear black. Crown and cheeks a 
clear grizzled gray contrasting slightly with more yellowish neck. Dorsal 
stripes clear black and well defined, the lateral extending forward to dark 
area behind ear. Basal half of tail like back, but crossed by faint though 
evident blackish transverse bands nearly 10 mm. wide. Ten of these 
bands can be counted; they then become confused and crowded, merging 
quickly into black terminal area. 

Skull and Teeth As compared with that of a slightly older male Arcto- 
galidia stigmatica from near Sandakan, Borneo, the skull differs in its 
noticeably more robust form. Although only about 3.5 mm. more in greatest 


* Permanent dentition in place but unworn ; sutures of rostrum and braincase plainly 
visible. 


6—Proc. Bror. Soc. WasH., Vor. XIX, 1906. (25) 


ig a gonian eta : 


JUIN 2 ( 


0 > 


Ribena! Hue 


| 26 Miller—Two New Carnivores from the Malay Peninsula. 


length theskull of Arctogalidia major exceeds that of A. stigmatica by 3 mm. 
in greatest breadth of rostrum and by 5 mm. in mastoid breadth. The 
audital bulle are relatively larger in the jarger animal, their greatest 
length, including paroccipital process, 23.4 mm. instead of 19.6mm. As 

compared with that of Arctogalidia leucotis the skull shows much the same 
differences, though even more noticeably (see cranial measurements). The 
teeth show no special peculiarities, though they appear to be relatively 
smaller than in A. stigmatica. 

Measurements.—External measurements of type: Total length, 1245; 
head and body, 560; tail vertebree, 685; hind foot, 97 (92). Skull: Great- 
est length, 118 (105) *; upper length, 107 (95) ;.condylobasilar length, 114 
(101.4); basilar length, 109 (96); palatilar length, 62.6 (58); breadth 
of palate between carnassials, 17 (15,4); breadth of posterior extension 
of palate, 12.2 (9); breadth of rostrum across roots of canines, 21.8 
(19.4) ; constriction in front of postorbital processes, 21.6 (17) ; constriction 
behind postorbital processes, 17.2 (17); breadth of braincase above roots of 
zygomata, 35, (36.2); mastoid breadth, 42.8 (37); mandible, 86.6 (80.4) ; 
maxillary toothrow exclusive of incisors, 41 (37); upper incisor row, 10 
(8.6) ; mandibular toothrow exclusive of i incisors, 45 (40). 

Specimens examined.—One, the type. 

Remarks.—This species appears to be a large continental representative 
of the widely distributed Arctogalidia stigmatica group. It is the largest 
known member of the genus, and the size ofits skull is alone sufficient to 
distinguish it. From the other species occurring on the Malay Peninsula, 
A, leucotis, it is separable by color as well as by size, as the ears show no 
tendency to develop the conspicuous white patch on distal half, and the 
dorsal streaks retain their outline complete. 


Paradoxurus robustus sp. nov. 


Type.—Adult female (skin and skull) No. 86,796, United States National 
Museum. Collected in Trong, Lower Siam, February 13, 1899, by Dr. W. 
L. Abbott. ; 

Characters.—Like Paradoxurus leucomystax from the southern part of the 
Malay Peninsula, + but size not as great, and color not as dark. 

Color.—Type: Upperparts a light dull buff, paler and clearer on sides, 
somewhat tinged with russet over middle of back, the hairs everywhere 
black-tipped, but the dark color very inconspicuous except on crown, neck, 
and shoulders, where it produces an evident clouding. Back without 
stripes or spots. Feet and ears blackish. Upper half of cheeks light buff, 
clearer and more yellow than that of body, fading into buffy gray on fore- 
head and median line of muzzle. Sides of muzzle and lower half of cheeks 
to and including eyes dark hair-brown, slightly grizzled with grayish buff. 
Whiskers pale buff. Underparts and inner surface of legs dull buff, paler 
and less yellow than that of Ridgway, somewhat darkened by a wash of 


* Measurements in parenthesis are those of a much older male Arctogalidia leucotis 
from Red Point, Tenasserim ( No. 124,227). 

+ The type of Paradoxurus leucomystax formed part of the Raffles collection, and was 
therefore probably taken in this region or in western Sumatra, 


Miller—Two New Carnivores from the Malay Peninsula. 27 


hair-brown on chin and throat. Tail like body, but darkening to a uniform 
dull, blackish tip. 

Skull and Teeth.—Except for the differences in measurements, and a ten- 
dency toward greater robustness, the skull and teeth essentially agree with 
those of Paradoxurus leucomystax. 

Measurements.—External measurements of type: Head and body, 653; 
tail vertebree, 602; hind foot, 100 (96). External measurements of an 
adult male (No. 124,279) from Telok Besar, Tenasserim: Head and body, 
640; tail vertebree, 565; hind foot, 99 (96). Skull oftype: Greatest length, 
126 (134) *; upper length, 116; condylobasilar length, 121 (133) ; basilar 
length, 116.4 (127); palatilar length, 57 (63); width of palate including 
molars, 41 (41.4) ; least width of palate between incisors and canines, 14 (16) ; 
interpterygoid space, 27 x 14 (26 x 14.6) breadth of rostrum across roots of ca- 
nines, 24; zygomatic breadth, 69 (70); constriction in front of postorbital 
process, 25.4 (28.4); constriction behind postorbital process, 22.4 (22.4) ; 
breadth of braincase above roots of zygomata, 41.4 (88); mastoid breadth, 
45 (46.8); occipital depth, 30.4 (31.4); mandible, 94 (104); maxillary 
toothrow exclusive of incisors, 44 (46); mandibular toothrow exclusive 
of incisors, 50 (51). : 

Specimens examined.—Four, two from Trong, Lower Siam, and two from 
Telok Besar, Tenasserim. 

Remarks.—An immature male from Champang, Tenasserim (No. 124,021), 
is not as pale as the others from the same general region, and may, perhaps, 
represent the dark southern form. As it retains its milk dentition it is too 
young to be definitely named. 


* Measurements in parenthesis are those of a young adult female (teeth slightly worn, 
nasals distinct except postériorly) P. leucomystax from Perak, Brit. Mus, No. 0. 2. 4. 3. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 29-34 FEBRUARY 26, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW BERMUDIAN FISHES. 
BY TARLETON H. BEAN, 


The Bermuda Expedition of the Field Museum of Natural 
History in 1905 obtained about 165 species of fishes of which 
the following appear to be undescribed : 


Iridio meyeri. 


The type of the species is 4 inches long to caudal base. Collector’s num- 
ber 1101; Field Museum catalogue number 5496; locality, Nonsuch Id. 
Named for Capt. W. E. Meyer, of St. George’s. 

D. IX, 11; A. ITI, 11; scales, 3-27-9. 

Head 34 in total without caudal; depth about 4; eye 5 and snout 33 in 
head. Anterior profile of head strongly convex, mouth on level with 
lower axil of pectoral. Opercular flap broad, its width and length equal, 

4 in head. Two canines in the front of each jaw projecting almost 
straight forward. 

Four rows of scales in front of dorsal, not meeting on median line; scales 
on nape rudimentary. Lateral line begins in fifth vertical row of scales, 
curves upward to third row under eighth ray of soft dorsal, thence sharply 
down to median line, its straight portion piercing 6 scales. Anal base as 
long as head. Pectoral reaches to eighth scale of lateral line, not quite to 
vent. Ventral equal to post-orbital part of head. 

Body in spirits: Dusky above, pale below. A brown band from snout con- 
tinued behind eye to caudal; an obscure, narrow, interrupted band below 
this. A dark blotch on membrane between fifth and sixth dorsal spines 
and one between sixth and seventh. A minute dark spot at base of last 
dorsal ray. A small dark blotch on upper axil of pectoral. A narrow dusky 
bar across interorbital space and two similar bands on nape. A narrow 
white streak from angle of mouth to upper axil of pectoral; a second 
whitish streak from mandibular articulation across preopercle and sub- 
opercle. Eleven narrow, interrupted, oblique, whitish streaks on pectoral 
region extending back past anal origin. 


Iridio decoratus. 


Two type specimens. Cellector’s number 545; Museum catalogue num- 
ber 5128; locality, Nonsuch Id., October 4, 1905. 
D. IX, 11; A. III, 12; scales, 2-27-7. ; 
7—Pxoc, Brot, Soc. WasH., VOL, XIX, 1906. (29) 


/ 
? 


JUN 2 


Be epee SORE weer Se 
Kanon last), e 


\ 


31907 | 


gee Om yr, 
\Ptional use8 


. 


30 Bean—Descriptions of New Bermudian Fishes. 


Eye equal to snout, 4 in head ; head 3% in total to end of scales; depth 
4}. The pectoral reaches to eighth row of scales; ventral about one-half | 
head, not reaching nearly to vent. 

Color in spirits: Brownish above middle line, paler below; a short dark 
stripe on snout in front of eye; a narrow dark line from eye backward to 
nape ; a second irregular line also from eye below this, and a third broken 
line beginning behind eye and running toward origin of lateral line; a 
small black dot in upper axil of pectoral. 


Iridio elegans. 


Four type specimens. Collector's numbers 703, 762, 767; Museum cat- 
alogue numbers 5129, 5130, 5131. Castle Harbor at Nonsuch Id. and 
Cooper’s Id. : 

D. IX, 11; A. Ili, 12; scales, 25-26-9. 

Eye 13 in snout, 4in head. Head 3} in total to end of scales. Depth 
equal to head. Pectoral extends to tenth scale of transverse series; ven- 
tral } head, not quite reaching vent. 

Colors in spirits: A narrow blue‘line from angle of mouth to edge of 
subopercle ; a wavy blue line starts near angle of mouth, runs under eye 
and gently down toward upper axil of pectoral ; spots and broken lines of 
blue behind eye and on nape; five pale bars from edge of back downward 
toward median line; a large, diffuse black blotch on anterior half of soft 
dorsal extending downward to lateral line; two smaller dark blotches 
under last four dorsal rays; an irregular dark blotch on root of caudal; 
three blue lines on body, the uppermost along lateral line, the others 
below median line; three short, oblique blue lines in pectoral region. 


Iridio microstomus. 


A small individual, 1} inches to base of caudal. Collector’s number 541;' 
Museum catalogue number 5138 ; belongs to the same group with I. meyeri, 
having only two canines, projecting forward, in each jaw. 

D. IX, 11; A. III, 11; scales, 3~-27-9. 

Mouth small, lips broad, covering the teeth. Maxilla scarcely reaching 
front of eye. Head 35, depth nearly 4 in total without caudal. Eye 34 in 
head. Pectoral reaches to eighth scale of lateral line, ventral nearly as far, 
but not nearly to vent. 

In spirits: A dark band from snout to eye and from eye to caudal; a 
small dark spot at hase of last dorsal ray and in upper axil of pectoral; a 
narrow silvery streak limiting the lateral band above and meeting its fellow 
of the opposite side in a V shape on top of snout. Back pale lemon overlaid 
with dusky points ; below lateral band pale lemon yellow, lower half of head 
and the abdominal region silvery ; caudal tinged with orange and with an 
intense band of orange at base; iris dusky, overlying pink and silver. 


Labrisomus lentiginosus. 


Type 43 inches without caudal. Collector’s number 500; Museum cata- 
logue number 5142; locality, tide pool at Doe’s Rock, Paget Parish. Octo- 
ber 26,1905. ; 


Bean— Descriptions of New Bermudian Fishes. 31 


Head about 3, depth 4 in length to caudal. Pectoral reaches to vertical 
through anal origin; ventral 4 head, reaching scarcely more than half way 
to vent; eye equals snout; 43 in head. 

In spirits: Pale yellow, sides with four or five faint, irregular, dull gray 
cross bands; head profusely sprinkled with minute dark points; pectoral 
with six or seven narrow, interrupted bands formed by dots on the rays; 
caudal with six similar bands; no dark spot on front of spinous dorsal and 
none on opercle; soft dorsal and pale mottled with darker but without 
evident bands. . 


Antennarius’ verrucosus. 


Type specimen, 3} inches long without caudal. Collector’s number 928 ; 
Museum catalogue number 4853 ; was taken in the Reach, St. George's Id., 
in 1904. 

101, 42: £.7;-¥. 8; FP. 10. 

First dorsal spine extends to base of third spine ;, “bait” absent ; second 
spine free ; third spine recumbent, adnate to skin of back. Second spine 
3 in upper jaw; third spine twice as long assecond. Body and fins every- 
where rough with small prickles ; many roundish raised clusters of spinules 
forming elevations on sides, back and belly in front of ventrals. _ 

Upper jaw equals distance from pectoral to vent; eye 6 in ites jaw, 4 
in interorbital space. 

Color in spirits, pale yellowish ; inside of mouth whitish ; brownish dots 
and lines on head and body; four small, roundish, ocellated dark spots on 
soft dorsal ; a diffuse dusky blotch on soft dorsal rays extending down on 
back enclosing a darker nucleus of irregular shape ; caudal of left side with 
ten small irregular dark spots and a few smaller ones ; an ocellated, oblong, 
dark spot on anal and several much smaller spots ; about eight small dark 
_ spots at bases of pectoral rays; a dusky patch under each pectoral as long 
as upper jaw, its width one-third of its length ; a smaller, diffuse blotch in 
front of vent. 


- Holocentrus meeki. 


A small-scaled Holocenirus. differing from ascensionis in its short dorsal 
and anal rays, small eye, equal caudal lobes and other characters. Types, 
collector’s number 144, Museum catalogue number 5079, are 2? inches and 
3 inches long respectively, without caudal. 

D. XI, 14 to 15; A. IV, 10; seales 4-54 to 55-7. 

Head, 33 in total without-caudal ; depth, 4; eye, 3} in head; maxilla to 
vertical through front of eye ; pectoral, head, reaching sixteenth series of 
scales ; ventral, § head, ending far from vent; anal base, 2 in head, equal 
to ecmeet dorsal spine, and to longest soft ray; third anal spine 3 in head, 
longer and stouter than fourth. 

In spirits, pale brown above lateral line, shining silvery below; all of 
head but top silvery ; caudal peduncle purplish ; _membrane of spinous 
dorsal blackish ; iris pale. 

Named for Dr. Seth E. Meek, Assistant Curator of Zoology, Field Museum - 
of Natural History. 


32 Bean—Descriptions of New Bermudian Fishes. 


Cryptotomus crassiceps. 


Two specimens, 3? inches and 4 inches long to end of scales, collector’s 
number 417, Museum catalogue number 4964; Cooper’s Id., September 
26, 1905. a 

D. IX, 10 to 11; A. II to III, 9; scales, 1}-25-6. 

No posterior canine tooth; in the smaller example about 12 teeth in 
front of upper jaw developed as canines, the two outer of which are hooked 
and recurved ; side teeth coalesced into a cutting edge; in the larger ex- 
amples there are fewer anterior canines and two of them project straight 
forward. 

Scales on breast and belly notably enlarged ; last scale of lateral line 
enlarged and produced backward into a point. Width of head 4 its length; 
snout pointed, subconical, 7 in total to end of scales ; eye 2 in snout; mouth 
small, horizontal, its angle not reaching to front of eye; upper lip double, 
closely concealing the jaw, Three scales on median line in front of ven- 
tral ; four across mediarf line in front of dorsal. 

Depth 3} in total to end of scales ; snout 3 in head. Pectoral more than 
3 head, reaching eighth scale of lateral line; ventral equal to snout, not 
nearly reaching to vent; caudal short, sub-truncate, about 3 in head. 

In spirits, grayish brown above, pale below; all fins pale except caudal 
which shows about 6 narrow, dusky cross bars in the smaller example; a 
black blotch at upper -axil of pectoral and above it a faint blue line; 
isthmus dusky ; two narrow blue lines from eye to angle of mouth ; iris 
pale yellow, blackish at top, crossed obliquely by a blue line; dusky color 
on sides forming broken lines on 3 or 4 rows of scales below lateral line. 


Eupomacentrus chrysus. 


Type specimen 13 inches long to end of scales, collector’s number 525, 
Museum catalogue number 5025, from White’s Flat Channel, October 6, 
1905. Thisis almost uniform yellow, the only dark portions being the eye, 
a diffuse spot on the base of the spinous and soft dorsal covering five rows 
of scales, extending to lateral line, a dark saddle on top of caudal peduncle, 
a minute dark point on upper axil of pectoral, a faint dusky area on snout 
and nape, and about 21 very faint, narrow, dusky lines on sides, some ex- 
tending above lateral line but none reaching far below edge of pectoral. 

D. XII, 16; A. IT, 15; scales, 3-28-11, pores on 18 scales. 

Depth 2 in total to end of scales; head, 3}; eye, 23 in head ; interorbital 
space, 3in head. Dorsal spines regularly graduated, the last about 3 head. 
Pectoral reaches to twelfth row of scales; ventral filamentous at tip and 
reaching anal origin. 


Hippocampus brunneus. 4 


Type, collector’s number 1099, Museum catalogue number 5494, an adult 
male, taken at Long Bird Id., August 29, 1904. 

D. 18, on 3+1 rings; rings 11+-35. 

Eye, 23 in snout, 6 in head; head equal to body; depth about } head. 
Dorsal base equal to snout; longest dorsal ray 2 in snout. 


Bean—Descriptions of New Bermudian Fishes. - 33 


Chocolate in spirits; a triangular whitish blotch immediately behind 
head, its greatest width 2 in snout; a larger whitish blotch, almost hour- 
glass shaped, on body, chiefly on sixth and seventh body rings, extending 
entirely around ; eight narrow whitish bands across back, the first at the 
middle of dorsal base, none of these reaching below median line. Color 
notes on H. hudsonius in Bull. 47, U.S. N. M., 777, may relate to H. brun- 
neus, but not to H. hudsonius DeKay. 


Monacanthus tuckeri. 


Type specimens, collector’s numbers 100, 121, 376, Museum catalogue 
numbers 5183, 5184, 5186, taken at the Flatts, Well Bay, and Long Bay 
(Somerset). 

'D. 35; A. 34 to 36. In shape resembling young Alutera. Head 8 in 
total without caudal; depth at anal origin equal to head ; least depth of 
caudal peduncle 2 in snout; eye 23 insnout, 3 in head. First dorsal spine 
nearly } total without caudal, with two rows of strong barbs ; second dor- 
sal spine as long as the eye. 

Color in spirits, dark brown ; an irregular white pseudo-band on under 
surface of head extending on bey to over middle of anal base; in the 
largest example this marking resembles hieroglyphics; four narrow, dark 
bands on first dorsal spine and four on caudal fin. 

Dedicated to the venerable George Tucker, M. A., archdeacon of Bes. 
muda, for his devotion to biological science in the safony. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 35-40 | FEBRUARY 26, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


PLANTAE MONTROSENSIS. 


3: 
BY AVEN NELSON AND P. B. KENNEDY. 


This first paper dealing with the plants of Mount Rose repre- 
sents joint authorship, as shown above, in so far as the study of 
the material and the specific descriptions are concerned. The 
field work and the notes are all by the junior author, who spent 
two weeks of the summer of 1905 on Mount Rose studying and 
collecting its flora. This mountain is especially interesting 
from a botanical standpoint as it is a high spur of the Sierra 
Nevada Mountains strongly influenced by the dry atmospheric 
conditions existing on the eastern side. It may be taken as in- 
termediate between the typical high mountains of the Sierras 
and those of the interior of the Great Basin. It is proposed to 
make an extensive ecological study of the flora of this mountain. 
The following new species were discovered while studying the 
first lot of material, all of which was collected between 10,000 
feet elevation and the summit, which is 10,800 feet. 


Eriogonum rhodanthum sp. nov. 


Perennial, acaulescent, very low, caespitose, densely tomentose; the 
caudex made up of many strands twisted together like a rope, its numerous 
branches terminated by clusters of very small, new and old leaves: leaves 
7 mm. long or less with petioles about 4 mm. long, tomentose on both sides, 
ovate to suborbicular: scapes very slender, from 12 mm.—5 cm. high, dark- 
red, covered with a loose white tomentum, and terminating in a flower 
cluster about 12 mm. across: involucres 2 mm. long, about 5, each with 8 
densely tomentose, linear lobes: perianth rose-colored, 3 mm. long, its 
lobes broadly obovate, glabrous, with a single strong brown vein: pedicels 
3 mm. long; filaments 1 mm. long, villous below: ovary glabrous. 

It forms dense mats from 1-6 dm. across, on hard rocky ground. Sum- 
mit of Mount Rose, Washoe County, Nevada, elevation 10,800 feet, No. 
1184 (type), August 17, 1905, P. B. Kennedy. ; 

8—Proc. Biol, Soc. WasH., Vou. XIX, 1906 (35) eganeon™n atlas 


ns 29 1907 


ae eS 
NP bonal use 


36 Nelson.and Kennedy—Plantae Montrosensis. 


Allied to E. anemophilum Greene, but different in the character of the 
caudex, foliage, and color of the flowers. 


Eriogonum rosensis sp. nov. 


Perennial, acaulescent, woolly-tomentose, caudex branched and covered 
with numerous (new and old) persistent leaves: leaves 6-12 mm. long, 
ovate, tapering to a petiole 4 mm. long, woolly-tomentose on both sides: 
scapes 1-several from each branch of the caudex, rather stout, minutely 
glandular-pubescent, 2-5 cm. high, each bearing a cluster of about 8 in- 
volucres : involucres tomentose, 8-lobed, 3 mm. long, each containing about 
16 flowers ; the pedicels 3 mm. long: perianths yellow, sometimes slightly 
tinged with red, 2 mm. long: lobes obovate, glabrous, with a peculiar 
swelling at the apex of each lobe: filaments about 2 mm. long, villous be- 
low: ovary glabrous, 3-winged. 

Allied to E. anemophilum Greene: collected on the summit of Mount 
Rose, Washoe County, Nevada, elevation 10,800 feet, August 17, 1905, No. 
1180 (type), P. B. Kennedy. 

The plant forms dense, low, mats about 15 cm. across, growing where it 
can find a little soil among the lava rocks. 


Arabis depauperata sp. nov. 


Perennial, about 8 cm. high in flower, considerably taller in mature 
fruit: root branched 2-3 cm. below the surface of the ground into a num- 
ber of long, slender, wiry rootlets: stems many, very slender, from a. 
much branched caudex ; stems and leaves covered with a minute, stellate, 
pubescence ; the numerous lower leaves small and tufted at the base of the 
stems, petioled, the upper cauline, sessile, 6~10 mm. long, ovate-lanceolate, 
entire: racemes 3 cm. or less long, bearing minute purple flowers, 3 mm. 
long; calyx lobes oblong, 2 mm. long; corolla lobes spatulate, rounded. at 
the apex, and attenutate towards the base, 3 mm. long: mature pods 3-6 
cm. long and 2 mm. wide, glabrous, purplish, with minute gray dots, mostly 
straight, though sometimes slightly curved; pedicels 4-6 mm. long: seeds 
flattish, orbicular, orange, 2 mm. wide, with an even yellowish-green very 
narrow winged margin extending completely around the seed. 

Nearest to A. platysperma Gray, but quite different in the character of 
the whole plant, size of leaves, pods, seeds, etc. 

Summit of Mount Rose, Washoe County, Nevada, elevation 10,800 feet, 
August 17, 1905, No. 1167 (type), P. B. Kennedy. 


Ribes Churchii sp. nov. 


Shrub 3-6 m. high, dense, unarmed ; old branches ash-gray, new ones 
light brown: leaves densely viscid-glandular on both sides, 6-12 mm. 
broad, sub-orbicular, 3-lobed, crenate: petioles 6-20 mm. long, glandular : 
inflorescence 1—2-flowered, rarely 3-flowered; peduncles 12 mm. long; 
pedicels 1 mm. long or less: flowers subtended by 3 bracteoles which are 
ovate, and entire, or occasionally 3-toothed at the apex; calyx white, 


Nelson and Kennedy— Plantae Montrosensis. 37 


shading to pink, 6-10 mm. long, sparsely beset with gland-tipped hairs, 
its lobes ovate, obtuse, reflexed, 2 mm. long; petals deltoid-reniform, 1 
mm. long; stamens equalling the petals: berry viscid, red, not juicy, in- 
sipid, 10-14 seeded, ripening in September. 

Type collected at the base of the Sierra Club monument at the summit of 
Mount Rose, Washoe County, Nevada: elevation 10,800 feet, being No. 
1160, August 17,1905, P. B. Kennedy. 

Allied to R. cerewm Dougl. but much smaller in regard to size of bush, 
leaves, and flowers, and much more viscid. The branches are extremely 
short and rigid. The berry in R. cereuwm is described as rarely containing 
more than 3 large seeds, while this has numerous, small, angular seeds. 

Named in honor of Professor J. E. Church, Jr., who has ascended Mount 
Rose many, many times, both in the heat of summer and the heavy snows 
of winter, and to whom we are indebted for excellent specimens contain- 
ing the ripe berries. 


Gilia montana sp. nov. 


Perennial, depressed-caespitose, with a stout lignescent caudex: flowers 
capitate : leaves crowded on short tufted shoots, floccose-tomentose, mostly 
5-lobed, a few at the base linear, bilobed, and trilobed; lobes linear- 
lanceolate, slightly pungent, 4-6 mm. long, with petioles about 6 mm. long, 
bearing a few scattered bracts, similar to the leaves: numerous purplish 
lobed bracts among the flowers: flowers numerous, white to pink, clusters 
12-25 mm. across; calyx very slender, beset with long, slender hairs 4 mm. 
long, about equalling the tube of the corolla, calyx lobes linear-lanceolate, 
slender-subulate: each flower subtended by a linear-lanceolate bracteole ; 
corrolla 6 mm. long, tube about twice the length of the ovate rounded en- 
tire lobes: capsule ovoid, glabrous, 2 mm. long, one-seeded. 

Allied to G. caesoitosa (Gray) A. Nels.; Summit of Mount Rose, Washoe 
County, Nevada, August 17, 1905, No. 1170 (type), P. B. Kennedy, at 
10,800 feet; also from the same place, but past flowering, September 29, 
1902, No. 694, P. B. Kennedy ; also from Tinkers Knob, Eldorado County, 
California, Sierra Nevada, elevation 9,020 feet, August 10, 1901, P. B. 
Kennedy and 8. B. Doten, No. 279. 


Phlox dejecta sp. nov. 


Plant resembling a desert moss: tufts less than 3 cm. high: branches of 
the caudex somewhgt tortuous: leaves linear, mucronulate, hirsute to 
pubescent, 4-6 mm. long, imbricated : corolla white, the tube twice as long 
as the calyx; corolla-tube 12 mm. long; calyx teeth prominent, rigid, hir- 
sute, 5 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, with a very sharp spinulose tip: capsule 
ovoid, glabrous, 3 mm. long, one-seeded. 

Allied to P. bryoides Nutt. and P. muscoides Nutt., but in no sense lanate 
or canescent, with a very different calyx and corolla. Growing abundantly 
in broad moss-like mats on the summit of Mount Rose, Washoe County, 
Nevada, at 10,800 feet, August 17, 1905, No. 1159 (type), P. B. Kennedy. 


38 Nelson and Kennedy—Plantae Montrosensis. 


-Castilleia inconspicua sp. nov. 


Perennial, with a caudex about 5 cm. long, which branches at the base 
into several roots: plants variable in height according to the elevation: At 
10,000 feet about 15 cm. high, becoming gradually reduced to 5 em. or even 
less at 10,800: stems and leaves pubescent and glandular, which increases 
in density with the elevation: leaves sessile, mostly linear at the base, 
becoming 3-7 cleft or parted toward the inflorescence, very variable in size, 
from 6-25 mm. in length: bracts subtending each flower 3-cleft to about 
the middle, 12-20 mm. long; flowers in an oblong spike, cream-colored, 
with a purple blotch ; calyx villous, 12 mm. long, divided into 4 lanceolate- 
acuminate lobes 4-6 mm. long, greenish-purple; corolla 10 mm. long, galea 
triangular, obtuse, gibbous, slightly exceeding the lip which has 3 obtuse, 
rounded lobes, less than 2 mm. long: stigmas capitate, 2-lobed, slightly 
exceeding the galea; capsule glabrous, 8 mm. long, about 40-seeded. 

Allied to C. rubida Piper. 

Summit of Mount Rose, Washoe County, Nevada, No. 1169 (type), Au- 
gust 17, 1905, P. B. Kennedy, at 10,800 feet; also No. 1144 of same place 
and date, but at 10,000 feet. 


Hulsea caespitosa sp. nov. 


Plant about 3 dm. high, forming tufts a third of a meter across: densely 
pubescent, and strongly viscid-glandular, emitting a disagreeable odor; the 
involucre only lanate: perennial, deep rooted, branching several times: di- 
visions of the caudex terminated above ground by several leafy branches ; 
around the base of each branch persist the brown, dried up petioles of the 
previous year’s growth, appearing like scales: radical leaves from 4-8 mm. 
long, lacerate-dentate above, much constricted and entire at the middle, 
and expanding into a broad light-colored sheathing base, 8-10 mm. wide: 
flowering stems leafy, usually one from the center of each tuft of leaves, 
the cauline leaves gradually becoming smaller towards the head: head 23 
cm. or more across, orange-yellow, involucre lanate, of numerous bracts, in 
3 ranks; outer, oblong, 10 mm. long; inner, a little longer, attenuate- 
acute, with rather long, gland-tipped hairs towards the apex ; ray flowers 
about 30; ligulate corolla about 12 mm. long, with gland-tipped hairs be- 
low, apex variable, unequally 3-lobed; disk flowers glandular, 7 mm. long, 
with 5 equal lobes; palae very small, less than 1 mm. long, fimbriate : 
achene 6 mm. long, covered with villous hairs which partly obscure the 
palae. 

Allied to H. nana Larseni Geay and H. algida Gray. 

Summit of Mount Rose, Washoe County, Nevada, at 10,800 feet; in 
pockets of soil among loose volcanic rocks, No. 1158 (type), August 17, 
1905, P. B. Kennedy. 


Raillardella Nevadensis sp. nov. 


Rootstocks very stout for the size of the plant; extensively creeping: 
leaves glandular on both sides, 12-24 mm. long, oblanceolate, entire: scape 
2-8 cm. high; peduncle and inyolucre viscid-glandular, much more so 


Nelson and Kennedy— Plantae Montrosensis. 39 


than the leaves ; head about 16-flowered, 2 cm. long; involucre narrowly 
campanulate ; bracts linear-lanceolate, 12 mm. long, slightly held together 
by the glandular hairs on the margins: flowers orange-yellow, no rays; 
pappus-bristles about 18, short plumose, white, 8 mm. long: achene black, 
about 6 mm. long, narrowly oblong. 

Allied to R. scaposa Gray: abundant in loose granitic soil on Mount 
Rose, Washoe County, Nevada at 10,000 feet, No. 1147 (type), August 
17, 1905, P. B. Kennedy. 


Chrysothamnus monocephala. 


Very low, about 3 dm., shrubby ; branches short and rigid: stems and 
leaves covered with a fine, short, close tomentum; the young, new shoots 
very densely so, appearing white, the others dark gray : leaves linear, the 
longest about 18 mm., 1-nerved, mucronate, the upper ones sometimes ex- 
ceeding the inflorescence, and gradually merging into the involucral bracts : 
heads mostly solitary, terminal, 5-6 flowered; bracts about 10, rigid, im- 
bricated in two equal ranks, usually 1-nerved, outer ones keeled, 8-10 mm. 
long, broadly lanceolate, with a prominent acuminate cusp, yellowish, 
striped or mottled with purple; covered with loose cobwebby hairs: 
pappus-bristles numerous, of unequal lengths, the longest about 8 mm., 
very minutely villous, light-yellow; corolla 9 mm. long; achene densely 
silky-villous, 3 mm. long. 

Allied to C. Nevadensis (Gray) Greene, but leaves not oblanceolate or 3- 
nerved ; involucral bracts not 5-ranked, and tips not recurved. 

Summit of Mount Rose, Washoe County, Nevada, August 17, 1905, No. 
1171 (type), at 10,800 feet ; also No. 697 from same place, but at 10,000 feet, 
September 29, 1902, P. B. Kennedy. 


‘ 


VoL. XIX, pp. 41-48 FEBRUARY 26, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


GENERAL NOTES. 


A NEW NAME FOR RHINOLOPHUS MINUTUS MILLER. 


Rhinolophus minutus, the name which I proposed in 1900* for a bat from 
the Anambas Islands, has recently been shown by Mr. Knud Andersen t 
to be invalidated by Vespertilio minutus Montagu, applied in 1808¢ to the 
British race of Rhinolophus hipposideros. The Anambas animal may there- 
fore be renamed as Rhinolophus minutillus—Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 


THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE FLYING-LEMURS. 


The flying-lemurs are currently known as G'aleopithecus, and the family 
which they form as the Galeopithecide. Neither name can, however, be re- 
tained, since Galeopithecus Pallas is twelve years antedated by Cynocephalus 
Boddaert, based on the same animal. Boddaert’s name must therefore be 
adopted for the Malayan flying-lemurs, as its more familiar use for a genus 
of baboons began nearly thirty years later. A like change in the family 
name is fortunately obviated by the existence of a second genus containing 
the Philippine members of the family, a group strikingly differentiated in 
both cranial and dental characters. Chief among these characters are, 
cranial: the less inflation of the mastoid region; the greater separation of 
the occipital condyles; the narrower, more distinctly outlined brain-case ; 
and the less broadened and otherwise modified postorbital processes ; den- 
tal: the less specialized structure of the teeth, as shown by the relatively 
slight distortion of the primitive trigones, those of the posterior lower pre- 
molar and first and second lower molars retaining the typical arrangement 
of the cusps almost unmodified ; the great lengthening and thickening of 


’ the canines both above and below and of the outer upper incisor, and the 


complete absence of serrations on the cutting edges of paces teeth and of 
the anterior upper and lower premolar. 
The family and its two genera should stand as follows: 
Family CoLueipm. 
Galeopithecide Gray, 1821, and of most subsequent authors. 
Genus Colugo Gray. 
1870. Colugo Gray, Catal. Monkeys, Lemurs, and Fruit-eating bats Brit. 
Mus., p. 98.. Type Galeopithecus philippinensis Waterhouse. 
Genus Cynocephalus Boddaert. 
1768. Cynocephalus Boddaert, Dierkundig Mengelwerk, II, p. 8. Type 
Cynocephalus volans from Ternate. 
1780. Galeopithecus Pallas, “Acta Acad. Sci. Imp. Petrop., IV, p. 208.” 


— Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 
* Proc. Washington Acad. Sci., II, p, 235. August 20, 1900. 
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, II, p. 129. October 17, .1905. 
¢ Trans. Linn. Soe. London, IX, p. 162. 


9—Proc. BioL, Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (41) 


JUN 


) 1907, 


Vari xy “3 
Nk Ona! \yHuge! 


eS eageee FRY MEIN Le 
cannoonian lesth:,, to 


} 


42 | General Notes. 


AN EARLIER NAME FOR MELOSPIZA LINCOLNII STRIATA. 


The bird described by Mr. William Brewster (Auk, 1889, p.89) as Melos- 
piza lincolnii striata seems to be a recognizable race of Melospiza lincolnii 
from which it differs in smaller size and broader streaking of the upper 
parts. The original description was based on autumn specimens from 
Comox, Vancouver Island, British Columbia, but Mr. Joseph Grinnell has 
recently shown (Auk, 1904, pp. 274-276) that the summer home of the 
subspecies is the coast region of southeastern Alaska, particularly the 
vicinity of Sitka and Wrangel. 

The name given to this form by Mr. Brewster (loc. cit.) is, however, 
long antedated by at least one other. In a pertinent connection Finsch 
(Abhandl. Nat. Ver. Bremen, III, 1872, p. 46) cites Emberiza spinoletta 
“ Kittlitz” Brandt, Descr. et Icon. Anim. Ross., 1836, pl. II, fig. 7, as a 
synonym of the Alaskan Melospiza lincolnii. This plate seems, however, 
never legitimately to have been published, as Plate II of the work in ques- 
tion represents Anser leucopareius Brandt, and the name spinoletta is there- 
fore unavailable for Melospiza lincolnii striata; but even had the name 
been properly published, it would be somewhat doubtfully applicable, 
since no locality is mentioned, though presumptively this is the neighbor- 
hood of Sitka, where Kittlitz is known to have collected. 

No such uncertainty, however, attends the name Emberiza (Zonotrichia) 
gracilis Kittlitz (Denkwurd. Reise Russ. Amer. I, 1858, p. 199), based on 
two adults taken June 25 and an immature bird of July 15, at Sitka, 
Alaska, with the following diagnosis: “ Die kline, schlanke Gestalt und 
der aschgraue mit mehreren schwarzen Linien bezeichnete Kopf charakter- 
isert dieselbe.” This description, though brief, is sufficiently definite to 
identify Melospiza lincolnii striata, for neither of the only other small breed- 
ing sparrows of Sitka—Melospiza cinerea rufina and Passerculus sandwich- 
ensis alaudinus—agrees in characters with the above description given by 
Kittlitz, while M. 1. striata does. In Melospiza c. rufina the top and sides of 
the head, with the exception of a dull brownish slate superciliary stripe, 
are sooty brown, almost uniform, the slightly darker centers of the feathers 
being only faintly suggestive of streaking. In Passerculus s. alandinus, the 
head, although much streaked with black, is yellowish or buffy white, not 
ash gray, as in Melospiza lincolnii striata. To be sure, Kittlitz makes no- 
mention of the reddish brown margins of some of the black coronal 
streaks, but in so brief a description this is scarcely to be expected. In 
view of these facts it becomes necessary to change the name of Melospiza 
lincolnii striata Brewster to Melospiza lincolnii gracilis (Kittlitz). 

—Harry C. Oberholser. 


THE SPECIFIC NAME OF THE HAWK OWLS. 


Linnaeus described the European hawk owl under two names in the 
first edition of his Systema Naturae (1758, I, p. 93)—as Strix funerea and 
Strix ulula. The former is based primarily on Fauna Suecica, No. 51, the 
latter on Fauna Suecica, No. 52. As has been stated by various authors, 
there is no doubt of the equal pertinency of these names, and although by 


General Notes. 43 


recent writers the latter has been used, Strix funerea stands first on the 
page, and as it thus has anteriority, should be adopted in place of Strix 
ulula. The names of the two forms of the species will by this procedure 
stand as: 
Surnia funerea funerea (Linnaeus), 
Surnia funerea caparoch (Miller). 3 
—Harry C. Oberholser. 


PIRANGA ERYTHROMELAS VERSUS PIRANGA MEXICANA. 


The name Piranga erythromelas which has long been used for the scarlet 
tanager is much antedated by Loxia mexicana Linnaeus (Syst. Nat. ed. 10, 
I, 1758, p. 172), applied undoubtedly to the same bird. Linnaeus (loc. cit.) 
gives the following diagnosis and locality : 

“ L[oxia] rubra, alis nigris. 

Habitat in America australi.” 

He gives also a reference to Seba, whose description, though not long, is 
accurate and perfectly applicable. 

This description (Locuplet. rer. natural. thesauri accur. descript. et icon. 
artific. express., I, 1734, p. 101, t. 65, f. 1) is in full as follows: 

** Avis, mexicana, grandis, rubra ; passeris species. 

“ Quae caput, thoracem, & dorsum ejus vestiunt, pennae sanguinei sunt 
coloris; dum pennae remiges & cauda, prorsus nigricant, ruabedine tamen 
aliqua supernam partem obtegente.” 

Linnaeus in a later connection (Syst. Nat. ed. 12, I, 1766, p. 300) some- 
what amplifies his first account by describing the bird as “ L. rubra, alis 
caudaque nigris,’ and adding as a synonym the Coccothraustes mexicana of 
Brisson (Ornith. III, 1760, p. 256). Brisson also cites Seba, and further- 
more gives a detailed description of his own that in all particulars of color 
and dimensions agrees almost exactly with the bird now called Piranga 
erythromelas, and with this alone. It might be mentioned that Salvin and 
Godman long ago announced (Biol. Cent.-Am. Aves, I, 1886, p. 424) this 
identification of Linnaeus’ Loxia mexicana, but for reasons of their own 
continued to use the name then current for the species—Pyranga rubra. 
There seems now, however, no reason for rejecting the exclusively pertinent 
name given by Linnaeus, even though on a subsequent page (Syst. Nat. 
ed. 10, I, 1758, p. 174) he uses the term Lowia mexicana for an entirely 
different species—undoubtedly Spiza americana (Gmelin)! Our present 
bird should therefore in future be called Piranga mexicana (Linnaeus). 

—Harry C. Oberholser. 


THE NAMES OF THE PASSENGER PIGEON AND THE MOURN- 
ING DOVE. 


To those naturalists who, like the British, use the twelfth edition of 
Linnaeus (1766) as the starting point of binomial nomenclature, the names 
of the Passenger Pigeon and the Mourning Dove are clear and offer no 
complications. Not so, however, to the Americans and others who start 


44 General Notes. 


with the tenth edition (1758), for here Linnaeus unquestionably included 
both birds in the references under his Columba macroura. 

The A. O. U. committee on nomenclature and American ornithologists 
generally have of late years used this name for the Mourning Dove, and 
have called the Passenger Pigeon by the name that first appeared in the 
twelfth edition— Columba migratoria Linn. In my opinion, however, this 
is hardly correct. 

Linnaeus’ Columba macroura was based on Edwards p. 15, t. 15, and 
Catesby p. 23, t. 23. Edwards’ bird, carefully described and well figured, 
was of course a Mourning Dove, but it came from the West Indies, and 
Edwards tells us, “ The Figure of this Bird shews it of its natural Bigness.” 
Measuring the various parts and comparing the results with specimens, I 
find it altogether too small for the continental form of the Mourning Dove, 
and to agree very well with the small form of Cuba (and other islands of 
the Greater Antilles?) which has lately been named Zenaidura macroura 
bella by Palmer and Riley. The reference to Catesby applies wholly to 
the Passenger Pigeon and the plate shows a fine adult male. 

Now as all Linnaeus’ references were given chronologically it matters . 
not which came first, and the important question is from which of these 
two distinct species, confused under one name, did Linnaeus take his brief 
diagnosis and his “ Habitat.” In this instance it is plain. Linnaeus’ 
diagnosis reads “ pectore purpurascente,” and he also says “ Habitat, in 
Canada: hybernat in Carolina,” both directly from Catesby, and neither 
having anything whatever to do with Edwards. 

In the twelfth edition Linnaeus dropped Columba macroura, called the 
Passenger Pigeon Columba migratoria, the Carolina Mourning Dove Co- 
lumba carolinensis, and named the bird of Edwards’ plate No. 15 Columba 
marginata. 

It is therefore my opinion that we who stand by the tenth edition must 
arrange the names of these Columbe as follows: 


Ectopistes macrourus (Linn.) 
Passenger Pigeon. 
Columba macroura Linn., 8. N. ed. 10, p. 164, 1758. 
Zenaidura carolinensis carolinensis (Linn.) 
Carolina Mourning Dove. 
Columba carolinensis Linn., 8. N. ed. 12, p. 286, 1766. 
Zenaidura carolinensis marginata (Linn.) * 
West Indian Mourning Dove. 


Columba marginata Linn., 8S. N. ed. 12, p. 286, 1766. . 
—Outram Bangs. 


* As to this latter name’s supplanting Zenaidura carolinensis bella (Palmer and Riley) 
I can not help feeling regret that a good modern name founded on a bird from a definite 
region should give way to an old one without definite type locality. But I can see no 
help for it. Edwards distinctly says his bird was from the West Indies, and figures a 
very small example, and as the small size of the Cuban Mourning Dove is about its only 
distinctive character, I am afraid the Columba marginata Linn. must be the name by 
which it shall be known. 


General Notes. | 45 


THE PROPER NAME FOR THE WHITE-BACKED SKUNK OF 
COLOMBIA. 


The name Conepatus mapurito, based on‘ Viverra mapurito Gmelin, 1788, 
has long been in use for the white-backed skunks of northern South 
America, and indeed until quite recently was used in a broad sense for all 
the members of the genus. 

It now appears that this name is preoccupied be Viverra mapurita Miller, 
1776.* The animal described very briefly by Millert is a species of 
Spilogale, as is evident from the reference to the Zorille of Buffon. 

In seeking for another name for the South American Conepatus, I find 
that Viverra semistriata Boddeert, 1785,{ is strictly available, and even if V. 
mapurito Gmel. were not preoccupied, Boddeert’s name, being of earlier 
date and having the same basis, would have to be used. 

Both Boddeert and Gmelin based their names on a description by Mutis 
of the skunk occurring at the mines of Pamplona, in the mountains of 
Colombia.? I have seen no specimens from that region, and the descrip- 
tion of the color pattern given by Mutis|| differs slightly from that of two 

-specimens from Merida, Venezuela, kindly furnished me by Dr. J. A. 

Allen. The apparent discrepancy may be due either to the ambiguity ofthe 
Latin description or to individual variation in the species. It is not proba- 
ble that more than one species occurs in the vicinity of Pamplona, and this 
should now be known as Conepatus semistriatus (Boddeert).—Arthur H, 
Howell. 


THE PROPER NAME FOR THE EASTERN SKUNK. 


Dr. D. G. Elliot, in his recently published Check List of Mammals,{ 
proposes to replace the name Mephitis putida Boitard by Mephitis olida 
Boitard, on the ground that the former is preoccupied by “ Mephitis putida” 
Cuvier, 1798. As a matter of fact, Cuvier did not use the combination 
“ Mephitis putida,” but proposed: Mustela putida as a substitute for Viverra 
putorius Linn., and so far as I have been able to determine, his name was 
never adopted by later authors. 

I have elsewhere shown** that Mustela putida Cuv. does not belong to the 
genus Mephitis as now understood, so that Boitard’s Mephitis putida is not 
preoccupied by Cuvier’s Mustela putida and should stand for the common 
Eastern skunk.—Arthur H. Howell. 


* Natursystems Supplements, p. 32. Sherborn (‘‘ Index Animalium,’’ p. 584) quotes 
this name as ‘‘ napurita,’’ but in the copy in the library of the Department of Agriculture 
it is spelled with an ‘‘m.” 

+‘ Er hat einen lockeren haarigen Schwanz, und ist am Korper weiss und schwartz gefleckt.”’ 

t Elenchus Animalium, p. 84. 

¢Abhand. Schwedisch Akad. Wiss., 1770, p. 68. 

| ‘‘ Color totius corporis nigerrimus est: Corpus supra longitudinaliter maculatum linea 
albissima, in fronte admolum latiori, ibidem utrinque connexa, deinde retrorsum tenuiori facta, 
usque ad medium dorsi decurrente. Cauda tota nigerrima est, apice vero albida.” 

q ‘‘ Check List of Mammals of the No. Amer. Continent,’’ etc., Field Columbian Mus, 
Zool, Ser. VI, p. 406, 1905. 

** Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XV, pp. 2-5, 1902. 


46 General Notes. 


THE PROPER NAME FOR THE STRIPED MUISHOND OF SOUTH 
AFRICA. 


In both Trouessart’s Catalog* and Sclater’s “ Mammals of South Africa,” t 
the striped muishond bears the name Zorilla striata. As shown below, 
the generic name Zorilla is untenable, so the next name to be applied 
to this group must be adopted. This appears to be Ictonyx Kaup, 1835, 
based on ‘“* Der Capische Zorille. Ictonyx capensis.” t 

The specific name striata dates from Shaw, 1800,2 but is based on Viverra 
putorius Linn. and therefore refers to a species of Spilogale. The striped 
muishond is figured on the same plate as a variety of Viverra striata but 1s 
not named. The earliest specific name proposed for the Cape of Good Hope 
animal seems to be Mephitis capensis A. Smith, 1826,|| which species should 
now be known as Ictonyx capensis (A. Smith).—Arthur H. Howell. 


THE GENERIC NAME ZORILLA. 


The name Zorilla was first used in a generic sense by Oken in 1816.{ 
In the classified list of names at the beginning of the volume it appears as 
a subgenus of “ Muffer” with a reference to page 1,000. The generic name 
is not used in the text, but from a careful examination of the arrangement 
of groups it seems clear that Zorilla was intended to apply to group “c. 
Iitisst.” [=TIltisstinkthiere], which begins on page 999 and contains three 
forms. The first of these is named “ Viv. Zorilla” and should, on account of 
the tautonomy, be considered the type of thegenus. The brief diagnosis ** 
is however insufficient to identify even generically the animal in question. 
It is referred to the “ Mapurito oder Mafutiliqui” of the Orinoco [South 
America] but so far as known, the skunks of that region all belong to the 
genus Conepatus, and are not spotted. 

The name Zorilla is in use at the present time by most authors for the 
zorillas of South Africa, but it is clear from the above evidence that it can 
not be used for that group, but must be rejected on account of its inade- 
quate basis.— Arthur H. Howell. 


A BEAR ANIMALCULE RENAMED. 


In 1851 Dujardin (Ann. des sci. nat. Ser. III, Vol. V. p. 164) employed 
the name Lydella to designate a very remarkable, microscopic, marine 
creature apparently related to the bear animalcules. A specific name was 
not supplied until 1888, when Plate (Zodlog. Jahrbiicher. Morphol. Abth. 
Vol. ITI, p. 533) called it Lydella dujardini in honor of its discoverer. Un- 
fortunately Lydella is preoccupied. In 1830 Desvoidy employed it for a 


* Catologus Mammalium, Suppl., p. 191, 1904-1905. 

+ The Fauna of South Africa, by W. L. Sclater, Mammals, I, p. 113, 1900. 

{ Das Thierreich, I, pp. 352-353, 1835. 

2 General Zoology, I, pt. 2, p. 387, 1800. 

| Descriptive Catalog South African Museum, p. 20, 1826. I am indebted to Mr. 
- R. C. Wroughton of the British Museum, for a transcript of Smith’s description. 

q Lehrbuch der Naturgeschichte, 3 ter Theil, Zool. 2te Abth., p. XI, 1816. 

** “* Pelz sanft, ganz gefleckt von weiss und schwarz, Schwz verhiltnissmdssig, und schin 

behaart.”’ 


General Notes. 47 


genus of flies, and again in 1835 Macquard used it in the same group. Thus 
doubly antedated, Lydella, as a genus of bear animalcules, must be aban- 
doned. In its place I propose Microlyda. 

It should be remarked in passing, that the name Tardigrada, so long and 
so generally employed for the group of which Microlyda is a member, is 
itself antedated. It was first used in the present connection, as a family 
name, by von Seibold as the Latin equivalent of Doyéres’ French appella- 
tion “ les tardigrades,” apparently not knowing that it had previously been 
used by Illiger (1811), Cuvier (1817), Burmeister (1830), and probably others 
for a group of mammals. In 1861 C. A.S. Schultze called attention to 
this and offered the family name Arctiscoida as a substitute. The case 
had been already provided for, however. Xenomorphida, established by 
Perty (Isis von Oken, p. 1241, 1834), as a family of crustaceans, included 
all the bear animalcules then known and nothing else. As both Arctiscoida 
and Xenomorphida were given as family names, other things being equal, 
they would have precisely the same claims for adoption as class or ordinal 
names. But since Arctiscoida is clearly antedated, Xenomorphida should 
be accepted as the name of the group.— W. P. Hay. 


' 


VoL. XIX pp. 49-50 May 1, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF AN APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES 
OF MONKEY OF THE GENUS PRESBYTIS 
FROM SUMATRA, AND OF A BAT 
OF THE GENUS DERMANURA 
FROM MEXICO. 


BY D. G. ELLIOT, F. R.S. E. 


The specimens here described came into the possession of the 
Field Museum through different channels. The Presbytis was 
purchased from a dealer in Sumatra, and the Dermanura was 
collected by Messrs. Heller and Barber in Mexico. 


Presbytis fusco-murina sp. nov. 


Type locality.—Telok Betong, south Sumatra. Type No. 14,803. 

General Characters—A long occipital crest, inclining backward ; face, 
hands and feet white or flesh-colored. 

Color.—A narrow line across forehead running backward along side of 
head above ears and widening as it goes, to occiput, where it joins the 
long central occipital crest; entire upper parts of body, outer side of arms 
from wrist, and upper side of tail dark mouse gray tinged with brown ; top 
and sides of head beneath the dark line, cheeks, throat, under side of 
body, inner side of arms, hind legs from hips on both inner and outer sides, 
face, ears, hands, feet, and tail beneath white. 

Measurements.—Total length (dried skin), 1280; tail, 600. Thiscan only 
be considered an approximate measurement. Skull: occipito-nasal length, 
95; Hensel, 61; zygomatic width, 71; intertemporal constrictions, 45.5 ; 
breadth acyoss orbits, 60; width of braincase, 56; width of orbit, 23; 
height of orbit, 24.5; height of nasal aperture, 13; breadth of nasal aper- 
ture, 9; length of nasals, 9; palatal length, 30; breadth of palate inside 
m2, 19; length of upper molar series, alveolar border, 24; length of upper 
molars, 16; length of upper canines, 15; length of mandible, 59; length 
of lower molar series, 29; length of lower molars, 18; length of lower 
canine, 12.5. 

This rather strangely colored Presbytis belongs apparently to the group 
which contains P. thomasi and P. hosei, but is at once distinguished from 

10—Proc. Brot. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. 


SS) a a 3S 
~ycontan haste, ~ 


MIN 2:0 1907 


4 
y 


, ‘ ff 
es “) ty ee 


50 Elliot—A New Species of Monkey and Bat. 


those species by its white face, hands, and feet, and entirely white hind 
legs. The hairs on top of the head, while rather long, can hardly be con- 
sidered as forming a crest, but lengthen gradually as they approach the 
very lengthened occipital crest. While the white of the top of the head is 
encircled by a dark line as in P. thomasi there is no central line in the 
white so conspicuous in that species, but like that animal, there is no chin 
tuft. The coloring of this form and its distribution is quite unlike that of 
the two species above mentioned. The sex of this specimen was not 
indicated, but from the relative measurements of the adult maleand female 
P. thomasi from northern Sumatra, I should judge it to be a female. 


Dermanura jucundum sp. nov. 


Type locality.—Achotal, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico. Type No. 14,798. 

General characters.—Similar to D. quadrivittatum, but with a much 
smaller skull, and the nose behind the nose-leaf whitish. Wing mem- 
branes from ankles. 

Color.—Two very conspicuous stripes from posterior base of nose-leaf to 
top of head, and a very indistinct one on each side just in front of angle of 
mouth going backwards towards ears but not reaching thefn, pure white. 
Top of nose between the white stripes behind nose-leaf very pale brown, 
but with so many white hairs intermingled with the brown that in certain 
lights it appears nearly as white as the stripes. No stripes along spine. 
Entire upper parts dusky brown, beneath paler. Wings, membranes and 
feet, black; ears brownish black. 

Measurements.—Total length, 65; foot, 11.5; ear, 16; forearm, 43; tibia, 
16. Skull: Occipito-nasal length, 17; Hensel, 13; zygomatic width, 11; 
width of braincase, 9; height of braincase, 9; palatal length, 7; width be- 
tween last molars, 4; length of upper molar series, 5; length of nasals, 4; 
width of rostrum, 6; length of mandible, 12; of lower molar series, 5. 

But one specimen of this pretty little bat was procured by Messrs. Heller 
and Barber among the great number secured at Achotal. It is allied to D. 
quadrivittatum from South America, but is smaller, with a considerably 
smaller skull. From D. cinereum, it differs in color and in the possession 
of white streaks on head and face, these being absent in Gervais’s species. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 51-56 May 1, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS. 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


THE PIGMY SQUIRRELS OF THE NANNOSCIURUS 
MELANOTIS GROUP. 


BY MARCUS W. LYON, JR. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


The material on which this paper is based comprises twenty- 
nine skins with skulls in the collection of the United States Na- 
tional Museum, three from Java, eleven from western Borneo, 
one from Sumatra, three from Sinkep and eleven from Banka. 
All except those from Java were collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott, 
and made up as dry skins in the field. The Javan specimens 
were obtained from Wilhelm Schliiter, Halle a.S. They were 
sent to him from Java in a preserving fluid, but were taken out 
and dried immediately on reaching his establishment. I have 


also had at my disposal manuscript notes on the original speci-_ 


mens of Nannosciwrus melanotis in the Leyden Museum made by 
Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 

Two species have hitherto been recognized, melanotis* re- 
corded from Java, Sumatra and Borneo, and pulcher known 
only from Sinkep. The Sumatran and Bornean animals are 
here described as distinct as well as the one from Banka. 


Key to the species of Pigmy Squirrels of the Nannosciurus melanotis group. 


a. Nape slightly grayer than crown, no distinct patch. melanotis. 
a'. Nape with distinct whitish patch. 
b. Yellowish brown, upperparts finely and evenly grizzled with black. 
c. Upperparts most like Ridgway’s Isabella color with black griz- 


zling. borneanus. 
c', Upperparts most like Ridgway’s tawny olive with black griz- 
zling. bancanus. 


* Here restricted to the Javan form. There were two specimens from Java in the 
original series and one each from Borneo and Sumatra. Mr. Miller thinks the ei 
tion was based mainly on the Javan specimens. 


11—Proc, BIoL. Soc. WasH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (61) 


2 


eS PRE PES 
ygonian lmstiz,,. 
ot “io % 


1907 


\ National luge 
tse” 


52 Lyon—Pigmy Squirrels of Nannosciurus melanotis Group. 


6! Yellowish brown upperparts irregularly grizzled with black. 
d. Size larger, gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture more than 


16 mm. pulcher. 
d'. Size smaller, gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture about 
15 mm. sumatranus. 


Nannosciurus melanotis (Miiller and Schlegel). 


1839-44. Sciurus melanotis Miller and Schlegel, Verhandel. over de Nat- 
uurlijke Geschiedenes der Nederl. overzeesche Bezittingen, p. 98, Pl. 
XIV, fig 5. 

Cotypes.—In the Leyden Museum, four specimens, one from Padang, 
western Sumatra (Q a. No. 1. 1837), one from Borneo (co No.3 c), and two 
from Java (Q h. No. 8 and g., no sex, No.7). The name melanotis is here 
restricted to the Javan animal, since most of the original series came from 
Java, and the greater part of the description is based on them. 

Characters.— Distinct nape patch wanting, nape merely grayer than crown. 
General color darkest of the group. 

Color.—Based on Nos. 121,494-121,496 U.S. N. M. Upper surface of head 
and body, outer surfaces of legs and sides a color intermediate between 
Ridgway’s hazel and chestnut finely and evenly grizzled with black. A 
small area on the nape is lighter and similar to wood-brown. Hairs of the 
underparts blackish-slate at base, tipped with a dark vinaceous buff. Upper 
surface of feet similar in color to back. Postauricular spot black, con- 
spicuous, extending from 5-7 mm. behind the ear. Outer side of ear black, 
inner side similar to back. Light head stripe vinaceous buff to whitish 
about 1.5 mm. wide in front and about twice as wide under the ear. Ring 

over the eye same color as head stripe, about 1 mm. wide. Preorbital 
~ stripe black, about 1 mm. wide. Hairs of tail (except at tip) ringed as fol- 
lows: Hazel, blackish, rich hazel, black, light vinaceous buff, and incon- 
spicuous black tip. At tip of tail the hairs are longer and after the second 
hazel ring are blackish brown. 

Skull and teeth.—These show no characters by which to distinguish Nan- 
nosciurus melanotis from other related species except NV. pulcher which has 
a slightly larger skull. 

Measureménts.—The hind feet with claws in the three specimens meas- 
ure 22.2, 22.5, 22.7mm.; gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture, 15.5 mm.; 
greatest breadth of skull, 15.9-16.5; interorbital constriction, 9.5-10 mm. 

Specimens examined.—Three from near Batavia, Java—one male, one fe- 
male and one of unknown sex. 

Remarks.—The above threeskins differ in their red brown color from all 
the other specimens of this group, from the figure published with the orig- 
inal description and, judging from Mr. Miller’s notes on the original series 
in Leyden, from the cotypes. It is to be noted that the cotypes are mounted 
and have been exhibited for over half a century, and that the three speci- 
mens in the National Museum have been in a preserving fluid. It is pos- 
sible that when more specimens are secured from Java two forms will be 
found to occur on that island. The above three specimens, the cotypes, 
and the original figure all agree in the absence of a well defined nape patch 


Lyon—Pigmy Squirrels of Nannosciurus melanotis Growp. 538 


Nannosciurus pulcher Miller. 


1902. Nunnosciurus pulcher Miller, Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, . 
March, 1902, p. 154. Issued June 11, 1902. 


Type.—Adult female, skin and skull, No. 113,131, United States National 
Museum, from Sinkep Island, south China Sea, 

Characters. —A large member of the melanotis group with well defined 
nape patch, the yellow-brown body not distinctly grizzled. Gnathion to 
occipito-sphenoid suture more than 16 mm. 

Color.—Upperparts and sides of body and outer side of legs like a light 
Isabella color of Ridgway tinged with olive, or like a pale raw umber, with 
an uneven speckling of black. Top of head darker inclining toa dull dark 
tawny ochraceous. Hairs of underparts with blackish slate bases and 
ochraceous-buff tips. Hind feet indistinct, dull tawny; fore feet like back. 
The light colored head stripe is distinctly tinged with yellow in the type, 
in No. 123,098 with pinkish buff, and in No. 123,099 is nearly clear white. 
The stripe is about 2 mm. wide in front and 3-5 mm. under the ear. In 
the type there is scarcely any indication of a supraorbital halfring ; in the 
other two specimens there is a dull pinkish-buff line about 1 mm. wide. 
Nape patch whitish tinged with yellowish in the type, with vinaceous buff 
in No. 123,098. External surface of ears black, internal similar to back. 
Postauricular spot black, not so large as in melanotis, extending 2-3 mm, 
behind ear. Preorbital stripe blackish, 1-2 mm. wide. Hairs of tail ringed 
as follows: dull ochraceous, blackish, tawny-ochraceous, black, white, 
black. At thetip of the tail after the second tawny ring the rest of the 
hair is black. 

Skull.—The skull is a little larger than that of the other members of this 
group, gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture about 16.5 mm. instead of 
15-15.5 in the other species. 

Measurements.—Head and body, 85-95; tail vertebrae, 70-77; hind foot 
with claws, 23.3-23.7. Skull: Gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture, 16.4—- 
16.7 ; greatest breadth, 16.7-17.2 ; interorbital constriction, 10-11.5. 

Specimens examined.—Three—two males and one female ; all from Sinkep 
Island. 

Remarks.—Nannosciurus pulcher is most like the Sumatra animal, from 
which it differs by its slightly larger skull and slightly brighter color, It 
is conspicuously different from N. melanotis in its yellow brown instead of 
red brown color and in its distinct nape patch. 


Nannosciurus sumatranus sp. nov. 


Type.—Adult male, skin and skull, No. 141,058, United States National 
Museum. Collected at Tarussan Bay, western Sumatra, January 16, 1905, 
by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 3946. 

Characters.—Very similar to Nannosciurus pulcher Miller, from which it 
differs in its smaller size and less bright coloration of the upperparts ; 
gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture 15-15.5 mm. instead of 16-16.5 mm, 
~ Color.—Type: General color of upperparts most like Ridgway’s Isabella 


54 Lyon—Pigmy Squirrels of Nannosciurus melanotis Growp. 


color, irregularly lined with blackish. Top of head dull ochraceous, lined 
with black. Feet dull ochraceous. Hairs of underparts slaty at base, dull 
ochraceous buff at ends. Light head stripe whitish tinged with buffy, 2 
mm. wide in front and 5 mm. wide under ear. Preorbital stripe black 
1.5-2 mm. wide. Supraorbital halfring not distinct, about 1 mm. or less 
wide, dull ochraceous buff. - External surface of ears black, internal surface 
similar to top of head. Postauricular spot black, not large, extending 1-2 
mm. behind ear. Nape patch well defined, light cream to pinkish buff. 
Hairs of tail ringed as follows: Dull ochraceous, blackish, dull ochraceous, 
black, white, black. At tip of tail, after the second ochraceous ring, the 
hairs are uniformly black. 

Skull.—The skull of N. sumatranus shows no appreciable differences 
from that of related species except N. pulcher which is slightly larger. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 83 ; tail vertebrae, 72; hind foot 
with claws, 23.8. Skull: Gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture, 15; great- 
est width, 15.8 ; interorbital constriction, 9.6 ; maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 4. 

Specimens examined.—One, the type. 

Remarks.—This is the Sumatran representative of the group. Thesingle 
specimen agrees closely with Mr. Miller’s notes on the Padang specimen 
in the Leyden Museum. It differs from the Javan specimens in having a 
conspicuous nape patch, wide head stripe under the ear, and small post- 
auricular spot, as well as in its general yellow brown instead of red brown 
coloration. 


Nannosciurus borneanus sp. noy. 


Type.—Adult female, skin and skull, No. 142,271, United States National 
Museum. Collected in Sanggan, western Borneo, August 23, 1905, by Dr. 
W.L. Abbott. Original number 4368. 

Characters—A yellow brown member of the group, with distinctly griz- ° 
zled back, and well marked, light colored nape patch, which, however, is 
not so light nor distinct as it is in Nannosciurus pulcher or sumatranus. 

Color.—Type: Upperparts and sides of body and outer sides of legs a 
fine distinct, even grizzle of a light Isabella color tinged with olive, and 
black. Top of head a grizzle of dull ochraceous and black. . Hind feet a 
dull. hazel; forefeet similar to back. - Base of hairs of underparts slate 
color; ends dull ochraceous buff. Head stripe, whitish, slightly tinged 
with buffy, nearly 2 mm. wide in front and 5-7 mm. wide under the ear. 
Preorbital stripe narrow, about 1 mm. wide, blackish, specked with ochra- 
ceous. Supraorbital halfring not well marked, 1 mm. or less, dull ochra- 
ceous. Internal surface of ears similar to top of head. External surface 
of ears black. Postauricular spot black, extending 4-5 mm. behind ear. 
Nape patch well defined, dirty white, grayish posteriorly. Hairs of tail ringed 
thus: dull ochraceous, blackish ochraceous, black, white, black. At tip 
of tail, after the second ochraceous ring, the hairs are black to their ends. 

Skull.—There are no constant characters by which the skull of Nannos- 
ciurus borneanus can be told with certainty from that of other members of 
the group, except pulcher which has a slightly larger skull. 


Lyon—Pigmy Squirrels of Nannosciurus melanotis Group. 55 


Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 86 (75-90);* tail vertebrae, 65 
(64-70); hind foot with claws, 22.6 (22-23.9). Skull of type: Greatest 
length, 25.3; basal length, 20; basilar length, 19.2; palatal length, 12.1; 
greatest breadth, 16.8 (14.9-16.8); gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture, 
15.6 (14.7-15.6) ; interorbital constriction, 10.6; greatest breadth of brain- 
case, 14; nasals (median edge), 11; maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 3.8; 
mandible (condyle to front of symphysis), 14; mandibular toothrow (al- 
veoli), 3.6. 

Specimens examined.—Ten males and one female, all from western Borneo, 
near the coast. ; 

Remarks.—The type specimen represents the series very well; a few of 
the specimens are more ochraceous in the underparts and some have ir- 
regular tinges of buffy or vinaceous buffy in the nape patch or on the 
posterior part of the light head stripe, but never so much as in the Pigmy 
Squirrel from Banka. Nunnosciurus borneanus is easily distinguishable 
from N. pulcher and sumatranus by its conspicuous fine grizzle, and from 
melanotis and bancanus by its lighter color and clear and distinct nape 
patch. 


Nannosciurus bancanus sp. nov. 


Type.—Skin and skull of adult female, No. 124,880, United States Na- 
tional Museum. Collected at Klabat Bay, Island of Banka, east of Sumatra, 
June 24, 1904, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number 34380. 

Characters.—Most like Nannosciurus borneanus, from which it differs in 
its generally darker color, more obscured nape patch and buffy face stripes. 

Color.—Type: Upperparts and sides of body, and outer surfaces of legs, 
a fine grizzle of a color between Ridgway’s tawny-olive and raw umber, 
and black, the former color in excess. Top of head dull tawny ochraceous 
grizzled with black. Underparts, including inner side of legs, with the 
hairs slaty at base, and ochraceous buff for the rest of their length. Fore- 
feet similar to back; hairs of hind feet dull tawny. Light face stripe, 
about 1 mm. wide at nostril, 5 mm. wide beneath ear, generally buffy in 
color; for the first 2 or 3 mm. just behind nostril it is ochraceous buff and 
under the ear it inclines toward vinaceous buff. Preorbital stripe narrow, 
black, and slightly sprinkled with tawny. Supraorbicular halfring incon- 
spicuous, dull ochraceous buff, scarcely 1 mm. wide. ‘External surface of 
ears black; postauricular spot black ; extending about 4 mm. behind ear. 
Internal surface of ear similar to top of head. Nape patch distinctly pres- 
ent, but not clear, a dark, dull pinkish buff of Ridgway, irregularly lined 
with blackish. Hairs of tail ringed as follows: dull ochraceous, blackish, 
ochraceous, black, white, black. At tip of tail the hairs are uniformly 
blackish after the second ochraceous ring. 

Skull.—The skull of Nannosciurus bancanus shows no characters by which 
it can be distinguished from that of other species, except from N. pulcher 
which has a larger skull. 


* Figures in parentheses are those of the extremes of the series. 


56 Lyon—Pigmy Squirrels of Nannosciurus melanotis Group. 


Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 82 (78-90); tail vertebrae, 63 
(63-70) ; hind foot with claws, 22 (22-23.6). Skull oftype: Greatest length, 
24.6; basal length, 18.8; basilar length, 17.6; palatal length, 10.8 ; greatest 
width, 15.8 (15.7-16.4) ; interorbital constriction, 10.1; greatest breadth of 
braincase, 13.7 ; gnathion to occipito-sphenoid suture, 15 (14.8-15.6) ; max- 
illary toothrow (alveoli), 3.7; mandible, condyle to front of symphysis, 
13.5; mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 4. 

Specimens examined.—Eight males and two females, from Klabat Bay, 
Banka; one male from Point Tedong, Banka. 

Remarks.—None of the series show any important deviation from the 
type specimen. ‘Two or three individuals have the nape patch slightly 
lighter in color than in the type, in this respect being quite similar to those 
of the Bornean series with the dull nape patches; but the general color of 
the body is always darker. The affinity of Nannosciurus bancanus to N. 
borneanus instead of to N. sumatranus is curious, as Banka is separated from 
Borneo by a wide deep channel, Karimata.Strait, and from Sumatra by a 
narrow and comparatively shallow channel. One would expect the rela- 
tionship to be the reverse. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 57-58 May 1, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS - 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW WHITE-FOOTED MOUSE FROM TEXAS. 


BY VERNON BAILEY. 


In a recent paper,* I gave the name laceyi to a mouse of the 
genus Peromyscus occurring in central Texas. Through a most 
unfortunate misconception the name was applied to the wrong 
one of the two species found together at the type locality, to the 
larger, darker colored form previously named attwateri by Dr. 
J. A. Allen. The smaller, paler animal is now for the first 


time described under the name laceianus as a subspecies of pec-_ 


toralis, its nearest relative. 


Peromyscus pectoralis laceianus subsp. nov. 


Peromyscus attwateri Bailey, N. Am. Fauna No. 25, p. 99, 1905—not of Allen. 


Type-——From ranch of Howard Lacey, on Turtle Creek, near Kerrville, 
Texas. No. 97,063, male adult, U.S. National Museum, Biological Survey 
collection. Collected May 3, 1899, by Vernon Bailey. Original number 6860. 

General characters.—Tail as longas or a little longer than head and body ; 
ears large; soles naked except at heels. Similar to pectoralis but with rel- 
atively shorter tail and duller colors and without pectoral spot. Consider- 
ably larger and darker than eremicoides. 

_ Color.—Upperparts dark buffy gray, brightening to rich buff on cheeks 
and shoulders; lower parts, feet, and ankles white; tail sharply bicolor, 
gray above, white below. 

Skull.—Relatively shorter and wider than in pectoralis, larger and heavier 
than in eremicoides ; posterior tip of nasals truncate and flush with tips of 
premaxillae. 

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 185; tail vertebrae, 95 ; hind foot, 23. 
Skull of type: Basal length, 22; nasals, 10; zygomatic breadth, 13.5; mas- 
toid breadth, 11.2; alveolar length of upper molar series, 4. 

Remarks.—From Peromyscus boylei attwateri, the other long-tailed species 
occurring with it, /aceianus differs in smaller size and paler color, white in- 
stead of dusky ankles, more sharply bicolor tail, smaller bullae, and trun- 
cate instead of rounded posterior tip of nasals. 


* North American Fauna No. 25, Biological Survey of Texas, p. 99, Oct., 1905. 


12—Proc, BIoL. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (57) Aaeeonian Iestiiyy 
fox® Op 


HEN 
ts WJ 


\ ett 087 


s 
Why bed 
Au vl 


VoL. XIX, pp. 59-60 May 1, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS | 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW GENUS OF SAC-WINGED BATS. 
BY GERRIT S. MILLER, JR. 


While examining the bats in the Royal Museum of Natural 
History at Berlin, kindly placed at my disposal by Prof. Karl 
Mobius and Prof. Paul Matschie, I found four specimens from 
Surinam collected by Kappler and labeled by Peters as Cormura 
brevirostris. On comparing them with the original description 
and figure of this genus,* however, striking discrepancies were 
at once apparent. Another specimen of the same animal, from 
Baranciva, Brazil, was sent me by Dr. Lorenz von Liburnau of 
Vienna, with the information that the type of Cormura, originally 
in the Natural History Museum, can not now be found. The 
genus Cormura therefore rests wholly on the plate and descrip- 
tion ; and as these do not agree with the specimens it is neces- 
sary to name the animal represented in the museum of Vienna 
and Berlin. 


Myropteryx gen. nov. (Emballonuride). 


Type.— Myropteryx pullus sp. nov. 

Characters. —Externally most nearly resembling Peropteryx, with which 
it agrees in position of wing sacs, but with broader head and more widely 
separated ears. Skull essentially like that of Saccopteryx% but with shorter, 
relatively deeper rostrum. ‘Teeth differing from those of all the previously 
known sac-winged genera in the absence of hypocone in first and second 
upper molar, and in the minute, early deciduous upper incisor. 

Remarks.—This genus is well characterized by the complete absence of 
hypocones in the upper molars, and by the great reduction of the upper 
incisors. In the four adults examined the upper incisors are absent. In 
an immature individual, however, there are two very minute teeth in each 
premaxillary. Whether this condition is normal can only be conjectured, 
but neither tooth has the appearance of a remnant of the milk dentition, 
no trace of which can be found elsewhere. In the description of Cormura 
the upper incisors are merely said to be extremely small, while the figure 


* Peters, Monatsber. k. preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1867, p. 475, pl. p. 480. « 
13—Proc. Bro. Suc. WasH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (5 


ee 


Bi 
{tent 


_Yn— 
Zaaneonan Institys: 


190 7 
National Yusow™ 


60 Miller—A New Genus of Sac-Winged Bats. 


shows them of normal size for members of the group. No mention is made 
of the hypocones of the upper molars, but these cusps are unmistakably 


- indicated ih the plate. 


Myropteryx pullus sp. nov. 


Type—Adult female (in alcohol). Royal Museum of Natural History, 
Berlin. Collected in Surinam, by Kappler. 

Characters.—General appearance much as in Peropteryx canina, but 
larger, and with broader head, less pointed muzzle, and slightly smaller, 
much more widely separated ears (distance between ears about one-fifth 
height of ear from crown in Peropteryx, about one-half in Myropteryx). Ear 
of essentially the same form as that of Peropteryx canina, but antitragus 
less distinctly marked off, and tragus broader and a little bent forward 
owing to slight concavity of anterior border. Color when dried mummy- 
brown above, cinnamon, tinged with drab below, the hairs everywhere 
becoming lighter at extreme base, and those of back faintly darker at tip. 

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 67; (61) *; tail, 12 (13); tibia, 16 
(16); foot, 6.8 (7); forearm, 43.6 (45); thumb, 9 (9); second finger, 37.6 
(37); third finger, 76 (75); fourth finger, 52 (51); fifth finger, 51 (49) ; 
ear from meatus, 14.4 (14); ear from crown, 11.4 (11); width of ear, 10.4 
(10.4). 


+ 


- * Measurements in parenthesis are those of an adult male from the type locality 


~ 


VoL. XIX, pp.61-66 May 1, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


SEVEN NEW MALAYAN BATS. 
BY GERRIT S. MILLER, JR. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


Among the: Malayan bats in the United States National Mu- 
seum are the following seven species that have not hitherto 


been described. All but two of them were collected and pre- 
sented by Dr. W. L. Abbott. 


Cynopterus princeps sp. nov. 


Type.—Adult female (skin and skull). No. 141,235, United States Na- 
tional Museum. Collected at Mojeia River, Nias Island, west Sumatra, 
March 10, 1905, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 4020. 

Characters.—Slightly larger than the Javan Cynopterus titthecheilus ; color 
not as bright; skull with shorter rostrum ; cheekteeth heavier, with more 
squarish crowns, the last premolar and first molar of lower jaw with small 
but distinct median cusp. 

Color.—Type: Upperparts a peculiar brown intermediate between the 
wood-brown and hair-brown of Ridgway but darker than either, the crown 
slightly darker than back; individual hairs pale isabella-color at base. 
Sides of neck raw-sienna, this color extending across throat but becoming 
duller beneath, where the fur is sparser. Underparts elsewhere broccoli- 
brown with a faint yellowish tinge along sides. Ears and membranes 
blackish, unmarked. , 

Skull and teeth—The skull rather closely resembles that of Cynopterus 
litthecheilus, but the rostrum is distinctly shorter and the mandibular ramus 
is deeper. Cheekteeth heavier and more squarish than those of the Javan 
animal, the crown of the first and second lower molar with a low but dis- 
tinct terete cusp about .3 mm. in diameter rising from crushing surface near 
middle. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 143; tail, 10; tibia, 30; foot, 
20.5; forearm, 84.4; thumb, 35.9; second finger, 61.4; third finger, 143; 
fourth finger, 112; fifth finger, 110; skull, greatest length, 38.2; condylo- 
basal length, 36.4; basilar length, 32.6; palatal length, 20.2; zygomatic 
breadth, 25.4; breadth of braincase, 15.6; interorbital constriction, 6.7 ; 
postorbital constriction, 5.8; mandible, 28.8; depth of mandible at front 
of anterior molar, 3.6; maxillary toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 
12.2; mandibular toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 13.8. 

14—Proc, BIoL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XIX, 1906. 


(61) se tan faai 
reo An les iy, ho, 


s 
rd 


JUN 20 yoo" 


Rational Huse 


62 Miller—Seven New Malayan Bats. 


Specimens examined.—Three, all from the type locality. 

Remarks.—This very distinct species needs comparison with the Tanai 
Cynopterus titthecheilus only, an animal from which it differs in the shorter, 
broader rostrum and in the well-developed cusps on the crowns of pm; and 
m;. Among 25 skulls of the Javan animal 17 show traces of a cusp on the 
crown of m;, while in only 3 is there any indication of such a structure in 
pm. 

Cynopterus major sp. nov. 


Type.—Adult male (skin and skull). No. 141,236, United States National 
Museum. Collected at Mojeia River, Nias Island, west Sumatra, March 10, 
1905, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 4021. 

Characters.—A large species considerably exceeding Cynopterus sphina in 
size though not equal to C. titthxcheilus. Teeth broad, as in Cynopterus - 
titthecheilus, but not as large, and pm; and m, without trace of secondary 
cusp. 

Color —The color so closely resembles that of Cynopterus princeps that 
no detailed description is required. Brown of upperparts slightly. more 
yellowish than in the larger animal and neck slightly darker. Ears and 
membranes similarly unmarked. 

Skull and teeth—Except for its smaller size the skull resembles that of 
Cynopterus titthxcheilus, having the same heavy rostrum and bread palate 
as compared with C. sphinx. Teeth differing from those of C. sphinx inthe 
greater strength and breadth of the large premolars:and molars. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 122; tail, 8; tibia, 29.3; foot, 16.8; 
forearm, 76.4; thumb, 31.3; second finger, 50.4; third finger, 123; fourth 
finger, 94; fifth finger, 95; skull, greatest length, 33.8 (37.3)*; condylo- 
basal length, 32.2 (35.2); basilar length, 29 (31.8) ; palatal length, 17 (19.4); 
zygomatic breadth, 22.3 (24) ; breadth of braincase, 14.5 (14.8) ; interorbital 
constriction, 7 (7.6) ; postorbital constriction, 6.2 (6) ; mandible, 25.9 (28) ; 
depth of mandible at front of anterior molar, 3.2 (3.4) ; maxillary toothrow 
exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 11.1 (11.4); mandibular toothrow exclusive 
of incisors (alveoli), 12.8 (13.3). 

Specimens examined.—Thirty-one (6 skins), all from Nias. 


Cynopterus pagensis sp. nov. 


Type-—Adult female (skin and skull). No. 121,581, United States Na- 
tional Museum. Collected on North Pagi Island, west Sumatra, Novem- 
“ber 12, 1902, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 2028. 

Characters.—Exactly similar to Cynopterus major except that the size ‘is 
- much less. : 

Measurements.—_Type: Head and body, 106; tail, 4; tibia, 24.6; foot, 
14.7; forearm, 69.8; thumb, 27; second finger, 46.2 ; third finger, 109; 
fourth finger, 89.7; fifth finger, 87.7; skull, greatest length, 30:8 (33.4)f; 

* Measurements in parenthesis are those of an adult male Cynopterus titthecheilus 
‘from West Java (No. 141,623). 


'?Measurements in parenthesis are those of an adult female Cynopterus major (No. 


Miller—Seven New Malayan Bats. 63 


condylobasal length, 29.9 (32.2) ; basilar length, 26.9 (29.8); palatal length, 
15.9 (16.8); zygomatic breadth, 19.4 (20.8); breadth of braincase, 12.9 
(13.7); interorbital constriction, 6.5 (6.9); postorbital constriction, 6.5 (6.6) ; 
mandible, 23 (25); maxillary toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 9.9 
(10.8); mandibular toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 11 (12.1). 
Specimens examined.—Thirteen (2 skins), all from North Pagi Island. 


Cynopterus minutus sp. nov. 


Type.—Adult male (skin and skull). No. 141,240, United States National 
Museum. Collected on Nias Island, west Sumatra, March 11, 1905, by 
Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 4043. 

Characters.—Similar to the Javan Oynopterus melanocephalus (Temminck) 
but not as small and with no contrasts of color between the back, head, and 
underparts. 

Color.—Type: The color differs very slightly from that of Cynopterus 
major:and C. pagensis, except that the yellowish of the neck more exten- 
sively suffuses the sides, shoulders, and front half of back. Head very 
nearly fawn-color. Belly and chest broccoli-brown. 

Skull and Teeth—The skull and teeth show no peculiarities other than 
their small size. In form they are throughout similar to Cynopterus sphinx. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 83; tail, 2; tibia, 18.8; foot, 13; 
forearm, 52.4; thumb, 20; second finger, 36.7; third finger,'85; fourth finger, 
66; fifth finger, 61; skull; greatest length, 26.2; condylobasal length, 25; 
basilar length, 22.5; palatal length, 12.9; zygomatic breadth, 16.4; breadth 
of braincase, 11.5; interorbital constriction, 5.3; postorbital constriction, 6 ; 
mandible, 19.5; maxillary toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 7.8; 
mandibular toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 8.9. 

Specimens examined.—Twelve (one skin), all from Nias Island. 


Pteropus baveanus sp. nov. 


Type—Adult male (skin. and skull). No. 125,482, United States. National 
Museum. Collected on Bawean Island, Java Sea, July 19, 1904, by: W. 
Grasshoff. Original number, 16. 

Characters.—A large, dark colored member of the Pteropus hypomelanus 
group; forearm about 160 mm. 

Color—Type: Back and underparts blackish, the former distinctly griz- 
zled with gray and lightening to bister npalaniaely, the latter slightly 
varied with highly glossed, pale russet annulations, particularly on chest: 
and belly. Mantle russet, strongly suffused with blackish. Head blackish. 
Ears and membranes black. 

Skull and teeth.—The skull and teeth resemble those of Pteropus lepidus 
in form, but are throughout somewhat larger. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 272; tibia, 73.4; foot, 47.4; fore- 
arm, 160; thumb, 59 second finger, 107; third finger, 285; fourth finger, 
225; fifth finger, 202; skull, upper length, 63.4; condylobasal length, 64.6; 
median palate length, 32.8; zygomatic breadth, 35; interorbital constric-- 
tion, .8:8 ; postorbital constriction, 7.2; breadth of. braincase, 23; man- 


64 Miller—Seven New Malayan Bats. 


dible, 52.6; maxillary toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 25; man- 
dibular toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 28.6. 

Specimens ea:amined.—Fourteen, all from Bawean. 

Remarks.—The specimens show no special variations either in color or in 
size. The shortest forearm that is certainly uninjured measures 151 mm. . 
This is decidedly the largest member of the Pteropus hypomelanus group 
yet discovered. Its size and dark color readily distinguish it from its 
allies. 


Pteropus niadicus sp. nov. 


1889. Pteropus nicobaricus Modigliani, Ann. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. di 
Genova (2) VII, p. 239. 


Type.—Adult male (skin and skull). No. 141,233, United States Na- 
tional Museum. Collected at Teliwaa, Nias Island, west Sumatra, 
March 5, 1905, by Dr. W. L. Abbott. Original number, 3981. 

Characters.—Similar to Pleropus nicobaricus (Zelebor), but with back gray 
instead of black, and head not darker than mantle. 

Color.—Type: Back a grizzled gray rather closely resembling the hair- 
brown of Ridgway, with a slight yellowish cast along sides and a darker 
wash in median region. Mantle light russet heavily clouded with blackish, 
the latter predominating. On head the black is less noticeable and the 
russet becomes paler, so that the mantle is noticeably darker than the 
head. Underparts blackish anteriorly, russet along middle of chest and 
belly, light hair-brown on flanks and under side of thighs. Ears and 
membrane black. 

Skull and teeth.—The skull and teeth do not differ appreciably boi those 

of Pteropus nicobaricus. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 270; ‘tibia, 68.4; foot, 52.4; fore- 
arm, 152.4; thumb, 66.2; second finger, 114; third ‘Sager, 287 ; firth, fin- 
ger, 234 ; fifth finger, 205 ; skull, upper length. 69 ; epndylobadal length, 
69.4; median palatal length, 34.8; zygomatic breadth, 38.2; interorbital 
constriction, 9.8; postorbital constriction, 8; breadth of braincase, 23.6; 
mandible, 56.4; maxillary toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 26.8 ; 
mandibular toothrow exclusive of incisors (alveoli), 30.4. 

Specimens examined.—Three, all from Nias Island. 

Remarks.—Though nearly related to Pteropus nicobaricus this species is 
easily distinguishable by its gray back and light colored head. In ten 
skins of Pteropus nicobaricus the head is without exception conspicuously 
darker than the mantle, while the back is almost black. 


Kerivoula depressa sp. nov. 


1892, Kerivoula hardwickii Thomas, Ann. Mus. Civ. diStor. Nat. di Genova, 
(2) X, p. 927. 


Type.—Adult female (in alcohol). No. 43333, United States National 
Museum. Collected at Biapo, Carin Hills, northeast of Tounghoo, south- 
ern Burma, by L. Fea. 

Characters.—Similar to Kerivoula hardwickii but with smaller ears, shorter 


Miller—Seven New Malayan Bats. 65 


tibia and smaller foot; skull with braincase nearly 14 times as broad as 
deep. 

Color.—A fter its long immersion in alcohol the fur is lighter and yellower 
than that of four Javan skins of Kerivoula hardwickii. Upperparts between 
buff and cream-buff, the tips of the hairs darker, producing a distinct 
clouding of broccoli-brown. Underparts similar but without the clouding. 
Hairs everywhere prouts-brown through basal half. Ears and membranes 
uniform brown. 

Skull and teeth—The skull is readily distinguishable from that of K. 
hardwickii by its low, flattened braincase (see measurements) and narrower 
palatal and narial emarginations. Teeth not obviously different fron: those 
of the Javan animal. 

Measurements.—Type: Head and body, 32.6; tail, 428 ; tibia, 154: foot, 6; 
forearm, 32.8; thumb, 7 ; second finger, 34; third finger, 70; fourth finger, 
48; fifth finger, 48; ear from meatus, 11.6; ear from crown, 10; skull, 
greatest length, 13.5 (14.2)*; condylobasal length, 12.6 (13.4); median 
palate length, 6.2 (6.5) ; zygomatic breadth, 8.2 (8.7) ; interorbital constric- 
tion, 3 (3) ;- breadth of braincase, 7 (7.2); depth of braincase including 
audital bullee, 5.5 (6.5) ; mandible, 9.5 (10); maxillary toothrow exclusive 
of incisors (alveoli), 5.2 (5.8); mandibular toothrow exclusive of incisors 
(alveoli), 5.7 (6.2). 

Specimens exanined.—Two, the type from Burma, and a second specimen 
(female, No. 43222) from Cambodia. 


* Measurements in parenthesis are those of an adult female Kerivoula hardwickii 
from western Java (No. 141,590). 


a) 
Ce he NY 
+ Ri 


BEN iy 
* 


VoL. XIX, PP. 67-70 May 1,°1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


THE STATUS OF THE GENERIC NAME HEMIPROCNE 
NITZSCH. 


BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER. 


The generic name Hemiprocne Nitzsch is commonly consid- 
ered to date from this author’s ‘‘ Pterylographie,’’ 1840, pp. 31, 
123, but it was first proposed eleven years before in an anatomi- 
cal paper usually overlooked (Observ. Av. Arter. Carot. Com., 
1829, p. 15), in the main text and its accompanying footnote, 
after the following fashion: 

‘© 3. Macrochires (S. longimanae) in duas dividendae tribus, 
quarum una continentur Trochili, altera Cypseli et Hemiprocnes 
N.”) genera. Hae aves humiates dextra arteria carot. communi 
semper carere videntur.’ 

‘*”) Hemiproenes genus, cui Cypselos, qui ill. TemMincKto 
longipennis, comatus, fuciphagus, torquatus vocantur, aliosque 
accensio, a veris discrepant Cypselis et hallice sive digito pedum 
primo retrorsum semper verso, et digitorum phalangum numero 
eodem, qui in ceteris avibus solemnis est.”’ 

Although in this place, as will be noticed, the word occurs in 
the nominative plural to conform to the Latin construction of 
the sentence, the author’s intent is clear, particularly in light 
of his use of the name in the singular form Hemiprocne a few 
years afterward in his ‘* Pterylographia Avium, pars prior,’’ 
1833, page 21,—though here without diagnosis or mention of 
any species,—and still later (Pterylographie, 1840, pp. 31, 123) 
when he gives a formal diagnosis and includes the species 
Hirundo zonaris Shaw and Hirundo acuta Wied (=Chaetura 
cinereiventris Sclater). 

Meanwhile, however, a little-known author in a forgotten 


book (Riemann, Zoolog.-technol. Leitfaden fiir Realschulen und 
15—Proc. BioL. Soc. WasH., Vol. XIX, 1906. (67) 


~— ‘ ‘ ~~. 
: “neon Instity; 


JUN 


National Museo: 


% 


1907 


68 Oberholser—Status of Generic Name Hemiprocne Nitzsch. 


Gymunasien, 1838, p. 34) made use of the name as follows, for 
which quotation I am indebted to Dr. Charles W. Richmond: 

‘* Hemiprocne.—Salange. Die vorigen Gattung ahnlich, aber 
mit gewohnlicher Gliederung und Richtung der Zehen. H. es- 
culenta, die indianische Schwalbe.’’ 

By taking the term Hemiprocne from Nitzsch, 1840, the type 
has been fixed as Hirundo zonaris Shaw; but this disposition of 
the name can not stand, as may readily be seen by the above 
- references. If the earlier (1829) Nitzsch diagnosis be ignored, 
the name will date from Riemann, 1838, and must displace 
Collocalia ; but there is no sufficient reason for rejecting Hemi- 
procne aS proposed by Nitzsch in 1829 (loc. cit.) since it was 
then properly introduced into nomenclature. The species orig- 
inally included are now called Macropteryx longipennis, Macrop- 
teryx comatus, Collocalia. fuciphaga, and probably Hemzprocne 
zonaris, respectively. The last appears as ‘‘ torquatus,’’ a name 
apparently to be referred to the present Hemiprocne zonaris, but 
here a nomen nudum and therefore not to be used in this con- 
nection. Of the three others, the first one mentioned, Hirundo 
longipennis of Rafinesque (Cypselus longipennis- Temminck), 
should be considered the type. The name Hemiprocne must 
therefore unfortunately supplant the later Macropteryx Swainson* 
and the family name MacropreryGIDAE be changed to HeEmI- 
PROCNIDAE. The following species of this group are affected, 
and should henceforth stand as follows: 

Hemiprocne coronata (TIcKELL). 

Hemiprocne longipennis (RAFINESQUE). 
Hemiprocne perlonga (RicHMoND). 

Hemiprocne wallacei (Goutp). 

Hemiprocne mystacea mystacea (LESSON ). 
_Hemiprocne mystacea woodfordiana CHARTERT). 
Hemiprocne comata comata (TEMMINCE ). 
Hemiprocne comata major CHARTERT). | 

The genus of large collared swifts that commonly has been 
called Hemiprocne must, if generically separable from Chaetura, 
consequently be givena new name. Doctor Hartert in his most 
recent review of the swifts,t placed Hemiprocne as a synonym 
under Chaetura, claiming that the shape of the tail was not 


* Zool. Illust. II, 1832, pl. 47 (type, Hirwndo longipennis Rafinesque). 
} Tierreich, I, 1897, p. 71. 


Oberholser—Status of Generic Name Hemiprocne Nitzsch. 69 


sufficient for its recognition asa different genus. However valid 
such a claim may be,—and it seems not to be so in this case,— 
there can be now no doubt of the propriety of generically segregat- - 
ing the group of swifts of which Hirundo zonaris Shaw may be con- 
sidered: the representative, because aside from its emarginate 
instead of square or rounded tail, it differs remarkably from 
Chaetura in the arrangement of the deep plantar tendons. Mr. 
F. A. Lucas has recently shown* that in Hemiprocne zonaris, the 
muscle which ordinarily flexes the front toes, the flexor perforans, 
instead of having its own tendon as is usual in the swifts, is at- 
tached to the muscle of the hallux, the flexor longus hallucis, and 
their common single tendon by means of four slips ultimately 
reaches and manipulates all the digits. 

In view of all the above facts it seems proper to provide this 
group with a generic name, and Streptoprocne, from srperrés, 
torquis, and Ipéxvm, Progne, with Hirundo zonaris Shaw as the 
type, is suggested as appropriate. The species will therefore 
stand as follows: : 

Streptoprocne zonaris zonaris (Shaw). 
Streptoprocne zonaris albicincta (Cabanis). 
Streptoprocne zonaris pallidifrons (Hartert). 
Streptoprocne biscutata (Sclater). 
Streptoprocne semicollaris (Saussure). 


* Auk, 1899, pp. 77-78. 


See 
"i 


an ao he 


VoL. XIX, pp. 71-72 May 1, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW VOLE FROM MONTAGUE ISLAND, ALASKA. 
BY WILFRED H. OSGOOD. 


During a short time spent on Montague Island, Alaska, in 
the spring of 1905, Mr. Charles Sheldon, although chiefly inter- 
ested in large bears, found time to “‘ bother with mouse traps.”’ 
As a result of this interest in small mammals as well as large, 
seven specimens of a vole and two of a shrew, prepared and 
presented by Mr. Sheldon, are now in the Biological Survey 
Collection. The shrews appear to be indistinguishable from 
the species of the adjacent mainland coast (Sorex obscurus 
alascensis), but the voles differ so widely as to require a new 
name. For the privilege of describing this new form, I am in- 
debted to Dr. C. Hart Merriam, Chief of the Biological Survey. 


Microtus elymocetes* sp. nov. 


Type from the east side of Montague Island, Prince William Sound, 
Alaska. “No. 137,323, U.S. National Museum, Biological.Survey Collection. 
CO adult. May 12,1905. C. Sheldon. 

Characters.—Size very large, only equalled among the Alaskan members 
of the “ operarius group ”’ by M. innuitus of St. Lawrence Island ; color most 
nearly like that of M.-yakutatensis but underparts even more strongly suf- 
fused with brownish ; feet dusky brownish instead of gray; skull large and 
heavy with ayeoiiate strongly notched anteriorly. 

Color.—Similar in general to that of operarius, unalascensis, and kadia- 
censis, but slightly. darker with entire underparts heavily washed with buffy ; 
upperparts cinnamon to clay color uniformly mixed with dusky, producing 
a general effect of raw umber ; sides, face, and head essentially like back ; 
underparts clay color, sometimes paling to grayish in pectoral and inguinal 
regions; forefeet dusky brownish, edged with whitish gray; hind feet 
grayish white proximally, dusky brownish distally; toes dusky brownish ; 
tail sharply bicolor, dusky brownish above, whitish gray below. 

Skull—General characters as in operarius, unalascensis, and yakutatensis, 
but size very much larger ; zygomata more deeply notched anteriorly ; size 


* Elymocetes, from Elymus, the generic name of the hes rye or beach grass often in- 
habited by this mouse and its relatives. 


16—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WASH., Vol. XIX, 1906. (71) ay 
: ~~ 
eeonlan Mistiz, 2> 
ec “Wo, 
~ 


JUN 20 1907 
Netional Nu 


72 Osgood—A New Vole from Montague Island, Alaska. 


about as in M. innuitus; braincase narrower; rostrum shorter; width 
across lacrymal processes of frontal greater; audital bullae relatively 
smaller; upper incisors less projecting anteriorly. 

Measurements.—The type and two topotypes, respectively: Total length, 
201; 191; 180; tail vertebrae, 40; 40; 35; hind foot (dry), 23.5; 23; 22. 
Skulloftype: Basal length, 31.1; basilar length, 29.2; postpalatilar length, 
12.1; zygomatic width, 18.6; mastoid width, 13.8; length of nasals, 9.2; 
interorbital constriction, 3.9; maxillary toothrow, 7.4. 

Remarks.—This insular form differs from its mainland relatives chiefly 
in decidedly larger size. It belongs to the so-called “ operarius group” 
which properly includes, besides a number of Alaskan forms, several of 
wide distribution in Eurasia. Representatives of this group doubtless en- 
tered Alaska from Asia at a time not very remote, for although a number 
of Alaskan forms are now differentiated, all are very closely allied and 
none show any marked departure from the Asiatic forms. The one here 
described seems as worthy of specific rank as any of the others but the 
amount of cranial variation in all the forms and the general uniformity 
of coloration leads one to believe that they might well be ranked as sub- 
species. If this were done, however, M. oeconomus, M. kamschaticus, and 
probably MM. ratticeps ought to be included as they differ from M. operarius 
and other Alaskan forms only very slightly. 


SKuLLs oF Microtus operarius Group. 


99,373—M. innuitus. Type. 98,991—M. operarius. Topotype. 
98,005—M. yakutatensis. Type. 107,472—M. unalascensis. Topotype. 


137,323—WM. elymocetes. Type. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 73-82 June 4, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


‘NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM THE 
ISLAND OF MINDANAO, PHILIPPINE ARCHI- 
PELAGO, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW 
GENERA AND SPECIES. 


BY HUGH M. SMITH AND ALVIN SEALE. 


In 19038, through the courtesy of the Surgeon-General of the 
United States Army, a collection of fishes was obtained for the 
Bureau of Fisheries from the Rio Grande, on the island of Min- 
danao, Philippine Archipelago. The fishes were collected in 
October, 1903, by Dr. Morse, of the medical department of the 
Army, who was stationed at Cotabato, near the mouth of that 
stream, and all of the specimens were secured at or in the vicinity 
of that place. ae 

The Rio Grande is a stream of considerable size which rises in 
the central part of the island and flows southwesterly toward 
Lake Liguasan; after receiving the outflow of this large lake it 
flows northwesterly and discharges through a delta into Illana 
Bay. 

The collection is small and contains only 31 species, but these 
represent 20 families. Four of the species have not heretofore 
been described, and two of these are made the types of new 
genera. The native names of the species are given when known. 


CHIROCENTRIDAE. 
1. Chirocentrus dorab (Forskal). 


_ One fine specimen, length, 19 inches. Head, 5.40; depth, 6.75 (without 
caudal); dorsal, 17; anal, 33. Color in spirits bluish above, sides and 
under parts silvery ; axis of pectoral and its outer rays dusky. 

17—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (73) 


om 
f 2586 oe 4 
IV YN 1907 , 
National (ier 


74 Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 


DOROSOMATIDAE. 


2. Anodontostoma chacunda (Hamilton). 
‘“‘CABASHI.” 


Two specimens, length, 7.75 and 8 inches. Head, 3.45; depth, 2.50; 
posterior dorsal ray not prolonged. Color in spirits silvery, the back with 
about 6 longitudinal dusky lines; .a brown spot above axis of pectorals ; 
tip of anterior dorsal rays dusky; the interior rays of each caudal lobe 
with an indistinct dusky wash. These specimens represent the form 
called by Dr. Bleeker var. selangkat. 


ENGRAULIDAE. 
3. Anchovia boelama (Forskal). 


Two specimens, length, 2.50 and 3.75 inches. Head, 3.75; depth, 4.10; 
dorsal, 14; anal, 33; scales, 34; snout projecting. Color in spirits silvery, 
bluish above ; no silvery band ; fins uniform. 


CLARIIDAE. 
4. Clarias gilli Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


Head, 7; depth, 8.50 without caudal; vertical fins united to caudal; 
dorsal, 93; anal, 87; head with two fontanelles; barbules, 8, the lower 
maxillary and upper mandibular pairs very: long, extending to middle of 
pectoral fin; teeth in jaws small, sharp-pointed ; vomerine teeth small, 
rounded, in a somewhat crescent-shaped patch; top of head formed of 
21 bony plates, three of which are anterior to the large plate bearing 
the anterior fontanelle; pectorals short, .5 head, their spines serrated ; 
ventrals .33 head, their tip reaching to origin of anal ; the vertical fins 
extend only about one-third the length of the caudal, to which they are 


a. Clurius nieuhosi, after Bleeker. b. Clarvas gilli Smith & Seale. 


firmly united ; length of caudal equal to head; distance from origin of 
dorsal to tip of snout 3.90 in length without caudal ; height of dorsal about 
3 in head, the anal slightly deeper. Color in spirits uniform dull brown, 
with a slightly bluish tint; fins similar to body in color, except pectorals 


Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 75 


and ventrals, which are yellowish. Two fine specimens, length, 12.75 and 
13.50 inches. 

This species resembles C. nieuhofi Valenciennes, but differs in the number 
and arrangement of the cephalic plates, in having but two fontanelles, and 
in coloration. For comparison, outline figures of the dorsal surface of the 
heads of these two species are here given. 

Type, 12.75 inches long, from Rio Grande, Mindanao, No. 55,620, U. 8. 
National Museum. Named for Dr. Theodore Gill. 


SYNGNATHIDAE. 
5. Corythroichthys pullus Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


Head, 8 in length without caudal; depth, 2.50 in head ; snout, 2.20 in 
head, its width 4 in its length; eye, 2.50 in snout; dorsal, 29; anal, 1; 
pectoral, 14; osseous rings, 15 -+ 41; base of dorsal not elevated ; angle of 
forehead not abrupt, being about 30°; no filaments on head; opercle 
crossed by a single bony stay ; ventral surface of rings on belly and thorax 
with a sharp median ridge; dorsal ridge of trunk and tail not continuous ; 
a low median ridge on top of snout, with small lateral ridge from orbit to 
tip of snout; length of pectorals 2.50 in snout; caudal 3 in snout; anal 
opening situated on the posterior body ring; the dorsal fin located on the 
6 anterior rings of the tail; longest dorsal ray about 2.50 in snout. Color 


Corythroichthys pullus Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


in spirits uniform dark lava brown, no black bands or spots anywhere on 
body ; some indistinct pearl-colored spots on ventral surface of belly ; a 
whitish line just below eye; an oblique dusky bar on lower part of 
opercles uniting under the throat; some lighter spots and reticulations on 
under part of head ; dorsal with about four longitudinal rows of brown 
spots; pectorals and caudal gray. 

This species resembles C. tapeinosomus, but differs in the location of anal 
opening and in various other characters. 

One specimen, the type, 5.60 inches long, from the Rio Grande, Min- 
danao; No. 55,621 U.S. National Museum. 


76 Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 


MUGILIDAE. 
6. Liza trocheli Bleeker. 
Nine specimens, 1.50 to 2.50 inches long. Head, 3.50; depth, 3. 20; 
dorsal, iv-i, 8; anal, iii, 8; scales, 32; preorbital toothed at end, but 
without notch ; no adipose eyelid. Color uniform silvery gray. 


SPHYRAENIDAE. 


7. Sphyraena obtusata Cuvier & Valenciennes. 
““CUMBUSAN ” 

One specimen, 9 inches long. Head, 3.10; depth, 6.50; dorsal, v, 19; 
anal, i, 11; scales, 83. Color in spirits dusky above, white below, scarcely 
a trace of dusky band on sides. Similar in every respect to other speci- 
mens from Cavite. . 


~ CARANGIDAE. 


8. Scomberoides tala (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 
‘* CASSISUNG.”’ 

One specimen, 11.75 incheslong. Head, 4.60; depth, 3; dorsal, vii-i, 20; 
anal ii-i, 17; teeth on jaws, vomer, palatine, and tongue, some enlarged 
canines in jaws; maxillary extending behind posterior margin of eye. 
Color in spirits silvery, with bluish wash ; several large vertical brownish 
blotches on sides ; axis of pectoral with dark spot. 


9. Scomberoides toloo-parah (Riuppell). 
‘“‘ CASSISUNG.” - 


Five specimens, 5.50 to 10.75 inches long. Head, 4.50; depth, 4; dorsal, 
v-ii, 19; anal, ii, 20; maxillary ending under posterior third of eye; 
minute teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines and tongue. Color in spirits 
silvery, bluish above, tip of dorsal black. 


10. Caranx fosteri (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 
(Caranx hippos Ginther. ) 


One specimen, length 5 inches. Head, 3.10; depth, 2.50 without caudal ; 
dorsal, ix-i, 21 ; anal, ii-i, 17; 42 scales in curved portion of lateral line, 
30 armed scutes in straight portion ; the curved portion contained 1.18 in 
straight ; breast scaled ; teeth in upper jaw in villiform band with outer 
series of larger ones, teeth of lower jaw in single series; maxillary end- 
ing on a line with posterior margin of pupil, its distal width equal to pupil. 
Color in spirits uniform ‘silvery, fins uniform yellowish white; a dusky 
spot in axis of pectoral; an indistinct opercular spot. 


11. Caranx carangus (Bloch). 

Sixteen specimens, length, 2.20 to 3.50 inches. Head, 2.80; depth, 2.18 
without caudal; dorsal, vii-i, 20; anal, ii-i, 16; scales, 52; in curved portion 
of lateral line, 32 armed scales in straight portion ; breast naked ; maxillary 
ending on a line with posterior third of pupil. 


Smith and Seale—Fishes from the"Island of Mindanao. 77 


This species resembles C. fosteri, but is easily distinguished by the naked 
breast ; it is also a little deeper. Our specimens show no dusky bands 
but are uniformly silvery, the spinous dorsal grayish. 


LEIOGNATHIDAE. 
12. Leiognathus dussumieri (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 


Five specimens, length, 1.50 to 3 inches. Head, 3; depth, 1.50; dorsal, 
vili, 16; anal, iii, 14; lateral line complete; breast naked; two small 
spines above anterior margin of eye. Color in spirits silvery; axis of pec- 
toral dusky; fins unmarked. 


13. Leiognathus splendens (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 
One specimen, length 3.50 inches. Head, 3; depth, 2; dorsal, viii, 18 ; 
anal, iii, 14; lateral line incomplete. Color silvery, bluish above, a large 
black blotch occupying upper half of spinous dorsal. 


14. Gazza minuta (Bloch). 


Four specimens, length, 3.10 to 3.50 inches. Head, 3; depth, 2; dorsal, 
vili, 16; anal, ili, 14; lateral line incomplete; teeth like small canines ; 
lower margin of preopercle denticulate. Color in spirits silvery ; back 
with yellowish reticulating lines. 


AMBASSIDAE. 
15. Priopis urotaenia (Bleeker). 


Eight specimens, length, 1.50 to 4.75 inches. Head, 2.50; depth, 2.50 ; 
scales, 30; two rows of scales on cheeks. Color in spirits yellowish white, 
a silvery line extending forward from base of caudal along middle of sides ; 
membrane between second and third dorsal spines dusky. Similar in — 
every respect to other numerous examples from Bacon, Sorsogon, P. I. 


SERRANIDAE. 
16. Epinephelus bontoides (Bleeker). 


One fine specimen, length, 12.10 inches. Head, 2.45 without caudal; 
depth, 3; dorsal, xi, 15; anal, iii, 8; scales, about 88; interorbital less than 
eye; opercular spines equidistant ; opercular flap pointed ; enlarged serrae 
at angle of preopercle. Color in spirits light brownish, with scattered black 
dots over body about half the size of pupil. 


LUTIANIDAE. 
17. Lutianus lineatus (Quoy & Gaimard). 


Two specimens, length, 7.50 and 11 inches. Head, 2.75; depth, 2.50; 
dorsal, x, 14; anal, iii, 8; scales about 50; teeth on tongue; preopercle 
scarcely notched, knob small; caudal truncate (broken) ; maxillary ex- 
tending to below anterior half of eye. Color in spirits grayish ; larger 
Specimen more silvery; indistinct dusky oblique lines above lateral line, 
longitudinal ones below; all the fins grayish except pectorals, which are 
yellow. 


78 Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 


18. Lutianus malabaricus (Bleeker), 


Three specimens, length, 8.75 to 14.50 inches. Head, 2.50; depth, 2.45 
without caudal; dorsal, xi, 14; anal, ili, 8 ; scales in lateral line, 52; no 
lingual teeth ; caudal truncate ; notch of preopercle shallow but wide and 
distinct, knob distinct; pectorals long, extending to baseof anal. Color in 
spirits yellowish with indistinct oblique dusky lines above lateral line, 
longitudinal lines below; axis of pectorals dusky ; a white spot on top of 
caudal peduncle scarcely showing in very old example; fins uniform yel- 
lowish white. 
19. Terapon jarbua (Forskal). 

‘** BUNGAO.”’ 

Two specimens, length, 6.75 and 7.75 inches. Head, 3.10; depth, 3.14; 
dorsal, xii, 10; anal, iii, 9; scales, 80. Color in spirits silvery, with three 
brownish longitudinal bands; dorsal with large black blotch; soft dorsal 
with two dusky blotches; oblique dusky bands on caudal. Similar in 
every respect to specimens from San Fabian, Pangasinan, P. I. 


HAEMULIDAE. 
20. Pristipoma hasta (Bloch). 


Two fine specimens, length, 10.50 inches. Head, 2.90; depth, 2.80; dor- 
sal, xii, 14; anal, iii, 7; scales, 52; gill-rakers, 12. These specimens repre- 
sent the two forms P. hasta (Bloch) and P. negeb (Riippell), which Dr. Day 
(Fishes of India, p. 746) unites under the name P. hasta. These specimens 
show no difference except in their markings ; one represents the form with 
numerous small black dots forming irregular longitudinal lines, similar 
in every respect to P. hasta as figured by Bleeker (Atlas Ichthyologique, 
vol. 8, pl. ccexxv, fig. 3); the other represents the form with 8 vertical 
bands, as shown in Bleeker’s figure (op. cit., pl. cccli, fig. 4), this speci- 
men showing also numerous indistinct lines of dots as in P. hasta, 


MULLIDAE. 


21. Upeneus vittatus (Forskal). 
wT LAU Ws” 

Three specimens, length, 4.20 to 11 inches. Head, 3.18; depth, 3.20; 
dorsal, vii, 10; anal, i, 6; scales, 37; barbules, short. Color in spirits, yel- 
lowish, upper half of body with four dusky longitudinal lines; top of 
spinous dorsal dusky ; an indistinct dusky band through its middle; soft 
dorsal with two indistinct dusky bands, each lobe of caudal with five or 
six oblique dusky bars; in the small examples the markings almost ob- 
literated. 


EPHIPPIDAE. 
22. Ephippus argus (Gmelin). 

One specimen, length, 10 inches. Similar in every respect to specimens 
from Cavite and Bacon, Sorsozon, P. I. Head, 3.50; depth, 1.75 without 
caudal. Color in spirits brownish with a wash of blue, scattered black dots 
over back and sides; ventral surface lighter. 


a \) 


Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 79 


TETRAODONTIDAE. 
23. Tetraodon patoca Buchanan. 


Six specimens, length, 1.50 to 2.50 inches. Head, 2.50; depth, 3; dorsal, 
9; anal, 8; small prickles on back from interorbital space to a line with 
posterior axis of pectorals, and on belly from chin to near anal spine, other 
parts naked ; a simple nonperforated nasal cavity with two membranous 
flaps. Color in spirits brownish above, whitish below, a dusky band on 
anterior interorbital space; another over back to base of pectoral fins, 
another at base of spinous dorsal; sides of body with large white spots ; fins 
white; posterior half of caudal dusky. 


ANABANTIDAE. 


24. Anabas scandens (Daldorff). 


Three fine specimens, length, 5 to 5.20 inches. Head, 3; depth, 2.60 
without caudal; dorsal xviii, 7 ; anal,x,9; scales in lateral line, 29 ;.opercle 
and preopercle serrated ; vomerine teeth. Color in spirits uniform dull 
brown. 


OPHIOCEPHALIDAE. 


25. Ophiocephalus melanopterus Bleeker. 
‘“ AMANU,” 

Three specimens, length, 8.75 to 14.50 inches. Head, 3; depth, 6; dorsal, 
40; anal, 25; scales, 54. Color in spirits blackish brown, fins blackish, 
lower part of head and ventral surface of body whitish with dark brown 
spots. A large series of specimens will probably show O. melanopterus and 
O. striatus to be identical. 


GOBIIDAE. 
26. Glossogobius giuris (Buchanan). 


Eleven specimens, length, 2.10 to 7.75 inches. Head, 3; depth, 5.50; 
scales, 30; dorsal, vii, 9; anal, 9; tongue, forked; no canines; caudal 
rounded ; about 20 rows of scales in front of dorsal ; ten rows between ori- 
gin of the dorsals. Color in spirits yellowish brown with about 5 indistinct 
dusky bands over back which alternate with dusky blotches on sides ; 
dorsals and caudal with rows of black dots; pectorals usually with two 
dusky blotches on base; ventrals and anal usually yellow, but in some 
specimens slightly washed with dusky. In general form and color this 
species resembles G. brunneus of Japan; the Japanese form, however, al- 
ways has black spots on nuchal region. 


Ilana Smith & Seale, gen. nov. (Gobiidz). 


This genus is characterized by the presence of two distinct barbules on 
the chin ; teeth in jaws in two series, the outer ones in each jaw enlarged, 
canine-like; no teeth on vomer, palatines, or tongue; ventrals united ; 
head naked and broad ; tongue emarginate. Type, Illana cacabet. 


80 Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 


27. Ilana cacabet* Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


Head, 3.75; depth, 6 in length without caudal; dorsal, vi, 10; anal, 10; 
a series of eight scales between origin of soft dorsal and anal; scales, 30 
from upper margin of opercle to end of vertebrae; snout, 3.20 in head; in- 
terorbital less than eye. Body moderately elongate, compressed ; snout 
rather rounded, the lower jaw slightly the longer ; width of head, 1.30 in 
itslength,its depth 2 in its length ; cheeks fat, the lower half of cheek crossed 
by 5 or 6 longitudinal lines of minute warts, with one or two oblique rows 
at each end of these lines, probably the openings of mucous pores; tongue 


Iliana cacabet Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


rather deeply emarginate ; teeth small, with the outer row in each jaw en- 
larged, canine-like; maxillary ending on a line with anterior margin of 
eye; chin with two barbules about equal in length to diameter of eye; a 
shallow longitudinal groove in nuchal region extending to snout; head 
without scales ; scales of body adnate, those of nuchal region small, about 
15 in front of dorsal, a series of 10 between the origins of the dorsals ; spin- 
ous dorsal with the second spine elongate, in males extending to or beyond 
middle of soft dorsal; longest dorsal ray, 1.60 in head; pectorals, 1.10 in 
head ; ventrals, 1.35 in head; origin of anal fin midway between tip of 
snout and base of caudal ; anal papilla distinct ; base of anal, 1.20 in head 
its longest ray 1.75 in head ; caudal rounded, 1.10 in head. 

Color in spirits yellowish below, brown above, with about three indistinct 
dusky bands over back and 5 dusky blotches along the sides, one at base 
of caudal, one on middle of caudal peduncle, one under posterior of soft 
dorsal, one under anterior of soft dorsal, and the anterior one under the 
anterior half of spinous dorsal; no bluish marking or spot on shoulder ; 
two or three irregular brown lines connecting these blotches more or less ; 
some irregular fine brown dots and lines on head and cheeks; dorsal fins 
with rows of brown dots forming oblique lines, less distinct on spinous dor- 
sal; caudal with brown vertical bands, the four upper rays white at base ; 
pectorals, ventrals, and anal bluish. | 

Three specimens, length, 3 to 3.25 inches. The type is a male, length 
3.23 inches, from the Rio Grande in Mindanao, No. 55,622, U. 8. National 
Museum. 


* Cacabet is a Philippine name for the goby. 


Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 81 


Gobius cyanosomus Bleeker probably belongs to this genus, but is a 
different species, as seen by the presence of the lines of warts on cheeks of 
our specimens, and the different color markings. In G. cyanosomus the 
jaws are said to be equal, in our specimens the lower jaw is a little the 
longer. 


28. Glossogobius biocellatus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 


Two specimens, length, 2 inches. We refer these examples to this species 
with considerable doubt, owing to their mutilated condition. Head, 3.25; 
depth, 6.50 ; dorsal, vi, 10; anal, 9; scales, about 26; tongue forked. Color 
in spirits brownish with indistinct darker lines; ventral and anal fins 
bluish ; spinous dorsal with dusky blotch ; soft dorsal with rows of brown 
spots. 


29. Acentrogobius acutipinnis (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 

One specimen, length,2 inches. Head, 3.45; depth, 4.75; dorsal, vi, 10; 
anal, 12; scales, 23; anterior dorsal spines filiform, nuchal region unscaled; 
Color in spirits yellowish with about 7 irregular bands over back forming 
blotches on sides; a blue line from eye to angle of mouth; -another from 
eye to posterior margin of opercle. The dorsal spines in our example are 
much longer than in the specimen figured by Dr. Day. 


Caragobius Smith & Seale, gen. nov. (Gobiidae). 


Posterior third of body well scaled, head and anterior two-thirds naked ; 
head large, oblong, quadrilateral ; lower jaw heavy ; a single row of small, 
sharp, curved canine teeth in each jaw, no enlarged canines; eyes entirely 
covered with skin; no barbules; tongue rounded, inconspicuous ; gill- 
openings straight, vertical, restricted ; a small pore above each gill-opening 
which opens into a cavity separate from gill-cavity ; dorsal fins continuous, 
long and low; ventrals fully united. This genus is related to Trypauchen 
Cuvier & Valenciennes, but is distinguished by the differences in squama- 
tion, teeth, eyes, etc. Type, Careagobius typhlops. 


30. Caragobius typhlops Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


Head, 5 in length without caudal; depth, 2; snout, 3.75 in head ; dor- 
sal, vi, 30; anal, 34; scales on posterior third of body only. Body elon- 


Caragobius typhlops Smith & Seale, sp. nov. 


gate, compressed ; the head large, quadrangular, its depth slightly greater 
than width, the width 1.45 in its length; lower jaw heavy, the cleft of 


82 Smith and Seale—Fishes from the Island of Mindanao. 


mouth direeted obliquely upwards ; maxillary 3 in head measured to sym- 
physis ; a single row of about 14 sharp curved teeth in each jaw ; no teeth 
on vomer, palatines, or tongue ; tongue small, rounded ; eyes rudimentary 
and covered with skin; gill-opening restricted to sides, the isthmus very 
broad ; a small pore or slit on nuchal region just above gill-slit opening 
into a pit or cavity separate from gill-cavity ; head naked, with numerous 
mucus pores; a depression midway between eye-pit and upper posterior 
margin of opercle in which a roughened bony surface is exposed ; no 
seales except on posterior third of body, which is well sealed, about 12 
series between dorsal and anal at anterior portion of squamation ; vertical 
fins not enveloped in skin; dorsals connected, the entire fin low, its ori- 
gin on a line with posterior third of ventral rays, the posterior rays con- 
tinuous with caudal; anal fin long, confluent with caudal, its rays 
short, its origin below the last dorsal spine; anal papilla very prominent ; 
pectoral base very broad ; ventrals 1.95 in head, united, the anterior por- 
tion forming a cup-shaped disk. (In all the specimens the fins, the ventrals 
excepted, are mutilated and a full description is impossible.) Color in 
spirits uniform yellowish white. 

Five specimens, length, 2 to 2.25 inches. Type, 2.25 inches long, from 
the Rio Grande, Mindanao; No. 55,619, U. S. National Museum. 


SOLEIDAE. 
- 81. Achirus thepassii Bleeker. 


One specimen, length, 2 inches. Depth, 2.30 without caudal; no pec- 
torals; interorbital narrow; dorsal, 69; anal, 48; seales, 89. Color in 
spirits yellowish with dark dots and blotches; rows of fine dots on fins. 


VoL. XIX pp. 83-86 JUNE 4, 1906 
) PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


TWELVE NEW GENERA OF BATS. 


BY GERRIT 8S. MILLER, Jr. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


- Having recently examined some of the more important Eu- 
ropean collections of Chiroptera in connection with the material 
in the United States National Museum, I find that the following 
genera have not hitherto been described. 


Niadius gen. nov. (Pteropidz). 


Type.—Cynopterus princeps Miller. 

Characters.—Like Cynopterus but with the larger cheek-teeth broader and 
more squarish in outline; crown of pm; and m,; with distinct terete cusp 
slightly in front of middle of crushing surface. 

Species.— Niadius princeps ( Miller). 

Remarks.—In the increased size of the larger cheek-teeth this genus ap- 
proaches Thoopterus ; but the terete cusp in pm;and m,; differs conspicuously 
from the ridge which occupies somewhat the same position in the related 
group. 


Spheerias gen. nov. (Pteropidz). 


Type.—Cynopterus blanfordi Thomas. 

Characters.—Like Cynopterus but without calear and external tail; inci- 
sors more developed than in any of the related genera, the series of the 
lower jaw forming four conspicuous serrations when viewed from in front, 

> those of the upper jaw with sharp-edged crown well differentiated from 
shaft and provided with a large main cusp near middle. 

Species.—Spherias blanfordi (Thomas). 

Remarks.—This genus was included in Thoopterus by Matschie* but it is 
readily distinguishable by the small (normal) cheek-teeth, the absence of 
the calcar and external tail, and the very peculiar, trenchant form of the 
incisors. 


*Flederm. des Berl. Mus. fiir Naturk., p. 77, 1899. 
18—Proc, BIoL. Soc, WASH., VoL. XIX,»1906, 


84 Miller—Twelve New Genera of Bats. 


Macroderma gen. nov. (Megadermidz). 


Type.— Megaderma gigas Dobson. 

Characters.—Differing from Megaderma and Lyroderma in the absence of 
the small upper premolar (pm2), in the peculiar character of the interorbital 
expansion, the development of which is intermediate between that in the 
Asiatic and African members of the group, and in the much greater devel- 
opment of the cartilaginous premaxillaries. 

Species.—Macroderma gigas (Dobson). 


Ardops gen. noy. (Phyllostomide). 


Type.—Stenoderma nicholisi Thomas. 

Characters.—Like Stenoderma but rostrum not depressed between supra- 
orbital ridges; anterior nares directed chiefly forward; incisive framina 
not separated by any appreciable space from roots of Scianen supraorbital 
ridges angled at middle; inner upper incisor with length of crown nearly ~ 
equal to height; and m! and m2? without metaconule. 

Species.— Ardops nichollsi (Thomas), A. montserratensis (Thomas), and A. 
luciz (Miller). 


Erophylla gen. nov. (Phyllostomidz). 


Type.—Phyllonycteris bombifrons Miller. 

Characters.—Like Phyllonycteris but interfemoral membrane extending 
to short though evident calcar; noseleaf with pointed median projection ; 
zygomatic arches complete; and lower molars with distinct cutting edge. 

Species.— Erophylla bombifrons (Miller), FE. planifrons (Miller), EF. sezekorni 
(Gundlach) and E. santacristobalensis (Elliot). 


Dizemus gen. nov. (Desmodontidz). 


Type.— Desmodus youngi Jentink.* 

Characters.—Like Desmodus, but thumb only about one-eighth as long as 
third finger, the two pads on its under surface coalesced ; inner lower in- 
cisor trilobate, with large median lobe, a minute inner lobe near tip and 
an equally small outer lobe near base. 

Species.—Dizmus youngi (Jentink ). 


Dirias gen. nov. (Noctilionidz). 


Type.—Noctilio albiventer Spix. 

Characters.—Like Noctilio but with leg and foot less elongated (equal to 
about 40 per cent of total length) ; m+ and m2 with very large hypocone 
connected by a high conspicuous commissure with commissure extending 
from protocone to metacone. 

Species.—Dirias albiventer (Spix). 


* As represented by a specimen from Roca Nova, Parana, Brazil (No. 140,769, U. S. 
National Museum; A. Robert, collector). 


Miller—Twelve New Genera of Bats. 85 


Phodotes gen. noy. (Natalidz). 


Type.—Natalus tumidirostris Miller. 

Characters.—Like Natalus, but maxillaries conspicuously inflated and 
translucent, the swollen region concealing molar teeth when skull is viewed 
from above. 

Species.—Phodotes tumidirostris (Miller). 


Pizonyx gen. nov. ( Vespertilionidz). 


Type.—Myotis vivesi Menegaux. 

Characters —Like Myotis but with foot (claws included ) as long as tibia, 
the toes and claws so greatly compressed that width of claw is only about 
one-eighth the height at base ; wing with large glandular mass near middle 
of forearm. 

Species— Pizonyx vivesi (Menegaux). 


Rhinopterus gen. nov. ( Vespertilionidz). 


Type.—Glauconycteris floweri de Winton. 

Characters—Externally like a small Vespertilio, but upper surface of 
forearm, tail, and tibia thickly sprinkled with pointed, horny excrescences 
resembling those on edge of ear in some Molossidx, butlarger. Skull differing 
from that of Vespertilio in the much greater relative breadth of anterior 
portion of braincase, shorter, lower rostrum, and in the form of the upper 
toothrows, which are more concave on inner side and more convergent 
anteriorly. 

Species. —Rhinoplerus floweri (de Winton). 


Bezodon gen. nov. ( Vespertilionide). 


Type.— Rhogeéssa allent Thomas. . 

Characters.—Like Rhogeéssa but with reduction of outer lower incisor 
carried so far that the tooth has become to a mere functionless spicule less 
than one-twentieth as large as first or second incisor, nearly concealed be- 
neath cingulum of canine. 

Species.—Bexodon ulleni (Thomas). 


Eumops gen. nov. (Molossidz). 


Type.—Molossus californicus Merriam. 

Characters.—Like Molossus but skull slender, with hour-glass shaped or 
nearly cylindrical interorbital region and no distinct sagittal crest; palate 
slightly arched but not domed; upper incisor with slender, curved shaft 
higher than length of crown; lower incisors, 2-2; upper premolars, 2-2, 
the small tooth (pm2) normally well formed and not deciduous ; first and 
second upper molars with well developed hypocone. 

Species.—Eumops abrasus (Temminck), E. bonariensis (Peters), E. califor- 
nicus (Merriam), EZ. glaucinus (Wagner), E. maurus (Thomas), E. milleri 
(J. A. Allen), H. nanus (Miller), HZ. orthotis (H. Allen), E. perotis (Wied), 
and FE. trumbulli (Thomas). 


Lee 


VoL. XIX, PP. 87-90 | | June 4, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


IDENTITY OF EUTAMIAS PALLIDUS (ALLEN), WITH 
A DESCRIPTION OF A RELATED FORM FROM 
THE SOUTH DAKOTA BAD LANDS. 


BY MERRITT CARY. 


A careful study of the chipmunks commonly known as Eu- 
tamias minimus in the collection of the Biological Survey and 
the U. S. National Museum has brought to light some interest- 
ing facts in regard to their interrelations and distribution. The 
above material is rich in specimens from northern Wyoming and 
southern Montana, and proves conclusively that Tamas quad- 
rivittutus pallidus Allen is a valid species. A related form from 
South Dakota Bad Lands is described as new. 


Eutamias pallidus (Allen). 


Tamias quadrivittatus pallidus Allen, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVI, p. 
289, 1874. | 

Tumias minimus Allen, Bull, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., III, p.110, 1890 (part)— 
not of Bachman, 1839. 


General characters—Similar in coloration to EH. minimus, but much 
larger; hind foot about 33 mm. (instead of 30); tail nearly 100 mm. 

Color.—A specimen from Camp Thorne, Montana (No. 11,656, U.S. N. M., 
July 18, 1873), agrees very well in color with early August examples of 
minimus from Green River. Comparable chipmunks (fresh postbreeding 
pelage) from other localities in the Yellowstone region (Powderville, Al- 
zada, and Painted Robe Creek) have the sides more heavily washed with 
ochraceous. 

Cranial characters.—Skull relatively much larger and heavier than in £. 
minimus, the zygomata more abruptly spreading; anterior portion of nasals 
broad ; audital bullae larger and more inflated. 

Measurements.—A very large female from Painted Robe Creek, Montana : 
Total length, 220; tail vertebrae, 104; hind foot, 34. Two males from the 
same locality, not fully adult: 204; 92; 32; and 205; 94; 33; respectively. 
A specimen from Powder River Basin, Wyoming, 222; 106; 34. Thehind 

19—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XIX, 1906, (87) 


Aegon stu 


JUN 20 


an 


vv 


rv 


< 


National Huse 


88 arenes of Eutamias pallidus (Allen). 


foot of the Camp Thorne specimen (relaxed from dry skin) measures 32, 
a millimeter less than the average. Average of four adult males of E. 
minimus from Green River, Wyoming: Total length, 188 (180-195); tail 
vertebrae 87 (80-92); hind foot, 30. 

The skull of the large female from Painted Robe Creek, Montana, meas- 
ures: Occipito-nasal length, 343; basilar length of Hensel, 26.5; zygomatic 
breadth, 19.1; greatest breadth of braincase, 16.8. Anotherskull from the 
same locality measures: 32.1; 24.4; 18.5; 16.5. A large skull from Powder 
River Basin, Wyoming: 32.9; 24.8; 18.2; 16.5. Average of four skulls of 
minimus from Green River: Occipito-nasal length, 30.3; basilar length of 
Hensel, 23.1; zygomatic breadth, 17; greatest breadth of braincase, 15.4. 

Remarks.—Chipmunks from the following localities agree well with the 
Camp Thorne specimen,* assumed to be typical :— Montana: Painted Robe 
Creek, Sage Creek (Big Horn Basin), Alzada, Powderville. Wyoming : 
Powder River Basin, Merino, Moorcroft, Thornton, Newcastle, Douglas, 
Big Horn Basin. Chipmunks from Fort Washakie and Wind River Basin 
average somewhat smaller, but agree in coloration ; while others from the 
Pine Ridge country of northwestern Nebraska (Warbonnet Canyon and 
Glen, Sioux County, Coll. Univ. of Nebr.) are intermediate in colora- 
tion between typical E. pallidus and the pale Bad Lands form which is 
described later in the present paper. The much larger size and longer tail 
of ‘pallidus serve at once to distinguish it from the small minimus. Inter- 
gradation can not be shown from present material and with such a dis- 
crepancy in size it seems best to give pallidus full specific rank. Green 
River City, Wyoming, has been commonly accepted as the type locality of ' 
minimus,t but Townsend’s Narrative t seems to place it considerably north 
of that point, and not far from the mouth of Big Sandy Creek. 

In the original description of FE. pallidus (1. ¢.), Doctor Allen gave its 
habitat as ‘‘ The Great Plains, and the desert region generally of the inte- 
rior of the continent.”’ In a footnote it is characterized as “ The small, 
pale form of the high, dry plains of the interior.” No type specimen was 
designated, nor was a type locality assigned. In a later paper,? however, 
Doctor Allen gave a more detailed characterization, and remarked (p.796) 
that pallidus “ Reaches anextreme phase of specialization in the Yellowstone 
region in respect to both pallor and smallness of size. He still further re- 
stricted pallidus to the Yellowstone region by the following words (p. 800): 
“typical pallidus (from the Yellowstone Plains).” Among the specimens 
listed by Doctor Allen were three taken by himself at Camp Thorne, Yel- 
lowstone River, July 18, 1873. These are the only specimens from a definite 
locality in the Yellowstone region which he considered “ very pale.” As 
one of the above specimens (No. 11,656, U.S. N. M.) is still extant, and ina 
good state of preservation, it seems best to consider Camp Thorne the type 
locality. 


* The site of Camp Thorne is near the present town of Glendive, Montana. 
+ Cf. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., III, p. 112, 1890. 

t Narr. Journey across Rocky Mts., ete., v. 72, 1889. 

¢ Mon. N. Am. Roden, p. 795, 1877. 


Cary—Identity of Eutamias pallidus (Allen). 89 


Eutamias pallidus cacodemus subsp. nov. 
BAD LANDS CHIPMUNK. 


Tamias minimus Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., III, p. 110, 1890 (in 
part, specimen from “ Mauvaises Terres”). 


Type from Sheep Mountain, Big Bad Lands, South Dakota. No. 138,137, 
U.S. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. o adult. Collected 
September 2, 1905, by Merritt Cary. Original number, 682. 

General characters.—Size a trifle larger than pallidus; coloration much 
paler; tail very long. 

Cranial characters.—Skull similar to that of pallidus, but slightly larger 
and heavier. 

Color.—Breeding pelage (May and June): Median dorsal stripe blackish, 
with a slight admixture of ochraceous; lateral stripes pale ochraceous buff, 
with an olivaceous tinge. Dorsal pair of light stripes cream gray, lateral 
pair white. Facial stripes pale buffy ochraceous. Ears pale, lacking ochra- 
ceous of fall specimens. Forehead gray. Sides and back of neck, sides of 
body and flanks grayish white, with a trace of buff. Feet and rump grayish 
white, underparts pure white. Under surface of tail cream color, with a 
narrow black submarginal band; side hairs tipped with white. Hairs on 
upper surface of tail broadly white at base, then banded with black, and 
apically white, producing a mixed black and white effect. 

A June male from Corral Draw (No. 224%, Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 
June 9, 1894, W. W. Granger) is commencing to assume the fresh autumn 
coat on head and shoulders ; while the back and rump present the extreme 
phase of worn winter pelage, being faded and bleached until the stripes are 
scarcely discernible. Fresh postbreeding pelage (August and September): 
Median dorsal stripe dark tawny ochraceous, becoming blackish toward 
rump; lateral stripes tawny ochraceous. Dorsal pair of light stripes grayish 
white; lateral pair broader, pure white. Dark facial stripes ochraceous, 
weakly indicated in palest examples. Anterior portion of ears bright 
ochraceous. Forehead mixed gray and ochraceous, or plain gray. Post- 
auricular spots large and white. Sides and back of neck (except dorsal 
stripe), sides of body, and flanks washed with creamy buff, or a very pale 
ochraceous in darkest individuals.. Upper surfaces of feet grayish white 
to creamy white. Under surface of tail varying from clay color to cream 
buff, the black submarginal band narrow. Hairs on upper surface of tail 
basally and apically cream buff, the median zone black. 

Comparable specimens of /. pallidus in postbreeding pelage have the 
sides more strongly ochraceous, the dorsal and lateral stripes much darker, 
and the under surface of tail ochraceous. 

Measurements.—Average of four adult males from type locality: Total 
length, 216.5 (210-225) ; tail vertebrae, 103.3 (97-110) ; hind foot, 34.5 (34- 
35). Type: Total length, 210; tail vertebrae, 100; hind foot, 34. Average 
cranial measurements: Occipito-nasal length, 32.5; basilar length of 
Hensel, 24.9; zygomatic breadth, 18.4; greatest breadth of braincase, 16. 
Type: 32.3; 24.4; 17.6; 15.6. 

Specimens examined.—Total number, 32, all from South Dakota, as follows : 


90 Cary—Identity of Eutamias pallidus (Allen). 


Corral Draw (near Sheep Mountain) 12 (Coll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., W. W. 
Granger) ; Cheyenne River Bad Lands 12, and ‘*‘ Mauvaises Terres ” 1 (Coll. 
U. S. Nat. Mus., L. Stejneger and F. V. Hayden, respectively) ; Sheep 
Mountain 7 (Biol. Surv. Coll., Merritt Cary). 

Remarks.—So far as at present known, this beautiful chipmunk, which is 
by far the palest member of the genus, occurs only in the Big Bad Lands 
of western South Dakota, and the Hat Creek Basin Bad Lands of extreme 
northwestern Nebraska *—the Muuvuises Terres of the French voyageurs. 
The extreme pallor of coloration is manifestly due to environment. The 
white, alkaline soil, which supports scarcely a vestige of vegetation over 
large areas, exerts a strong bleaching effect upon the few mammals re- 
stricted to the Bad Lands. The most marked instance of this among 
mammals, aside from chipmunks, is Neoloma rupicola, the palest wood-rat, 
which occurs only among the Bad Lands. 


* While collecting in the Hat Creek Basin in 1901, the writer often saw very pale 
chipmunks in the Bad Lands of that region, but unfortunately collected no specimens. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 91-92 June 4, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW CRAB FROM DOMINICA, 
WEST INDIES. 


BY MARY J. RATHBUN. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


Among a number of crustaceans sent to the United States 
National Museum by Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill, for determination, 
there is a new species of Catometopa, as follows: 


Pseudorhombila octodentata sp. nov. 

Type.—Male, dried. Dominica. A. Hyatt Verrill, collector, Cat. No. 
32,690, U. S. National Museum. 

Characters.—Carapace very convex fore and aft, regions indistinctly 
defined, surface closely set with flattened granules. Front subtruncate, a 
V-shaped median notch, a rounded lobe at outer angle. Antero-lateral 
teeth four (orbital angle excluded); the first small, separated from the orbit 
by a long straight interval; second tooth widest, third and fourth most 
acute, the third the larger, the fourth the most projecting. 

Left cheliped missing; right one strong, covered with fine reticulated 
granulation ; merus projecting little beyond the body, a strong subtermi- 
nal tooth above; carpus subquadrate, with a conspicuous tooth at inner 
angle, and the outermost portion tuberculate; palm nearly twice as long as 
high, widening distally; dactylus as long as palm; both fingers strongly 
deflexed, not gaping, tips curved and overlapping. 

Ambulatory legs long and narrow; meral joints granulate above and be- 
low, carpal joints above; some small superior spines on themerus. Dactyli 
with two fringes of long hair. 

The second segment of the abdomen leaves exposed a large piece of the 
sternum on either side; third to fifth segments fused. 

Measurements.—Length, 33.3; width, 46.1; fronto-orbital width, 24.7; 
width of front, 12.9; length of propodus of right cheliped, 39; length of 
merus of third ambulatory leg, 26.5 mm. 

Remarks.—This species is very like P. quadridentata (Latreille) Milne 
Edwards,* a cotype of which is in the United States National Museum, but 
the latter has a more uneven carapace, fewer antero-lateral teeth in the 


male, and a longer postero-lateral margin. 
1 t lastit 4 
sansonlt@ ' Ub 
a 


"20 1907 


* Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 59, 1837. 
20—Proc. BIOL, Soc. WasH., VoL. XIX, 1906. 


Nations! at 


VoL. XIX, pp. 93-94 | JUNE 4, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW QUERQUEDULA. 


BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER. 


A single specimen of a teal from Lake Titicaca, Peru, some 
time since acquired by the United States National Museum, ap- 
pears to belong to an undescribed species which may be ealled 


Querquedula orinomus sp. nov. 


Chars. sp—Similar to Querquedula. cyanoptera, but very much larger ; 
rump and upper tail-coverts considerably barred with buff or ochraceous ; 
chin without a trace of blackish. (In Querquedula cyanoptera the chin is 
rarely, if ever, entirely without a suffusion of blackish, and usually has 
much of this; the rump and upper fail-coverts have little if any indica- 
tion of light bars, sometimes none.) 

Description —Type, adult male, No. 150,110, U. S.N. M.; Puna, Lake 
Titicaca, Peru ; altitude 12,550 feet; A. J. Norris. Head, neck all around, 
upper back, scapulars, and all the lower parts excepting the under tail- 
coverts rich red brown, between chestnut and burnt sienna, duller on the 
abdomen ; center of crown and forehead black, the upper back, scapulars, 
and flanks spotted and irregularly barred with black; back, rump, and 
upper tail-coverts olive brown, rather lighter on the upper tail-coverts, and 
everywhere with broad edgings and irregularly crescentic, often imperfect, 
bars of paler on at least the terminal portion of the feathers, these bars broad 
and chestnut or rufous on middle back, almost obsolete or reduced to me- 
dian spots on upper rump and lower back, narrow and buff or ochraceous 
on lower rump and superior tail-coverts; central tail-feathers olive brown, 
the others fuscous, and all narrowly margined externally with buffy, 
the outermost with ochraceous; lower tail-coverts brownish black with a 
purplish tinge and somewhat mixed with chestnut; primary quills and 
primary coverts fuscous with a greenish sheen on exposed portions; sec- 
ondaries fuscous narrowly tipped with whitish, their exposed portions (the 
distal part of outer webs) bright metallic grass green; greater-coverts with 
a wide terminal band of white; lesser and median coverts light grayish 
blue; lining of wing grayish brown externally, pure white internally. 

This giant edition of Querqiuedula cyanoptera apparently represents that 
species in the region about Lake Titicaca, if not also throughout the Andean 
plateau, to which, however, it is probably confined. It needs comparison 


21—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., VoL. XTX, 1906. (93) 
eenqonten ashhiug 
es % 


f 


( SUN 20 1007 
\ Nations! a 


94 Oberholser—Description of a New Querquedula. 


with no other species, and bears much the same relation to Q. cyanoptera 
that Querquedula puna does to Q. versicolor. Strangely enough, Querque- 
dula cyanoptera, despite the vastness of-its range,—from British Columbia 
to the Falkland Islands,—seems to be indivisible into races, since there is 
no difference that we can discover in either size or color between birds 
from the United States and those from Chile or the Argentine Republic. 

The great contrast in size that characterizes this new species is evident 
from the following millimeter measurements of adult males: 


Querquedula orinomus. 


Locality. Date. Wing. | Tait. | Exposed Tare a 
Puna, Lake Titicaca, Peru ..|..... phe gag. gg | 46 | 365 | 47 
Querquedula cyanoptera. 
Locality. Date. Wing. | Tait. ee py | Tarsus. os es 
Conchitas, Buenos Aires, Ar- 
gentine Republic ..... October, 1867 | 191. 77 43.5 34. 42. 
Santiago, Chile ....... June, 1864 190.5 81 45.5 33. 42.5 
a aT ye a _.| October, 1862 | 194.5 82 43. 82.5 41, 
Seven Wells, Salton. River, 
Lower California ..... April 18, 1894 186. 76 44.5 34. 42. 
Colorado River, Sonora . . .| March 25, 1894| 194. 75 44. 32; 43. 
UOTAIE ie Se haere EN Er et Penis) PR Go 78.2 44.1 33.1 42.1 


VoL. XIX, pp. 95-98 : JUNE 4, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


GENERAL NOTES. 


ON MEPHITIS OLIDA BOITARD. 


In “ General Notes” of this publication (1906, p. 45) Mr. A. Howell has 
objected to the employment of the name Mephitis olida Boitard in the Check 
List of Mammals, and argues that putida Boitard is the correct one to be 
adopted. This last name was rejected in the work above cited because 
putida Cuvier is indeterminable, therefore has no standing and may not be 
employed. In support of this view of the case, reference was made in a 
footnote to Dr. J. A. Allen’s unanswerable argument in his paper published 
in these Proceedings (1902, p. 66), which Mr. Howell seems to have over- 
looked or forgotten. Uutil he is able to controvert successfully Dr. 
Allen’s criticism, olida Boitard for the eastern skunk is likely to stand. 

—D. G. Elliot. 


CHANGE OF NAME. 


My attention has just been directed by Prof. Theo. D. A. Cockerell to 
the fact that in my “ Fossil Plants of the Judith River Beds” (Bull. U. S. 
Geol. Surv., No. 257, 1905, p. 143, pl. X VII, fig. 6) my Quercus montana is a 
homonym of the living Q. montana Willd., Sp. Pl, 1805. This requires that 
the fossil species be given a new name and I propose for it the designation 

* Quercus Hatcheri, in honor of the late Prof. J. B. Hatcher, who was present 
when it was collected.—F. H. Knowlton. 


TYPE OF THE GENUS PRONOLAGUS. 


In my Classification of the Hares and their Allies (Smithsonian Miscell. 
Coll. XLV, p. 416, June 15, 1904) I based the description of the genus Pro- 
nolagus on the skeleton of a hare from South Africa, No. 22,972, United 
States National Museum, erroneously identified as Lepus crassicaudatus 
Geoffroy and designated that species as the type of thenew genus. Messrs. 
Thomas and Schwann (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1905, Vol. I, pp. 272-5, 
pl. XVI, August 10, 1905) have shown that the specimen I called Prono- 
lagus crassicaudatus (Geoffroy) is an example of Pronolagus ruddi Thomas 
and Schwann, so that the type of the genus Pronolagus should stand as 
Pronolagus crassicaudatus Lyon (not Geoffroy) = Pronolagus ruddi Thomas 
and Schwann.—Marcus W. Lyon, Jr. cite 

'22—Proc. Biot. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (95) 


Nationa Huee™ 


96 General Notes. 


NEW NAMES FOR TWO RECENTLY DESCRIBED GENERA OF 
PLANTS.* 

Through the kindness of Oswald H. Sargent of York, West Australia, 
my attention has been called to the fact that my Harperia is a homonym, 
Mr. W. V. Fitzgerald having recently published the name for a new genus 
of Baloskionaceae. His description appeared in the first number of a new 
journal started in West Australia. This journal, of which only one part 
seems to have been issued, has been overlooked by me, as by the Interna- 
tional Catalogue of Scientific Literature and the Botanisches Centralblatt. 
For the name Harperia asubstitute is proposed such as to conform to botan- 
ical usage and still to carry out my desire to honor the collector, Roland M. 
Harper. This genus belongs to the Apiaceae or Umbelliferae. 

The name Donnellia was used fora genus of mosses more than twenty- 
five years ago, which of course precludes the use of it as recently proposed 
by Mr. C. B. Clark for a genus of Commelinaceae. The substitute for 
this name is likewise so chosen as still to commemorate the name of 
Captain John Donnell Smith, who has done such admirable work on the 
Central American flora. 

Harperella_ Rose. 
Harperia Rose, Proc. Nat. Mus. 29: 441. 1905, not Harperia Fitzgerald, 
Journ. West Australian Nat. Hist. Soc. [1]: 34. 1904. 
Harperella nodosa Rose. 

Harperia nodosa Rose, Proc. Nat. Mus. 29: 441. 1905. 

The type sheet is No. 514,914 in the U. 8. National Herbarium. 

Heretofore this species has been known only from two localities in Geor- 
gia. In 1905 Mr. Harper discovered the plant at two stations in Alabama 
as follows: 

Rocky bed of Town Creek on Sand Mountains near Chavres, De Kalb 

County, November 24, 1905 (No. 8). 
Rocky bed of Little River on Lookout Mountain, De Kalb County, No- 
vember 25, 1905 (No. 14). 


Neodonnellia Rose. 
Donnellia Clark, Bot. Gaz. 33: 261. p/. 11, not Donnellia Austin, Bull. Torr. 
Club 7: 15. 1880. 
Neodonnellia grandiflora (Donnell-Smith) Rose. 
Callesia grandiflora Donnell-Smith, Bot. Gaz. 31: 125. 1901. 
Donnellia grandiflora Clark, Bot. Gaz. 33: 261. pl. 11. 1902. 
—J. N. Rose. 


A BAT NEW TO THE UNITED STATES. 


_ Dr. C. Hart Merriam has recently submitted to me for identification a 
leaf-nosed bat taken by Mr. Philip Waughtall in the Chiricahua Mount- 
ains, eight miles west of Paradise, Arizona, August 17, 1904. The speci- 
men (No. 134,442, United States National Museum, Biological Survey 
collection ) represents a species and genus, Chewronycteris mexicana Tschudi, 
not hitherto found in the United States.— Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 


* Published with the permission of the Acting Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


General Notes. 97 
AMMOMYS AND OTHER COMPOUNDS OF MYS. 


Ina paper “ On the Generic Arrangement of the Australian Rats hitherto 
referred to Conilurus,” Thomas has established a new genus under the name 
Ammomys, taking as type Mus hirsutus Gould (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th 
ser., X VII, p. 84, Jan., 1906). Ammomys was originally proposed as a gen- 
eric name 75 years ago by Bonaparte, who applied it, in 1831, to the pine 
mouse of the United States now placed in the subgenus Pitymys. It is 
consequently not available for any other group and especially for a second 
genus in the same family. The group of Australian jerboa-rats of which 
M. hirsutus is the type and which Thomas has shown to be closely related 
to Notomys may therefore be known as Mesembriomys* in allusion to its 
southern habitat. 

In my ‘‘ Index Generum Mammalium ” (N. Am. Fauna, No. 23, p. 55) 
I listed about 350 compounds of “is which had been published prior to 
1904, and called attention to the fact that nearly eight per cent of all the 
generic names of mammals were compounds of this word. A number of 
additions have since been made to the list so that the total number is now 
probably not far from 400. The effort to coin names with reference to some 
special meaning has been responsible for several cases of duplication and 
also for several terms of identical meaning as Ammomys and Psammomys 
for sand mouse, Pitymys and Pinemys for pine mouse, and Nolomys and 
Notiomys for southern mouse. Although the number of possible compounds 
has by no means been exhausted, it is evident that the chances of dupli- 
cation are very great and hence it is important to take every precaution to 
ascertain before publication whether proposed names have already ap- 
peared in print.—T7. S. Palmer. 


* weonuBpla, south; “0s, mouse. 


ips BB a 
rere eee ey 
Ges : 


VoL. XIX, pp. 99-100 JuLy 30, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW MANGROVE CRABS 
FROM COSTA RICA. 


BY MARY J. RATHBUN. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


Prof. J. Fid. Tristan and Prof. P. Biolley of San José are 
making a study of the fauna of the mangroves of Costa Rica, and 
have submitted the crabs to me for examination. Three new 
species have been discovered, the types of which have generously 
been given to the U. S. National Museum. 


Sesarma (Sesarma) rhizophore sp. nov. 


Type.—Male, in alcohol. Boca del Jesus Maria, in the mud of mangroves, 
January, 1906. J. Fid. Tristan and P. Biolley, collectors. Cat. No. 32,491, 
U.S. National Museum. 

Characters.—Carapace 4 as long as wide, short-pubescent, smooth, punc- 
tate, very convex longitudinally, less sd transversely. Front more than $ 
width of carapace, steeply inclined, sides parallel, lower edge sinuous in 
top view, convex in front view, superior lobes smooth, low, outer pair nar- 
rower than inner pair. Orbital margin directed strongly backward and 
outward, with a curved tooth at outer angle, behind which on the lateral 
margin there is a second strong tooth separated from the first by a deep 
sinus. 

Arm and wrist crossed by short granulated rugze; palms coarsely punc- 
tate, upper margin a single line of granules, inner surface partly granu- 
lous, some oblique lines near the top; dactylus punctate at base and with 
a granulate line above on the basal half. Legs pubescent, with some 
longer hairs, third pair about 2} times as long as carapace; merus joints 
armed with a slender subterminal spine; dactyli having a long slender 
tip; merus of third pair about 23 times as long as wide. 

Abdomen of <' narrow except at its base; appendages of first segment 
ending in long needle-like points. 

Measurements.—Length, 10.9; anterior width, 13; width at lateral tooth, 
13.7; posterior width, 12.8; width of front, 7.5 mm. 

Remarks.—This is the representative on the Pacific coast of S. cwracao- 
ense de Man*, in which, however, the legs are much shorter and broader, 
meral spines shorter and stouter, abdomen of < broader, appendages of 
first segment stouter and devoid of slender tips. 

* Notes Leyden Mus., XIV, p. 257, pl. X, fig. 6, 1892. 

23—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WasH., VOL. XIX, 1906. (99) 


( JUN 2! 
National HoOS 


100 Rathbun—Three New Mangrove Crabs from Costa Rica. 


Sesarma (Holometopus) biolleyi sp. nov. 


Type.—Male, in alcohol. Salinas de Caldera, Boca del Jesus Maria, Jan- 
uary, 1906. J. Fid. Tristan and P. Biolley, collectors. Cat. No. 32,490, U.S. 
National Museum. 

Characters.—Carapace a little broader than long, and broader behind 
than before, very uneven, granulate anteriorly, punctate and wrinkled 
posteriorly, nearly naked. Front 4 width of carapace, vertical, widening 
below, lower edge projecting, convex in front view. Superior lobes well 
marked, the middle pair wider. Upper margin of orbit sinuous, very 
oblique, outer tooth acuminate. 

Chelipeds rugose, the rugee changing to single granules or tubercles on 
the distal half of the palms; the latter much inflated, inner face sparingly 
granulous, a transverse row of granules near the distal end. Dactyli very 
broad at base viewed from above and granulous. Legs long and narrow, 
third pair 23 times as long as carapace, its merus 3 times as long as wide. 

Measurements.—Length, 19.1; anterior width, 20.2; posterior width, 21 ; 
width of front above, 11.3 mm. 

Remarks.—Allied to S. (#.) miersii Rathbun,* but differs in its carapace 
narrower anteriorly, upper border of orbit inclined more strongly back- 
ward, front wider, and ambulatory legs much longer and narrower. Oc- 
curred in abundance at the type locality. 


Eurytium tristani sp. nov. 


Type.—Male, in alcohol. Boca del Jesus Maria, hidden in the fine mud 
of rotten trees. J. Fid. Tristan and P. Biolley, collectors. Cat. No. 32,366, 
U.S. National Museum. 

Characters.—Carapace slightly convex from side to side, strongly convex 
from front to back. Gastric region with its subdivisions and cardiac 
region well delimited. Surface finely granulate, without transverse striz. 
Front } as wide as carapace, bilobed, each lobe convex except for an incon- 
_spicuous outer tooth. Two distinct notches in the upper border of the 
orbit; tooth at outer angle blunt, prominent, and partly fused with the 
next or second lateral tooth which is nearly as advanced as the first and 
slightly larger ; third, fourth and fifth teeth prominent, with convex outer 
margins; anterior border of third tooth straight and transverse, of fourth 
and fifth teeth concaye and directed outward and backward. Lower teeth 
of orbit strongly projecting. Merus of outer maxilliped not dilated at outer 
angle. Chelipeds and legs as in E. limosum (Say). t 

Measurements.—Length, 18; width, 28.2 mm. 

Color.—Traces of violet on upper surface of chelipeds and of red on upper 
surface of movable finger. 

Remarks.—This species resembles E. limosum in its convexity but differs 
in the cut of the front and antero-lateral teeth; E. affine (Streets and 
Kingsley) { is a much flatter species with inconspicuous side teeth. 


* Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XI, p. 91, 1897. _ 
+Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., I, p. 446, 1817.’ 
{ Bull. Essex Inst., IX, p. 106, 1877. 


VoL. XIX, pp. 101-112 . Juty 30, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA AND CHIRIQUI, 
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FORMS AND 
NEW RECORDS FOR COSTA RICA. 


BY OUTRAM BANGS. 


In the spring of 1905 while Mr. Robert Ridgway was in Costa 
Rica, Mr. C. F. Underwood offered him for sale his entire col- 
lection of birds. Mr. Ridgway at once wrote to John E. Thayer, 
Esq., and myself, setting forth the great advantage it would be 
to American ornithologists to have this collection come to the 
United States. Mr. Thayer at once bought the collection and 
in due time it was packed and shipped to us. It consisted of 
3,365 skins, representing about 611 species and subspecies — 
mostly from Costa Rica, though a few came from Guatemala. 
The collection had been kept by Underwood as a sort of type 
series from which he might name specimens he secured, and 
many of the skins had been identified by Salvin, the labels 
bearing names and notes in his handwriting. Besides contain- 
ing representatives of most of the rarer Costa Rican species the 
collection is rich in young birds in nestling plumage, and where. 
the series of a species is large, specimens both in freshly moulted 
plumage and in worn, abraded condition can be found. The 
dates on the labels cover nearly a score of years, and the col- 
lection is the result of Underwood’s laying aside the better 
things secured by him during this period. Such a collection is 
invaluable. . 

Mr. Thayer turned the whole lot over to me for identification, 
and with help here and there from Ridgway, Nelson, Oberholser, 
Richmond, and Riley, I have at last finished the work, which, 
as usual, took a much longer time than I anticipated. At first 
Mr. Thayer was undecided what to.do with the collection, but, 


noticing from time to time the great interest I took in it, finally, 
24—Proc. Brot, Soc. WasH., VoL. XIX, 1906. 


102 Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqut. 


with his accustomed generosity, told me to keep a series for my 
own collection and to arrange the duplicates for exchange— 
probably with the National Museum. 

As was to be expected there proved to be several new forms 
and several new records for Costa Rica in the Underwood collec- 
lection, besides which the fine material from the neighboring 
country gave me an opportunity for comparison of Chiriqui 
birds—collected by Brown—that I never before had had, result- 
ing in the discovery among them of one or two new forms. 

The following notes and descriptions are the results of my 
work on the Underwood collection, which also meant going over 
again all of Brown’s Chiriqui collections. 


Botaurus lentiginosus (Mont.). 


One Q taken at Reventazon, November 5, 1899; appears to be the first 
Costa Rican record for the species. 


Ereunetes pusillus (Linn.). 


Gua 2 from vicinity of San José, September 15, 1898, adds this species 
to the Costa Rican ornis. 


Heteropygia bairdi (Coues). 


_ Baird’s sandpiper must also be given a place in the Costa Rican ornis, 
on the strength of one 9 taken by Underwood at Cerro de la Candelaria, 
near Hscazti in October, 1900. 


Leptotila cassini vinaceiventris (Ridg.). 


In the Underwood collection are two doves, both adult males, labeled 
Leptotila cassini, one of them so identified by Salvin, one from Volcan Mi- 
ravalles, September 14, 1895, the other from Juan Vinas, March 20, 1902. 
The Miravalles specimen is:typical vinaceiventris, exactly matching Hon- 
duras examples. The Juan Vinas bird is not quite typical, approaching 
cassini in its grayer breast and slightly darker and more lustrous upper 
parts. Compared, however, with a pretty extensive series it seems rather 
nearer to vinaceiventris than to cassini. 


Geotrygon costaricensis Lawr. 


In 1902* I recorded G'eotrygon costaricensis from the Volcan de Chiriqui, 
on the strength of four adults taken there by W. W. Brown, Jr. 

I was somewhat surprised a little later to see my record discredited in 
Biologia Centrali-A mericana,t where my Chiriqui specimens are referred to 
G. lawrencet Salvin, and this done without seeing my skins or even writing 


* Proc. New. Eng. Zoi). Club, Vol. III, p. 24, Jan. 30, 1902. 
+ Vol. 3, p. 266, 1897-1904. 


Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 103 


to me toask if I had made a mistake! My identification was correct, and 
the birds from the Volcan de Chiriqui are true G. costaricensis, differing in 
no wise from Costa Rican specimens. 

The Underwood collection contains a splendid series of Geotrygon which 
includes all the species known from Costa Rica—Geotrygon albiventer, G. 
montana, G.veraguensis, G. lawrencei, G. costaricensis and G. chiriquensis. I 
think it would be difficult to select more inapplicable names than vera- 
guensis, costaricensis and chiriquensis, which three of these doves are doomed 
to bear, misleading any one not familiar with the birds to suppose they 
were local forms, confined each to the country the name of which it bears. 


Pyrrhura hoffmanni gaudens subsp. nov. 


Type from Boquete, Chiriqui. G adult, No. 9117, coll. of E. A. and O. 
Bangs. Collected March 3, 1901, by W. W. Brown, Jr. 

Characters.—Similar to true P. hoffmanni of Costa Rica, except in having 
the feathers of top of head—especially the occiput—more or less tipped 
with red and with red shafts; underparts slightly darker green—less 
yellowish green. ; 


MEASUREMENTS. 

No. | Sex. Locality. Wing. | Tall, | 28" | Oa 
9117 | o'ad.| Chiriqui, Boquete. . . . . . .| 188 | 112 | 18.5] 19 
9116 | oad. do. poi t pues SP Leb ea 1S. 1: ISG 
9115 | Qad. do. Ree ae ee, ae (om GB § es Aa 20. 
9125 | Qad. do. Si a bP SO 13°} 19 


In Catalogue of Birds in British Museum, XX, p. 230, Salvadori noticed 
this difference between Costa Rican and Veraguan specimens of P. hoff- 
manni. When I compared Brown’s Chiriqui birds, twenty-seven in num- 
ber, with the Costa Rican material in the U. 8. National Museum I was 
of opinion that it was not a constant difference, as there was in that insti- 
tution one Costa Rican skin with some red tips to the feathers of the nape, 
and I had one skin from Chiriqui that had none of the usual red tipping. 
I find on closer inspection that this latter bird is young—not full grown— 
and even the yellow markings of the head are ill defined. All the skins 
in the Underwood collection are without a trace of these red-tipped feath- 
ers, and the one Costa Rican specimen, before referred to, is the only one 
to show anything of the sort. It has the red-tipped feathers and red 
shafts developed about as much as in Chiriqui skins that show such mark- 
ings the least. Chiriqui skins usually, also, have more yellow on the crown 
than Costa Rican ones, and slight as the differences are it seems best to 
recognize two subspecies. I for one do not hold that subspecific characters 
must be absolutely constant. In this very case I do not think that one 
Costa Rican specimen, out of the large number examined, showing the char- 
acters of the southern form, should be considered to disprove the existence 
of such a form. 


104 Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 


The two subspecies of Pyrrhura hoffmanni are easily recognized by the 
Costa Rican true hoffmanni being without red tips and shafts to the feathers 
of nape and crown (one skin only out of a large number examined show- 
ing any) and the Chiriqui form, gaudens, having always, when adult, such 
red markings, often very conspicuously developed. 


Eumomota superciliaris australis subsp. nov. 


Type from Bebedero, Costa Rica. co adult, No. 16,499, coll. of E. A. and 
O. Bangs. Collected February 11, 1899, by C. F. Underwood. 

Characters.—Similar to true E. superciliaris, but paler in color throughout, 
blue color of wings and tail much paler, more greenish blue; superciliaries 
chiefly whitish or very pale blue; cinnamon-rufous of middle of back and 
belly paler, particularly so on belly; and wings quite different in charac- 
ter, the primaries much shorter in proportion to secondaries, so that the 
secondaries reach nearly to the wing tip; black tips of tertials and second- 
aries much shorter. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
No. Sex. Locality. Wing.| Tail. | Tarsus. —— 
16,499 | Gad. | Bebedero,C.R.. .... 109 | 200 21 ike 
16,500 | 9 ad. A are eae uae 107 | 181 20 x 


The Underwood collection contained but two skins of this bird,—which is 
I believe rare and local in Costa Rica,—both from Bebedero, the type, 
an adult male taken February 11, 1890, and an adult female, September 
11, 1893. These two are alike in all important points, and differ very 
much from any northern specimen—I have examined a score or more—in 
the very peculiar wing with the secondaries and tertials reaching almost to 
the wing tip, instead of falling far back of it. The short black ends of 
the tertials and secondaries and the generally paler and duller coloring 
of the southern bird are also striking characters, and if other Costa Rican 
examples prove like my two I believe this southern extreme will be found 
to be more than subspecifically different from the northern true E. super- 
ciliaris (Sandbach). 

Crypticus apiaster Lesson, Rey. Zool. 1842, p. 174, was described from 
“San Carlos Americe Centralis, Oceani Pacifici.” As every Central Amer- 
ican State except British Honduras has a town in it called San Carlos, I 
am at a loss to tell just whence Lesson’s type came. There is nothing in 
the description to indicate that the bird differed in any way from true 
Eumomota superciliaris, and I am forced to regard Lesson’s name as a syno- 
nym of the northern form. 


Saucerottea cyanura impatiens subsp. nov. 


Tupe (and only specimen) from San Pedro, Costa Rica, fully adult , 
No. 16,684, coll. of E. A. and O. Bangs. Collected October, 1904, by C. F. 
Underwood. 


Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqut. 105 


. Characters.—Similar to true S. eyanura (Gould), but larger with shorter 
bill; head, back and breast darker green; under tail coverts dull steel blue 
edged with rich ferruginous—the under tail coverts in true S. cyanura are 
edged with pale grayish. 

Measurements.—T ype, old adult &: Wing, 54; tail, 28; culmen, 18. 

Compared with S. sophix (Boure. & Muls.), the common Costa Rican 
species, the new bird is at once distinguished by its more glittering green 
crown, rusty instead of grayish edges to under tail coverts and wholly 
different wing with conspicuous chestnut patches in it, and lined with 
chestnut. 

The type locality of Saucerottea cyanura (Gould) is Realejo, Nicaragua, 
near the Pacific coast in the northwestern part of the republic. I have 
seen no specimens from this immediate region, but have compared the one 
Costa Rican skin with three from the boundary line between Honduras 
and Nicaragua, 180 miles from Pacific coast, and one from Guatemala. 
Gould’s figure and description of the type agree minutely with these four 
skins, and not at all with the type of my new form from Costa Rica. 

Apparently S. cyanura impatiens is an extremely rare bird, the type 
being the only individual Underwood ever saw; but it must be borne in 
mind that the ornis of much of Custa Rica remains still unknown. Many 
tropical American birds are exceedingly local, though perhaps common in 
certain spots, and this hummer may yet be found in numbers somewhere. 


Oreopyra. 


Salvin in Cat. of Birds in British Museum and Hartert in Trochilide, 
both allow four forms to the genus of humming-birds, Oreopyra, confined 
to Costa Rica, Chiriqui and Veragua. Salvin gives these all specific rank 
while Hartert allows two species and two subspecies. . 

With the specimens in the Underwood collection and those taken by 
W.W. Brown, Jr., on the Volcan de Chiriqui combined, I have before me 
a series of upwards of 200 skins, representing three of the four recognized 
forms. A critical study of this large amount of material has induced me 
to alter somewhat the arrangement of the species and subspecies as adopted 
by Hartert, which was as follows— 


la. Oreopyra leucaspis leucaspis Gould. Chiriqui. 

1b. O. leucaspis cinereicauda Lawr. Costa Rica. 
2a, O. calolema calolema Saly. Costa Rica and western Panama. 
2b. O. calolzema pectoralis Salvy. Costa Rica. 


The females of all are practically alike (I can tell none of them). 0. leu- 
cuspis and O, calolema are distinguished by the male of the former having 
a white and the male of the latter a violet throat. O. cinereicauda, how- 
ever, is quite distinct in that the male has a gray tail (the others having it 
steel blue) and a much bluer, less greenish crown. 0. pectoralis—a form I 
have not seen—I should judge to have been based on abnormal specimens 


106 Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 


of O. calolema calolema faded or discolored by some change in the feath- 
ers, as it is said to differ only in its breast being darker, and when viewed 
from in front nearly black. Especially as Hartert says it occurs with true 
O. calolema in several parts of Costa Rica. At all events, Underwood did 
not have a specimen in his collection, and it is with the other three forms 
that I have to deal. 

The first point to be decided is whether or not the white throat of leu- 
caspis as against the violet throat of calolema is a specific or subspecific 
character, or even a character at all, and I must confess that even the large 
amount of material I have examined does not satisfy me on this point. 
The series taken on the Volcan de Chiriqui by Brown contained but one 
individual with a violet throat; all the others have the throat mostly white ; 
close inspection, however, shows that there are some violet-tipped feathers 
at the edge of the white patch in nearly every one of these white-throated 
birds. Among the Costa Rican skins of O. calolemu I find none but violet- 
throated birds. These are mostly from Irazti and Cerro de la Candelaria. 
O. cinereicauda, that occurs chiefly (if not exclusively) in the Dota Moun- 
tains in central Costa Rica, between the Volcan de Chiriqui and Irazii and 
the Cerro de la Candelaria, lias the throat usually mixed violet and white; 
out of 63 males, 33 have the throat violet and white mixed, in some nearly 
half and half, and 30 have plain white throats. Otherwise cinereicauda is 
not in the least intermediate between calolema and leucaspis, but differs 
widely from both in its gray tail and bluer crown. 

Examining the feathers of the throat carefully, we find them in the 
white-throated specimens to be gray at base then pure white to ends, in 
both leucaspis and cinereicauda. In the one violet-throated bird from the 
Volcan de Chiriqui, the feathers are gray at base, then white in middle 
and merely tipped with violet. In calolema from Costa Rica the gray 
bases of the feathers extend upwards to the violet tips and there is no 
white middle part to the feathers of thethroat. I therefore think that the 
violet-throated birds (either with the throat wholly or partially violet) from 
Chiriqui are merely cases of extreme individual variation of O. lewcaspis. 

White-throated examples with steel blue tails, 7. ¢., O. lewcaspis, are only 
known from the Volcan de Chiriqui, and even here some examples have 
the throat violet. As I have said before, however, ali Costa Rican skins 
have the throat violet. 

I have seen no specimens from the Veraguan Ranges. Salvin, however, 

records violet-throated birds from the western ranges— Cordillera del 
Chucu, Cordillera de Tolé, ete——which he calls, together with the violet- 
throated ones from Volcan de Chiriqui, O. calolema. I am unable to say 
if these have white below the violet, or if they are like Costa Rican speci- 
mens and have the gray of the bases of the feathers extended upward and 
meeting the violet tips; probably they are calolema. In my opinion 0. 
¢calolema and O. leucaspis are exceedingly closely related forms, differing 
in extreme cases in one having a violet and the other a white throat, but 
in many instances only to be told apart by one having white below the 
violet tips of the feathers of the throat and the other gray, and I should 
treat them only as subspecies at the best. 


Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 107 


O. cinereicaudu seems to be a perfectly distinct species. T'rochilus castan- 
eoventris Gould is, furthermore, the name by which the bird of the Volcan 
de Chiriqui, which I have called throughout this article, for the sake of 
clearness, O. leucaspis, must be known. It was based on a female bird from 
the Cordillera of Chiriqui, and is the earliest name for any member of the 
genus. I should therefore arrange the forms as follows: 


Oreopyra castaneoventris castaneoventris (Gould.) Volcan de Chiriqui. 

O. castaneoventris calolema (Salv.) Costa Rica; Irazti, Cerro de la Candel- 
aria, Dota Mts. (one skin in Underwood coll.), ete. South to western 
ranges of Veragua. 

(O. pectoralis Salv. A doubtfully valid form, occurring with O. c¢. calolema 
in several parts of Costa Rica, the alleged differences probably being 
due to fading or to some aberrant difference in structure of the 
feathers.) 

O. cinereicauda, Lawr. Central Costa Rica. Dota Mts. 


Melanerpes wagleri Salv. & Godm. 


In the Underwood collection is one young male of this species, taken at 
Pozo Azul, July 9,1903. This is I believe the first time the bird has béen 
recorded from Costa Rica, where the place of this Panaman form is taken 
by Melanerpes hoffmanni. 


Hypocnemis nzvioides capnitis subsp. nov. 


Type from Volcan Miravalles, Costa Rica. G' adult. No. 17,048, coll. of 
E. A. and O. Bangs. Collected October 16, 1895, by C. F. Underwood. 

Characters.—Similar to H. nevivides* (from Panama) except that the 
adult o has the whole sides and flanks slate color. (In true H. nxvioides 
(Lafr.) the sides are whitish tinged with pale gray, and flanks pale grayish 
brown). 

The adult 9 of the new form has the sides and flanks darker, duller 
brown, and the back deeper chestnut, than in true H. nxvioides. 


MEASUREMENTS, 
No. Sex. Locality. Wing.| Tail. | Tarsus. 7S wit 
17,048 | ciad. | Miravalles,C.R. ....| 61 31 24 17 
arte) SF Rt Camere Oe og ek 59 32 22 17 


Mr. W. W. Brown, Jr., took’‘examples of true H. nxvioides (Lafr.) at Loma 
del Leon, and near Panama City, Panama, but did not meet with the 
species anywhere in Chiriqui, and so far as I am aware H. nevioides has 
never been recorded from Veragua or Chiriqui, there being, apparently, a 
gap between the ranges of the Costa Rican and Panaman forms. 


* Type locality, Pasto, southwestern Colombia. 


108 - Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqut. 


Xenicopsis variegaticeps idoneus subsp. nov. 


Type from Boquete, Chiriqui. Adult o. No. 8948, coll. of E. A. and O. 
Bangs. Collected March 4, 1901, by W. W. Brown, Jr. 

Characters.—Similar in size and proportions to true Xenicopsis varicegaticeps 
Sel. of Costa Rica.to southern Mexico (type locality, southern Mexico), 
but strikingly different in the color of underparts, which in the new form 
are dull yellowish olive, and in true X. vuriegaticeps rich reddish brown. 
The back and rump in_X. varieguticeps idoneus are paler and more oliva- 
ceous, less reddish brown than in true X. vuriegaticeps. 

From _X. temporalis (Sel.) of Ecuador, the Chiriqui bird differs in having 
the shaft spots on breast and belly much less well developed. 


MEASUKE MENTS. 


No. | Sex. | Locality. | Wing. | Tail. | Tarsus. ce easel 
8943 | dad. | Boquete, Chiriqui . . . .| 86 | 69 | 204 18.2 
8944 | 9 ad. do. ae 79 67.5 | 20 18 


In 1890 Dr. Sclater called attention to the differences in color between 
northern and southern examples of Anabazenops variegaticeps, in Catalogue 
of Birds, Vol. XV, pp. 106-107, but so far as Iam aware the species has not 
been subdivided by name till now. 

The eight specimens collected by Brown on ihe Volesh de Chiriqui from 
4,000 to 4,800 feet altitude vary but little one from the other and are all 
very different in color from northern examples. The range of the new 
form does not extend north of Chiriqui, Costa Rican examples being wholly 
referable to true X. variegaticeps. 

X. variegaticeps idoneus is an intermediate form, between true_X. variegati- 
ceps and X. temporalis, though different enough from either to be recognized 
by name. ; 

Thryorchilus ridgwayi sp. nov. 

Type from Volean Irazti, Costa Rica. Adult (o'?).* No. 17,152, coll. of 
EK. A. and O. Bangs. Collected March 4, 1899, by C. F. Underwood. 

Characters.—Similar to Thryorchilus browni (Bangs) of the Volean de 
Chiriqui but slightly larger and color of upper parts and flanks darker and 
decidedly more olivaceous, less reddish brown—almost bistre on head, back, 
flanks, under tail coverts and anal region, gradually shading into mummy 
brown on rump and upper tail coverts. 


MEASUREMENTS, 


No. | Sex. | Locality. | Wing. Tail. | Tarsus. cl pt 
17,152 | (?o) ad. | Volcan deIrazi,C.R.. .| 52 | 32.5 | 23.5 14 
199,509 | tc’ ad. do. 3 50 30.5 | 23 13.2 


When Mr. Ridgway packed up for shipment the Underwood collection 
he discovered among the wrens it contained one skin belonging to this 


*The type was not sexed by the collector but undoubtedly is a male. 
7 Coll. U. S. National Museum. 


SS Ne Oe ee ee 


Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqut. 109 


little known genus from Irazti, and wrote me that he thought it represented 
a new form. 

Later in the season—May, 1905—Mr. Ridgway visited Irazti himself and 
had the pleasure of seeing the species in life, his companion, Don Anastasio 
Alfaro, succeeding in taking one example, which has been kindly lent me.* 
The species lived on Irazti in brushwood in ravines above timber-line. 
There is no cane (bamboo) on Irazti. It was not uncommon, though very 
hard to shoot. 

The Irazti wren is quite distinct from the aie other known member of 
the genus, 7. browni of the Volcan de Chiriqui, wholly lacking the strong 
ruddy or chestnut coloring of the lower back, rump, tail coverts and flanks 
of that species ; it is also larger. 


Cyanolyca blandita sp. nov. 


Type from Volcan de Chiriqui, 9,000 feet altitude, CG adult. No. 9324, 
coll. of E. A. and O. Bangs. Collected June 2, 1901, by W. W. Brown, Jr. 

Characters.—Similar to Cyanolyca argentigula (Lawr.) of Costa Rica and of 
the same size, but throat constantly pale blue—flax flower blue — and 
pale colored band across head narrower and blue throughout, darker on 
sides of head, paler in middle. In C. argentigula the throat is silvery 
white, sometimes shaded with lavender gray; the band across head is 
much wider, nearly white in middle and pale blue at the sides. 

Nestlings of the two forms are easily distinguished ; even in this stage 
of plumage C. ergentigula having a silvery and C. blandita a blue throat. The 
band across the head is narrower and less definite than in the adults, but 
it is bluish in C. blandita and whitish in C. argentigula. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
No. Sex. | Locality. Wing.| Tail. | Tarsus. Poi msg 
9324 oad. | Volcan de Chiriqui. 74 | 182 35.5 26 
9327 | Q ad. do 71 | 181.5} 34.5 26 


At the time I worked over the collections made in Chiriqui by Brown I 
did not have adequate material from Costa Rica and referred the Chiriqui 
bird to C. argentigula. The splendid series in the Underwood collection 
including adults taken at various seasons of year (January, February, May, 
June, and September), and nestlings, compared with the equally good one 
from Chiriqui, at once proved the incorrectness of my earlier identification, 
and showed the forms from the two regions to be distinguishable at a 
glance. 


Vireolanius pulchellus viridiceps Ridg. 


In the Underwood collection is one fine adult male of this subspecies 
from Pozo Azul, western Costa Rica, taken June 10, 1903. Thus still an- 


* See Robert Ridgway, A Winter with the Birds of Costa Rica, The Condor, Vol. vu, 
No. 6, November-December, 1905, p. 159. . 


110 Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 


other Panaman form proves to extend its range north to the Pacific slope 
of Costa Rica. Apparently the more northern subspecies V. pulchellus 
verticalis Ridg. occupies eastern Costa Rica and extends southward even to 
the Volean de Chiriqui. I have one adult bird (the only one from the region 
in my collection) from Boquete, Chiriqui, that is absolutely typical V. 
pulchellus verticalis. The characters that separate these two forms appear 
perfectly good, and we have in these vireos another instance of a Panaman 
form extending into western and a Central American form into eastern 
Costa Rica. | 


Stelgidopteryx. 


In the Underwood collection is an extremely interesting series of nine 
rough-winged swallows, no two of which are quite alike. One or two 
breeding birds from Pozo Azul and Juan Vinas, C. R., and two others in 
fresh plumage taken in March, are rather nearer serripennis than any of 
the other subspecies, and might almost pass for that form except that all 
show some fulvous on the throat and one or two have dusky spots, more 
or less well developed, on some of the longer under tail coverts ; another 
skin, a breeding bird, taken at Pozo Azul, June 16, is exactly intermediate 
between these and wropygialis ; three others from Pozo Azul and Carrillo 
I should call wropygialis. 

I must again emphatically express my belief that there is but one species 
of Stelgidopteryx. Since I first made this statement (Proc. New Eng. Zodl. 
Club. Vol. II, pp. 57-60, July 31, 1901), I have been accumulating what 
specimens I could, and now havea much more extensive series, that to my 
mind conclusively proves this. Selecting specimens of breeding birds from 
a large amount of material I can lay out a line of skins that shows every 
possible stage of intergradation between the various forms and every com- 
bination of characters. There is no reason for considering any of the forms 
more than subspecies, there is absolutely no break in the chain anywhere, 
and no gap in the breeding range of the species. 

The form Ridgway named S. salvini was based on a series of intergrades 
between serripennis and uropygialis, very unstable in character, and subject 
to an immense amount of variation. This is the bird I called fulvipennis, 
a name which I still do not feel at all sure is not the proper one, if such 
intergrades are to be recognized by name at all. 

S. ridgwayi Nelson unquestionably intergrades with serripennis. I have 
an adult male taken March 6, at Texolo, V. C., Mex., that is exactly inter- 
mediate in every character. I occasionally, also, find well developed 
dusky markings on under tail coverts in specimens taken within the United 
States, one adult male taken April 4, at Barrington, Ga., having these 
markings very conspicuously developed. 

I was pleased to see that Dr. Hellmayr, in a recent paper on the birds of 
_ Trinidad, agrees with me and also recognizes the very pale form of the 
northeastern portion of South America that I named S. rujicollis xqualis, 
especially as other students of the American ornis have persisted in taking 
the opposite view. 


Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 111 
Chlorophanes spiza (Linn.). 


The twenty-six skins of Chlorophanes spiza in the Underwood collection 
from Pozo Azul and San José are intermediate between subspecies guate- 
malensis and exsul though rather nearer the latter. None of them have as 
long bills as the northern form and none are quite so large, and although 
none have quite the small size and short bill of exsul, aevern! speci- 
mens might well pass for that form. 


Dacnis cayana callaina Bangs. 


The Underwood collection contains nine skins of this form, three of them 
fully adult males, all from Pozo Azul, thus extending the range of the 
Chiriqui form to western Costa Rica. Unfortunately there were no skins 
from other places in Costa Rica, but I fancy ultramarina is the subspecies 
that inhabits the eastern part of the country. 


Icterus prosthemeles Strick. 


There is in the southern part of the range of Jcterus prosthemeles a ten- 
dency toward a curious phase of plumage that apparently never occurs 
among birds from Mexicoor Guatemala. Ina series of southern specimens 
some can always be found that show much black mottling on flanks and 
have the black of breast extended far backward over the belly, and in a few 
specimens the black of the back also encroaches much on the yellow rump 
patch. If all southern examples were alike, no ornithologist would hesi- 
tate to recognize a southern form by name, but they are not. In fact the 
larger number of specimens from Panama to Honduras are quite like Mex- 
ican examples. It may be that in time this tendency among southern 
examples to show much more black than northern ones will become a 
fixed character, but at present it certainly is not. 

In the Underwood collection there were but two skins of this species, one 
the blackest I have ever seen, the other exactly like ordinary Mexican 
specimens. 


Icterus sclateri Cassin. 


In Birds of North and Middle America, part II, pp. 297-298, foot-note, 
Ridgway suggests that perhaps two forms of this striking oriole may really 
exist,—TIcterus sclateri sclateri Cassin, Nicaragua to Costa Rica, and J. sclateri 
formosus (Lawr.), Honduras to Oaxaca. 

In the Underwood collection there is a fine pair from Miravalles, Costa 
Rica. These and my one Mexican example, Nelson compared for me with. 
all the material in Washington, and found no appreciable difference in 
size between northern and southern specimens. Southern skins have the 
back more solidly black than northern, but the difference is slight and 
perhaps partly due to season—the southern specimens examined being in 
freshly acquired autumnal plumage, and there seems no need for a sub- 
division of the species. 


112 Bangs—Birds from Costa Rica and Chiriqui. 


Chlorospingus regionalis sp. nov. 


Type from Cariblanco de Sarapiqui, Costa Rica. o' adult. No. 17,491, 
coll. of E. A. and O. Bangs. Collected August 11,1899, by C. F. Under- 
wood. 

Characters.—Similar to Chlorospingus novicius Bangs of Volcan de Chir- 
iqui, but much duller in color, especially below, the rich greenish ochre 
of jugulum and olive yellow of breast and sides and under tail coverts of 
C. novicius being replaced in the new form by dull yellowish, olive-green— 
slightly brighter and more yellowish on jugulum and darker and duller 
on sides and under tail coverts ; back duller and browner olive and size a 
little larger than in C. novicius. 


MEASUREMENTS. 
No. | Sex. Locality. | Wing. | Tail. Sea or are 
17,491 | @ad.| Cariblanco de cararngs C. R.| 70 57 22 ae 
a Vf 492 oad.) Avabar, ©... es 68.5 | 57 22 13 


At the time I separated C. novicius from C. albitempora (Lafr.) of South 
America, Ridgway and I together compared very carefully the Chiriqui 
series with such specimens from Costa Rica as were in the National 
Museum, and made up our minds that birds from the two regions were 
subspecifically distinct, as suggested by Ridgway—Birds of North and 
Middle America, Part II, p. 164, foot-note. The use here of a binomial for 
the form, is not because I consider it very different from C. novicius, but 
because both may eventually prove to be subspecies of C. albitempora, and 
in such cases, until the real relationships of the forms are established, 
binomials are preferable to trinomials. : 


Junco vulcani (Boucard). 


The Iraztii Junco, the most southern and most aberrant member of the 
genus, is confined, so far as known, to the summits above timber line, of 
the Volcan de Chiriqui and of Irazi. One would naturally expect to find 
a bird of such peculiar habits and habitat differentiated into at least sub- 
species on these two isolated peaks. I have before me now a beautiful 
suite of specimens, which includes adults and young taken on correspond- 
ing dates from both Iraztiand the Volcan de Chiriqui, and while there is 
a slight difference in birds from the two volcanoes I am unable satisfactorily 
to separate them. Birds from Irazti area little darker, with slightly grayer 
heads and with backs more heavily marked with black than in those from 
the Volcan de Chiriqui, but the differences are trifling and not altogether 
constant, and after very careful consideration I have decided it would be 
unwise to divide the species into two subspecies. 


4 OGTS 


VoL. XIX, pp. 113-114 SEPTEMBER 6, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW SCYLLARIDES FROM BRAZIL. 
BY MARY J. RATHBUN. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


The specimen here described was among those taken by the 
U.S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross during her voyage 
around the Horn in 1887-88. 


Scyllarides brasiliensis sp. nov. 


Type-——Female, in alcohol. Bahia, Brazil. U.S. Fish Commission 
steamer Albatross, December 21, 1887. Cat. No, 21,612, U.S. National 
Museum. 

Characters.—Very hairy. Carapace varying little in width. Orbits near the 
anterior corners; distance from orbit to side margin 2 of distance from 
orbit to middle of carapace; transverse diameter of orbit much less than 
longitudinal diameter. Inner margins of first three movable joints of 
antennee dentate, teeth flattened, not erect; antepenult segment without 
prominent teeth at the angles. 

First segment of abdomen with two circular and distant red spots, the 
interspace greater than the distance from either spot to the outer margin 
of the segment. Second to fifth segments medially carinate. 

Crests on the meropodites of the legs becoming successively less promi- 
nent from the first to the fifth pair; the same is true of their terminal 
teeth. Very slight crests on the carpopodites ; propodites rounded above. 
Legs of third to fifth pairs rather long and narrow. 

Measurements.—Length of carapace, 86.5; greatest width, 80.5 mm. 

Remarks.—Allied to S. zquinoctialis (Lund).* 


* Skrivt. Naturh.—Selsk., Copenhagen, II, pt. 2, p. 21, 1793. 
25—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vo. XIX, 1906. Vike ‘a 


MN 
SoHo Hones 
ne =e” 


Bi 6 


Sort) MS & ay 


SF is 
ee wt) 


ae 


Peeks aoe hae 


- 


C- 


VoL. XIX, pp. 115-120 SEPTEMBER 6, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW FORMS OF OLIGOMY- 
ODIAN BIRDS. 


BY ROBERT RIDGWAY. 


By permission of the Acting Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


Coryphotriccus gen. nov. (Tyrannidz). 


Type, Pitangus albovitattus Lawrence. 
‘ Similar to Pitangus but bill relatively much shorter and broader (ex- 
posed culmen little if any longer than tarsus and much less than twice the 
width of bill at frontal antiae), and rictal bristles much weaker ; still more 
closely related to Conopias, but exposed culmen equal to or slightly longer 
than tarsus, instead of much shorter. | 

(Kopud%, the crown ; rpixxos, a small bird.) 


Todirostrum cinereum coloreum subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 33,350, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., adult male, Corumbd, Matto- 
grosso, southwestern Brazil, March 17, 1886; H. H. Smith. 

Similar to 7. cinereum cinereum (Linneus) but larger, back more exten- 
sively and clearly olive-green (the hindneck sometimes olive-green), white 
tips to rectrices more extensive, yellow of under parts brighter, and yellow 
margins to greater wing-coverts and inner secondaries paler. 

Southwestern Brazil (Province of Mattogrosso.) 


Atalotriccus pilaris venezuelensis subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 73,454, adult male, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist.; San Antonio, Ber- 
mudez, Venezuela, July 15, 1896; W. H. Phelps. 

Similar to A. piluris pilaris but larger and coloration darker, with pileum 
decidedly darker and duller in color than back. 

Venezuela. 


Rhynchocyclus klagesi sp. nov. 


Type, No. 75,587, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., adult female, Maripa, Venezuela, 
May 9,1901; S. M. Klages. 

Similar R. sulphurescens (Spix) but much smaller and coloration 
slightly darker ; wing, 52; tail, 44; exposed culmen, 11; tarsus, 15; middle 
toe, 8. 

Venezuela (Maripa). ‘ 

26—Proc. Bion. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (115) 


™~ 


: aye — 
pee Ine tite, ton 


116 Ridgway—New Forms of Oligomyodian Birds. 


This bird may possibly be the same as R. assimilis Pelzeln (Orn. Bras., 
ii Abth., 1869, 181), from Engenho de Gama, San Vicente, Borba, Rio 
Negro, and Barra, northern Brazil, but without a specimen of the latter for 
comparison it is impossible to be sure whether the two are identical or not. 


Mionectes olivaceus venezuelensis subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 70,345, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., adult female, Guacharo, Vene- 
zuela, December 14, 1898; F. W. Urich. 

Similar to M. olivaceus olivaceus, of Costa Rica and Panama, but larger 
(adult female averaging wing 67.8, tail 52.5, exposed culmen 13.5, instead 
of 63.3, 45.9, and 12.5 respectively), and throat more broadly and more 
distinctly streaked. 

Venezuela. 


Elenia frantzii stolzmanni subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 88,441, U.S. Nat. Mus., adult female, Tambillo, northern Peru, 
September 11, 1877; F. Stolzmann. 

Similar to H. franizii franizii but upper parts browner and slightly darker 
and under parts much more strongly yellowish (abdomen and median 
portion of breast between straw yellow and sulphur yellow). 

Northern Peru (Tambillo). 


Although identified by Count von Berlepsch as E. obscura (Lafresnaye 
and D’Orbigny), the specimen mentioned above is very different from any 
of the several specimens of that species in the National Museum collection 
and is much nearer F. frantzii. It is very slightly larger than any female 
of the latter of the series measured in length of wing and tail, which are 
81 and 72.5, respectively, the maximum of F. frantzii (thirteen females) 
being 80.5 and 71. 


Myiarchus ferox actiosus subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 198,632, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult male; Pigres, at mouth of Gulf 
of Nicoya, Costa Rica, March 6, 1905 ; R. Ridgway. 

Similar to M. ferox panamensis (Lawrence) but color of back, etc., darker 
and duller olive, hindneck, sides of neck, and sides of head purer gray, and 
yellow of under parts paler; still more like M. f. phxocephalus (Sclater), of 
western Ecuador, and scarcely to be distinguished except for paler yellow 
of under parts. 

Pacific coast of Costa Rica. 


Megarynchus pitangua caniceps subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 126,595, U. S. Nat. Mus., male ad., Barranca Veltran, southern 
Jalisco, March 25, 1892; P. L. Jouy. : 

Similar to M. pitangua mexicanus but pileum sooty gray or deep. mouse 
gray instead of blackish, and color of back, etc., much grayer olive. 

Western Mexico. 


i i ie 


Ridgway—New Forms of Oligomyodian Birds. 117 


Pipra erythrocephala berlepschi subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 147,568, U.S. Nat. Mus., Nauta, northeastern Peru, Dec. 8 
1883 ; T. Hauxwell. 

Similar to P. erythrocephala erythrocephala but yellow of head and neck 
much lighter (bright chrome instead of cadmium yellow or orange) and 
usually without any red posterior margin ; wing averaging decidedly longer 
and bill slightly smaller. (Wing of adult male averaging 59.6; exposed 
culmen, 8.9.)* 

Eastern Ecuador to central Colombia (Bogota), northeastern Peru, and 
lower Amazon Valley. 

Count von Berlepsch has long ago called attention to the differences pre- 
sented by birds of this species from eastern Ecuador on the one hand and 
those from northeastern Colombia (Bucaramanga) and Venezuela on the 
other (Journ. fiir Orn., 1884, 304, 305). I find the differences mentioned 
by him entirely constant in a series of nine adult males from the Rio Napo, 
eastern Ecuador, and two from Nauta, northeastern Peru, as compared with 
ten adult males from Cayenne and British Guiana, ten from Venezuela, 
nine from Trinidad, and six from northern Colombia. Specimens from 
Bogota, central Colombia, are, as might be expected from geographical con- 
siderations, intermediate, but are decidedly nearer to the upper Amazon 
form. A single specimen from Para, on the lower Amazon, agrees with P. e. 
berlepschi in coloration but is very small, the wing measuring only 52 mm. 
while the shortest wing in the series of eleven specimens from the upper 
Amazon measures 56.5, the longest 61.5 mm. 


Pipra pipra bahiz subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 115,147, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult male, Bahia, s. e. Brazil; C. H. 
Townsend and T. Lee. 

Similar to P. pipra pipra but adult male with under parts of body, posterior 
to chest, dull slate-black or blackish slate instead of intense blue-black, and 
black of other portions less intense and much less bluish or violaceous. 

Southeastern Brazil. 


Pipra pipra anthracina subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 108,278, U. 8. Nat. Mus., adult male, Moravia, Costa Rica, Oct. 
30, 1885; Juan Cooper. 

Similar to P. pipra pipra,t of Cayenne, British Guiana, and Venezuela, but 
wing decidely shorter, bill smaller, black color of adult male much less 
lustrous (deep velvet or opaque black instead of glossy blue-black), and under 
tail-coverts tipped with grayish. 

Panama and southern Costa Rica. 


* Eleven specimens. Thirty-five adult males of P. e. erythrocephala average: Wing, 
57.9; exposed culmen, 9.5. 

+ [Parus] pipra Linneeus, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, i, 1758,190. Pipra leucocilia Linneeus, 
Mus, Frid. Adolph. Regis., ii, 1764, 32; Syst. Nat., aa 12, i, 1766, 340. [Pipra] leucocapilla 
Gmelin, Syst. Nat., i, pt. ii, 1788, 1002, 


118 Ridgway—New Forms of Oligomyodian Birds. 


More closely resembling P. p. coracina* in coloration, but the black de- 
cidedly less bluish and size much less: 


Scotothorus olivaceus sp. nov. 


Type, No. 75,520, Am. Mus. N. H., adult female, Rio Mato, Venezuela, 
Jan. 25, 1901; S. M. Klages. 

Most nearly resembling S. rosenbergi (Hartert) of northern Ecuador, but 
much lighter in color throughout (above clear olive, the wings and tail 
sepia brown, beneath light olive, tinged with pale yellow, the throat tinged 
with buff), and with wing, tail, and tarsus decidedly longer (wing 88, tail 
62, tarsus 22 mm.). 

Venezuela. 

Scotothorus furvus sp. noy. 


Type, No. 62,070, U. 8. Nat. Mus., adult male, Boquete de Chitra, Ver- 
agua, Panama, 1869; E. Arce. 

Most like S. rosenbergi, but much darker and more uniform in color 
(decidedly the darkest member of the genus), the upper parts dark olive- 
brown or bister, under parts nearly uniform deep olive (more grayish on 
under tail-coverts), bill much larger and tail much longer; also somewhat 
resembling S. wallacii Sclater and Salvin, but very much darker through- 
out (especially on lower parts), bill much larger, and tail relatively longer 
(wing 89.5, tail 66.5, exposed culmen 16 mm.), 

Pacific slope of western Panama. 


Attila tephrocephala sp. noy. 

Type, No. 64,624, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult female, Talamanca, Costa Rica ; 
José C. Zeledon. (Collector’s No. 442.) 

Somewhat like the grayer or more olivaceous examples of A. citreopyga 
citreopyga but pileum brownish slate-gray or mouse gray, lower throat, 
chest and sides of breast uniform light mouse gray or olive-gray, throat 
with fewer and less distinct dusky streaks, and larger wing-coverts much 
less distinctly tipped with brown. 

Southeastern Costa Rica (Talamanca). 


Attila citropyga salvini subsp. nov. 

Type, No. 177,358, U. 8S. Nat. Mus., adult male, Pasa Nueva, Vera Cruz, ' 
Mexico, March 23, 1901; A. E. Colburn. 

Similar to A. ¢. citreopyga, of Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama, but de- 
cidedly browner above (the pileum and hindneck never olivaceous), ramp 
and upper tail-coverts ochraceous instead of light chrome, naples, or maize 
yellow, tail more cinnamomeous or tawny, and size averaging decidedly 
larger. 

Southeastern Mexico to Honduras. 

This is the form usually known by the name Aitila citreopygia (Bona- 
parte) ; but the type of the latter came from Nicaragua, and therefore be- 


* Pipra coracina Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1856, 29 (Bogota, Colombia). P [ipra] 
leucocilla coracina Berlepsch and Hartert, Novit. Zool., ix, April, 1902, 53, in text.—Pipra 
leucocilla coracina Hellmayr, Ibis, 1906, 26 (monogr.). 


Ridguay—New Forms of Oligomyodian Birds. 119 


longs to the southern form known as A. sclateri Lawrence, the latter name 
being a synomym of A. citreopyga. 


Attila citreopyga luteola subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 64,623, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult male, San José, Costa Rica ; José 
C. Zeledon. (Collector’s No. 247.) 

Similar to A. citreopyga cinnamomea, of western Mexico, but decidedly 
smaller, rump and upper tail-coverts yellow instead of ochraceous, and an- 
terior under parts much less distinctly streaked. Differing from A. c. 
citreopyga in much lighter and more cinnamomeous color of back, scapulars, 
and tail and much less distinctly streaked throat and chest. 

Pacific slope of Costa Rica and Nicaragua. 


Tityra semifasciata columbiana subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 170,410, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult female, La Concepcion, Santa 
Marta, Colombia, April 6, 1899; W. W. Brown, Jr. 

Similar to 7. semifasciata semifasciata but adult male with forehead much 
less extensively black, and adult female much darker above, with back and 
scapulars light grayish brown (instead of brownish gray to pure gray) and 
pileum deep grayish brown (instead of light grayish brown or brownish 
gray). 

Northern Colombia (Santa Marta district). 


Tityra semifasciata costaricensis subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 199,039, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult female, Bonilla, Costa Rica 
(Atlantic slope), March 29, 1905; Anastasio Alfaro. 

Similar to T.s.columbiana (the adult male scarcely ifat all distinguishable) 
but usually with black area on inner web of lateral rectrices more exten- 
sive; adult female much darker and browner, the back and scapulars deep 
grayish brown, pileum and auricular region darker grayish brown, and 
rump darker gray ; slightly smaller (Panama specimens decidedly so). 

Panama to southern Honduras (Rio Segovia). 

Although Dr. Sclater and Messrs. Sclater and Salvin profess their in- 
ability to distinguish the birds of this species from Mexico and Central 
America from those of South America, and consequently unite them all 
under the name Tityra semifasciata, examination of a splendid series 
(several hundred specimens) shows clearly that in reality the species is 
easily divisible into several well-defined geographic forms, of which I am 
able to characterize the following: 

1. Tityra semifasciata semifasciata (Spix). Southern Brazil, etc., to central 
Colombia (Bogota). 

2. Tityra semifasciata columbiana Ridgway. Northern Colombia (Santa 
Marta district). 

3. Tityra semifasciata costaricensis Ridgway. Panama to southern Hon- 
duras. (Panama specimens are intermediate in coloration between the 
typical bird from Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and southern Honduras on the 
one hand and Santa Marta examples (7. s. columbiana) on the other, but 
are decidedly smaller than the latter and on the whole nearer the former 
in coloration). 


120 Ridgway—New Forms of Oligomyodian Birds. 


4. Tityra semifasciata personata (Jardine and Selby). Central Honduras to 
eastern Mexico. (This form is decidedly larger than either of the preceding, 
has the adult male decidedly deeper gray (especially on upper parts), the 
adult female most resembling that of T. s. costaricensis from Panama but with 
the general color of upper parts browner and color of pileum scarcely if at 
all darker than that of back.) Specimens from Yucatan are decidedly 
smaller and somewhat paler, the females averaging still more brown above 
and may require separation. 


5. Tityra semifasciata griseiceps (Ridgway). Western Mexico. (Adult : 


males of this form are scarcely if at all different in coloration from those of 
T. s. personata, some specimens of the latter from Honduras being precisely 
similar, but average slightly deeper gray, especially on the rump, upper 
tail-coverts and hinder part of pileum, which are practically uniform with 
the back; but the adult females are exceedingly different, being even paler 
and grayer than those of 7. s. semifasciata, with the pileum paler and grayer 
than the back instead of the reverse. Decidedly the largest form, T. s. 
personata, coming next in size. ) 

I am not at all sure that it would not be best in accordance with the 
facts to separate, as additional subspecies, not only the Yucatan birds (from 
T. s. personata) but also the Panama birds (from T. s. costaricensis) ; and it 
is not unlikely the South American birds may in reality include one or 
more subspecies in addition to those designated above. 


Platypsaris aglaiz yucatanensis subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 130,023, U. 8. Nat. Mus., adult male; Yucatan; G. F. Gaumer. 

Similar in coloration to P. aglaix aglaix, of northeastern Mexico, but 
smaller, with relatively larger bill (wing averaging 87.2 in male, 86.8 in 
female, exposed culmen 17.2 in male, 17.4 in female, the corresponding 
average measurements of P. a. aglaix being: Wing 94.8 in male, 93.9 in 
‘female ; exposed culmen 16.3 in male, 16.6 in female). 

Yucatan. 


Lathria unirufa clara subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 53,767, U.S. Nat. Mus., adult male; Panama (Lion Hill sta- 
tion ?) ; J. McLeannan. 

Similar to L. unirufa unirufa (of southeastern Mexico to Guatemala) but 
general coloration decidedly clearer or brighter, inclining to dull cinnamon- 
rufous above, the under parts clear tawny-ochraceous ; averaging decidedly 
smaller. 

Nicaragua to northern Colombia. 


Lathria fusco-cinerea guayaquilensis subsp. nov. 


Type, No. 101,271, U. S. Nat. Mus., adult; Guayaquil, western Ecuador, 
1884; Dr. Wm. H. Jones, U.S. N. 

Ginnie to L. fusco-cinerea fusco-cinerea (Lafresnaye), of Colombia, but gray 
of under parts much more strongly tinged with buffy olive, under tail- 
coverts much browner, and remiges darker ; slightly smaller. 

Western Ecuador. 


a a hh a i cl na 


9 14.0 


VoL. XIX, pp. 121-126 SEPTEMBER 6, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON THE MAMMALS OF GRAND MANAN, N.B., 
WITH A DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES 
OF WHITE-FOOTED MOUSE. 


BY MANTON COPELAND AND MORTON L. CHURCH. 


The following paper is the result of a visit made to Grand 
Manan by the authors lasting from September 16 to 24, 1905, 
nearly all of that time being spent at Grand Harbor. 

The collecting of specimens was all done near Grand Harbor 
on the main island, our success in this being due largely to the 
assistance of Mr. Leonard Foster, to whom we wish to express 
our gratitude. We wish to thank also Mr. Outram Bangs for 
the generous use of his collection, and Mr. Wilfred H. Osgood 
and Dr. Glover M. Allen for assistance in the identification: of 
specimens. 

Odocoileus virginianus borealis (Miller). 
NORTHERN VIRGINIA DEER. 


We were told that deer were formerly common on the island, but from 
all that we could learn they have been extinct for fifteen or twenty years. 


Sciurus hudsonicus gymnicus Bangs. 
RED SQUIRREL. 

The red squirrel is much in evidence on Grand Manan and very abundant. 
We found it plentiful about Grand Harbor and common at Southern Head. 
On our tramps along the logging paths and through the woods their chat- 
tering notes greeted us on every side, and they seemed equally at home in 
the low growth of moist localities, or among the larger and drier spruce and 
deciduous woods. 

Their food consisted almost entirely of spruce cones, which we noted 
everywhere pulled to pieces and scattered over the fallen trees, stumps 
and moss. ee 

A series of thirty-six specimens was collected and carefully compared 
with the mainland squirrels. Owing to their great abundance it would 
seem as if they must have been on the island for many years, but no evi- 
dent differentiation has resulted, and they are entirely referable to gym- 

27—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WASH., VoL, XIX, 1906. (121) 


1S 


122 Copeland and Church—Mammals of Grand Manan. 


nicus. As the validity of this subspecies is somewhat questioned, and rests 
principally on size, the following table of measurements may be of interest. 
Both body and cranial measurements of the Grand Manan specimens are 
strikingly close to those of gymnicus from the mainland. 


AVERAGE MeaAsurEMENts OF ADULT Sciurus hudsonicus gymnicus. 


3 
- ee 
| ri OQ : 
$m & 2 Hind foot. 
5 ® 
Be > 
291.7 | 108.2 | 44.9 (11 specimens) |... . 8 Grand Manan, N. B. 
ink 7 RF aoe Bie See: 5 pty Ae log area .... 8 Perry, Me. Coll. of Morton L. Church. 
296.02) ENO th Se oe eo a Bente .... 10 Digby, Nova Scotia * 
OON-D 4 SOTO 4B.D cis cals ta ws .... 5 South Twin Lake, Me. + 
DOO 22h ele | AAO sea ates 5s . ... 6 Topotypes, Greenville, Me. t{ 
; SKULLS 
aS. ]& 
aa Zygomatic as a a 
2% Basilar length. 2 breadth. BU |S eI 
26 BER Ge 
om gaa AP ae 
43.5 | 34.2 (7specimens)| 25.1 (6specimens) 13.8 | 13.2 8 Grand Manan. N.B. 
7 CE Bah FSS Sy Bea bate care DAG ie sg ear eetes 18.9.) 12.7 8 Perry, Me. Coll. of Morton 
J.. Church. : 
7 Bl ORR Peis AS Ree rie abs os Ree Srerepem it pak hea Coed EE 12.5 | 12 Upton, Oxford Co., Me. | 
OW Ted Re Sore ae ee og oa a Ra Parspo sh ag ym Nagle a ar 13.4 | 12.3 5 South Twin Lake, Me. + 
SEO ese heals he ete Leys ere cet 13.8 | 11.8 6 Trousers Lake, N. B. ¢ 


Peromyscus canadensis argentatus subsp. nov. 
GRAND MANAN WHITE-FOOTED MOUSE. 


Type from Grand Harbor, Grand Manan, New Brunswick. Adult o. 
~ No. 168, coll. of Manton Copeland, Taunton, Mass. Collected September 19, 
1905, by Morton L. Church and Manton Copeland. 

Distribution.—Island of Grand Manan, New Brunswick. 

Characters.—Resembles most closely Peromyscus canadensis abietorum, but 
differs decidedly and constantly, and is easily distinguishable. The color 
of upper parts is close to slate-gray, and lacks almost completely the dull 
russet of abietorum ; dark patch in front of eye pronounced. 

Measurements of body and skull average somewhat greater than those of 
abietorum. 

Color.—Type: Upper parts slate-gray due to the presence of black-tipped 
and gray-tipped hairs ; mid-dorsal line slightly darker ; a few russet-tipped 
_ hairs, most abundant on sides and at base of tail; dark patch in front of 
eye more prominent than in abietorum ; underparts white, hairs plumbeous 
at base; hands and feet white; tail sharply bicolor, black dorsally, white 
ventrally. 


* Bangs, O., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., X, p. 160, Dec. 28, 1906. 

+ Allen, J. A., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., X, pp. 255-256, July 22, 1898. 
t Bangs, O., Proc. New Eng. Zo6l. Club, I, pp. 27-29, March 31, 1899. 

2 Thomas, O., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XVIII, pp. 191-196, Sept. 2, 1905. 

| Allen, J. A., Mon. N; Amer. Rod., p. 688, 1877. 


Copeland and Church—Mammals of Grand Manan, 128 


Twenty-three adult topotypes show no appreciable variation from the 
type. ‘ 

The younger specimens differ only slightly from the old,—their general 
color is a little more gray owing to the presence of but few russet hairs. 
No very small young were obtained. 

Measurements.—Type: Total length, 179.5; tail vertebrae, 87 ; hind foot, 
21.5; ear, 17.5 mm. 

Skull: Greatest length, 26.4; basilar length, 20; palatilar length, 11; 
zygomatic breadth, 13.7; mastoid breadth, 11.1; interorbital breadth, 4; 
length of nasals, 10.3; length of upper molar series, 3; length of lower 
molar series, 3.4; length of single half of mandible, 16.4 mm. 

Average measurements of twenty-three adult topotypes: Total length, 
179.9 (171-194) ; tail vertebrae, 87.8 (82-93) ; hind foot, 21.2 (20-22). 

Average cranial measurements of ten adult topotypes: Greatest * length, 
25.6 (25.1-26.5) ; basilar* length, 19.4 (19-20.1); palatilar* length, 10.8 (10.5- 
11.2); zygomatic breadth, 13 (12.7-13.4) ; interorbital breadth, 3.9 (8.7-4) ; 
length of nasals, 10 (9.6-10.4). 

Average measurements of twelve adult topotypes of both sexes of 
Peromyscus canadensis abietorum from collection of E. A. and O. Bangs: 
Total length, 172.7 ; tail vertebrae, 87; hind foot, 19.9 mm. 

Average cranial measurements of eight of the same: Greatest length, 24.7 
basilar length, 18.8; palatilar length, 10.2; zygomatic breadth (seven speci- 
mens), 12.2; interorbital breadth, 3.8; length of nasals, 9.7 mm. 

From the above it may be seen that argentatus averages slightly larger 
than abietorum in body and foot measurements, and in all cranial measure- - 
ments. 

Remarks.—This beautiful silvery gray deer mouse, so strikingly different 
in color from its relatives of the coast, is a typical example of an insular 
race which, through isolation and close interbreeding, has developed char- 
acters quite its own. It inhabits the dark thick growths of spruce and fir, 
the more open mixed woods of conifers, birch, and beech, or some wooded 
hillside strewn with numerous decaying stumps and prostrate trunks. 
Here it makes its home in the underground passages beneath stumps and 
the moss covered roots of trees, and runs through the rich carpet of moist 
sphagnum so characteristic of the northern woods. 

The mouse is common about Grand Harbor and we took forty in our: 
traps,—baited with rolled oats,—all of which were preserved and examined. 


Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord). 
MEADOW MOUSE. 

The meadow mouse proved to be a common species in the vicinity of 
Grand Harbor, and we took over seventy in our traps. They inhabited 
almost all the localities in which we trapped, and were equally abundant 
in the wet meadows and dry fields, or with the white-footed mice in the 
‘moist evergreen woods and along the edges of the heavier timber. 


* Thomas, O., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XVIII, pp. 191-196, Sept. 2, 1905. 


124 Copeland and Church—Mammals of Grand Manan. 


Thirty-six specimens, both old and young, were preserved and examined. 
The adults measured considerably larger than typical pennsylvanicus, but 
showed no appreciable differences in coat color or cranial characters. 


Lepus americanus virginianus (Harlan). 
EASTERN VARYING HARE. 

The varying hare, formerly abundant on the island, appears to be extinct 
and evidently has been so for a number of years. H. Herrick* in his ecat- 
alogue of the birds of Grand Manan, compiled from visits to the island in 
1871-72, refers to “ thousands of Lepus Americanus.” The natives of the 
island attribute the disappearance of the hare to the introduction of foxes 
which, according to some, killed them off in the second or third year. Mr. 
Foster, who is an accurate observer, remembered when they were extremely 
abundant, and believed that irf less than ten years they were all extermi- 
nated by the foxes. He had seen none for about twenty years. 

A similar instance of destruction wrought by foxes is recorded for Sable 
Island by J. Dwight, Jr.t Cats and rabbits overran the island, and seven 
red foxes were introduced from the mainland. “Ina single season” the 
foxes made an end of them all, and continuing to multiply greatly, began 
to exterminate the sea birds. 

The hare is an animal which would fall easy prey to the fox, and this 
seems a sufficient explanation of its disappearance from Grand Manan. 


Phoca vitulina Linn. 
HARBOR SEAL. 
Eight individuals of this species were seen swimming together, and 
several others noted along the shoreat Grand Harbor. They were reported 
as common and breeding on the island. 


Halichoerus grypus (Fabr.). 
GRAY SEAL. 

A large white “winter seal,” as it was termed, was described to us as 
occurring on the Yellow Ledges during December, January and February, 
and breeding there. As this is a large seal and does not conform in breed- 
ing habits with the harp seal we feel reasonably certain that it is referable 
to H. grypus. Moreover, John Moses, a local taxidermist, is in possession 
of an example of this species which was taken off Grand Manan. 

The ‘‘ winter seals ” are sometimes killed on the ledges by the fishermen 
but in general they keep well off the coast, and only occasionally work 
along the Grand Manan shore. 


_ Cystophora cristata (Erxl.). 
HOODED SEAL. 
Mr. Foster described perfectly this seal which had been seen for the last 
three years in the fall and winter at Grand Harbor. We were able to find 
no further evidence of its occurrence. 


* Herrick, H., Bull. Essex Inst., V, No. 2 and 3, March, 1873. 
+ Dwight, J., Jr., Mem. Nutt. Ornith. Club, No. 2, p. 15, Aug., 1895. 


Copeland and Church—Mammals of Grand Manan. 125 


George A. Boardman* in his list of the mammals of Maine and New 
Brunswick writes of this species: “ Often seen on the rocks, Grand Manan 
and Murr ledges.” 

Vulpes fulvus (Desmarest). 
RED FOX. 

About twenty-five or thirty years ago a pair of foxes were brought to 
Grand Manan by the Pleasant Point Indians of Maine, through the in- 
fluence of W. B. McLaughlin, and were set at liberty at Southern Head. 
They multiplied rapidly,and soon overran the island. At low tide they made 
their way out to some of the neighboring small islands, and destroyed the 
colonies of Herring Gulls which nested there. C.H. Andros, + writing on 
the birds of the island in ’87, refers to their depredations in the following 
terms: ‘“ The distance to certain of the outlying islands is so short at ebb 
tide that the foxes have gained access to them, and thus not only have the 
ground breeders of the main suffered, but those on the pregnable islands, 
owing to the limited area, are depopulated to even a greater extent, and 
the former breeding grounds of the Ringnecks are destroyed.” Not only 
did the birds suffer but the hares were also at their mercy,and were prob- 
ably exterminated by them. 

We learned that the foxes attained their greatest abundance about ten 
years ago, when trappers from Nova Scotia visited Grand Manan and 
killed them in large numbers. Since then they have decreased rapidly 
until at present they are only occasionally seen, and we failed in our 
attempts to secure any specimens during our stay. 


Lutra canadensis (Schreber). 
OTTER. 

The otter is reported as occurring in perhaps two or more of the wilder 
ponds on the west side of the island. Mr. Foster informed us he had seen 
an otter slide last year. 

Myotis subulatus (Say). 
SAY’S BAT. 

Several small brown bats were noted at Grand Harbor and North Head, 
and apparently they were the only species breeding on the island. Two 
were secured, both of which proved to be M. subulatus. 


Lasiurus borealis (Miller). 
RED BAT. 

We saw one specimen of this species in the collection of John Moses. 
The exact date of its capture was unknown, but it was taken three or four 
years ago in the fall, and was probably a migrant. 

Lasiurus cinereus (Beauvois). 
HOARY BAT. 


A single specimen was in the possession of John Moses, and was taken 
about the same time as the red bat. Without doubt it was captured while 
migrating. 


* Boardman, S. L., The Naturalist of The Saint Croix, p. 320, 1903. 
+ Andros, C. H., Ornith. and Ool., XII, No. 10, p. 173, Oct., 1887. 


VE VS Te 


VoL. XIX pp. 127-132 SEPTEMBER 6, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


REVISION OF THE GENUS WISLIZENIA. 
BY EDWARD L. GREENE. 


Having had occasion to examine minutely the reticulation of 
the silicles in certain genera of the Cruciferae, I passed to the 
comparison of these with those of two anomalous members of 
the family of Capparidaceae, namely Oxystylis and Wislizenia, 
the former a rare, the latter a not very common type, both 
indigenous to the desert regions of the remote Southwest. 

One of the generic characters of Wislizenia, according to 
authors, is the reticulate and tuberculate superficies of the nut- 
let-like one-seeded twin valves of the fruit. 

In the process of examining the valves, as they appear in a 
long series of specimens in the National Museum and in my 
own herbarium, I found those of the original Wislizenia refracta 
to be in truth, and very beautifully, reticulate as well as slightly 
tuberculate, this description of valve, or rather nutlet, occurring 
however in no specimens except such as had come from western 
Texas and adjacent New Mexico, the peculiar climatic region 
whence this type species had been derived. These specimens, 
assorted and separated from the others, left a much more con- 
siderable bundle of mounted sheets that were a medley of things 
not in any way reconcilable with the species W. refracta, the 
name of which was on almost all the labels. 

Out of this medley I gathered first a series of sheets, all from 
a very different climatic region in northern Arizona, in every 
specimen of which the valves are devoid of any kind of either 
reticulation or tuberculation and almost smooth; this plant in 
habit and aspect also very unlike the real W. refracta. <A third 
series of sheets differing clearly from both the aforementioned as 
to foliage as well as fruit seemed as clearly to illustrate a species 


confined, as it would seem, to the low and heated district of the 
28—Proc. BIOL. Soc, WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906, 


128 Greene—Revision of the Genus Wislizenia. 


Gila Valley in southern Arizona. From another region remote 
from this and more remote still from Texas and northern 
Arizona were a series of specimens all with valves strongly 
ribbed but not reticulate ; while again, and from very far to the 
northward of what had been regarded as the range of Wislizenia 
there appeared a member of the genus exhibiting almost the 
valves of the original Texan species, but in foliage and habit 
extremely different from all; so that it became manifest that 
the genus must needs be revised, and a fair number of excellent 
geographic species given recognition on characters of the fruit 
chiefly ; though each species seems to have its own particular 
area, and is thus rather perfectly isolated, topographically and 
climatically, from every other. 

While pursuing this line of research, Mr. J. N. Rose pleas- 
antly surprised me by bringing forth a series of specimens of his 
own gathering in Sonora and Lower California, upon which he 
had undertaken a critical study long since, which study had 
been interrupted, and these, together with the manuscript on 
them, he generously submitted to me, as an aid to this general 
revision. His own Sonoran species, both of them well marked 
in character, conclude the subjoined list of species mostly new. 

Out of the ten species here recognized, all seem true to the 
original account of the group as a genus of annuals, except one 
inhabiting the Lower Californian peninsula which seems to be 
not only of perennial duration, but is even suffruticose, if not 
indeed altogether shrubby. 

In the course of this study, no modification of fruit, such as 
might tend in any degree to the weakening of the generic char- 
acter of Wislizenia has been observed ; neither does their appear 
in any of the seven new species, the least habital leaning towards 
Oxystylis ; which genus, still monotypical, might in almost any 
event be rested on its strange habit, with lateral and densely 
glomerate inflorescence ; in both which particulars it is most 
unlike any and every other genus of the family. 


KEY TO THE SPECIES BY THE VALVES. 


Valves obovoid or pyriform, rounded at apex, either not tuberculate or 
the tubercles few and low. 


Valves short pyriform, with few lines, a well defined reti- 
culation, and a few low tubercles at summit. 
1. W. refracta. 


Greene—Revision of the Genus Wislizenia. 129 


Valves pyriform, neither obviously lineolate nor at all 
tuberculate, usually quite smooth. 2. W. melilotoides. 


Valves shorter, obovoid, with few low ribs, an obscure reti- 
culation, and a few low tubercles at summit. 
3. W. Californica. 
Valves pyriform, closely and sharply lineolate, and with 
a crown of more prominent but low tubercles. 
4. W. divaricata. 
Valves round-obovoid, with 5 prominent ribs and some 
reticulation, the summit with a few low tubercles. 
5. W. pacalis. 
Valves short, almost subcylindric, prominently both 
ribbed and reticulate and with a low tuberculation. 
6. W. scabrida. 
Valves mostly subpyriform, but summit less rounded, usually quite trun- 
cate, in most species conspicuously mamillate-tuberculate. 


Valves pyriform, closely and sharply lineolate and with 
some elongated reticulation, the summit crowned 
with a circle of 5 spreading mammiform tubercles. 
7. W. fruticosa. 
Valves long, subturbinate-pyriform, strongly striate, near 
the summit fenestrate-reticulate, the summit with a 
circle of long connivent tubercles. 8. W. Palmeri. 


Valves short subquadrate-obovate, the lower half strongly 
ribbed and closely striate, the broad summit traversed 
by a few elevated ridges. 9. W. costellata. 


Valves subturbinate above a short cylindric base, the whole 
ribbed and lineolate, hardly reticulate, the summit 
with large mammiform tubercles. 10. W. mamillata. 


1. Wislizenia refracta Engelm.. 


Wislizenia refracta, Engelm. Wisliz. Mem. 99. 
, Gray, Pl. Wright. 1. 11, t. 2. 
, Gray, Syn. FI. 1. 186 in part. 


Tall and rather Jax notstout glabrous annual: leaflets elliptic or oblong- 
elliptic, acute at both ends, mostly 2.5-3 cm. long; fruiting racemes slender, 
5-10 cm. long: carpels pyriform, marked with a few low ribs or striae and 
much intervening reticulation, especially toward the rounded summit, this 
part sometimes with a few low tubercles by no means conspicuous. 

Originally from the valley of the Rio Grande about El Paso, Texas, and 
in adjacent New Mexico; and no specimens yet seen from more westerly 
stations, to which it might be expected to migrate after the advent of the 
railways, and where it may yet be found; but, I apprehend, only as a 
migrant; all western plants at present known exhibiting characters as 
distinct. 


130 Greene—Revision of the Genus Wislizenia. 


2. Wislizenia melilotoides sp. nov. 


Glabrous, stout and low, freely and somewhat fastigiately branched, all 
the branches short, very leafy, ending each in a short subsessile raceme : 
leaflets cuneate-obovate, very obtuse, almost truncate, mucronulate, 1-2 
cm. long: fruiting racemes narrow, the oldest only 5-7 cm. long; fruit 4mm. 
wide; carpels long-pyriform, remarkably smooth and rounded, at most 
only obscurely lineolate and with traces of two or three tubercles, more 
usually with none at all. 

Vicinity of Holbrook, northern Arizona, apparently. first collected by 
H. H. Rusby, August 20, 1883, No. 581 as in U. 8. Herb.; again at 
Hardy Tank in the same region, by E. O. Wooton, 1892; the most 
perfect specimens by Miss Myrtle Zuck, at Holbrook, August 4, 1896. 

In habit, form and hue of the very copious foliage, and short racemes, 
this species strongly recalls a yellow-flowered Sweet Clover. Its fruit char- 
acters are very strong, the carpels being usually quite smooth, and with a 
shallow elongated pit or hollow on the sides marking the form of the seed 
within. 


3. Wislizenia Californica sp. nov. 


Wislizenia refracta, Greene, FI. Fr. 247, not of Engelm. 


Stout, much branched, the branches elongated, sparingly leafy, copi- 
ously floriferous, minutely scaberulous in lines: leaflets commonly oval, 
obtuse or subtruncate, mucronulate, sometimes narrower and acute, 
scaberulous along the midvein beneath: carpels short, usually obovoid- 
rather than pyriform, the longitudinal lines or ribs coarse but low and not 
\very salient, somewhat broken into an obscure reticulation at summit and 
there, as it were, angled by 4 or 5 coarse and low tubercles. 

Interior of California, in dry sandy soil from about Tulare northward 
to Sacramento; abundant about Lathrop ; totally distinct from the Texan 
W. refracta. 


4. Wislizenia divaricata sp. nov. 


Glabrous, very widely and loosely branched, the branches from strongly 
divergent to quite divaricate, stout, rigid, uncommonly naked-looking, the 
scattered foliage small for the plant and all but the proper cauline leaves 
. unifoliolate, the leaflets cuneate-oblong, almost pungently acute, 1.5-2 
cm. long: racemes many and elongated: fruit 5 mm. wide, the carpels 
elongated pyriform, being constricted just above the base, marked longi- 
tudinally by a prominent narrow reticulation rather than by crowded and 
unbroken lines, the summit crowned with a circle of about 5 low tubercles. 

Southern part of the Colorado Desert in San Diego County, California, 
collected only by C. R. Orcutt, June 23, 1888, at Bonego Springs; distri- 
buted to National Herbarium under No. 1492. 


Greene—Revision of the Genus Wislizenia. 131 


5. Wislizenia pacalis sp. nov. 


Wislizenia Palmeri, Brandg. Proc. Calif. Acad. 2 ser. 2: 128 in part, not 
of Gray. 


Branches stout, often tortuous or flexuous, not quite glabrous, red-dotted 
or purplish: leaflets always 3, oblong, usually very obtuse or even retuse 
or emarginate, 2-3 cm. long: racemes remarkably short, sessile: fruit short, 
only 3-4 mm. wide; carpels mostly round-obovate, in some specimens 
longer and subpyriform, the prominent striae 5 only, ending in a more or 
less distinct low tubercle, the intervening spaces conspicuously reticulate. 

La Paz, Lower California, 1890, Edw. Palmer, his No. 88 as in U.S. Herb. 
the type ; but collected earlier, namely in 1889 at San Juanico by Brandegee, 
and at the same place by Anthony in 1897. Also in 1897 it was collected 
at La Paz by Mr. Rose, No. 1311 as in U.S. Herb.; but these specimens 
have longer and even acutish leaflets ; but the peculiarly reticulate carpels 
are about the same in all and are far more like those of the Texan and 
original W. refracta than like those of W. Palmeri ; and Mr. Rose found 
himself unable to refer them to either species; his label bearing, in his 
hand, nothing but the name of the genus. 


6. Wislizenia scabrida Eastw. 


Wislizenia scabrida, Eastw. Bull. Torr. Club, 30: 490. 


Low leafy habit of W. melilotoides, and with like broad leaflets, but not 
fastigiate, the branches widely spreading, the basal rising with a curve, the 
whole plant even to the margins of the growing leaflets scaberulous : leaf- 
lets at apex usually truncate, or not rarely quite retuse: carpels short, not 
rounded or tapering, short-subcylindric, closely turgid- ribbed, the truneate 
summit coarsely low-tuberculate. 

Apparently common in the vicinity of Tucson, southern Arizona, where 
it was collected by Lemmon in 1880, Pringle in 1881,and later by Toumey 
and others. 


7. Wislizenia fruticosa sp. nov. 


Wislizenia Palmeri, Brandg. Proc. Calif. Acad. 2 Ser. 2: 128 in part, not of 
Gray. 


Low, compact, suffrutescent, with yellowish and shining bark on woody 
parts of stem, the flowering branches short, fastigiate, densely leafy, all 
parts glabrous, yellow-green ; leaves with short stout petioles, the 3 leaflets 
notably unequal, oblong, acutish, the terminal one 3 cm. long, the laterals 
little more than 2 cm.; racemes short, sessile; pedicels much elongated: 
fruit about 5 mm. wide; carpels pyriform, but widened at summit into a 
broad crown of large somewhat spreading tubercles developed abruptly 
from the termini of the ribs, the intervening striae not crowded on the sides 
of the carpel, but running into some few distinct reticulations. 

Lower Californian species, so far as known collected only by. Mr. 
Brandegee, at Calamujuet, May 11, 1889; the type specimen being in U.S. 
Herbarium. I see nothing in this type from which one may infer even a 


132 Greene—Revision of the Genus Wislizenia. 


near affinity for W. Paimeri. Its leaves are all trifoliolate. Its carpels 
are short in comparison, and their terminal tubercles are spreading, not 
convergent as in that; while by its unmistakably suffrutescent or even 
fairly shrubby habit and duration, it stands alone in a genus all other 
known species of which are annuals. 


8. Wislizenia Palmeri Gray. 


Wislizenia Palmeri, Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 622. 


Rather widely and rigidly branched, glabrous: leaves a nonae all 
simple and greatly elongated, the outline linear-oblanceolate, the length 
3-5 cm., base tapering, apex obtuse or subtruncate, texture firm, even 
apparently subsucculent: fruit 7-8 mm. wide; carpels subturbinate-pyri- 
form, strongly but not closely nerved, the intaroals as wider toward the 
summit fenestrate-reticulate, the summit crowned with very prominent 
mammiform tubercles, these somewhat connivent, or at least not at all 
spreading. 

Maritime sand dunes of the shores of the Gulf of California northward, 
and about the mouth of the Colorado River; collected by Edw. Palmer, in 
1865, and again by D. T. MacDougal in 1904; not otherwise known to me. 


9. Wislizenia costellata Rose sp. nov. 


Growing parts minutely and sparsely scaberulous ; whole herbage more 
than usually glaucous, the branches very leafy, somewhat tortuous : leaves 
and their petioles of about equal length ; leaflets cuneate-obovate, obtuse, 
only 1.5-2 em. long: racemes subsessile, 1-1.5 dm. long: fruit only 3 mm. 
wide, the carpels at summit almost as thick as long, truncate at both ends, 
marked longitudinally by 5 or 6 ribs and many intervening closely com- 
pacted striae, the main ribs gradually thicker toward the summit where 
each ends in a stout low tubercle. 

Sonora, Mexico, between Nogales and Guaymas, June 4, 1897, J. N. 
Rose, No. 1294; type specimens in the U.S. National Herbarium. Easily 
distinct from W. refracta by the very short and thick strongly ribbed 
carpels, which are also truncate at the apex. 


10. Wislizenia mamillata Rose sp. nov. 


Glabrous; leaves on slender petioles nearly as long as the leaflets, the 
latter also conspicuously petiolulate, the blades narrowly oblong, acutish, 
2-3 em. long: fruiting raceme stout and elongated, 1-2 dm. long, short- 
peduncled: fruit about 6.5 mm. wide, the carpels shuttle-cock-shaped, 
coarsely and somewhat turgidly striate, not at all reticulate, somewhat con- 
stricted above the base, thence abruptly widening to a broad and strongly 
mamillate-tuberculate summit. 

Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico, June, 1887, Edw. Palmer, No. 74, also by 
J. N. Rose at the same place, June, 1897, Dr. Palmers’ specimens having 
been distributed for W. Palmeri; but in characters of fruit the plant is 
extremely different from W. Palmeri, and even the foliage is all trifoliolate, 
while in W. Palmeri all the leaves are simple, or unifoliolate. 


J) “VoL. XIX, pp. 133-142 SEPTEMBER 25, 1906: 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 2 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DIAGNOSES OF NEW SPECIES OF MOSQUITOES. 
BY HARRISON G. DYAR AND FREDERICK KNAB. 


The following new species of mosquitoes have been found in 
our study of the material collected for the Carnegie monograph 
of the mosquitoes of North and Middle America, and prelimi- 
nary diagnoses are here given of them. In all cases where 
more than one locality is mentioned the type locality is given 


first. 
Genus PSOROPHORA Rosinrau-Desvorpy. 


Psorophora virescens sp. nov. 


Close to P. howardii Coquillett, but the abdomen above metallic green 
shining instead of blue. The species is also somewhat smaller. 

35 specimens, Almoloya, Acapulco, Tehuantepec, Salina Cruz, Mexico; 
Puntarenas, Costa Rica (F. Knab); Manzanillo, Mexico (A. Dugés) ; Mon- 
terey, Mexico (J. Goldberger). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9966, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Psorophora saeva sp. nov. 

Black with blue reflection, the legs with dense, short, outstanding scales ; 
tips of posterior femora white. Whitish scales on sides of head and a line 
at least on thorax, but this is denuded. Wings smoky blackish. 

3 specimens, Trinidad, B. W. I. (F. W. Urich); Trinidad, June (A. 
Busck). | 

Type.—Cat. No. 9964, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 


Psorophora iracunda sp. nov. 

Black with metallic blue luster, the legs with abundant outstanding 
scales, long and squammose. Posterior femora slightly grayish at tip. 
Wings smoky clouded. 

5 specimens, Puntarenas, Costa Rica (F. Knab). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9965, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Genus CULISETA Fett. 


Culiseta maccrackenae sp. nov. 


Proboscis black ; thorax with two brown stripes, the yestiture yellowish 
over black. Wings with brown stains in the membrane where the scales 
29—Proc, BIoL. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (133) tnt ost 

; : ae meget : ~~ mh, 
2 Oe ENN ibe, a 
oh ad af *e, 


a 


if si " oy he ee 
# AYA W dh 


, % * 1 
‘ 4 7 a oe ad 
é W _ iP ser, ant ¥f as oe at 
ea! ot ee Tee ag 


134 Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 


form small black patches at cell, on cross-veins and at bases of forked cells ; 
abdomen black with narrow whitish basal segmental bands, whitish 
scaled ventrally. Legs black, the femora pale at base and with a white 
ring before tip; tibiae with a line of white scales on each side; hind tarsal 
joints banded with white at base nearly to middle. 

1 o&', 4 9, Stanford University, California, March, June 23, 1903 (Miss 
MacCracken) ; Eureka, Cal., June 8 (H. 8. Barber) ; San Francisco, Cal., 
July 4, 1906 (Miss Ludlow). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9961, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Culiseta dugesi sp. nov. 


Proboscis black with a few white scales ; thorax with two brown stripes, 
the vestiture yellowish over black. Wings with brown stains in the mem- 
brane where the scales form small black patches on cell, on cross-vein and 
at bases of forked cells; abdomen black with narrow white basal seg- 
mental bands, whitish scaled ventrally. Legs black, sprinkled with whit- 
ish scales, the femora pale at base with a white ring before the tip; tibiae 
with a line of white scales on each side; hind tarsal joints banded with 
white at base for less than one-fourth their length. 

5 Q, Guanajuato, Mexico, January 20, 1905 (A. Dugés) ; Mexico City, 
Mex., October 26, 1900 (S. Arara). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9962, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Genus JANTHINOSOMA Lyncu-ARRIBALZAGA. 
Janthinosoma vanhalli sp. nov. 


Hind legs with outstanding scales ; thorax golden yellow scaled above ; 
no blue spot on the last two abdominal segments below; else as in J. sayi 
Dyar & Knab. 

7 specimens, Paramaribo, Surinam (Dr. Van Hall, through U.S. Dept. 
Agriculture). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9967, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma champerico sp. nov. 


-Hind legs with raised scales; last two joints of hind tarsi white ; ab- 
domen all yellow scaled below; else as in JJ. lutzii Theobald. 
One specimen, Champerico, Guatemala (F. Knab). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9968, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma coffini sp. nov. 


Hind legs without raised scales; tarsi without pale basal bands ; penul- 
timate joint of hind tarsi white, the last dark; thorax all yellow scaled 
above ; tips of mid and hind femora dusky. Agrees with the description 
of J. varipes Coquillett, but a careful examination of the types of that 
species shows there to be dark scales on the center of the thorax and that 
_ itis asynonym of J. discrucians Walker, as identified by Coquillett. 

8 specimens, Nassau, Bahamas, B. W. I., June 22, 1903 (T. H. Coffin). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9969, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 135 


Janthinosoma schwarzi sp. nov. 


As in J. coffini Dyar & Knab, but the tips of the hind femora are pure 
white. 

One specimen, Cayamas, Cuba, May 7 (E. A. Schwarz). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9970, U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma texanum sp. nov. 


Hind legs without raised scales; tarsal joints with pale basal bands ; first 
hind tarsal joint with a narrow white ring; thorax golden brown; white 
ring of the first hind tarsal joint one-third or more as broad as the joint. 
Else as in J. jamaicensis Theobald. 

7 specimens, Brownsville, Texas, May 21, 1904 (H. 8S. Barber). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9971, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma floridense sp. nov. 


As in J. texanum Dyar & Knab, but the thorax violet blue. The pale 
abdominal bands are powdery, interrupted dorsally and confused; the 
general color, including the wings, is dark, and the third vein has scale 
tufts throughout its length, instead of at base only. 

105 specimens, Tampa, Kissimmee, Sanford, Arcadia, Bartow, Pokatee, 
Alligator Creek, Florida (Dyar & Caudell). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9972, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma toltecum sp. nov. 


As is J. floridense Dyar & Knab, but the pale abdominal bands are ex- 
tensive, broken only on the last segments ; the scales on the scutellum have 
a silvery luster. 

89 specimens, Tehuantepec, Salina Cruz, Rincon Antonio, Santa Lucrecia, 
Almoloya, Mexico (F. Knab); Vera Cruz, Mexico (G. E. Beyer) ; Dallas, 
Texas, September 14 (W. E. Hinds). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9973, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma columbiae sp. nov. 


As in J. tolteewm Dyar & Knab, but the abdomen more strongly pale 
scaled, the third vein with the broad scales in a basal dot only, the scu- 
tellum without silvery luster. 

59 specimens, Grassymead, Va. (H. G. Dyar); Del Ray and St. Elmo, 
Va. (F. C. Pratt) ; Woodstock, Va. (J. Kotinsky); Delair, N. J. (W. P. 
Seal) ; Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. (F. E. Lutz) ; Greensboro, N. C. (F. C. 
Pratt); Tutuila, Jackson, Belzoni, Clarksdale, Corbin, Yazoo City, Miss. 
(H. 8. Barber) ; Agricultural College, Miss. (G. W. Herrick) ; Baton Rouge, 
La. (J. A. Morgan). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9974, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma insularius sp. nov. 


Hind legs without raised scales ; tarsi with pale bands; first hind tarsal 
joint without a white ring; wings with whitish and dark scales intermixed ; 


136 Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 


legs pale, the yellowish scales predominating. Else as in J. pygmaeus 
Theobald, | 
8 specimens, Santo Domingo, W. I. (A. Busck). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9975, U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 


Genus ANOPHELES Meigen. 
Anopheles vestitipennis sp. nov. 


Tarsi banded with white, the hind tarsi black and white, both tarsi.and 
femora speckled ; wing veins black scaled with many little yellow patches. 

23 specimens, Trece Aguas, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala, April 7 to 14, 1906 
(Schwarz and Barber) ; Polochic River, Guat., May 1, 1906 (Schwarz and 
Barber); Panzos, Guat., June, 1904 (O. F. Cook), March 23, 1906 (Schwarz 
and Barber); Nautla, Maxico (A. Dugés); Palizada, Mex. (A. Dugés); 
Cayamas, Cuba, May 22, “in the house” (E. A. Schwarz). — 

Type.—Cat. No. 9976, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Anopheles strigimacula sp. nov. 


Tarsi banded with white, the hind tarsi black and white, both tarsi and 
femora speckled ; wing veins white with black dots and spots; third vein 
with a small black dot at base or beyond ; wing scales narrow ; tarsi black 
and white, not yellow; no distinct costo-apical black spot on wing; last 
vein with three black dashes. 

One specimen, Cordoba, Mexico (F. Knab). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9977, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Anopheles apicimacula sp. nov. 


As in A. strigimacula D. & K., but with a distinct black costo-apical spot 
on wing. 

26 specimens, Livingston, Guatemala, May 11, 1906 (H. 8. Barber) ; Cor- 
doba, Mexico (F. Knab); Colon, Panama (A. I. Kendall); Trinidad, 
B.'W. I. (F. W. Urich). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9978, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Anopheles punctimacula sp. nov. 


As in A. strigimacula D. & K., but the last vein with a row of black dots. 
One specimen, Colon, Panama, February 2, 1904 (W. M. Black). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9979, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Genus SABETHES Rosrnravu-Dzsvoipy. 
Sabethes bipartipes sp. nov. 


Proboscis black ; palpi and head metallic blue ; thorax olive green with 
two broad, deep blue discal stripes, the prothoracic lobes blue; pleurae and 
eoxae silvery ; abdomen dark metallic blue above, greenish towards the 
base, venter golden ‘with silvery basal segmental bands ; first segment en- 
tirely silvery underneath. Legs, the middle pair with the second and 
outer third of first tarsal joints with a long flattened fringe, black, the apical 
half of the fringe of the second segment creamy white, the leg deep metallic 
blue. Front and hind legs simple, blue. 

Twospecimens, Santo Domingo, West Indies (F. E. Si A. Busck). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9980, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 


Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 137 


The same, or a similar species has been described by Theobald as the 
male of his Sabethes nitidus (Mon. Culic., ii, 347, 1901); but the type of nitidus 
is clearly the female there described, is referable to the section Subethoides, 
in which the tarsi are not plumed, thus leaving the present species name- 
less. 

Genus LESTICOCAMPA Dyar & Knap. 


The species on which this genus was founded appears now to be unde- 
seribed. It was identified by Coquillett, and accepted by us, as Jublotia 
lunata Theobald. But Theobald states positively that lunata has the 
clypeus hairy, thus being properly referable to Joblotia, which is not the 
case with the form before us. Therefore, unless Theobald has made an 
error of observation, our species is distinct. Lesticocampa is allied to Run- 
chomyia, rather than Joblotia, but differs in the absence of the conical 
frontal process of that genus. The eyes are contiguous vertically, the pro- 
thoracic lobes well separated. The type species is : 


Lesticocampa rapax sp. nov. 


3; head clothed with dull violet scales behind, with a row of black 
erect forked scales; thorax with dull brown scales with faint purple reflec- 
tion ; pleurae and coxae silvery; abdomen dull steel blue, violaceous in 
certain light the first segment with brighter blue scales, 8th with bright 
violet scales, golden at the sides; venter golden; last segment bright violet 
blue with numerous bristles below. Legs entirely violet blue. Palpi longer 
than the antennae, upcurved. : 

* Q; similar to the male, palpi short, as long as four joints of the antennae. 

1 o’, Trinidad, B. W. 1. (F. W. Urich), bred from larvae described as 
Lesticocampa lunata Theob. (Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. ent. soc., xiv, 226, 
1906); 3 2, Sao Paulo, Brazil (A. Lutz); Patulue, Guatemala (D. G. Eisen). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9981, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Lesticocampa vonplesseni sp. nov. 


Q; head with dull indigo blue scales behind ; palpi as long as six joints 
of the atennae, black; thorax elongate, with sooty scales; abdomen dull 
blue above, golden below; legs black with blue reflection. 

4 specimens, upper Pastazza River, Ecuador (Baron von Plessen,through 
Dr. M. Graham). 


Type.—Cat. No. 9982, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Lesticocampa leucopus sp. nov. 
Palpi of 9 as long as six joints of the antennae; hind tarsi white at tip. 
5 specimens, Bluefields, Nicaragua (W. F. Thornton); Bocas del Toro, 
Panama (P. Osterhout). 
Type.—Cat. No. 10,008, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Lesticocampa ulopus sp. nov. 


Palpi of 9.as long as six joints of the antennae; mid and hind tarsi 
white at tip. 


138 Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 


One specimen, Bluefields, Nicaragua (W. F. Thornton). 
Type.—Cat. No. 10,004, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 


Genus WYEOMYIA THEOBALD. 
Wyeomyia vanduzeei sp. nov. 


Head brown with a silvery patch at vertex and one on each side of the 
occiput ; proboscis black; prothoracic lobes silvery ; thorax brown with 
two white spots in front; pleurae silvery ; abdomen blackish with bluish 
luster, white below; legs dark, pale beneath, middle pair with tip of third, 
fourth, fifth joints pale above; from side view the tarsal joints of hind legs 
show white at base. 

12 specimens, Estero, Florida (J. B. VanDuzee), bred from larvae in 
leaves of Bromelias. 

Type.—Cat. No. 9988, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia bromeliarum sp. nov. 


We propose this term for the larvae described by us as W. asullepta 
Theob. (Journ. N. Y. ent. soc., xiv, 228, pl. xv, fig. 69, 1906). The single 
bred adult has, most unfortunately, been nearly entirely destroyed since it 
was identified by Mr. Coquillett, and we are unable to check the identifi- 
cation. There is no reason, however, to suppose it the same as the conti- 
nental form, asullepta. 

Type.—Cat. No. 9989. U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia bahama gp. nov. 


Proboscis black, bronzy beneath, rather short, much thickened at the 
tip; head black, a white spot at vertex, silvery at the sides; prothoracic 
lobes silvery; thorax bronzy brown; pleurae and coxae silvery; abdomen 
black above, silvery white below. Femora and tibiae blackish, pale be- 
neath ; second to fifth joints of tarsi of hind feet whitish at base from side 
view. 

16 specimens, Tarpon Bay, Bahama Islands (T. H. Coffin). . 

Type.—Cat. No. 9990, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia violescens sp. nov. 


Head black, asilvery spot on vertex ; proboscis black ; prothoracic lobes 
pearly violet; thorax bronzy brown, scales towards the margin more 
metallic; pleurae and coxae silvery ; abdomen black with bluish reflection, 
silvery beneath; legs blackish, femora and tibiae pale beneath, middle 
pair with part of third, fourth and fifth tarsal joints pale above ; hind pair 
with the tarsi laterally white at the bases of the joints. 

8 specimens, Cayamas, Cuba, May and June (E. A. Schwarz). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9991, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia minor sp. nov. 


Head blackish, a silvery spot on vertex; proboscis black ; prothoracic 
lobes silvery white; thorax light bronzy brown; pleurae and coxae silvery ; 


Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 139 


abdomen black, pale beneath; legs dark, femora and tibiae pale below, 
middle pair without whitish on tarsi above; hind pair with the tarsi from 
side view silvery at the bases of the joints. 

7 specimens, Baracoa, Cuba, September, 1901 (A. Busck). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9992, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia guatemala sp. noy. 


Prothoracic lobes silvery white; head black on the occiput, a very nar- 
row white margin to the eyes, distinct at vertex and sides, nearly obsolete 
at the middle. Body and legs colored as in the other species of this group, 

Two specimens, Trece Aguas, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala, April (Schwarz 
and Barber). 

- Type.—Cat. No. 9994, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeompyia fratercula sp. nov, 


Prothoracic lobes silvery white; head black behind, a square, diagonally 
placed, white spot on the vertex, the sides below also white; front tibiae 
above bronzy with only a slight blue reflection. 

One specimen, Martinique, W. I., July (A. Busck). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9995, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


bd e 
Wyeomyia sororcula sp. nov. 


Prothoracic lobes silvery white; head black behind, a square, diagonally 
placed, white spot on the vertex, the sides below also white, less broadly 
and squarely so than in W. fratercu/a; front tibiae dark metallic-blue - 
above. 

53 specimens, San Francisco Mts., Santo Domingo, W. I., August and 
September (A. Busck). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9996, U. S. Nat. Mus. 

The larva of this species has been described under the name Wusompia 
grayii Theob. (Journ. N. Y. ent. soc., xiv, 228, 1906), as identified by Mr. 
Coquillett. W. grayii was described from Santa Lucia, and is most proba- 
bly specifically distinct from any of the forms before us. We can not be 
clear on this point, for Theobald’s description of grayii makes no mention 
of the color of the prothoracic lobes, so we do not even know if grayii be- 
longs to the present group. However, each island seems to have its own 
species in this group of Wyeomyia, and the rule will probably hold good in 
this case. 

Wyeomyia pseudopecten sp. nov. 


Prothoracic lobes entirely dark; occiput blackish with a lighter brown 
central stripe; eyes broadly margined with white. 

8 specimens, Trinidad, B. W. I. (A. Buseck, F. W. Urich). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9997, U. S. Nat. Mus. 

The larvae of this form were described as W. wlocoma Theob. (Journ. 
N. Y. ent. soc., xiv, 229, pl. xvi, fig. 73, 1906), following Mr. Coquillett’s 
determination, with which we can not agree after seeing the specimens. 
W. ulocoma was described from Guiana and is, no doubt, a distinct species. 


140 Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 


Wyeomyia melanocephala sp. nov. 
Prothoracic lobes entirely dark bluish; head dark behind, without white 
margin to the eyes; hind feet with the last two tarsal joints white. 
One specimen, Trinidad, B. W. I. (A. Busck). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9998, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia glaucocephala sp. nov. 
Prothoracic lobes entirely dark ; occiput green and blue, the eyes. with a 
white margin which narrows centrally. 


7 specimens, Santo Domingo, W. I. (A. Busck). 
Type.—Cat. No. 9999, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 


The larva of this species was included with the larva of W. ulocoma in. 


our description, cited above. They are doubtless similar; but cause ma- 
terial will probably enable them to be separated. 


Wyeomyia adelpha sp. nov. 


Prothoracic lobes entirely dark; head dark behind, the eyes with an 
even white margin; middle legs with white marks on the tarsi. 

11 specimens, Esparta, Costa Rica (F. Knab). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,000, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia galoa sp. nov. | 
Prothoracic lobes entirely dark; head dark behind, the eyes with an 
even white margin; feet all dark. 


3 specimens, Trece Aguas, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala. (Schwarz and 


Barber). 
Type.—Cat. No. 10,001, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia chalcocephala sp. nov. 


Prothoracic lobes entirely dark; head bronzy behind, the eyes with a 
white margin that is narrowed centrally. 

7 specimens, Trece Aguas, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala (Schwarz and 
Barber), and others, presumably the same, but badly denuded of scales, 
from Aguna, Guatemala (D. G. Eisen) and Bocas del Toro, Panama (P. 
Osterhout ). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,092, U. S. Nat. Mus: 


Wyeomyia celaenocephala sp. nov. 


Prothoracic lobes all dark brown or blue; eyes without a white border ; 
no vertical white patch ; hind feet all dark, without white spots. 

One specimen, Trece Aguas, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala (Schwarz & 
Barber). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,006, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Wyeomyia espartana sp. nov. 

Prothoracic lobes dark centrally, the tips distinctly white. Similar to 
W. ochrura.Dyar & Knab, but the lobes are darker and more contrastingly 
colored, black centrally with a distinct white tip. 

One specimen, Esparta, Costa Rica (F. Knab). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,005, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


eas Saba esc 2 


Dyar and Knab—New Species of Mosquitoes. 141 


Wyeomyia ochrura Dyar & Knab. 


This species, which we described from larvae from Santo Domingo, 
Dominica and Trinidad, proves to be unusually widely spread. We have 
the adults also from Salvador, Guatemala, Mexico and Jamaica, and both 
larvae and adults from southern Florida, the latter collected in the leaves 
of bromeliaceous plants by Mr. J. B. Van Duzee. Unlike most of the 
Wyeomyia, it seems not to run to local forms, the Florida larvae even being 
the same as the Trinidad ones. The adult is readily recognized by the 
small white tip of scales on the prothoracic lobes, which are violaceous 
brown centrally. 


Genus PHONIOMYIA THEOBALD. 


This genus differs from Wyeomyia by the eyes being contiguous at the 
vertex and in the greater length of the proboscis, which is not swollen at 
tip. It will probably rank as a good genus, although not as sharply de- 
fined on larval characters as the other genera of Sabethinae which we have 
recognized. There is a distinct larval type represented by our figures 74 
and 77 (Journ. N. Y. ent. soc., xiv, plate xvi, 1906). The adult of figure 
74 we would now call Phoniomyia trinidadensis Theob., as the Brazilian 
form, longirostris Theob., presents differential characters, as shown by a 
specimen which we owe to the kindness of Dr. Lutz. The P. trinidadensis 
adults, bred from our larvae, are typical Phoniomyia. The other species, 
fig. 77, has a similar larva, but the single bred adult is a typical Wyeomyia, 
with a short proboscis, swollen at tip. Weare at present unable to decide 
whether there is a lack of parallelism between these genera in adults and 
larvae, or whether some error has occurred in the association of our 
Wyeomyia autocratica larvae and the single bred adult. 


Phoniomyia homotina sp. nov. 


Tarsi without any white; abdomen and legs blackish with a dark blue 
sub-metallic reflection. A large species like P. magna Theobald, but differ- — 
ing therefrom in the color of the body and legs. 

5 specimens, Port Limon, Costa Rica (F. Knab) ; Trece Aguas, Alta Vera 
Paz, Guatemala, March and April (Schwarz and Barber). 

Type.—Cat. No. 9993, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Phoniomyia trinidadensis Theobald. 


The male, previously undescribed, differs from the female in having the 
penultimate joint of the middle tarsi with a distinct white ring. Thespec- 
imen was bred in Trinidad by Mr. F. W. Urich. 


ja ea 
Sere 
cane 7 
KY 


joa 


ae 
ek 


VoL. XIX pp. 143-154 © dureunen 25, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF ACORIDIUM 
FROM THE PHILIPPINES.* 


BY OAKES AMES. 


The following list of new orchids is based on recent collec- 
tions made in the Philippine Islands. I have divided the 
species into two sections, designating as Euacoridiwm all those 
species which lack lateral arms of the column, and designat- 
ing as Platyclinis all those which have such arms. The 
former section is represented in the Philippines by more species 
than the latter and is based on Acoridiwm tenellum, Nees & 
Meyen. Unless otherwise specified, the type specimens are in 
the herbarium of the Bureau of Science, Manila, and duplicate 
types are in my own herbarium. They will all be illustrated in 
the serial Orchidaceae, issuing from the Ames Botanical Labor- 
atory. 

21. EUACORIDIUM. 
Acoridium Williamsii sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi caespitosi, fusiformes; folia linearia, setaceo-triangularia ; pe- 
dunculi quam foliis breviores; flores distichi; sepala lateralia ovato-lan- 
ceolata, acuta, 3-nervia; petala rhombiformi-oblanceolata, acuta, 3-nervia ; 
labellum 3-callosum, 3-lobatum, lobis lateralibus oblongo-falcatis, obtusis, 
lobo medio oblongo obtuso. 

Grass- or rush-like tufted plants, in habit very similar to A. tenellum, 
Nees & Meyen. Pseudobulbs approximate, clustered, fusiform, 7.5 cm. 
long, tapering from a slender base. Sheaths elongated, tubular, maculate, 
acute, closely appressed to the pseudobulb. Leaf linear, triangular in cross 
section, 25 cm. long, about 1 mm. thick, acute. Peduncle filamentous, 
somewhat shorter than the leaf, from near the summit of which it appears 
to arise, being for the most part enclosed by it. Inflorescence slender, 
about 7 cm. long, 5 mm. through. Bracts glumaceous, longer than the 
ovary, 2 mm. long. Flowers 2-3 mm. apart, in 2 rows, greenish-white, 
forming a graceful pendulous raceme. Lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, 
acute, 3-nerved, 3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Upper sepal narrower, oblong, 
3 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Petals rhombic-oblanceolate, acute, 3-nerved, 
about 3 mm. long, | mm. wide. Lip 3-lobed or trifid; lateral divisions 


* Contributions from the Ames Botanical Laboratory, No. 5, we 
30—Proc. Brot. Soc. WaAsH., VoL. XIX, 1906. ~ (148) 


iy 
ra 


ys 
if © 


- 


SP ngage Vnitklt 
y Oc 


ree 
~ hes 
" 


w 
e (EW a lel 
*.. Raa 


aaa 


144 Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 


largest, oblong-falcate, obtuse, with a minute callus at the base of each 
near the sinus formed with the oblong, obtuse, middle lobe, which is 
1mm.long. Column much like that of A. tenellum Nees & Meyen. Fruit 
not seen. : 

Type in Herb. New York Botanical Garden, from Trinidad, Prov. Ben- 
guet, northern Luzon, September 28, 1904 (growing on rock), R. 8S. Wil 
liams (No.1939). 

An interesting addition to the grass-leaved division of Euacoridium, of 
which, heretofore, A. tenellum and A. sphacelatum were the only known 
representatives. From both of these species it is at once distinguished by 
its stricter habit, thicker, triangular leaves, larger flowers, and very differ- 
ent lip. The flowers at the summit of the raceme begin to expand first, a 
character which does not hold in A. tenellum, A. sphacelatum or A. gram- 
inifolium, in all of which species the lowermost flowers are the first to bloom. 


Acoridium graminifolium sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes; folia linearia, acuta; pedunculi quam foliis bre- 
viores; flores distichi ; sepala lateralia lanceolata, acuta, 3-nervia, ad apicem 
paulo conduplicata; petala lanceolata, acuta, 3-nervia; labellum 3-callo- 
sum, 3-lobatum, lobis lateralibus oblongis, ad apicem latioribus, ad basim 
auriculatis, lobo medio oblongo, mucronato. 

Affinity with A. tenellum Nees & Meyen. Tufted grass-like epiphytes, 
with yellow fragrant flowers which turn deep reddish brown when dry. 
Pseudobulbs stem-like, fusiform, 7-8 cm. long, strongly grooved when old, 
clothed with elongated, tubular, maculate, acute, closely appressed sheaths, 
the fibrous remains of which persist. Leaves grass-like, linear, promi- 
nently nerved, with a conspicuous mid-rib, at the base contracted into an 
elongated petiole, above flat, 30 cm. long, 2.6-3 mm. wide, acute. _ Pedun- 
cles filamentous, shorter than the leaves, from near the summit of which 
they appear to arise, and to the face of which they adhere lightly for a 
part of their length. Inflorescence 4.5-5 cm. long, 8-10 mm. through, 
bracts glumaceous, clasping the flowers, about 2 mm.long. Flowers about 
2mm. apart ina rather dense, distichous raceme. Lateral speals lanceo- 
late, acute, 3-nerved, slightly conduplicate at the apex, 4.5 mm. long, 2 mm, 
wide. Upper sepal similar to the laterals, narrower, about 4 mm. long. 
Petalslanceolate acute, 3-nerved, broadly clawed, 3 mm. long, about 1.5 mm. 
wide. Lip 3-lobed, E-shaped; lateral lobes oblong, broadened toward the 
end, with an auricular or rounded lobe at the base on the outer margin; 
middle lobe or division oblong, with a sharp mucro at the tip, with a 
thickened, transverse ridge at the base, which passes into two truncate 
calli, one at the base of each lateral lobe. In the depression at the center 
of the lip is a minute callus on the median nerve. Column lessthan 1 mm. 
long, stout, similar to the column of Acoridiwm tenellum Nees & Meyen. 

Type from between Suyoc and Panai, Prov. Benguet, Luzon, alt. 6,500 
feet. October-November, 1905, E. D. Merrill (No. 4764) ; additional material 
from Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, November, 1905, E. D. Merrill (No. 


4594). 
In Acoridium graminifolum we have an interesting and instructive tran- 


ec 
Sore 


Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 145 


sition between the filamentous-leaved A. tenellum ‘ind the broad-leaved A. 
venustulum and A. pumilum forms of the section J wacoridium. The fleshy 
flowers, which are nearly opaque, and the very - omplex lip of A. gramini- 
folium distinguish it very clearly from its near ailies. The character of the 
lip is worthy of special attention as the struct are of the calli is more like 
that of the calli of A. venustulwm and its allied species than like the calli 
of A. tenellum, thus forming a striking transition between the two groups. 


Acoridium tenuifolium sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes ; folia linearia, attenuata, acuta; pedunculi ouam 
foliis breviores; sepala lateralia triangulari-lanceolata, acuta, 1-nervia ; 
petala lanceolata, 1-nervia; labellum 3-lobatum, 3-callosum, Icbis latera- 
libus valde elongatis, oblongis, obtusis, 1-nerviis, lobo medio minuto. 

Pseudobulbs fusiform, slender, 1.5—-2.5 cm. long, monophyllous. Leaves 
linear, acute, with a prominent mid-rib, 3-12 em. long, 2-4 mm. wide, con- 
tracted below into a slender petiole 1.5 cm. long. Peduncle exceeded by 
the leaf, flexuose, 3.5-5.5 cm. long to the lowermost bract of the inflorescence, 
bracts 2 mm.long, longer than the ovary. Flowers white, less than 2mm. 
apart. Lateral sepals triangular lanceolate, 1-nerved, acute, 3 mm. long, 
1 mm. wide. Upper sepal 3 mm. long, similar to the laterals. Petals 
lanceolate, 1-nerved, 2 mm. long. Lip minute, 3-lobed with relatively long 
lateral lobes, which are erect, oblong, obtuse, and diverted forward, at right 
angles to the column; the saccate middle lobe, which is fleshy and pro- 
vided with a pitcher-like tip at the apex, passes at its basal margin, or rim, 
into thickenings, or calli, one on each side at the sinus formed by the 
lateral and middle lobe; lateral lobes from sinus to apex, 1 mm. long, 
1-nerved. 

Type from Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, alt. 7,000 ft., epiphyte in 
rain forest, October 29, 1905, Elmer D. Merrill (No. 4576). 

While Acoridium tenuifolium is closely allied to A.tenue and A.parvulum, 
it is very distinct from both,and well characterized by its oblong, 1-nerved 
lateral lip-lobes and by its acute, attenuated leaves. 


Acoridium tenue sp. noy. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes; folia lineari-oblonga, obtusa ; pedunculi quam 
foliis cum petiolis breviores, vel interdum longiores; sepala lateralia lineari- . 
lanceolata, acuminata, acuta, 3-nervia; petala lineari-lanceolata, acuminata, 
acuta ; labellum 3-lobatum, 3-callosum, lobis lateralibus lunatis, sub-acutis, 
lobo medio 3-dentato, dentibus lateralibus Pik ue rotundatis, obtusis vel 
sub-acutis. 

Whole plant when in flower 12-18 cm. high, slender throughout. 
Pseudobulbs 1.5-2.2 em. long, fusiform, when immature concealed by the 
tubular, nervose, acute sheaths. Daves linear-oblong, obtuse, with a 
minute indentation on the margin on each side above the middle, prom- 
inently 3-nerved, 3-6 cm. long, 2-45 mm. wide. Petioles slender, 1 cm. 


long. Peduncles filiform, shorter than the leaf and petiole or sometimes 


slightly longer, 4.5-8 cm. long. Bracts longer than the ovaries, erose-den- 


146 Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 


tate on the margin, 2 mm. long. Flowers 2 mm. apart, in slender, graceful, 
flexuose racemes. Racemes 2.7-6.3 cm. long. Lateral sepals linear-lance- 
olate, acuminate, acute, 3-nerved, 3 mm. long,0.9-1 mm. wide. Upper sepal 
similar to the laterals. Petals narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, acute, 2.5 
mm. long. Lip 3-lobed; lateral lobes diaphanous, semi-crescent-shaped, 
sub-acute, with a free callus-like appendage at base on the inner margin of 
each ; middle lobe 0.5 mm. long, tridentate, the lateral teeth rounded, obtuse 
or sub-acute; near the base of the lip on the median line is a minute 
tubercle or callus. Column minute, similar to that of A. tenellum Nees & 
Meyen. 

Type from the trail to Mt. Apo, Mindanao (growing on mossy trees), 
April 19, 1904, E. B. Copeland (No. 1019a) ; additional material from Lamao 
River, Mt. Mariveles, Prov. Bataan, Luzon, October, 1903, Elmer D. Mer- 
rill (No. 3217a). 

Acoridium tenue in habit forms a connecting link between the grass-leaved 
A, graminifolium and the broad-leaved A. venustulum., The lip, however, 
is more like the lip of A. tenellum. 


Acoridium parvulum sp. noy. 


Herbae minutae ; folia lineari-oblonga, obtusa, truncata ; pedunculi quam 
foliis longiores; sepala lateralia lanceolata, acuta, 1-nervia ; petala lanceo- 
lata, acuta, l-nervia; labellum 3-lobatum, 2-callosum, lobis lateralibus 
oblongo-falcatis, obtusis, lobo medio retuso-mucronato. ; 

Affinities with A.tenue. Whole plant not exceeding 8 cm. in height. 
Pseudobulbs monophyllous, 4-10 mm. long, clothed with tubular acute 
sheaths. Leaves linear-oblong, obtuse, truncate, prominently 3-nerved, 2- 
3.5 em. long, 2-2.5 mm. wide. Peduncles very slender, slightly longer than 
the leaves, 3-4 cm. long. Raceme graceful, 1.5-2 cm. long, about 3 mm. 
through. Bracts acute, longer than the ovary, 1.5 mm. long. Flowers 
when spread out 4 mm. across. Lateral sepals lanceolate, acute, 1-nerved, 
2.5 mm. long,about 1 mm.wide. Upper sepal similar to the laterals, about 
3mm. long. Petals lanceolate, acute,2 mm. long, l-nerved. Labellum 
1.25 mm. wide, 3-lobed ; lateral lobes oblong-falcate, rounded at the apex, 
erect, clasping the column; middle lobe broader than long, the apex re- 
tuse, mucronate. From the inner basal margin of each lateral lobe a thick- 

. ening, callus-like in its nature, extends to the middle of the middle-lobe, 
where the two thickenings become confluent. Column minute, with a 
protuberance in front. 

_ From Lamao River, Mt. Mariveles, Prov. Bataan, Luzon, October, 
1903, Elmer D. Merrill (No. 3217b). 

Acoridium parvulum, which is the smallest member of the genus known 
to come from the Philippine Islands, resembles closely A. tenue, though 
this is a larger species, with longer leaves, more slender, longer pseudo- 
bulbs, longer racemes and narrower, 3-nerved sepals. The leaves of A. 
parvulum do not taper at the base so abruptly as those of A. tenue. No. 
3217 of Merrill’s collections consists of a mixture of A. parvulumand A. 
tenue. 


eit 


Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 147 


Acoridium yenustulum sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes ; folia lineari-oblanceolata ; sepala lateralia late 
ovata, acuta, l-nervia; sepalum superius lanceolatum, acutum; petala 
falcata, lineari-lanceolata, acuta; labellum 3-lobatum, 3-callosum, lobis 
lateralibus ovato-falcatis, obtusis, lobo medio emarginato-mucronato. 

Pseudobulbs fusiform, 2 cm. long, monophyllous ; leaves linear-oblanceo- 
late, 6-7.5 cm. long, 5-8 mm. wide, roundéd at the tip, acute. Petiole 
5-10 mm. long, slender. Peduncle 5-7 cm. long, very slender, flexuose, 
with several imbricating bracts below the inflorescence. Inflorescence 
5-7 cm. long, about 5 mm. through, densely many-flowered. Pedicels 
about 2 mm. apart. Bracts much longer than the ovary, ovate from a 
broad base, glumaceous, obtuse, 2.6 mm. long. Flowers small, dull yellow, 
in two rows, forming a graceful drooping raceme. Lateral sepals broadly 
ovate, acute, 1-nerved, 3 mm. long, 1.5 mm. broad. Upper sepal lanceo- 
late, acute, considerably narrower than the laterals, similar to the 1-nerved, 
somewhat falcate, linear-lanceolate, acute petals, which are 3 mm. long. 
Lip minute, somewhat saccate, 3-lobed, from base to tip of midlobe 1 mm. 
long, about 2 mm. wide; lateral lobes broadly ovate-falcate, obtuse with a 
thickened, partly free callus at the base of each; middle lobe deeply 
emarginate, mucronate; sac or depression oblong, with a minute, rounded, 
keel-like callus in the middle of the bottom. Column minute, 1 mm. long, 
with a protuberance in front. 

From Mt. Santo Tomas, Prov. Benguet, Luzon, May 7, 1904, A. D. E. 
Elmer (No. 6273). 


Acoridium strictiforme sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes ; folia lineari-oblonga, marginata, acuta; sepala 
lateralia lanceolata, acuta, 1-nervia; petala lineari-lanceolata, acuta, 1- 


_nervia; labellum 3-lobatum, 3-callosum, lobis lateralibus falcatis, obtusis, 


lobo medio 3-lobato. 

A compact epiphyte about 6 cm. high, with a dense distichous inflor- 
escence of white fragrant flowers. Pseudobulbs fusiform, 1-1.5 cm. long, 
rugose when dry, monophyllous. Leaves linear-oblong, shortly petioled, 
coriaceous, acute, 2.5—-4 cm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, prominently 3-nerved, the 
outer nerves marginal, giving the leaves a marginate aspect (at least when 
dry). Petiole about 3mm. long. Peduncle shorter than or equalling the 
leaf, rather strict, filiform. Inflorescence 1.5-2 cm. long, 4-5 mm. through, 
densely flowered. Bracts broadly ovate, obtuse, erose, dentate on the mar- 
gin, 2.5 mm. long, exceeding the ovary and clasping the base of the peri- 
anth. Lateral sepals lanceolate, acute, 1-nerved, 3 mm. long, less than 1.5 
mm. wide; upper sepal similar to but narrower than the laterals. Petals 
linear-lanceolate, acute, 1-nerved, 3 mm. long, slightly less than .75 mm. 
wide. Lip 3-lobed, with large falcate, obtuse, diaphanous lateral lobes, 
1 mm. long, and with a minute trilobed middle lobe which is fleshy 
and passes into fleshy calli, situated one on each lateral lobe, on the inner 
margin near the base; on the median line a minute papilla. Column, 
with a rostellar process protuberant from the front. Anther very large 
in proportion to the size of the minute column. 


148 Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 


From between Suyoc and Panai, Prov. Benguet, Luzon, October-Novem- 
ber, 1905, E. D. Merrill (No. 4854). ; 

This very distinct species is distinguished from its near allies, A. tenue 
and A. parvulum, by the very narrow 1-nerved petals, by its strict, almost 
rigid habit, and by its acute leaves. 


Acoridium anfractum sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi oblongi; folia oblonga, acuta vel obtusa, apiculata; pedunculi 
quam foliis longiores; rachis anfracta; sepala lateralia lanceolata, acuta, 
3-nervia ; sepalum dorsale elliptico-oblongum ; petala obvata, 3-nervia, ad 
apicem margine erosa; labellum 3-lobatum, lobis lateralibus ad apicem re- 
flexis, lobo medio retuso, mucronato. 

Pseudobulbs oblong, 1-3 em. long, when immature clothed with densely 

maculate sheaths. Leaves 6-7 cm. long, 7-9 mm. wide, prominently 8- 
nerved, acute or obtuse, apiculate. Petioles, about 1 cm. long. Peduncle 
longer than the leaf, with several closely imbricating bracts below the in- 
florescence. Bracts ovate from a broad base, entire, 6 mm. long, longer 
thantheovary. Rachis ofthe inflorescence strongly zig-zag, each internode 
forming a right-angle with its subtending bract. Flowers 8-9, large for the 
section, 5-6 mm. apart, brownish-red in a loose raceme. Lateral sepals 6 
mm. long, 3 mm. wide, lanceolate, acute, 3-nerved.. Upper sepal elliptic- 
oblong, 6 mm. long, 3 mm. wide. Petals obovate, 5.5 mm. long, 4 mm. 
- wide, somewhat erose on the margin near the tip, 3-nerved, the lateral 
nerves branched. Lip 4 mm. wide, 3-lobed. Lateral lobes 2.5 mm. long, 
apex acute, reflexed. Middle lobe retuse-mucronate, acute; margin on 
each side of the mucro thickened into callus-like protuberances, from each 
of which a conspicuous vein runs back to the tuberculate or emarginate 
. calli situated one on each side of the disc near the base. Column stout, 
apex behind the anther crenulate. 

From Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, alt. 7,000 ft., epiphyte, October 20, 
1905, Elmer D. Merril (No. 4482). 

Acoridium anfractum is most nearly allied to A. pumilum Rolfe, from 
which it differs in the outline and calli of the lip,in the venation of the 
petals, and in the very conspicuously zig-zag rachis of the larger-flowered 
raceme. 

Acoridium recurvum sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi recurvati, fusiformes; folia lineari-oblonga, acuminata, 
apiculata; flores distichi; sepala ovata, obtusa, 3-nervia ; sepalum dorsale 
elliptico-oblongum, obtusum; petala obovato-suborbiculata, 3-nervia; la- 
bellum 3-callosum, 3-lobatum, lobis lateralibus falcatis, obtusis, lobo medio 
quadrato, ad angulos rotundato, at apicem dente sive mucrone instructo. 

Epiphytes apparently pendulous, with elongated fusiform recurved 
pseudobulbs. Pseudobulbs 3-4 cm. long, about 3 mm. in diameter, clothed 
by nigro-punctate, loose sheaths. Leaves linear-oblong, acuminate, apic- 
ulate, many-nerved, 10-12 cm. long, 10-14 mm. wide. Petioles slender, 18 
mm. long. Peduncles shorter than the leaves. Racemes 2.5-4 em. long, 
rather loosely flowered. Bracts 3 mm. long, longer than the ovary. 
Flowers 10-13 or more, 3 mm. apart, rather fleshy, 6 mm. across when 


Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 149 


spread out. Lateral sepals ovate, obtuse, 3-nerved, 4.5 mm. long. Upper 
sepal elliptic-oblong, 4 mm. long. Petals 4 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, 
obovate, suborbicular, 3-nerved. Lip 3-lobed, from base to tip of mid-lobe 
1-1.5 mm. long; lateral lobes falcate, obtuse; middle lobe quadrate, 
rounded at the angles, with a tooth or mucro at the apex. At the base of 
each lateral lobe is a thickened callus-like plate, and near the middle of 
the lip a small tubercle. 

From Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, November, 1905, Elmer D. Mer- 
rill (No. 4584). 

Acoridium recurvum is most nearly allied to A. pumilum Rolfe, although 
much larger in foliage, and quite different from itin habit. The flowers are 
fleshy, nearly opaque, and red-brown when dry. The recurved pseudo- 
bulbs, which arise from a creeping branched rhizome, and the densely 
spotted sheaths, which clothe the immature pseudobulb and conceal the 
petiole and leaf-base, are characters which distinguish this species clearly 
from all other species of Acoridium thus far discovered in the Philippine 
Islands. 


Acoridium philippinense sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi pyriformes; folia oblongo-lanceolata, 5-nervia ; sepala lat- 
eralia oblongo-lanceolata, acuta, 3-nervia; petala rhombiformi-ovata, 3- 
nervia; lJabellum 3-lobatum, ecallosum, lobis lateralibus lineari-lunatis, 
obtusis, quam lobo medio minoribus, lobo medio oblongo, obtuso. 

Pseudobulbs 2 cm. long, somewhat pyriform, monophyllous. Sheaths 
inflated, nigro-punctate when dry, round, acute at the apex. Petiole 5-6 
em. long, slender. Leaf oblong-lanceolate, acute, strongly 5-nerved, 8.5- 
11 cm. long, 16-23 mm. wide, broadest above the middle. Peduncle shorter 
than the petiole and leaf, or longer, 12-16 cm. long, slender. Inflorescence 
5-10 cm. long, 1 cm. through. Flowers ina dense raceme, about 2 mm. 
apart. Bracts glumaceous, longer than the ovary, 2.5 mm. long. Flowers 
bright yellow, emitting an odor which recalls the smell of freshly sawed 
pine lumber. Lateral sepals oblong-lanceolate, acute, 4.5 mm. long, 2 mm. 
wide, 3-nerved. Upper sepal similar, narrower, 4.5 mm. long. Petals 
rhombic-ovate, acute, 3-nerved, 3.5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide. Lip 3-lobed, 
lateral lobes linear-crescent shaped, obtuse, erect, 1 mm. long, much nar- 
rower than the broad oblong-lingulate middle lobe, which is trulliform 
when not flattened out, blunt at the apex and thickened at the base. Col- 
umn exalate, 9 mm. long, stout, fleshy ; apex rounded. 

From between Suyoc and Panai, Prov. Benguet, Luzon, alt. about 6,500 
ft., epiphyte, November 7, 1905, Elmer D. Merrill (No. 4757). 

This very distinct species belongs to a group of odd forms which appear 
to have equal affinity with the sections Platyclinis and Euacoridium. 


Acoridium turpe sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi pyriformes; folia oblongo-lanceolata, acuminata, acuta; 
sepala lateralia ovato-lanceolata, acuta; sepalum dorsale oblongo-ovatum, 
obtuse; petala ovato-acuta, 3-nervia; labellum 3-lobatum, lobis lateralibus 


150 Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 


bene minutis, rotundatis, ad basim labelli approximatis, lobo medio magno, 
semi-orbiculari, 3-tuberculato. 

Pseudobulbs slender pyriform, about 2.5 cm. long. Leaves 9-14 cm. 
- long, 7-18 mm. wide, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, acute. Petiole 4-7 cm. 
long. Peduncle shorter than the leaves, flexuose. _ Bracts glumaceous, 3-4 
mm. long. Flowers yellowish, odorless. Lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, 
acute, 3 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Upper sepal oblong-ovate, obtuse, or sub- 
acute, 3 mm. long. Petals ovate-acute, 3-nerved. Lip 3-lobed; lateral 
lobes minute, rounded, basal; middle lobe relatively very long, 2 mm. 
wide, semi-orbicular, about 1 mm. long, trituberculate, with a tubercle on 
each side at base near the sinus formed by the lateral lobes and with a 
papillate tubercle between them. Column stout. ae 

From between Suyoc and Panai, Prov. Benguet, Luzon, epiphyte in 
mossy forest, alt. about 6,500 ft., November 7, 1905, Elmer D. Merrill (No. 
4758). 

The lip although unlike those of all other species of Acoridium is of great 
interest inasmuch as the tubercles are in character and location similar to 
those of such species as A. pumilum and A. venustulum. In habit the 
plant resembles A. Whitfordii and A. philippinense. 


Acoridium oliganthum sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi pyriformes ; folia oblonga, sub-acuta vel obtusa, quam pe- 
dunculo breviora; sepala lateralia late ovata, obtusa, 3-nervia; sepalum 
dorsale oblongum, obtusum, 3-nervium; labellum sagittatum, 3-lobatum, 
3-callosum, lobis lateralibus obtusis. | 

A diminutive epiphyte with roundish or pyriform, rugose pseudobulbs 
5 mm. long, 3.5 mm. thick. Leaves shortly petiolate, 1.7-2 cm. long, 3-5 
mm. wide, sub-acute or obtuse. Peduncles longer than the leaves, flexu- 
ose, filiform, few flowered. Bracts about 2 mm. long, exceeding the ovaries. 
Flowers small, brownish-red, orange when dry. Lateral sepals broadly 
ovate or orbicular-ovate, obtuse, 3-nerved, 2 mm. long, by about 2 mm. 
wide. Upper sepal oblong, broadest above the middle, obtuse, 3-nerved, 
3-mm. long. Petals broadly cuneate-obovate, broadest above the middle, 
3-nerved, obtuse or sub-acute, 2 mm. long, slightly more than 2 mm. wide. 
Lip contracted-sagittate, 3-lobed, with the middle-lobe bluntly apiculate 
or obscurely 3-lobed and the lateral lobes blunt and rounded with a large 
truncate tubercle at the base of each near the outer margin, and on the 
median line or disc of the lip a minute, very obscure papilla. Column 
short, with a very prominent protuberance in front. 

From Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, alt. 7,000 ft., October 29, 1905, 
Elmer D. Merrill (No. 4481). 

In the Herbarium of the Bureau of Science at Manila this species and 
A. ocellatum are mounted on the same sheet. Both species were collected 
by Mr. Merrill at the same time. Only four plants were found, two of each 
species. A. oliganthum belongs to that group of Euacoridium species which 
have the lateral lobes of the lip much smaller than the middle lobe and 
which merge with A. Whitfordii and A. ocellatum. 


Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 151 


Acoridium ocellatum sp. nov. 

Pseudobulbi pyriformes; folia oblonga, obtusa; sepala lateralia ovata, 
obtusa ; sepalum dorsale elliptico-oblongum, obtusum; petala ovata; sepala 
petalaque ocellata; labellum incrassatum, 3-callosum, pentnguiats, acutum. 

A diminutive, coriaceous-leaved species with ocellate sepals and petals. 
Pseudobulbs 1 cm. long, about 5 mm. thick, ovate-oblong or pyriform, 
strongly rugose. Leaves shortly petiolate, oblong, 3.5-4.5 em. long, 5-6 mm. 
wide, obtuse. Petioles 5 mm.long. Peduncle about as long as the leaves, 
few flowered. Bracts 3 mm. long, erose-margined, longer than the ovaries. 
Lateral sepals ovate, obtuse, 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. Upper sepal 
elliptic-oblong, obtuse, 2 mm. long, 3-nerved, the nerves branched. Petals 
ovate, about 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, like the sepals provided with dia- 
phanous areolae or ocelli scattered among the semi-opaque tissues. Lip 
fleshy, about | mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide, pentangular, acute, the apical angle 
forming a triangular tooth ; near the center onthe median line a minute 
papilla is situated between two truncate tubercles. Column short and 
stout. 

From Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, alt. 7,000 ft., epiphyte with 
brownish-red flowers, October 29, 1905, Elmer D. Merrill (No. 44814). 

Acoridium ocellatum is readily distinguished from all other Philippine 
species of the section Kuacoridium by the scattered ocelli on the sepals and 


petals. 
Acoridium Merrilli sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes ; folia oblongo-lanceolata, acuta; sepala lateralia 
lineari-lanceolata, acuta; petala oblongo-lanceolata, quam sepalis breviora, 
margine minute denticulata: labellum 3-lobatum, lobis lateralibus rotun- 
datis, quam lobo medio emarginato minoribus. 

Near Dendrochilum exalata J. J. Smith. Pseudobulbs clustered, mono- 
phyllous, 2-2.5 cm. long, fusiform, grooved and furrowed when dry, sheaths 
2.5-7 em. long, maculate, acute. Leaf oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, acute, 
11-14 cm. long, about 2 cm. wide. Petiole 2.5-3.5 cm. long. The prom- 
inently nerved lamina of the leaf, which becomes very dark in color when 
dried, passes abruptly into the petiole. Peduncle very slender, 0.5 mm. in 
diameter, naked, without imbricating bracts at the summit below the in- 
florescence, equalling the leaf or slightly shorter. Inflorescence a loose, 
graceful, comparatively large-flowered raceme, 1 dm. long, 1.5-2 cm. 
through. Floral bracts linear-lanceolate, acute, about 3 times longer than 
the ovary and pedicel, 4-7 mm. long, the slender awn-like apical portion 
up-curved. Flowers 4 mm. apart. Lateral sepals linear-lanceolate, acum- 
inate, acute, carinate, 3-nerved, 9 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, spreading ; upper 
sepal similar to the lateral ones, of equal length with them. ‘Petals oblong- 
lanceolate, microscopically and irregularly toothed along the margin, acute, 
3-nerved, 6 mm. long. Labellum with 3 thickened nerves, ecallose, 5 mm. 
long, 3-lobed, the apical lobe much the largest, 3 mm. long and broad, 
rounded, blunt and emarginate, lateral lobes nearly half round, minutely 
toothed, obliquely erect. Column rather stout, 2.5 mm. long, apex mi- 
nutely crenulate, about midway in front a membranaceous protuberance. 
Fruit not seen. 


152 Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 


From Mt. Data, Distr. Lepanto, Luzon, November, 1905, E. D. Merrill 
(Nos. 4585 (type) and 4858). 

This very distinct species, which shows clearly its affinity with Platy- 
clinis Kingit Hook f. (Icones Pl. 2015) and with Dendrochilum exalatum 
J. J. Smith, from which it is readily distinguished by its very different 
labellum, is represented by two collections made by Elmer D. Merrill on 
Mt. Data, on the island of Luzon. It is a most interesting addition to the 
group standing between Platyclinis and Euacoridium, having the habit of 
the former and the gynostemium of the latter. 


@2. PLATYCLINIS., 


Acoridium longilabre sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi oblongo-fusiformes; folia lineari-oblanceolata, obtusa, mu- 
cronata, valde 3-nervia; perianthii membra inter se fere aequalia, lineari- 
oblonga, obtusa vel sub-acuta ; labellum integrum, quam sepalis petalisque 
latius, ad basim 2-lamellatum. 

Pseudobulbs 13-33 mm. long, oblong-fusiform, clothed by nigro-punctate 
sheaths. Leaves linear-oblanceolate, obtuse, mucronate, about 26 cm. long 
15-18 mm. wide, prominently 3-nerved, the lateral nerves giving the leaf the 
appearance of being marginate-winged. Lamina decurrent on the petiole, 
which is 10 cm. long. Peduncle shorter than the leaves and petioles, 
slender, flexuose, 20-30 cm. long. Flowers reddish-brown when dry, in 
dense, spicate, cylindrical racemes. -Racemes 7-8 cm.long. Bracts 4-5 
mm. long, subacute, exceeding the ovary. Divisions of the perianth about 
equally long, obtuse or sub-acute, Jinear-oblong. Lip much broader than 
the sepals and petals, margin entire, 5-8 mm. long, 2 mm. wide; at base, 
on the lateral nerves two lamellae, 1 mm.long. Apical wing of column 
quadrate, the summit irregularly and minutely crenulate, lateral wings 
from above the middle of the column. 

From Mt. Apo, Mindanao, alt. 5,600 ft., solitary or clustered on mossy 
trees, April 19, 1904, EK. B. Copeland (No. 1025). 


Acoridium graciliscapum sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi fusiformes ; folia linearia, obtusa ; sepala lateralia obldngo- 
lanceolata, sub-acuta, l-nervia; petala lineari-oblonga, obtusa, 1-nervia ; 
labellum oblongum, integrum, bicallosum ad basim; lacinia lateralia apud 
summam columnam affixa. 

Pseudobulbs fusiform, 1.5-2 cm. long, clothed by closely appressed, nigro- 
punctate sheaths. Leaves linear, tapering at both ends, obtuse, 10-15 cm. 
long, 5-6 mm. wide, petiolate. Peduncles shorter than the leaves, about 
15 em. long, filiform. Raceme densely flowered, 4.5 em. long, about 5 mm. 
through. Bracts broadly ovate, obtuse, about 1 mm. long. Flowers small. 
Lateral sepals oblong-lanceolate, sub-acute, 2 mm. long, about 1 mm. wide. 
Petals slightly shorter than the sepals, linear-oblong, obtuse, 1-nerved. 
Lip oblong, entire, bicallose,2 mm. long. Column short, stout, apex ob- 
scurely 4-lobed or crenulate, lateral arms erect, arising from near the sum- 
mit of the column, much exceeding the terminal wing. 


Ames—New Species of Acoridium from the Philippines. 1538 


From the trail to Mt. Apo, Distr. Davao, Mindanao, alt. 5,400 ft., epiphyte 
in large clumps on mossy trees, April 19, 1904, E. B. Copeland (No. 1019). 


Acoridium cucullatum sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi semifusiformes ; folia lineari-lanceolata, obtusa ; pedunculi 
quam foliis longiores; sepala lateralia lanceolata, acuta, l-nervia ; petala 
oblonga, obtusa, l-nervia; labellum incrassatum, 3-callosum, aliquanto 
hastatum, obtusum, margine crenulata, callo medio cucullato; laciniae 
columnae supra medium positae ; lacinia media obscure 5-6 dentata. 

Pseudobulbs semi-fusiform, 18 mm. long, clothed by closely appressed 
nigro-punctate sheaths. Leaves linear-lanceolate, obtuse 4.7-9 cm. long, 
6-8 mm. wide. Petiole 1.5-3 em.long. Peduncles slender, longer than the 
leaves. Flowers in slender, rather densely flowered racemes. Bracts 1.5 
mm. long, obtuse. Lateral sepals lanceolate, acute, 1-nerved, 2 mm. long, 
about 1 mm. wide. Upper sepal oblong, acute, 2 mm. long, 1 mm. wide. 
Petals oblong, obtuse, 1.5 mm. long, less than 1 mm. wide. Lip fleshy, some- 
what hastate, obtuse, 1 mm. long, with ocellate cells along the crenulate mar- 
gin, 3-nerved at base with a transverse, somewhat cucullate callus, in front of 
which at each side is a small papilla. Column short, stout, lateral wings 
above the middle exceeding the middle wing which is shortly and obscurely 
5-6 toothed. All of the perianth organs characterized by scattered ocel- 
late cells. 

A single unnumbered specimen in Herbarium of the Bureau of Science, 
Manila. From Mt. Apo, Mindanao, alt. 6,000 ft.,on mossy trees, April 21, 
1904, E. B. Copeland (marked type). 


Acoridium Copelandii sp. nov. 


Pseudobulbi oblongi; folia rhombiformi-lanceolata, acuminata, obtusa 
vel sub-acuta, plurinervulosa ; sepala lateralia ovato-lanceolata, acuta, 3- 
nervia; petala oblonga, acuta; labellum integrum, late lanceolatum, ecal- 
losum ; laciniae apud summam columnam ; lacinia terminalis 3-lobata. 

Pseudobulbs oblong, narrowed above, 33-43 mm. long. Leaves lanceo- 
late, acuminate, obtuse-subacute, many-nerved, 9-17 mm. long, 18-25 mm. 
wide. Petiole 4-5 cm. long, grooved. Peduncle 8-9 cm. long, shorter than 
the leaf. Inflorescence an elongated, slender, many-flowered raceme, 5 
mm. through, about 10 cm. long. Bracts 3 mm. long, obtuse, longer than 
the ovary. Flowers about 1 mm. apart. Lateral sepals ovate-lanceolate, 
acute, 3-nerved, 2.5 mm.long. Upper sepal similar to the laterals. Petals 
oblong acute, 2 mm. long. Lip entire, broadly lanceolate, obtuse or sub- 
acute, ecallose. Column stout, 1.5 mm. long, lateral wings from near the 
summit, end wing 3-lobed. 

A single unnumbered specimen in the Herbarium of the Bureau of 
Sciences, Manila, from Distr. Zamboanga, Mindanao, E. B. Copeland, 1905 
(marked type). 

I have not seen Acoridium bistortum (Kral.) Rolfe, but A. Copelandii must 
be closely allied to it according to the figure in Xenia Orchidacea, pl. 299, 
fig. 1, 1-5, although the inflorescence is very different. 


at 
fe 


S74. 


VoL. XIX pp. 155-158 NovemBer 12, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NEW PLANTS FROM THE GREAT BASIN. 
BY AVEN NELSON AND P. B. KENNEDY. 


A desert flora is always interesting to the student. The hard 
conditions that prevail, produce variation or elimination. The 
unusual ecological factors give rise to a surprisingly large num- 
ber of forms that seem to have characters which are both fixed 
and distinct. 

Prof. P. B. Kennedy, of the University of Nevada, Reno, is 
favorably located for studying just such a flora. The Great 
Basin has interested others and much is known of its vegetation, 
but that vast area will long remain a fruitful field of inquiry. 
Mr. Kennedy is accumulating data and specimens which will add 
much to our knowledge concerning it. He is kindly permitting 
the undersigned to study his collections with him. The first 
paper on the plants of Mt. Rose appeared in the current volume 
of the Proceedings, p. 35. The present paper is offered as the 
first of a coordinate series. The results of this season’s field 
work will be offered in subsequent papers. 


Sophia paradisa sp. nov. 


Winter annual, 1-2 dm. high, branched from the base ; stems glandular- 
pubescent; leaves densely and finely stellate-pubescent, silver-gray, pin. 
nate, 1-3 cm. long; leaflets divided into rounded or linear lobes; flowers 
light-yellow, minute, clustered at the summit of the fruiting racemes; 
mature capsules almost glabrous, 4 mm. long and 1.5 mm. wide, abruptly 
attenuate towards the base and apex; pedicels slightly longer, glandular- 
pubescent ; seeds oblong, light-brown, less than 1 mm. long, glabrous. 

Allied to Sophia incisa. Found abundantly on dry, light colored adobe 
soil in the desert flats of Paradise Valley, Humboldt County, Nevada, 
April 30, 1905. P. B. Kennedy. No. 1059 (type). A considerable propor- 
tion of the specimens seen were stunted by a white rust, Albugo. 


Sphaerostigma orthocarpa sp. nov. 
Plant 1-3 dm. high, branched from the base, hirsute-pubescent through- 
out ; stems several, rather stout, purplish below ; lateral branches slender ; 
81—Proc. Bro.. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (155) 


06/3 


156 Nelson and Kennedy—New Plants from the Great Basin. 


leaves variable, from 1-15 cm. long; margins unevenly undulate-dentate ; 
apex acute or obtuse, attenuate to a sessile base; flowers terminating the 
rather long, bracted, fruiting racemes; calyx-lobes oblong-lanceolate, 4mm. 
long; corolla yellowish from the bud, becoming pink and purple with age; 
petals suborbicular 5 mm. long and 4 mm. wide; capsules narrowly linear. 
3-5 cm. long, attenuate at base, straight or slightly curved; seeds 1 mm, 
long. 

Allied to S. Lemmoni A. Nels. 

Collected on the shore of Pyramid Lake, Washoe County, Nevada, May 
19, 1905, No. 1015a (type) P. B. Kennedy. 


Godetia latifolia sp. nov. 


Whole plant sparsely pubescent; stems purplish, 1-3 dm. high, erect, 
slender; leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute, entire, the largest 2.5 cm. long, 
attenuate at the base into a petiole 8 mm. long; calyx-lobes free, broadly 
linear-lanceolate, 8 mm. long; corolla deep purple; petals 8 mm. long and 
6 mm. wide, attenuate at the base; stamens and style of nearly equal 
length ; capsule sparsely pubescent, 8-12 mm. long, attenuate at the apex. 

Nearest to G. Tenella from which it is easily separated by the shape and 
texture of the leaves. Type (accession No. 55,038) collected at Sierra 
Valley, Sierra County, California, July, 1904, Miss Helen Hamlin. 


Oreocarya hispida sp. nov. 


Caudex about 5 cm. long, rather slender, apparently biennial; stems 
several, about 1-1.5 dm. high, floriferous almost to the base; leaves oblan- 
ceolate-spatulate, with long petioles dilated at the base, 2.5-5 cm. long in- 
cluding petiole; old leaves pubescent-hispid, silvery-gray; new leaves 
pilose-hispid, greener ; inflorescence thyrsoid-glomerate ; pedicels about 3 
mm. long; calyx segments 4 mm. long, linear-lanceolate, equaling the tube 
of the corolla, very densely hispid ; corolla cream-colored, tube 3 mm. long, 
lobes 3 mm. long, orbicular; crests at base of each lobe conspicuous ; 
anthers almost sessile ; nutlets forming an ovoid-pyramidal fruit, narrowed 
above, rather acute, more or less rugose or tuberculated on the back, mar- 
gins angular ; style elongated. ; 

Collected in Carson Valley, Ormsby County, Nevada, April 24, 1904. 
No. 865 (type). G. H. True. 


Cryptanthe densiflora sp. nov. 


Root biennial, stout ; plant hispid throughout, about 2 dm. high, branch- 
ing profusely from the base into numerous slender stems; stems thickly 
clustered with flowers above and below; leaves few, oblong to linear, about 
1-2 cm. long; fruiting calyx closed; segments linear-lanceolate, 2.5 mm. 
long, hispid ; corolla 2 mm. long, its. tobe 1 mm. long, nutlets lor 2, light 
gray, 1.5 mm. long, minutely scabrous-muricate. 

Allied to C. muriculata but with smaller nutlets, very slender numerous 
branches, and profuse inflorescence. Collected at Verdi, Washoe tac. 
Nevada, September 29, 1904, No. 952 (type) P. B. Saint 5 


Dear ss 
NA ee ee ee 


Nelson and Kennedy—New Plants from the Great Basin. 157 


Cryptanthe nevadensis sp. nov. 


Plant about 2 dm. high, branched from the base; leaves few, linear- 
lanceolate, pilose-hispid, from 1-2 cm. long, usually one at the base of each 
branchlet ; fruiting calyx open, segments with a strong central vein, linear, 
5 mm. long, about twice the length of the nutlets, pilose, also beset with 
stiff bristles; these about 2 mm. long and swollen at the base; corolla 
white, 2 mm. long; corolla-lobes 1 mm. long with minute brown veins ; 
nutlets 4, and all alike, ovate-acuminate, 2 mm. long, minutely-scabrous. 

Allied to C. geminata and C. affinis. Type (accession No. 55,039) collected 
in a dry gulch at Reno, Washoe County, Nevada, June 16, 1893. F. H. 
Hillman. 


Cryptanthe Hillmanii sp. noy. 


Annual, 1-2 dm. high, very slender, pilose throughout ; leaves few, linear, 
1-2 cm. long, calyx-segments densely pilose, about 2 mm. long, ovate-lan- 
ceolate ; flowers mostly in terminal clusters at the ends of the stems and 
branchlets ; corolla minute ; nutlets smooth, solitary, scarcely 2 mm. long. 

Distinct from any of the species in the section with smooth solitary nut- 
lets, but perhaps nearest to C. glomeriflora. 

Collected on a rocky hill opposite Huffakers ranch, near Reno, Washoe 


County, Nevada, May 27,1893, F. H. Hillman. Type (accession No. 55,220) 
in Ry. Mt. Herb. 


574, 


VoL. XIX, pp. 159-172 eats 12; 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON SOME AMERICAN MOSQUITOES WITH DE- 
SCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. 


BY HARRISON G. DYAR AND FREDERICK KNAB. 


The following paper is a continuation of the subject presented 
in this Journal (Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., xix, 133-142). Con- 
tinued studies and the receipt of new material have made a 
number of matters worthy of record. As in our previous paper, 
the first locality mentioned in the description of new species 
may be considered the type locality. 


Genus ANOPHELES Metcen. 
Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say. 


Anopheles quadrimaculatus Say, Keating’s narr. St. Peters River, ii, 356, 
1824. 
~ Anopheles gultulatus Harris,.Cat. Ins. Mass., 1833. 

Anopheles annulimanus van der Wulp, Tijd. voor Ent., x, 127, 1867. 

Anopheles walkeri Theobald, Mon. Culic., i, 199, 1901. 

This species is clearly not introduced from Europe, and we think should 
not be considered the same as the European maculipennis Meigen without 
rigid proof. We are unable to make the comparison, having neither adults 
nor larvae of the European species. Theobald’s comparison of adults (Mon. 
Culic., i, 194, 1901), is inconclusive, especially without exact examination 
of larvae. We therefore provisionally eliminate the European names from 
the synonymy. Our species ranges throughout the eastern United States, 
from New Hampshire and Ontario to Florida and Texas.. We have it also 
from Cuba. Western localities should be discredited. Occasional speci- 
mens have the black wing-spots indistinct or absent. We believe that 
such specimens were the basis of the records of the European A. bifurcatus 
Linn. in America and of Theobald’s A. walkeri. 


Anopheles occidentalis sp. nov. 


Thorax with a broad dorsal pale lilaceous band, cut by three narrow 
brown stripes; a broad lateral brown band; pleura pale, with three brown 
stripes ; abdomen, legs and palpi dark brown. Wings with the scales of 
the veins forming four black spots as in A. quadrimaculatus, but rather 
more rounded and contrasted. 

32—Proc, BIoL. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906, (159) 


: ansonian institga ss 
oe | 


0673 


“op 
RIDGWAY 
COLLECTION. 


National Mus 


160 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


118 specimens, Stanford University, California (Isabel McCracken) ; San 
Diego, Sissons and Thrall, California (Dyar & Caudell) ; Portland, Oregon 
(R. P. Currie) ; Revelstoke, B. C. (H. G. Dyar); Boise, Idaho (J. M. Ald- 
rich); Lehi, Utah (W. A. Hooker). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,028, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Anopheles atropos sp. noy. 


Deep black ; thorax obscurely lined with violaceous, especially posteriorly. 
Head, abdomen and legs black, no markings on the pleurae. Wing scales 
outstanding, uniform, not forming spots, though a little thicker at the usual 
points, indicating the spottings. 

Allied to A. quadrimaculatus Say, but rather smaller, and deep black, not 
brown, the abdomen without traces of the lighter bandings. 

Seven specimens, Florida Keys (Dr. Hiram Byrd). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,029, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Anopheles bellator sp. nov. 


Palpi black ; head black, a tuft of pale scales between the eyes. Thorax 
gray, with four black longitudinal lines, the two nearest the middle nar- 
rower and stopping short of the base, the two lateral ones attaining the 
scutellum ; before scutellum a short median black line; pleurae dark, with 
two white stripes. Abdomen entirely dark. Costa of wing with six white 
spots, one basal, the last at extreme apex ; third vein white, with a black 
spot at apex and near base; fifth vein white near base and at base of the 
fork, and a small white spot on upper branch ; fringe with two white spots, 
at lower fork of fourth vein and upper fork of fifth vein respectively. 
Front legs with the femora with a black spot at base, a black dash at mid- 
dle third and two black spots at apex; tibiae dark above, with two black, 
nearly encircling, spots at apex ; first tarsal joint with a black ring near the 
base, second and third joints black at the base, fourth and fifth entirely 
black. Mid legs with the femora mostly black; tibiae black, white at tip ; 
_ first tarsal joint black, white at tip ; second black at base, apical half white; 
third and fourth joints black, white at tip; fifth black. Hind legs with 
femora white, black above, with a black ring at the outer third; tibiae 
black above with two black rings toward apex; first tarsal joint black, 
with a white apical ring and white at extreme base; second, third and 
fourth joints black, with white apical ring; fifth joint black. 

Three specimens, Trinidad, B. W. I. (F. W. Urich ; A. Busck). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,027, U. S. Nat.. Mus. 

Near A. lutzii Cruz, but differs in the coloration of the palpi and legs. 
According to Dr. Lutz, A. lutzii was first described by Dr. Oswald Cruz in 
the Brazil Medico. Theobald redescribes it as a new species ; but it should 
be credited to Cruz. 


Anopheles tarsimaculata Goeldi. 
Anopheles tarsi-maculata Goeldi, Os. Mosq. no Para, 133, 1905. 
Goeldi proposed this name as a substitute for albipes Theobald, because 
he did not like the name. Thespecimens before him, from Para, Brazil, 
are, however, not properly referable to albipes, which is synonymous with 


Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 161 


albimanus Wiedemann. Neither are they referable to argyritarsis Robineau- 
Desvoidy, of which they are treated as a variety by Goeldi, nor to albitar- 
sus Lynch-Arribdlzaga, which is another distinct species, as Arribalzaga’s 
figure shows. The form, which is close to albimanus, differs in the colora- 
tion of the palpi, which have much more of white. Goeldi’s-name may 
therefore be used for this form. Our specimens are from Sao Paulo and 
Manaos, Brazil, and Trinidad, B. W. I. 


Genus JANTHINOSOMA Lyncu-ARRIBALZAGA. 


Janthinosoma vanhalli Dyar & Knab. 
Culex albitarsis Neveu-Lemaire (not Theobald), Archiv. de Parasit., vi, 
10, 1902. 
Janthinosoma vanhalli Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xix, 134, 1906. 
We quote the abovesynonymy. C. albitarsis Theob. is an African species. 


Janthinosoma posticatus Wiedemann. 


Oulex posticatus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot. I, 43, 1821. 

Janthinosoma echinata Grabham, Can. Ent., xxxviii, 311, 1906. 

The form of Janthinosoma occurring in Mexico, Central America, Trini- 
dad, Santo Domingo, Jamaica to Brazil, with the hind legs with raised 
scales, thorax all golden yellow scaled and the abdominal segments below 
banded with blue-black at base, seems to be uniform throughout its range. 
It is the Culex posticatus of Wiedemann and isa different species from Jan- 
thinosoma sayi Dyar & Knab (Culex musicus Say) of the United States. 
We have compared larvae of echinata received from Dr. Grabham with 
ones from Mexico collected by the junior author and find them identical. 
The larvae differs from sayi in the much stouter and more heavily-spined 
antennae, which are about equally long. We have received apparently 
the same larvae (posticatus) from Estero, Florida (J. B. Van Duzee), but they 
are unbred. 

Janthinosoma indoctum sp. nov. 

We propose this name for the larvae called “ Janthinosoma scholasticus 
Theob.” (Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., xiv. 182, 1906.) The adults resemble closely 
those of J. infine Dyar & Knab, but differ in the ornamentation of the thorax. 
In infine the thorax is dark reddish brown with two white spots on the 
disk, two at the front margin, faint, and whitish scales on the scutellum ; 
In indoctum the thorax is dull brown with yellowish and white scales 
forming diffuse patches. Scholasticus Theobald is a true Culex. All the 
indoctum are from Trinidad ; all the infine from Santo Domingo. The lo- 
cality “ Trinidad” should be erased in our description of injine. 

22 specimens, Trinidad (F. W. Urich; A. Busck.) 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,026, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Janthinosoma insularius Dyar & Knab. 
Janthinosoma insularius Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., xix , 135 
1906. : 
The larvae of this species are those described and figured by us as “ Jan- 
thinosoma pygmaea Theob.” (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 182, 1906.) 


162 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


Janthinosoma pygmaea Theobald. 


Grabhamia pygmxa Theobald, Mon. Culic., iii, 245, 1903. 
Culex nanus Coquillett, Can. Ent., xxxv, 256, 1903. 


Weare much indebted to Dr. Grabham for cast skins of the larvae of 
this species from Jamaica. It falls in our table (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 
181, 1906) with “pygmexa” (insularius D. & K.), but differs in detail. Inthe 
true pygmexa there are four pecten teeth on the tube, which reach nearly to 
the middle; the teeth are variable in shape, but none have the long sec- 
ondary spine shown in our figure of insularius. The comb scales have the 
central spine longer and curved at tip. Both the head hairs are single. 
Wehave placed the types of nanus Coquillett from Florida and a large series 
taken by Dr. Coffin in the Bahamas with pygmxa Theobald from Jamaica. 
The larvae, however, of these mosquitoes are still unknown. 


Genus AEDES Mgicen. 
Aedes euplocamus Dyar & Knab. 


Mr. Urich has sent us from Trinidad, two bred specimens, the larvae of 
which agree with our euplocamus (Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 199, 1906), de- 
scribed from Costa Rica. The identification of the adult of the Costa Rican 
larvae as trivittatus Coquillett was due to some confusion in the list returned 
to us; most of the adults are, we find, placed under confirmatus in the col- 
lection. The name ‘‘ confirmatus” has been used for a number of different 
mosquitoes which are similar in having a large silvery patch on the ante- 
rior part of the thorax. We have given new names to the forms identified 
as ‘‘confirmatus”’ from the United States (Aedes infirmatus Dyar & Knab, 
Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 197, 1906) and Jamaica (Aedes hemisurus 
Dyar & Knab, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., xiv., 199, 1906), and we now identify 
the Trinidad species, named ‘‘ confirmatus” by Mr. Theobald. 

Itis, of course, possible that euplocamus is the same as confirmatus Lynch- 
Arribalzaga, described from the Argentine, in which case Mr. Theobald’s 
identification should be restored. But we have as yet no proof of this. 
Our euplocamus ranges from Costa Rica to Trinidad, as we now know, and 
it will doubtless be found to extend into the tropics of Brazil; but whether 
the Argentine form is the same or not can only be told from more perfect 
collections than we possess at present. 


Aedes serratus Theobald. 


Culex serratus Theobald, Mon. Culic., ii, 75, 1901. 
(?) Aedes meridionalis Dyar & Knab, Journ. N.Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 195, 1896. 


Mr. F. W. Urich has sent us a specimen bred from a small pool in the 
forest, Trinidad, which we think is the Culex serratus of Theobald, described 
from Braziland Trinidad. This species has been identified as occurring in 
the United States, but we have found there to be two species, differing in 
the larvae. We have renamed these, calling the Atlantic Coast one Aedes 
atlanticus, the Gulf Coast one Aedes tormentor (Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. 
Ent. Soc., xiv, 191, 198, 1906). We assumed that neither was conspecific 
with the Tropical American form, and this assumption is proven to be 


Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. —— 163 


correct by the larva before us. It falls in the table with meridionalis, 
having 12 scales in the comb * but differs in that the pecten of the tube 
does not reach half the length. The difference is not very marked, and 
the larvae are otherwise much alike, so that it seems not unlikely that our 
meridionalis will fallasasynonym of serratus Theobald. Working with the 
larvae alone and handicapped by the identification of ‘“ Janthinosoma 
musica Say ” which we had received for the adults (See Journ. N. Y. Ent. 
Soc., xiv, 195), the larva of the true serratus being unknown, we had no 
way of knowing that we had a larva before us the same as or near serratus 
Theob. A bred adult (o') of Aedes meridionalis shows the median silvery 
thoracic band of serratus, but the specimen is not perfect and we await 
further material before pronouncing positively on the synonymy. 


Aedes pertinax Grabham. 
Aedes pertinax Grabham, Can. Ent., xxxviii. 316, 1906. 


Dr. Grabham has kindly communicated to us larval skins of this species 
from Jamaica. It falls in our table (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 189, 1906) 
with tormentor Dyar & Knab, from the Gulf coast of the United States, but 
differs in the pecten of the tube, which does not run out so far, and has the 
tuft just at the last tooth instead of well within. 


Aedes auratus Grabham. 
Aedes auratus Grabham, Can. Ent., xxxvili, 313, 1906. 


Dr. Grabham has sent us also larval skins of this Jamaican species. It 
falls in our table (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 189, 1906) under dichotomy 5, 
with janitor and lactator. These species are Culices, and only included 
under Aedes from the similarity of their modification. Awuratus differs 
from them in having only the single pair of hair tufts on the tube. These 
tufts are only just within the pecten, opposite the last tooth. Except for 
the difference in the lateral comb, the larva is very much like that of 
Aedes pertinax Grabham. 


Aedes capricornii Lutz. 


Haemagogus capricornit Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brazil, p. 4 of key to 
species of Euculicidae, 1904. 
Stegoconops capricorni Lutz, Imprensa Medica, (sp. no. x). 


Mr. Urich has sent us three males, which we attribute to Dr. Lutz’s species 
capricornti. The description applies excellently, except only as to the posi- 
tion of the lower cross-vein of the wings; but as we have only males and Dr. 
Lutz describes from females, this may easily be a sexual difference if not 
simply varietal. We are much indebted to Dr. Lutz for copies of the pub- 
lications above referred to, but are unable to quote the latter one accurately, 
as the separate sent us contains neither pagination nor date. The “Imprensa 
Medica” is not available in Washington. Capricornii was described from 
the “zone of the Tropic of Capricorn,” which we infer to be the vicinity 
of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. The known habitat is now extended to include 


164 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


the island of Trinidad. Mr. Urich secured the larvae, which are peculiar, 
with a dense coat of fine long pile. They fall in our table with philosoph- 
icus (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 190, 1906), but differ therefrom in the body 
pile and the comb of the eighth segment, the scales of which are joined on 
a basal plate. They occurred in a hollow tree at St. Anns, Trinidad. 

Specimens from Trinidad identified by Mr. Coquillett as “ Haemagogus 
allon.aculatus Theobald” are apparently this species. 


Aedes philosophicus Dyar & Knab. 


This name (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 195, 1906) is based on larvae from 
Mexico and -Salvador, which were identified as adults as “ Haemagogus 
equinus Theobald.” We refused to accept this name as we could not find 
the description. It exists, nevertheless (Entomologist, xxxvi, 282, 1903) ; 
but the circumstance proves fortunate, for the specimens were wrongly 
named. A. philosophicus has toothed claws in the female adult and ob- 
viously belongs to Dr. Lutz’s genus Stegoconops, which we are unable to 
recognize as distinct from Aedes. Thespecies has faint silvery white bands 
on all the abdominal segments above and thus superficially resembles 
Haemagogus equinus Theobald, described from Jamaica; but that has 
simple claws in the female, as Theobald expressly states. 


Aedes affirmatus sp. nov. 


Shining blue, like Haemagogus splendens Williston but the female with the 
fore and middle tarsal claws toothed. Headand thorax clothed with metallic 
blue scales, pleurae silvery white; abdomen dark blue above, the first seg- 
ment with a white bar on each side, below with silvery white segmental 
bands. Legs blue-black, middle and hind femora with a silvery white spot 
at tip, the middle femora narrowly white lined below, the posterior ones 
very broadly so for the basal three-fourths. Base of first submedian cell 
nearer apex of wing than base of second posterior cell. 

Four specimens, Santa Lucrecia, State of Vera Cruz, and Salina Cruz, 
State of Oaxaca, Mexico; Las Loras, near Puntarenas, and Rio Aranjuez, 
Puntarenas, Costa Rica (F. Knab). 

Type.— Cat. No. 10,028, U.S. Nat. Mus. 

The larva is unknown. 


Aedes mediovittata Coquillett. 
Stegomyia mediovittata Coquillett, Can. Ent., xxxviii, 60, 1906. 
Gumnometopa mediovittata Coquillett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vii, 183, 1906. 
Aedes mediovittata Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 196, 1906. 
Gymnometopa mediovitiata Coquillett, Tech. ser. 11, Dept. Agr., Bureau 
Ent., 25, 1906. 

_ Mr. Coquillett specified this species as the type of his genus Gymnome- 
topa, but later he defines the genus as having simple claws in the female, 
and includes with mediovittata, sealineata Theobald, albonotata Coquillett 
and busckii Coquillett, species actually with such claws. Mediovittata, how- 
ever, has toothed claws, so that Gymnometopa will thus become a synonym 
of Aedes, the other associated species falling into Haemagogus. 


Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 165 


We have described the very peculiar larvae of this species. 


Aedes podographicus sp. nov. 


3. Thoracic ornamentation similar to theQ. Thorax black, silvery 
scaled on the sides before the wings. Q. First joint of middle tarsi white, 
a black spot at the middle, not black, white at the ends. 

This is the Central American form referred to by us as Aedes insolita 
Coquillett under Mr. Coquillett’s determination (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xiv, 
203, 1906), but it appears from a nice bred series sent us by Mr. F. W. 
Urich, that insolita (which was described from Trindad) is the female of 
the species of which Verrallina laternaria Coquillett is the male, the sexes 
being dimorphic. The species will be known as insolita Coquillett. In 
podographicus the sexes are monomorphic. 

The larvae were separated by us on the shape of the antennae; but as 
this character is rather indefinite, it will be better to change the table, 
omitting the dichotomy 40, placing podographicus with insolita under 44, 
and separate them by the shape of the pecten of the air tube as shown in 
our figures 17 and 20, figure 17 representing insolita and figure 20, podo- 
graphicus. - 

Localities as given by us under Aedes insolita ( Verralina insolita Dyar & 
Knab, not Coquillett). Sonsonate, Salvador may be considered the type 
locality. 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,016, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Genus HAEMAGOGUS WILusrTon. 


Haemagogus Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 271, 1896. 

Howardina Theobald, Mon. Culic., iii, 287, 1903. 

Gualteria Lutz, Imprensa Medica (species No. VI), 1905? 

Gymnometopa Coquillett (in part), Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vii, 183, 1906. 

Cacomyia Coquillett, Tech. ser. 11, Dept. Agr., Bureau Ent., 16, 1906. 

The genus Haemagogus will have to be recognized on adult characters ifat 
all; the larvae do not sharply differentiate themselves from Aedes. We take 
this to be a group specialized off from Aedes, the tarsal claws of the female 
having lost the tooth. Thesmall end joint of the palpus is retained, which 
differentiates the genus from Culex. Weadd to the genus, as used by 
Theobald, Howardina and Gymnometopa (all but the type species), which 
differ in ornamentation, but agree in other respects. Cacomyia was pro- 
posed by Coquillett for albomaculata Theobald and equinus Theobald, on 
the venational characters used by Theobald to separate the species. We 
agree with the English author that these are not of generic value. The 
other characters adduced by Coquillett from specimens before him are 
fallaceous, for he had before him neither albomaculatus nor equinus, the 
specimens he had so identified being, as to the former, Aedes capricornii 
Lutz and Aedes affirmatus Dyar & Knab; asto the latter, Aedes philosophicus 
Dyar & Knab, all with toothed claws, in contradiction of Theobald’s ex- 
plicit statement to the contrary. We presume that the three species placed 
by Dr. Lutz in his genus Gualteria belong here, though we have not seen 
authentic specimens. G’. fulvithoraz is stated to have simple claws, but of 


166 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


G. oswaldi and G. fluviatilis we can not determine any positive statement 
in Dr. Lutz’s writings on this point. Moreover, the description of oswaldi 
reads so much like our Aedes insolita Coquillett that we are in some doubt 
if it is not actually that species. In this case it would be removed from 
Haemagogus, as insolita has toothed claws in the female. 


Kry To THE SpPEcIES oF HAEMAGOGUS. 


Thorax with narrow longitudinal white or 
golden lines. 
Two middle thoracic lines running back to 
MSI ee ee ae tk SP ee ae ' sexlineata Theobald 
Two middle thoracic lines running back two- 
thirds, followed by a single line. 


Lateral thoracic line broad, silvery white . * walkert Theobald 
Lateral thoracic line narrow, or broken, sil- 

very. 

Median posterior thoracic line narrow, $ 
RV OE Ros ee Cs CO ga ais eee 5 albonotata Coquillett 


Median posterior thoracic line broad, 
diffusely golden or silvery, ending ina 
silver spot on scutellum. ....... * busckit Coquillett 
Thorax with a golden lateralline ..... ? aureostriata Grabham 
Thorax without narrow dorsal lines. 
Base of first submarginal cell nearer base of wing 

than the base of the second posterior cell. 

Thorax dorsally metallic blue or green. 


Abdomen without spots dorsally .... splendens Williston 
Abdomen with basal segmental silvery 
WHKGmpots oe ee a ee eas regalis Dyar & Knab 
Thorax dorsally black and white banded. . oswaldi Lutz 
Thorax dorsally golden before, dark behind fluviatilis Lutz 
Thorax dorsally all golden ........ fulvithorax Lutz 


Base of first submarginal cell nearer apex of wing 
than base of second posterior cell. 

With large setae on third and fourth ab- 

dominal segments; last two segments with 


silvery white median patches. . ... . albomaculatus Theobald 
Without prominent setae ; fourth to seventh “ 
segments with white basal bands .... equinus Theobald 


Haemagogus splendens Williston. 


We restore Williston’s name for the species identified as the cyaneus of 
Fabricius by Mr. Theobald, as we think we have found a species that fits 
better to Fabricius’ description than splendens does, namely Sabethoides 
confusus Theobald. 


_ 1, From Trinidad. 2. From Jamaica. 3. From SantoDomingo. 4. From Dominica, 
Martinique, and Guadeloupe. 


¥ 
¢ 
e 
2 

é 
B 
: 


Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 167 


Haemagogus regalis sp. nov. 


Proboscis long, black; head and thorax brilliant metallic blue and 
green; pleurae silvery ; abdomen dark blue with silvery bands on all the 
segments above, broader below. Legs blue-black, the mid and hind femora 
white below towards base. Base of the first submarginal cell slightly nearer 
the base of wing than base of the second posterior cell. 

22 specimens, Sonsonate, Salvador (F. Knab), San Juan, Trinidad (F. W. 
Urich), Cacao, Trece Aguas, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala (Schwarz & Barber), 
Livingstone, Guatemala (H. 8. Barber). 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,024, U. S. Nat. Mus. 

The larva was confused by us with that of splendens Williston (cyaneus 
Theobald, not Fabricius). The table (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 191, 1906) 
should be corrected under dichotomy 48 by striking out “short abdominal 
hairs stellate” and for “cyaneus” read “45.” Add a new dichotomy, 45, as 
follows : 

45. Pecten reaching over half of tube, of about 18 teeth ; second- 


ary abdominal hairs not stellate... ....-..... regalis 
~ Pecten not reaching half of tube, of about 12 seeth - dorsal 
abdominal hairs stellate,long . ........ . .. . splendens 


Haemagogus fulvithorax Lutz. 
| Haemagogus fulvithorax Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do Brasil, p. 4 of Key to 
Euculicidae, 1904. 

Gualteria fulvithorax Lutz in Bourroul, Mosq. do. Brasil, p. 13 of Cat. of 
species, 1904. 

Gualteria fulvithorax Lutz, Imprensa Medica (Sp. No. VII), 1905 ? 

Taeniorhynchus palliatus Coquillett, Can. Ent., xxxviii, 61, 1906. 

Mr. Urich has discovered the larva of this elegant species and sent us 
several larval skins from Trinidad. The species, by the thoracic orna- 
mentation of the adult, is like Aedes knabi Coquillett (Culex knabi Coquil- 
lett, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vii, 183, 1906). That Mr. Coquillett should de- 
scribe the species in Taeniorhynchus while Dr. Lutz places it in Haemagogus, 
shows the futility of the scale characters as a means of generic separation. 
The larva falls in our table of Aedes under the dichotomy 43,and would go 
into 44 (with knabi, insolita, and podographicus) but that the secondary ab- 
dominal hairs are coarse and stellate. It has the air tube short, 2 x 1, strongly 
tapered on outer half, the pecten of 13 densely placed teeth, the outer ones 
long, blunt, followed by a long, 4-haired tuft. The larvae were taken from 
a hollow tree, and were forwarded to Mr. Urich by Dr. J. R. Dickson. 
We congratulate Mr. Urich and Dr. Dickson on this interesting discovery. 


Haemagogus aureostriata Grabham. 

Howardina aureostriata Grabham, Can. Ent., xxxviii, 171, 1906. 

Dr. Grabham has sent us these curious larvae. They fall in our table in 
Aedes, but separate at the dichotomy 18 on the length of the air tube, it 
being over four times as long as wide in aureostriaia and three times or 
less in the other species. The comb scales are very peculiar, being in a 
long, straight row, much as in the genus Mochlostyraz. 


168 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


Genus SABETHES RosineaAu-Desvoipy. 
Sabethes cyaneus Fabricius. 


Culex cyaneus Fabricius, Syst. Antl., 35, No. 9, 1805. 

Sabethes nitidus Theobald, 2, Mon. Culic., ii, 347, 1901. 

Sabethoides confusus Theobald, Mon. Culic., iii, 328, 1903. 

An examination of the descriptions of Fabricius and Wiedemann seems 
to us to clearly indicate that Fabricius had before him this Sabethid, 
rather than the species Haemagogus splendens Williston which Mr. Theo- 
bald has made a synonym of Fabricius’ old species. The abdominal mark- 
ings form a lateral line as described, which is not the case in splendens, 
and the color of the thorax also agrees. 


GENus WYEOMYIA TuHeEosa.Lp. 


Wyeomyia pertinans Williston. 


Aedes pertinans Williston, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 271, 1896. 

Aedes pertinans Giles, Gnats or Mosq., 352, 1900. 

Wyeomyia pertinans Theobald, Mon. Culic., ii, 272, 1901. 

Wyeomyia pertinans Giles, Gnats or Mogsq., 2 ed., 498, 1902. 

Aedes pertinans Giles, Gnats or Mosq., 2 ed., 483, 1902. 

Wyeomyia pertinans Blanchard, Les Moust., 424, 1908. 

Wyeomyia ochrura Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 229, 1906. 

Wyeomyia ochrura Dyar & Knab, Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., xix, 141, 1906. 

We quote the above synonymy for this widely distributed species, hay- 
ing now before us cotypes of pertinans, which Dr. Williston has very kindly 
sent us for examination. It is a true Sabethid, not a Culex (see remarks 
under Culex divisor Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 222, 1906). 


Genus CULEX Linnzvs. 
Culex ocellatus Theobald. 


Culex ocellatus Theobald, Mon. Culic., iii, 222, 1903. 

Mr. Urich has discovered the larva of this pretty species, which he had 
formerly bred from a pupa in Bromelia water. It falls in our table (Journ. 
N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 207, 1906) with imitator, consolator and inimitabilis, be- 
ing a close ally of these species, with its extremely long air tube and gen- 
eral slender, colorless appearance. It differs from rejector in the smaller 
pecten with two detached teeth, which are as in consolator ; it differs from 
inimilabilis in having more teeth inthe pecten (it has seven while inimita- 
bilis has five) and in having a median hair tuft on the tube instead of a 
single hair; it differs from consolator in having a small multiple tuft on the 
tube beyond the middle and a subapical single hair instead of four rather 
long 2-haired tufts. It is nearest to imitator Theobald, so much so that we 
can not demonstrate any differences in the limited and somewhat defective 
material before us (the head hairs of imitator have not been studied). The 
antennae of ocellatus are slender, pale, the tuft from a small notch well be- 
yond the middle; upper head tuft in fours, lower a single thick spinulated 
hair. 

Bred by Mr. Urich from Bromelia water, Sangre Grande, Trinidad. 


Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 169 


Culex azymus sp. nov. 


@. Palpi, proboscis and antennae black; head white behind, with a 
patch of black, forked scales in the middle, black on the sides below, setae 
black. Thorax black, golden-brown scaled, uniform, without spots, setae 
black ; pleurae whitish, with a black band above bases of legs and another 
below wings. Abdomen black, with narrow whitish basal segmental 
bands, widening laterally, venter grayish white. Legs black, the femora 
pale below, tibiae and the first two tarsal joints appearing whitish on lower 
side in certain lights, unbanded. 


Allied to Culex pleuristriatus Theobald, but lacking the thoracic spotting 
and any trace of the white tarsal bands. 

The larva is allied to pleuristriatus (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 205, 209, 
1906), but the pecten of the air tube has two detached teeth, which exceed 
the two basal hair tufts. 


One specimen, bred from larvae in Bromelia water at Arima, Trinidad 
by Mr. F. W. Urich. 
Type.—Cat. No. 10,020, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Culex basilicus sp. nov. : 

Q. Proboscis black with a broad, dull white ring; antennae and palpi 
black ; head with light golden yellow scales behind. Thorax black with 
brown-black scales centrally; along the sides of diska band of light yellow 
scales with a narrow’ square central projection into the disk; a square 
patch of same color behind, and on scutellum; pleurae whitish, marked, 
with black above, centrally and on the bases of the legs. Abdomen black 
with central basal white spots on the first four segments, pale terminal 
hairs on all the segments; venter with short, broad white basal segmen- 
tary bands. Legs black, femora pale beneath, tips of femora and tibiae white, 
tips and bases of the tarsal joints very narrowly white. Wings with nar- 
row scales. 

The larva falls in the table with janitor and lactator (Journ. N. Y. Ent. 
Soc., xiv, 205, 1906), but differs in having the ring of the anal segment 
broad ; pecten of eight spines reaching to the middle of the air tube; one 
tuft within the pecten, three beyond it, not in line, two tufts on the dorsal 
aspect of the tube, all the tufts 2-haired only, thick and coarse. 

Five specimens, bred by Mr. Urich from larvae in a tub near the kitchen 
at Arima, Trinidad. 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,021, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 


Culex consolator sp. nov. 


The larva is very close to Culex rejector Dyar & Knab, unbred (Journ. 
N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 221, 1906), found in Bromelia water at Cordoba, Mex- 
ico. It differs in having the hair tufts on the tube long, the anal segment 
with a lateral rosette of spines. A single male was bred by Mr. Urich 
from a larva in Bromelia water at Arima, Trinidad. 

oS. Head black, with narrow, curved whitish-gray scales behind and 
black setae. Proboscis black, palpi black, very hairy, with white rings at 


170 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


the bases of the joints; antennae black. Thorax golden brown, with pale 
longitudinal striation, under a higher power with sparse golden scales and 
coarse black setae, two whitish dorsal impressed lines and an oblique one 
on the pleura before the wing insertion. Abdomen black with distinct 
white basal bands ; thorax below greenish ; legs black, femora pale below ; 
all the tarsi with narrow white basal rings. 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,019, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Culex imitator Theobald. 


Culex imitator Theobald, Mon. Culic., iii, 175, 1903. 

Culex daumsaturus Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soe. xiv, 220, 1906. 

Culex vector Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 220, 1906. 

A series of isolations from Mr. Urich indicates the above synonymy. In 
stud ying the larvae alone, we had no idea that the larvae with the swell- 
ing in the tube could be conspecific with those lacking it (compare our 
figures 52 and 53), but such seems to be the case. We had before us but 
one specimen of vector and two of daumasturus. Mr. Urich has recently 
sent us four isolations which show a straight tube in two, a barely percepti- 
ble indication of a swelling in one and a small swelling in another, placed 
more basally than in our figure 52. The adults are all alike, and agree with 
Theobald’s description of imitator and with specimens from Brazil, which 
have been kindly sent by Dr. Lutz. Mr. Urich got the larvae in Bromelia 
water at Arima and Williamsville, Trinidad. 

Weare pleased to be able to restore Mr. Coquillett’s determinations in at 
least one case (see our remarks, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 220 and 221). 


Culex lactator Dyar & Knab. 


Culex lactator Dyar & Knab, Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 209, 1906 
(March). 

Culex hassardii Grabham, Can. Ent., xxxviii, 167, 1906 (May). 

We have examined larvae and adults sent by Dr. Grabham from Jamaica 
and find them conspecific with ours from Mexico and Costa Rica. 


Culex bastagarius sp. nov. 


Very close to C. mutator, Dyar & Knab, described from Cordoba, Mexico. 
The larvae differ slightly. In mutator the whole body is densely hairy, 
the upper head tuft is of three rather long hairs and two of the apical an- 
tennal spines are well removed from the tip (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 
pl. x, fig. 42, 1906) ; in bastagarius the thorax only is hairy, the abdomen 
glabrous, the upper head tuft is of four hairs and very small, the four an- 
tennal spines are close together at apex. 

The adults of mutator were named ‘“‘ Melanoconion humilis Theobald ” by 
Mr. Coquillett. Culex humilis Theobald (Mon. Culic., ii, 336, 1901), was 
described from Sao Paulo, Brazil. We have seen neither adults nor larvae 
from Brazil, and, though Theobald’s description, as far as it goes, applies 
to our specimens, the occurrence of closely allied forms in Mexico and 
Trinidad, prevent us from accepting the name for the form before us. 

C. mutator and C. bastagarius are practically identical in markings (and 
agree with Theobald’s description of humilis), but in mutator the upper 


Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 171 


branch of the fifth vein (o') has the scales narrowly linear and outstand- 
ing, while in bastagarius they are narrowly obovate; grading into those of 
the veins above. 

One male, bred from larvae in small grassy pools at Laventille, Trinidad, 
by Mr. F. W. Urich. Two other males are in the collection, bred by Mr. 
A. Busck from unisolated larvae at Arima, Trinidad. 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,018, U.S. Nat. Mus. 


Culex carmodyae mollis subsp. nov. 


Mr. Urich has sent us a series of isolations bred from larvae ina hollow 
tree at Sangre Grande, Trinidad. The larvae are so near to those of Culex 
carmodyae Dyar & Knab, described from Santo Domingo (Journ. N. Y. Ent. 
Soc., xiv, 210, 1906), that we are unable to distinguish them. The adults, 
however, differ in having very narrow white bands at the bases of the tar- 
sal joints with a few white scales at the apices of the joints also. In both 
the Santo Domingan carmodyaeand the Trinidad representative, mollis, the 
hind tibiae have a line of bluish white scales above, the legs being black, 
the ends of the hind tibiae light brown. In carmodyae there is no trace of 
white tarsal bands, the legs being black, with a scarcely lighter brownish 
tint at the joints; in mollis the bands are very distinct although extremely 
narrow, hardly wider than the length of a scale. 

Six specimens, four males, two females. 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,022, U. S. Nat. Mus. 


Gexus MOCHLOSTYRAX Dyar & Knap. 
Mochlostyrax floridanus sp. nov. 


The larva falls in the table (Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., xiv, 223, 1906), with 
pilosus D. & K., but the body is glabrous. Head broad and squarely trans- 
verse, eyes bulging, a large notch at insertion of antennae; clypeus shal- 
lowly emarginate with two spines; antennae long, a small notch at outer 
third bearing the long hair tuft ; the two longest of the apical spines placed 
before apex. Both head hairs single, small, a small third hair below, ante- 
antennal tuft large, multiple. Lateral abdominal hairs in twos on the 
third to sixth segments. Comb of the eighth segment of 12 scales ina 
strongly curved, single, rather irregular row. Air tube three and a half 
times as long as wide, roundly tapered on the posterior side, with a pair of 
hooks at tip; eight long tufts on the posterior margin in a straight row, 
two of them within the ‘pecten ; two small lateral tufts. Tuft behind the 
comb large. Anal segment longer than wide, ringed; ventral brush mod- 
erate, dorsal tuft few haired. Anal gills rather long, the upper pair con- 
siderably shorter than the lower ones. 

Larvae from Estero, Florida (J. B. VanDuzee) ; no adults. 

Type.—Cat. No. 10,025, U. 8. Nat. Mus. 

This may be a synonym of M. jamaicensis Grabham (Can. Ent., x xxviii, 
318, 1906). Dr. Grabham has kindly sent us larvae and they agree very 
closely with our floridanus. We consider them conspecific. However, Dr. 
Grabham gives several differential points in his description, and, as whole 
larvae are sent us, not isolations, there isa chance that a mixture of species 
occurred. 


172 Dyar and Knab—Some American Mosquitoes. 


Mochlostyrax jamaicensis Grabham. 


According to the characters given by Dr. Grabham, this species will fall 
in the table with pilosus Dyar & Knab, differing in the relative length of 
the tube. In jamaicensis the tube is ‘‘ about five times as long as broad (at 
base)” while in pilosus it is four times as long as broad. There are fewer 
comb scales in jamaicensis and they are larger; the anal gills are unequal. 
Dr. Grabham has kindly sent us some larvae labelled ‘‘ Mochlostyrax jamaic- 
ensis” which differ from his diagnosis in having the body glabrous and the 
air tube three and a half times as long as wide; otherwise they agree well 
with his description. They areapparently identical with our M. floridanus. 
Still this may be a case of geographically isolated forms, and the adults 
may be found to possess differences, when known, as in the case of Culex 
carmodyae and C. mollis, referred to above, where the larvae are alike and 
the adults differ, but inhabit separated localities. As it stands, M. florida- 
nus will have to be added to the Jamaican list, it being more probable that 
Dr. Grabham had two species before him than that he should have made 
any such conspicuous errors in description as these would have to be con- 
sidered. 


ee eS eae a ee 


VoL. XIX, pp. 173-182 DECEMBER 8, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON SOME TORTRICID GENERA WITH DE- 
SCRIPTIONS OF NEW AMERICAN SPECIES. 


BY AUGUST BUSCK. 


The Tortricid moths, placed in European and American cata- 
logues under the generic names Hemimene Hiibner, (Dichro- 
rampha Guenée), and Lipoptycha Lederer, form a natural, easily 
distinguished group, which is at once separated from all other 
Tortricids (of Europe and America at least) by having veins 6 
and 7 in the hind wings remote at base and: nearly parallel ; 
all the other genera, but two,* these two veins are either ap- 
proximate, connate or stalked. 

The group is an immediate offshoot from the more generalized 
genus, Laspeyresia Hiibner (Meyrick & Walsingham) f and the 
species can from their general habitus alone be confounded with 
no other genus but that and Pammene Hiibner, another paral- 
lel offshoot from Laspeyresia; some of the species of these latter 
genera are in general appearance very similar to the group under 
consideration, and others also approach it in having veins 6 and 
7 in the hind wings rather distant instead of closely approxi- 
mate as is normal; but by consideration of the pterogostic 
and oral characters combined, there is no difficulty in placing 
any of the species in its proper group.{ 

The two genera Hemimene and Lipoptycha are by European 
authors at present separated on Lederer’s original character, 


* Tsotrias Meyrick, which belongs to another subfamily and can not be confounded 
with the present group, and the West Indian and South American genus Balbis Walsing- 
ham; Iam not acquainted with the type of this genus, Carpocapsa assumptana Walker, 
except through a carefully colored figure of Walker’s type specimen, but it appears to be 
very close to Hemimene and must be separated from it by the palpi, which are like those 
of Laspeyresia. 

+ Grapholitha Heinemann, (Rebel); Enarmonia Hiibner, (Fernald). 

{ Thus maculana Fernald, described as a Lipoptycha, clearly belongs to tare 
near interstinctana Clemens; Professor Fernald was presumably misled by the certainly 
nearly parallel (still distinctly approximate) veins 6 and 7, but the curved ascending 
labial palpi with the short brush and short apical joint indicate its proper genus. This 
genus, placed under the name Enarmonia, Hiibner, by Professor Fernald (in Dyar’s List 
N. Am. Lep. p. 469, 1903) is not, as given in the synonomy, equal Enarmonia Meyrick, 
which isthe genus called Epinotia by Professor Fernald (Steganoptycha Stephens, Rebel). 


38—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WaSH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (178) 


<cgonian lesthing 
2 2 


Eas 


f 
i JUN 4 
\ 


1907 


N\Metions! tneo™ 


174 Busck— Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 


namely, the presence or absence of the costal fold on the fore- 
wings of the males. 

This division seems artificial, separating as it does, closely 
related species as gruneriana Herrich-Schaffer, from alpinana 
_Treitschke; saturnana Guenée, from simpliciana Haworth; 
kana Busck, from banana Busck, and bringing together species 
with less affinities as bugnionana Duponchel, with gruneriana 
and plumbana Scopoli. | 


The costal fold seems to me, here as elsewhere in the present 


arrangement of the Tortricidae, to have been given an undue 
importance and does not appear to be of generic value in the 
family. The character is like most other secondary sexual char- 
acters in the Microlepidoptera, sporadic in its appearance and 
may be found developed in one species, while wanting in the 
most closely related species. Thus while certain genera un- 
doubtedly have a general tendency towards the development of 
the fold and others appear to have no such tendency, the char- 
acter is not necessarily absolute and the presence or absence of 
the fold is not necessarily indicative of affinity or the opposite 
between two species, as little as it proves relation between two 
genera.” | | 

The gradual modification of this character in the group under 
consideration from the broad fold, occupying nearly or fully 
one-half of costa in agilana and plumbagana—through the nar- 
row fold of capitana Busck, hardly reaching one-fourth of the 
wing length—to the mere trace of a fold, as found in kana 
Busck, also seems but steps towards the total disappearance of 
the fold in correlated species. 

Absolutely no other character is found, separating the two 
genera, as they are at present defined and for the purpose of a 
natural grouping of the species, the two genera might better be 
united, than preserved in their present definition. 

But by removing from Lipoptycha the species which have other 
and closer affinities with Hemimene and by taking as type for 


* Thus I can not believe that genera like Kucosma. Hiibner, Fernald (Epiblema, Mey- 
rick); Capua Stephens and authors, and Archips Hiibner, Fernald: (Cacoecia, Meyrick) 
represent natural groups, as they are at present defined; the diversity of the venation 
found within them, which is far greater than in the group considered in this paper, indi- 
cates that they include pickings from a number of genera, which have the costal fold 
independently developed and which have no close affinities otherwise. 

In a subsequent paper, now under way, I shall treat of other groups, which, I think, 
prove the correctness of this contention still plainer than the present. 


RT ees 


Busck—Notes on Some Tortricid Genera “175 


Lederer’s genus his first species, bugnionana, both genera may 
be retained and a more natural division of the group result. 

In Hemimene would then be placed the American species 
hitherto described and the following European species: plwm- 
bana, simpliciana, saturnana, ligulana, plumbagana, agilana, - 
incursana, petiverella, sequana, alpestrana, alpinana and proba- 
bly most of the other species, at present included in both genera 
except bugnionana and harpeana, which together with two 
American species described in this paper, would make up the 
genus Lipoptycha.* 

Thus arranged the two genera may be separated by the fol- 
lowing characters: 


Hemimene. Lipoptycha. 


1 


1 Dorsal part of fore wing below Dorsal part of fore wing below 


median vein as broad or broader 
than the costal part above. 


2 Vein 10 in the fore wing rising at 
least two and one-half times far- 
ther from vein 9 than 9 from 8. 


3 Termen of fore wing less oblique ; 
angle with costa 60 degrees or more. 


* Apex of hind wings not protrud- 
ing beyond anal angle of fore wings. 

5 Second joint of labial palpi yel- 
low at base. 


median vein narrower than the 
costal part above. 
* Vein 10 on the fore wing rising 
less than two and one-half times as 


far froth vein 9, as 9 from 8. 


* Termen of fore wing oblique ; an- 
gle with costa less than 60 degrees. 


* Apex of hind wings protruding 
beyond anal angle of fore wings. 


> Second joint of labial palpi not 
yellow. 


The last color difference I certainly do not intend to advocate 
as a generic character of general value, but it holds good in all the 
species of the groups under consideration, with which I am ac- 
quainted, and I include it as another small but rather significant 
circumstantial evidence of the propriety of the rearrangement of 
the species. 

All of the above characters may seem trivial, but it should be 
considered, that the Tortricidae is a remarkably uniform and 
conservative family, embracing closely allied genera; nearly all 
characters usually available and important are more or less 
identically developed in the entire family and any small, con- 
stant differences found must therefore be depended upon and 


* Some of these are unknown to me except from descriptions and I should not be 
surprised if some of the other Alpine species shall be found to fall with harpeana and 
bugnionana. 


176 Busck—Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 


are of greater significance than would be the case in more dif- 
ferentiated families. 

The following characters are common to the two genera and 
apply to both sexes: Antennae about 4, simple or with very 
short ciliation at the tip of each joint; labial palpi moderate, 
reaching about the length of the head in front of the face, por- 
rected; second joint with large, laterally compressed triangular 
tuft; terminae joint relatively long, though shorter than second 
joint, deflexed, parallel with and nearly obscured by the hairs 
of the tuft; face smooth, head round with the scales meeting on 
top; eyes large, salient; ocelli large, placed just above the eyes 
behind the base of the antennae; tongue short, spiraled; max- 
ilary palpi obsolete. Thorax smooth, Fore wing with termen 
more or less sinuate, sometimes abruptly broken below apex; 12 
veins; 1b straight, furcate at base; a trace of 1c at the edge of the 
wing; 2 from about # of cell; 3 from corner of cell; 7, 8 and 
9 equidistant at base; 7 to termen; 11 equidistant from 10 
and 12; upper internal vein from between 10 and 11 to between 
7 and 8 Cin sequana obsolete); inferior internal vein with upper 
fork obsolete, lower fork to between 4 and 5. 

Hind wings broader than the fore wings; dorsal edge evenly 
rounded from apex to base; costal edge slightly and evenly 
rounded; termen sometimes slightly sinuate; 8 veins; 8 con- 
nected with cell near base by oblique, sometimes semi-obsolete 
crossbar; la and le present; 1) strongly furcate at base ; base 
of median vein hairy; 3 and 4 connate or short-stalked ; 5 
distant from and parallel with 4; 6 and 7 remote at base and 
nearly parallel. Male genitalia with uncus rudimentary. 

All the species feed in the roots or shoots of Compositae. 

Two European species have been placed in the American list 
namely, alpinana Treitschke, and plumbana Scopoli, but their 
occurrence in America seems so highly improbable that I sus- 
pect the records must be based on misidentification of closely 
allied species and I propose to omit them until further evidence 
is at hand. 

The American species at present known may be separated by 
the following synoptic table : 


HEMIMENE. 
Fore wings with white dorsalspot .......... 1. 
Fore wings without such spot ...........-. 


Busck— Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 177 


1. Dorsal spot with narrow dark line through middle . . 2. 
Dorsal spot without such line .. ........:. capitana 
2. Fore wings with ocherous ocelloid ais: Widl tek ace. A ineanana 
Fore wings withoutsuch patch. ........... britana 
3. Fore wings dark brown without yellow patch... . . 4, 
Fore wings not dark brown, or, if so, with yellow 
WARTS... Saw aie ald A ye io dl eine gS 5. 
4, Fore wings with yellow aiebon pear se 8 Aer sedatana 
Fore wings without euch = 20 egies piperana 
5. Fore wings with semicircular yellow dorsalspo t. . . . simulana 
Fore wings without such spot .... . es 6. 
6. Fore wings with black, undulating, thisay erse iliac: ; oe 
Fore wings without such lines... .:,....... 8, 
7. Apical part of fore wings purplish ........ .  plummeriana 
Apical part of fore wings not purplish ........ leopardana 
8. Fore wings light golden yellow ........ peng lt yf bittana 
Fore wings tawny. .......-. Le Sere ee Bieri radicolana 
oe Hemimene sedatana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi yellow, with apex of brush and terminal joint dark fuscous. 
Head and thorax dark fuscous. Fore wings in male without fold ; termen 
slightly sinuate, dark brownish fuscous, irrorated with sparse, single yel- 
low scales ; costa obscurely ornamented with outwardly oblique, blackish 
brown streaks, intervened by yellowish white spots, from which very faint 
bluish-metallic lines run obliquely outwards and then abruptly downwards 
and inwards; edging the three more prominent of these blue lines below 
are very thin lines of single, deep black scales; along lower part of termen 
are four deep black dots. Cilia light, shining fuscous with a dirty white 
line through the middle. Hind wings dark brownish fuscous; underside 
with the strong greenish iridescence usual in this group of moths. Abdo- 
men dark brown; anal tuft yellowish. 

Alar expanse: 14 mm. 

Habitat—South Park, Colorado (Oslar). 

Type-—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,130. 

This, I believe, is the species mistaken for plumbana Scopoli, which it 
greatly resembles, but from which it differs by the less profuse irroration 
of yellow scales and by the presence of the narrow, angulated, deep black 
lines, ue the course of the metallic blue lines. 


Hemimene piperana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi brownish yellow, with dark brown tips. Head and thorax 
yellowish brown. Fore wings in male without costal fold; termen nearly 
straight; dark reddish brown with golden reflections ; costa with short, 
obscure, outwardly oblique, blackish striation, with the intervals lighter 
than the ground color of the wing; at apical third of the costa is an out- 
wardly oblique, bluish, but hardly metallic, streak to termen below apex 
and irregular, short, transverse streaks of the same bluish lead color 
is found sparingly on the apical portion of the wing; at lower part of ter- 


178 Busck— Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 


men are two or three blackish dots obscurely indicated. Cilia whitish 
mixed with brown and fuscous. Hind wings whitish fuscous, darker 
toward the tip; base of cilia still darker. Abdomen dark fuscous;_ legs 
ocherous-brown. 

Alar expanse: 18 mm. 

Habitat.—Pullman, Washington (Piper). 

Type-—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,131. 

This obscurely marked species is nearest the foregoing and the European 
saturnana Guenée, but is at once distinguished from both by its reddish 
brown color and the lack of yellow irroration. 


Hemimene capitana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi yellow, with tip of tuft and apical joint light fuscous. Head 
and thorax light brown. Fore wings in the males with narrow costal fold, 
reaching one-fourth of the wing length; termen slightly sinuate; dark 
fuscous, sparsely irrorated with yellow; on the middle of the dorsal edge 
is a conspicuous, outwardly oblique, pure white spot, contracted shortly 
above the edge of the wing and widening out onand above the fold. Costa 
with obscure, whitish streaks, emitting faint, bluish, metallic, oblique lines, 
which fade away after passing three or four short, longitudinal, parallel, 
black lines, just outside of the end of the cell. Four deep black dots on 
lower part of termen and a few short, transverse, irregular, black lines in 
the apical part of the wing. Cilia light fuscous, with a central dirty white 
line. Hind wings light brown. Abdomen fuscous, and brush yellowish. 

Alar expanse: 15 mm. 

Habitat.—South Park, Colorado (QOslar). 

Type—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,132. 

Nearest to the European petiverella Linné but rather larger and differ- 
ing in the form and color of the dorsal patch. 


Hemimene britana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi yellow, tipped with dark fuscous. Head and thorax dark 
purplish brown. Fore wings in male with narrow costal fold occupying 
hardly one-third of the wing length; termen distinctly indented below 
apex; dark purplish brown, in the apical part strongly irrorated with yel- 
low; on the middle of the dorsal edge is a large, outwardly oblique, trian- 
gular, yellowish white spot, reaching up into the cell; through the middle 
of the spot is a thin, more or less broken, dark line. Costa with narrow, 
oblique, deep-black striation, edged by yellow scales and intervened by 
broad, blue metallic lines, which run in broken course through the stroug 
yellow irroration to tornus. Along termen are four deep black dots. Cilia 
light shining fuscous, with the darker base followed by a whitish line, 
which breaks through the base at the dentation of termen and emphasizes 
this by the color effect. Hind wings bronzy fuscous. Cilia whitish, with 
a very dark base and an ill-defined dark line before the tip. Abdomen 
purplish. 

Alar expanse: 15-16 mm. 

Habitat.—Kaslo, British Columbia (Dyar). 

Type.—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,133. 


Busck— Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 179 


This species was labeled alpinana Treitschke, in the Museum collection 
and is the species recorded as such in Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. xxiii, p. 
929, but is quite distinct from that species; the European species is smaller, 
has a darker yellow and differently formed dorsal spot and is strongly 
suffused with yellow on the entire wing, while britana is merely irrorated 
with yellow on the apical half. 


eg Hemimene incanana Clemens. 


Halonota incanana Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se., Phil., p. 351, 1860. 
Dichrorampha incanana Fernald, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Phil., p. 54, 1882. 
Hemimene incanana Fernald, Dyar, List N. Am. Lep., No. 5288, 1903. 

Palpi white. Head dark gray. Fore wings dark brown, varied with 
whitish along the inner margin towards the base, with an oblique dorsal 
white patch, terminating in the ocelloid patch, with a slender, irregular, 
dark brown line on its middle, and one or two spots on the dorsal edge of 
the wing. The costa is streaked with white, slightly silvery; beyond the 
middle of the wing are one or two purplish hued lines, one of which around 
the ocelloid patch, where it becomes somewhat diffuse. The ocelloid patch 
is ocherous, with three black streaks and is nearly in the middle of the 
apical portion of the wing, with a white spot adjoining and beneath it. 
Hinder border with three or four terminal black spots above the internal 
angle. Hindwings dark fuscous, grayish towards the base. (Clemens.) 

I am unacquainted with this species in nature, but it must be quite close 
to the foregoing species, britana, from which, however, the description dif- 
fers in several particulars. 

Habitat.—Pennsylvania? (Fernald.) 


Hemimene simulana Clemens. 


Halonata simulana, Clemens, Proc. Acad. Nat. Se., Phil., p. 3851, 1860. _ 
Halonata simulana, Packard, Guide Stud. Ins., p. 337, 1869. 
Dichrorampha aurisignana, Zeller, Verh. K. K. Zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, Vol. 

XXV, p. 319, 1875. 

Dichrorampha simulana, Fernald, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Phil., p. 24, 1882. 
Hemimene simulana, Fernald, Dyar, List N. Am. Lep., No. 5289, 1903. 

Palpi dull ocherous, fuscous at the tip. Head brownish ocherous. Fore 
wings [in males with costal fold reaching beyond basal third] brown with 
a slight brassy hue, with an ocherous dorsal blotch, plain in the male and 
striated with brownish in the female. Costa streaked with ocherous and 
with two slightly violet-hued streaks from the costa, one running beneath 
the tip and the other toa faint ocelloid patch, behind which, on the hinder 
margin, are three black spots. The apical portion of the wing is varied 
with ocherous. Hind wings fuscous, white on the costa. (Clemens.) 

Habitat.—Baltimore, Md.; Easton, Pa. (Clemens). 

In U.S. Nat. Mus. are specimens from Anglesea, N. J. (Kearfott) ; Jean- 
ette, Pa. (Klages), and District of Columbia (Busck). 
fais to alpinana Treitschke, but differing in the form of the dorsal spot. 


‘Hemimene bittana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi yellow, with tip of brush and terminal joint dark fuscous. 
Face and head fuscous. Thorax light yellowish brown. Fore wings in 


180 Busck—WNotes on Some Tortricid Gene 


male with costal fold, reaching one-third of the wing length; termen 
slightly sinuate; basal third of wing light greenish brown, apical two-thirds 
golden yellow; the darker basal patch is produced in the middle of the 
wing like an arrow point and is not very sharply limited; at basal third 
are two short, outwardly oblique, silvery lines from the costal edge; from 
the middle of costa runs a longer, oblique, silvery line, which bends down- 
wards abruptly and forms the basal edge of a not very conspicuous ocelloid 
patch, which contains two or three short black dashes and is terminated 
by ashort, perpendicular, silvery line; from apical third of costal edge to 
a color-indentation below apex is yet another silvery streak. The bases of 
the apical veins are indicated by thin, deep black, longitudinal lines and 
along the entire terminal edge is a row of seven or eight deep black dots. 
Cilia whitish, with base and tip light fuscous. Hind wings purplish fuscous 
with golden tips; cilia whitish, with dark base. Abdomen dark-purplish 
fuscous, with lighter anal tuft. Legs ocherous; tarsi faintly annulated 
with black. 

Alar expanse: 15 mm. 

Habitat.—Pittsburg, Pa. (Engel). 

Type.-—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,154. 

This brilliant species comes between simulana Clemens, and radicolana 
Walsingham, in ornamentation, but is at once distinguished from both by 
the golden yellow wings. 

Named in honor of “ Bitten.” 


v Hemimene radicolana Walsingham. 


Dichrorampha radicolana Walsingham, Ill. Lep. Het. Br. Mus., IV, p. 75, 

pl. 77, fig. 10, 1879. 
Dichrorampha radicolana Fernald, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., Phil., p. 55, 1882. 
Hemimene radicolana Fernald, Dyar, List N. Am. Lep., No. 5292, 1903. 

Palpi tawny, projecting nearly twice the length of the head beyond it, 
profusely clothed, the apical joint concealed; head tufted above, tawny ; 
antennae the same. Fore wings pale tawny; the costa arched; apex pro- 
duced; apical margin oblique, indented below the apex; a basal patch, 
acutely angulated externally beyond the middle of the cell, is shaded 
within its outer margin with tawny brown, a triangular patch of the same 
color before the anal angle, the intermediate abbreviated, pale fascia inter- 
rupted by waved tawny lines; a tawny brown shade on the apical margin, 
extended inwards towards the middle of the wing, and a few short, paler 
brown streaks from the costa. Cilia rather shining yellowish-white, divided 
in the middle by a tawny line parallel with the apical margin; a fuscous 
spot on the cilia at the apex. Hind wings brownish fuscous; the cilia yel- 
lowish-white, divided by a tawny line (Walsingham). 

Alar expanse: 17 mm. 

Habitat.—Camp Watson, John Day’s River, Oregon. 

Food-plant.—Scrophularia ? (Walsingham). 

Type.—Female, in British Museum where I have examined it; no other 
specimen is known to me at present. 


Busck—Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 181 
~ 
Labial palpi light yellow, with tip of brush and apical joint black. Face 
orange yellow; top and sides of head mixed with black. Thorax black 
with yellow center and patagina. Fore wings in male without fold ; termen 
strongly sinuate and abruptly broken below apex; bright orange yellow, 
lightest towards the base, deeper, more reddish at apical part; with bold, 
undulating, and broken, deep-black, transverse lines; costal edge broken 
by ten nearly equidistant black dashes, from which the cross-lines origi- 
nate; the dashes are intervened by light straw-yellow spaces; from two of 
these yellow spaces, one on the middle of the wing and one at apical third, 
runs a short, outwardly oblique, dark blue metallic line; on lower half of 
termen are three deep black dots. Cilia blackish, with straw-yellow cen- 
tral line, which widens out below apex and breaks through the black base, 
emphasizing the sinuation there by the color effect. Hind wings rich, dark 
brown, with a series of orange spots at apex. Cilia whitish with dark tips 
and deep black base. Underside of both wings dark brown, with strong 
greenish iridescence and with costal and apical markings corresponding to 
those on the upperside. 
Alar expanse: 9-10 mm. 
Habitat.—Hyattsville, Md. (Busck); Pittsburg, Pa. (Engel). 
Type.—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,135. 
This exquisite little moth can not be mistaken for any of the other de- 
scribed species; it is nearest in pattern and size to the following species, 
. but differs greatly in coloration. 


Hemimene leopardana sp. nov. 


Hemimene plummeriana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi whitish yellow with black tips. Head and thorax whitish, 
profusely mixed with black scales. Fore wings in male without costal fold ; 
termen slightly sinuate below apex; wing sharply divided as to colorina 
basal light greenish-yellow part and an apical dark purplish rust-brown 
part; dividing these two parts is a nearly straight, bluish-metallic line, 
which runs obliquely from middle of costal edge to a little before tornus. 
Basal yellow part is boldly striated by many irregular, somewhat diffused, 
undulating, black crosslines; on the apical part the black and yellow 
costal marks are continued as in basal part, but between them originates 
bluish-metallic lines, one of which, together with a thin black line, runs 
in undulating course outwards and then abruptly downwards and inwards 
to tornus; another runs from apical third of costa to termen below apex 
Just before apex is a deep black, round dot, similar to three dots in a row. 
along lower end of termen. Hind wings dark purplish-brown, with costal 
edge whitish, and with a marginal line of golden yellow in the apical part 
of the wing.” Both wings on the underside light fuscous, with strong 
greenish-metallic reflections and with all the edge-markings of the upper- 
side plainly indicated, even the terminal black dots. Abdomen dark fus- 
cous above, silvery below. Legs silvery, barred and annulated with black. 

Alar expanse: 10 mm. ; 

Habitat.—Plaummer’s Island, Md. (in the Potomac River above Washing- 
ton City) (Busck). 


182 Busck—Notes on Some Tortricid Genera 


Type.—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,136. 

A striking, oddly ornamented species, very distinct from all other de- 
scribed species. The type was taken at light on an evening in June, when 
Dr. Wm. Dietz and the writer spent the night on the island in pursuit of 


Microlepidoptera. 
LIPOPTYCHA. 
Fore wings dusted with yellow scales; in males with costal 
FON ee cee eV ee Ne eee kana, sp. nov. 


Fore wings not thus dusted: in males without costal fold . banana, sp. nov. 


Va Lipoptycha kana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi, head and thorax dark fuscous. Fore wings in male with a 
short and narrow costal fold with an expansible hairtuft, not reaching one- 
fifth of wing length; termen with slight sinuation below apex; color uni- 
formly dark shining fuscous, evenly and sparsely irrorated with golden 
yellow scales; at the lower end of terminal edge are three black dots. 
Costa without any ornamentation. Cilia whitish fuscous, with darker base 
and tips.. Hind wings dark fuscous; cilia lighter with dark base. Abdo- 
men dark fuscous with yellowish anal brush ; legs silvery fuscous; under- 
side of wings with faint greenish iridescence. 

Alar expanse: 17-20 mm. 

Habitat.—Kaslo, British Columbia (Dyar). 

Type.—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,137. 

This is the species recorded as Hemimene plumbana in Proce. U.S. Nat. 
Mus., vol. xxvii, p. 929, 1904, but has nothing to do with that species ; it 
closely approaches bugnionana Duponchel, in general habitus and color, 
but is much larger, rather darker, and with sparser yellow irroration, be- 
sides possessing the costal fold in the males. 


oe Lipoptycha banana sp. nov. 


Labial palpi, head and thorax dark greenish and bronzy fuscous. Fore- 
wings with no costal fold in the male, termen nearly straight; uniformly 
dark, shining fuscous, with light brown and blackish seales evenly inter- 
mixed, but without any golden irroration ; no costal or terminal markings. 
Cilia whitish fuscous, with darker base and tip. Abdomen dark purplish- 
fuscous, and brush ocherous: legs unicolored dark fuscous. 

Alar expanse: 20-24 mm. 

Habitat.—South Park, Colorado (Oslar). 

Type.-—Male. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 10,138. 

This is by far the largest of all described species of this group; it is 
similar in form and coloration to the foregoing species and to the European 
bugnionana Duponchel, differing from the former in the absence of yellow 
irroration on the fore wing and in the absence of the costal fold in the 
males; from the European species it differs, aside from its size, by the 
total absence of any defined wing-ornamentation. 


VoL. XIX, PP. 183-192 DECEMBER 8, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON GENERA OF PANICEHKAE. I. 
BY AGNES CHASE. 


One of the chief distinguishing characters of this tribe of 
grasses is the single fruit, composed of the more or less indurated 
lemma and palea, the latter firmly clasped by the margins of 
the lemma (rarely loose, as in Leptocoryphiwm and Hymenachne), 
enclosing the free grain. This simple arrangement is variously 
modified in the different genera. After several years’ study of 
the fruits of this tribe the writer proposes to offer this and sub- 
sequent papers on the genera with special reference to the fruits, 
figuring and describing the fruit of the type species of each genus. 

It may be well to state why the character of the fruit is held 
to have superior generic value. Itis because: 1. The character 
of the fruit is constant in the same species. The first glume 
may be present or obsolete in Paspalum distichum L., P. Drum- 
mondii Vasey, P. bifidum (Bertol.) Nash, and in a few others, not 
only in the same species but in the same specimen, but within 
are always the same plano-convex, chartaceous-indurated fruits, 
the lemma with inrolled margins, the palea included at the 
apex as well as on the margins; Reimaria oligostachya Munro 
may lack but one instead of both glumes but the fruit remains 
constant; Echinochloa crus-galli (..) Beauv. may have very long 
awns or be mucronate only, but the fruit will have the charac- 
teristic abruptly acuminate apex, the palea free at the summit. 
2. The fruit with but slight modifications is constant for greater 
or smaller groups of similar species; that is, taking the fruit as 
a generic character it assembles species which show other resem- 
blances, and does not arbitrarily assemble those which show no 
close affinity, as does the character of the presence of the first 
glume in Paspalum, which places in Dimorphostachys, founded 
on Paspalum monostachyum H. B. K., such diverse species as 


P. Drummondii Vasey and P. Schaffneri Fourn., when both have 
34—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. (188) 


184 Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 


nearer relatives left in the genus Paspalum. The foregoing does 
not mean that the fruit is held to be the only generic character 
but merely that it is a strong one which has not received the 
attention it deserves; while it is held that any generic character 
must be constant ina species and assemble species having other 
affinities. Such a character is the reversed position of the 
spikelets in Azonopus Beauv. (Anastrophus Schlecht.). The 
fruits alone would not separate this genus from Paspalum, but 
not one of the many specimens of the several species examined 
shows a spikelet placed otherwise than with the back of the fruit 
turned from the rachis. 

These studies are based on the material in the National Herba- 
rium where all the genera of this tribe are represented, most of 
them by a large series of specimens. The figures* and descrip- 
tions are drawn from mature or nearly mature fruits; since the 
spikelets fall at maturity it is difficult to find perfectly ripe fruit 
in herbarium specimens. 

The present paper is confined to that group of Paniceae in which 
the fruits are cartilaginous-indurated (not rigid) papillose, and 
usually dark colored; lemmas and paleas alike in texture, the 
lemmas with more or less prominent, white, hyaline margins not 
inrolled. 


Kry. 


Lemma boat-shaped, margin narrow .......... Anthaenantia 
Lemma convex only. 
Palea not inclosed above, lemma hyaline at the summit. Leptocoryphium 
Palea inclosed, lemma with broad hyaline margin nearly 
to the base. 
Fruit lanceolate-acuminate, second glume and sterile 
lemma clothed with long hairs exceeding the 
spikelet, grain unequally biconvex ...... Valota 
Fruit elliptic ; second glume and sterile lemma clothed 
with short hairs or nearly glabrous, grain plano- 
convex in section. 
Spikelets disposed in 1-sided racemes which are 
digitete OF TACRIMNGEG oe fu a gee Syntherisma 
Spikelets in panicles divergent at maturity... . Leptoloma 


Genus ANTHAENANTIA Beauv. 1812. Agros. 48. t. 10. f. 7. 


Axis paniculatus: Panicula subsimplex—Glumee subaequales, concave, 
herbaceae.—F Losc. INFER. neut.: Paleee membranaceae, oppositx, Paleis 


* The figures are all magnified 20 diameters. 


ee ee death 


Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. * 188 


hermaphroditis contrarié disposite.—FLosc. super. hermaph.: Pales sub- 
cartilagineae—Sprerc. Phalaris villosa Micu. 

Phalaris ? villosa Michx. 1803. Fl. Bor. Am. 1:48. ‘“ Has. in sylvis sab- 
ulosis Carolinee.” 

Just what is meant by the paleae of the neuter floret placed contrariwise 
to those of the perfect floret it is difficult to decide. The figure shows such 
an empty floret consisting of a small lemma and palea placed laterally 
against the palea of the fruit. Kunth (Rev. Gram. 1: 217) reducing the 
genus to Panicum with the specific name of ignoratum, remarks that 
“ Beauvois who never soaked the spikelets before examining them nor 
used a needle to open them” mistook the torn marginsof the sterile lemma 
for a 2-valved floret. 

Aulaxanthus Ell. 1816. Bot. S. C. & Ga. 1 : 102. 

“Flores paniculati. Calyx 2-valvis, 1-floris; valvis sequalibus, sulcatis 
Corolla 2-valvis, subaequalis.” 

Two species, A. ciliatus and rufus are described, and 
“ Phalaris villosa? Michx.” is given under the first. 
Though the generic description says the spikelets are 
1-flowered, under ciliatus is stated : “‘ at the back of the 
interior valve occurs a neutral floret, 1-valved, ovate, 
2-cleft, green.” 

Aulaxia Nutt. 1818. Gen. 1 : 47.. Description is nearly 
identical with that of Elliott, ‘1-flowered, with the rudi- 
ment of a second” added; Aulaxanthus is given as 
synonym; no reason is assigned for changing the name. 

These three generic names are founded on the same 
species. 

Description.—Spikelets in narrow panicles, obovoid, 
first glume obsolete, second glume and sterile lemma 
subequal,very broad, with 5 strong nerves, the very thin 
internerves deeply folded and densely clothed with 
long hairs, the sterile lemma enclosing a small palea 
and sometimes a staminate flower; fruit as long as the 
glume, plano-convex, subacute, chestnut brown, the lemma boat-shaped, 
the 3 nerves visible; the white or pale margins very narrow; palea en- 
folded its entire length, the 2 nerves visible ; grain in section plano-convex. 


Genus LEPTOCORYPHIUM Ness. 1829. Acros. Bras. 83. 


Calyx uniglumis, biflorus, gluma inferiore, deficiente. Flosculus inferior 
neuter, uniglumis * * ™*  Flosculus superior hermaphoditus, calycis 
longitudine, in fructu persistens chartaceus (nec induratus), valvulis atten- 
uatis apice membranaceo-hyalinis lacero-ciliatis. [Whence the name 
from “ Xerrés tenuis et Kopyph apex.” | 

The first species under this genusis L. lanatum (H. B. K.) Nees, based on 
Paspalum lanatum H.B.K. 1815. Gen. Pl. et Sp. 1:94. t. 29.“ Crescit 
in regno Mexicano prope Venta del Cameron et Alto del Peregrino.” 

Roemer & Schultes (1817. Syst. Veg. 2 : 322) transfer this species to 
Milium, in which disposition of it they are followed by Kunth (1829. Rev. 


186 Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 


Gram. 497), and Trinius (1834. Mem. Acad. St. Petersb. VI. 3? : 121). 
Bentham (1881. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 19: 39) transfers it to Anthaenantia 
stating: “ From these [N. Am. Anthaenantia] I can not separate generically 
the South American Leptocoryphiua Nees, which be- oP 
sides some slight specific characters only differs from 
the North American species in the second glume being 
constantly, instead of occasionally only, empty.” Hems- 
ley (1885. Biol. Cent. Am. Bot.3 : 483) follows Bentham ; 
Fournier (1881. Mex. Pl. 2:13) upholds Lapiceatioliien: 

Deseription.—Spikelets in narrow panicles, lanceolate; 
first glume obsolete; second glume and sterile lemma 
8 and 5 nerved, the internerves, which are not broad 
and infolded (or plaited) as in Anthaenantia, each with 
a row of long coarse hairs arising from tubercles (the 
tubercles sometimes obscure), the second glume shorter 
than the sterile lemma which equals the fruit and 
which is empty; fertile lemma slightly cartilaginous- 
indurated, minutely papillose (the papillae finer than 
in any of the other genera), chestnut with a white, 
delicately hyaline, summit, lacerate and often sparingly 
ciliate, a narrow hyaline margin extending down the 
sides to about the middle; on the back near the base 
isa small impressed area thin and white; palea with summit and margins 
like those of the lemma, not enclosed above, the 2 nerves obscurely visible ; 
grain oblong-elliptic, in section plano-convex. 

As shown by the fruit this seems to be, as Nees considered it, most nearly 
allied to Valota (Trichachne Nees) from which he separated it chiefly on 
the absence of the first glume. The inflorescence is like that of Anthae- 
nantia, which it resembles also in lacking the first glume, but differs from 
in lacking the neuter palea or staminate flower and in the convex, not 
boat-shaped, lemma with a broad hyaline summit. It differs from both 
Valota and Anthaenantia in the fruit open at maturity. (A large number 
of specimens were examined and none in or past bloom were found closed.) 
Since this species fits so poorly in any other genus it seems wisest to main- 
tain the one Nees established for it. Nees’ single other species of Lepito- 
coryphium we have not seen. 


GENUS VALOTA Anpans. 1763. Fam. Pui. 2 : 495. 


Gramen. Avenae. Sloan. t. 14. f.2. Couronne de la gaine des feuilles ; 
Membrane médiocre. Fleurs: Panicule étagée. Calice: Ovoide, sans 
arétes, 4 3 bales velues. Corolle: Sans arétes. 

The reference to Sloane serves to identify the genus, which the very in- 
sufficient description would not do, and fixes its identity with Andropogon 
insulare L. 

Andropogon insulare L. 1759. Pugill. Jam. 30; and Sp. Pl. Ed. 2. 1763. 
2: 1480. In the Pugillus no citation is given; in the Species Plantarum 


Chase— Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 187 


the previous publication by Linnaeus is cited, and also Brown Jam. 365, 
and Sloane, 1 : 43. t. 14. f. 2. ‘‘ Hab. in Jamaica.” 

Brown (l.c.) after his polynomial cites Sloane t. 14. 

Sloane’s figure (1. ¢.) is an excellent representation of the upper portion 
of the plant, a leaf and overmature panicle. 

Panicum lanatum Rottb. 1776. Deser. Pl. 3. Based on Andropogon insu- 
lare L.; the same reference to Sloane is also given. Here follows the first 
adequate description of the species, even the fruit being described : “ Corol- 
le valvxe 2 lanceolate, concave, acutissime, membranaceee.” 

Milium villosum Sw. 1788. Prod. 24. Based on Andropogon insulare L. 

Beauvois 1812. Agros. 150, in the index refers Andropogon insularis to 
Monachne, but this species is not mentioned under that genus on p. 49. 

Panicum leucophoeum H. B. K. 1815. Nov. Gen. et Sp. 1:97. Based on 
Andropogon insulare L. This species and P. adscendens H. B. K., which is 
Syntherisma sanguinalis or a close ally, are placed together under “ 3) Spicis 
verticillatis, fasciculatis aut paniculatis (Digitarize plurimee).” 

Panicum insulare Meyer. 1818. Prim. Fl. Esseq. 60.. Based on Andropogon 
insulare L. The “valves of the corolla” are given as coriaceous with mem- 
branaceous margins. 

Acicarpa Raddi. 1823. Agros. Bras. 31. with one species A. sacchariflora 
Raddi |. c. t..1. f.4. This is given on the authority of Nees. We have not 
seen the original publication. 

Trichachne Nees. 1829. Agros. Bras. 85. 

(a Oplé capillus et dxvn gluma.) 

Calyx bivalvis, subbiflorus, gluma inferiore minuta. Flosculus inferior 
univalvis vel bivalvis hirsutus, neuter; superior hermaphroditus, valvulis 
membranaceis mucronatis Caryopsis flosculi valvulis membranaceis vestita 

* * * ‘JInflorescentia: racemi elongati, simplices, unilaterales, verticil- 
latim paniculati. Spiculae geminae ternaeve, altera brevius pedicellata. 

* * * Flosculus hermaphroditus * * *  bivalvis, glaber, mem- 
branaceus, valvulis lanceolatis in mucronum subulatum attenuatis ad 
fructum persistentibus membranaceo-chartaceis caryopsin tegentibus neque 
cum eadem induratis. * * * Differt a Panico praesertim gluma flosculi 
hermaphroditi, * * * at minime crustaceo seu cartilagineo indurato 
sed semper flexili. 

Acicarpa Raddi 1823. Agros. Bras. 31. t. 1. f. 4. is cited as synonym and 
a note of explanation added that the name is expunged because of its 
similarity to Acicarpha Juss. [1803]. Nees’ first species is Trichachne insu- 
laris (L.) Nees, based on Andropogon insulare L. Five other species are 
included, 7. sacchariflora (Raddi) Nees, and four new species from Brazil, 
T. recalva, tenuis, velutina, and ferruginea, the last two of which Nees says 
he saw in the Royal herbarium at Berlin. 

Grisebach (1864. Fl. Br. W. I. 557) places Panicum insulare and P. sac- 
charatum Buckl. in Tricholaena; Stapf (1898, in FI. Cap. 7 : 382) transfers 
** Panicum leucophaea Sw.” to Digitaria, remarking, “the structure of the 
. Spikelets is * * * as in Digitaria.” Stapf probably means P. leuco- 
phoeum H.B. K., which is atyponym of A.insulare L. Swartz did not pub- 
lish the name given by Stapf. Millspaugh and Chase (1903, Fl. Yucatan, 


188 Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 


Field Col. Mus. Bot. 3 : 23) transfer T. insularis to Syntherisma, remarking : 
“ That this species belongs in the genus Syntherisma rather 
than in Panicum is shown chiefly by the fruiting glumes 
which are of the form characteristic of the former, having 
a floral glume with hyaline margins not inrolled.” 

Descriplim:.— Spikelets in pairs, short-pediceled in 2 rows 
along one side of a narrow rachis, the slender racemes 
erect or nearly so, solitary or fascicled along a common 
axis forming a narrow panicle; spikelets lanceolate, first 
glume minute, glabrous, the second and sterile lemma us- 
ually as long as the fruit or longer, 3-5 nerved, copiously 
clothed with long silky hairs (in one species, only, the 
silky hairs are not longand dense) ; fruit lanceolate, usual- 
ly brown, the flat, white, hyaline margins broad; grain 
} ellipsoid, in section unequally biconvex. 
; This genus is very closely allied to Syntherisma Walt. 
f One species, Panicum Pittieri Hack., has the inflorescence 
of Valota, but the hairs on the second glume and sterile 
lemma are not long and copious, and the second glume 
is shorter than the fertile lemma as in some Syntherismas. 
But considering the diverse aspect of the two genera as a whole it seems 
wisest to regard them as distinct. 

The following species are transferred to this genus: 


Valota insularis (L.) 
Andropogon insulare L. 1859. Pugill. Jam. 30. 
Valota saccharatum (Buckl.) 
Panicum lachnanthum ‘Torr. 1856. Pac. Rail. Rep. 7*: 21, not Hochst. 
1855. 

Panicum saccharatum Buckl. 1866. Prel. Rep. Geol. & Agr. Surv. Tex. 
App. 2. “‘ Middle Texas.” 

Trichachne saccharatum (Buckl.) Nash. 1903 in Small Fl. So. U. S. 83. 

Valota Pittieri (Hack.) 

Panicum Pittieri Hack. 1901. Oest. Bot. Zeitse. 51 : 367. “ Costarica: in 
ripa rivi Rio Tirili prope San José leg. Tonduz: Pittier distribuit sub 
nro. 6945.” 

The species represented in American herbaria by Nealley’s Texas collec- 
tions and passing under the name Panicum tenerrimum Kunth, (based on 
Trichachne tenuis Nees) does not well agree with Nees’ description. Since 
authentic specimens of this and Nees’ other Brazilian species have not yet 
been seen, his species and the Texas form are left for future study ; and to 
avoid the possibility of making unnecessary combinations by taking up 
possible synonyms these species and an Australian one with stramineous 
fruits are not here transferred to this genus. 


Genus SYNTHERISMA Watt. 1788. Fu. Caro. 76. 
Digitaria Haller 1768. Stirp. Helv. 2: 244 not Adans. 1763, nor Heist. 


1759, though Haller gives Heister and Adanson as authors of his Digitaria; 
but his description, though he evidently makes an effort to harmonize it 


Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 189 


with those of Heister and Adanson by emphasizing the “ excavations ” of 
the rachis, applies not to Tripsacum but to the grasses so long known as 
Digitaria, and his pre-Linnaean references lead to P. sanguinale L. 

Antiquum nomen, & characteristicum, reddo plantis nostris, quee adeo 
vehementer a Linnanis Panicis abludunt, ut nullo modo eo referri possint. 
Receptaculum Tritici, alternis scrobibus excavatum. Ad eas scrobes appli- 
cantur flosculi petiolati. Calyx biglumis, lineatus, altera gluma parva, 
mucronata, altera majori faciei floris respondente, lineata: ita mucronata, 
compressa, ovato lanceolata uniflora, locusta oritur. Flos durus, nitens, 
siccus, convexus inde, hine complanatus, & linea quasi divisus, non tamen 
penetrante. Nonquam satis potui distinguere divisionem in duas glumas. 
In cavea certe undique clausa semen sedet, compressum, planum. 

Under his first species, to which Haller, who evidently opposed such an 
innovation as a binomial system, applies a polynomial, “ LINN. p. 84” is 
cited, with Linnaeus’ description of P. sanguinale used as a polynomial, the 
name sanguinale being omitted. The reference is to the 1762 edition of 
Species Plantarum. For discussion of Digitaria Heister see Hitchcock, Bot. 
Gaz. 38 : 298, and Nash, Bul. Torr. Bot. Club 25 : 289. 

Panicum sanguinale L. 1753. Sp. Pl. 57. “ Spicis aggregatis, basi interiore 
nodosis, flosculis geminis muticis, vaginis foliorum punctatis. * * * 
Habitat in America, Europe australi.” 

The specimen under this name in the Linnaean herbarium is the tradi- 
tional P. sanguinale fide Prof. A. S. Hitchcock who has seen it. The first 
reference after the description is to Royen Fl. Leyden 55, where, after the 
polynomial quoted by Linnaeus, Sloan. Hist. 1 : 113, t. 70, f. 3 iscited. The 
second reference is to Gron. Virg. 154 [error for 134]. Gronovius refers to 
Clayton n. 457. Linnaeus’ reference (Sp. Pl. 57) to Sloane 1: 113 t. 70 f.2 
is evidently an error. The polynomial and figure cited in Royen applies 
to P. sanguinale. 

Syntherisma Walt. 1788. Fl. Carol. 76. 

Cal. 1-florus, 2-valvis: valvulis planis, acutis interiore minore recta, 
exteriore lateribus corollam subamplexante. Cor. 2-valvis: valvulis mag- 
nitudine et figura valvulae majori calycis simillimis. * * * Semen 
unicum, calyce corollaque persistentibus vestitum. 

The first species is S. precox Walt. “Nospecimen in [ Walter’s] her- 
barium. There is not much doubt but this refers to Panicum sanguinale L. 
(Digitaria sanguinalis), as stated by Elliott and Michaux.” Hitchcock, Six- 
teenth Ann. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. 44. 

Michaux (1803. Fl. Bor. Am. 1: 45) includes Syntherisma praecox Walt. 
as synonym under Digitaria sanguinalis Scop. 

This group has been held to be a genus or reduced to a section of Pani- 
cum according, seemingly, to the weight given its form of inflorescence. 
Nees, while noting the less indurated and “always pliable” lemma of 
Trichachne, does not seem to have noted that the same is true of the group 
he placed as section Digitariae of Panicum, nor that the differences from 
Panicum which he points out for Trichachne do not separate that genus from 
his section Digitariae. The form of inflorescence does not clearly distinguish 
this genus from Panicum, since the species known as Punicum Perrotteti 


190 Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 


Kunth (Paspalum Perrotteti Hook f.) and its close allies have sparingly 
branched racemes more or less naked at the base forming a panicle not 
greatly unlike that of Panicum proliferum and yet are true Syntherismas as 
shown by the spikelets and especially by the cartilaginous-papillose lemma 
with flat, hyaline margins. Hooker f. (1896 Fl. Br. Ind. 7:10) places 
these and other species of Section Digitaria in Paspalum, saying ‘‘ As above 
defined, Paspalum includes the Digitaria section of Panicum, which appears 
to me to be artificially placed in the latter genus, because of the occasional 
presence of a very minute scale-like glume at the base of what is the 3rd 
gl. of Panicum (that opposite the flg.). This minute glume which is present 
or absent even in the same species, is nerveless and never embraces that 
above it, as the lowest glume always does* in Panicum proper.” The first 
glume is not only present or absent in the same species in Syntherisma, but 
sometimes in the same specimens, asin those of P. Perrottetiin the National 
Herbarium. Nash (Bul. Torr. Bot. Club 25 : 289) while contending that 

; Syntherisma is as worthy of generic rank as are Puspalum, 
Anthaenantia, Eriochloa, Isachne, Ichnanthus, and Tricho- 
laena fails to point out why it is so, and adds: “ Our own 
view is that Syntherisma is more nearly related to Paspalum 
than to Punicum, and if its union with either genus were 
desirable it would certainly be with the former and not 
with the latter.” If the cartilaginous-papillose lemma with 
flat hyaline margins be taken for the chief generic char- 
acter, Syntherisma is at once clearly distinguished from 
both Panicum and Paspalum, with no intermediate species. 

Description.—Spikelets solitary or in 2’s or 3’s, subsessile 
or short-pediceled, alternate in 2 rows on one side of a 
3-angled winged or wingless rachis, the slender racemes 
usually more or less spreading, usually digitate or in ap- 

ee proximate fascicles at the summit of the culm, rarely dis- 
tributed along the axis ; spikelets lanceolate or elliptic; first glume minute 
or wanting, the second glume equalling the sterile lemma or shorter, fruit 
lanceolate or elliptic, the flat, hyaline margins white or pale; grain sub- 
elliptic, in section plano-convex or slightly concavo-convex. 

The affinities of Syntherisma are with Valota on the one hand and An- 
thaenantia on the other. To the former it is allied through V. Pittieri and 
the species mentioned above as “ Punicum tenerrimum” from Texas. Syn- 
therisma approaches Anthaenantia through Panicum (2 Digitaria) adustum 
Nees and Anthaenantia Hackeli Arech. allied species, and Panicum badium 
Scribn. & Merr., which are placed in Syntherisma rather than in Anthae- 
nantia on the following characters: Spikelets in pairs in 2 rows along one 
side of a triangular rachis ; a minute first glume present (though this has 
— little weight); second glume not equalling the sterile lemma (which is 
empty or contains only a nerveless rudiment of a palea), neither of them 
broad with deeply folded internerves as in Anthaenantia; lemma not 
boat-shaped, the hyaline margins broad. In addition to the species con- 


* Hooker was probably not acquainted with the Dichotomous Panicums in which 
he first glume is often nerveless and seldom embraces the second. 


Chase— Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 191 


sidered by Nash (I. c.) in his treatment of the genus the tollowing are here 
transferred : 
Syntherisma adusta (Nees) 

Panicum adustum Nees. 1829. Agros. Bras. 101. “ Habitat in Brasilia 
meridionali. (Sellow.)” 
Syntherisma badia (Scribn. & Merr.) 

Panicum (Syntherisma) badium Scribn. & Merr. 1901. U.S. Dept. Agr. Div: 
Agros. Bul. 24:12. “Sierra de San Felipe, State of Oaxaca” 915 
©. L. Smith. 

Syntherisma Hackeli (Arech.) 

Anthaenantia Hackeli Arech. 1894. Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevideo 2 : 96, t. 

5. Figueira, Uruguay. 
Syntherisma velutina (DC.) 

Milium velutinum DC. 1813. Cat. Hort. Monsp. 126. “ Hab. in Mexico.” 

Paspalum ? velutinum Kth. 1829. Rev. Gram. 1 : 27. 

Represented by Pringle 6623 and 9568. 

Syntherisma Perrotteti (Kth.) 

Panicum Perrotteti Kth. 1829. Rev. Gram, 2 : 395. t. 3. “ Crescit in Sene- 
galia, prope Walo.” 

Syntherisma stenotaphroides (Nees) 

Panicum (% Digitaria) stenotaphroides Nees 1854 in Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 
1:41. “Ins. Choin legit Cuming.” 

This and an allied species are peculiar in having a thickened rachis, the 

solitary spikelets sunken in the alternate notches. 

Species as yet imperfectly understood are not here transferred. 


Genus LEPTOLOMA Gen. nov. 

Inflorescentia paniculata, panicula pauciflora, maturitate diffusa; spiculae 
1-florae, fusiformae, solitariae, aut raro per paria, in pedicellis tenuibus 
triangularibus ; gluma prima minuta aut deficiens, secunda 3-nervis ; lem- 
ma neutrum 5-7 nerve; fructus ellipticus, acutus ; lemma hermaphroditum 
cartilagineo-induratum, papillosum, marginibus delicatus hyalinas, planis; 
palea similis ; caryopsis oblongo-elliptica lemmate paleaque inclusa, libera. 
Gramina perennia, caespitosa, ramosa, culmis fragilibus, laminis planis, 
ligulis membranaceis. Maturitate paniculae se dissipant et pervolvunt 
Panico capillari similes. Nomen ab Aerrés delicatus et Gua margo. 

Inflorescence a few-flowered panicle diffuse at maturity . 
spikelets 1-flowered, fusiform, solitary or rarely in 2’s on slen- 
der triangular pedicels; first glume minute or obsolete, the 
second 3-nerved, nearly as long as the 5-7 nerved sterile 
lemma, a more or less prominent stripe of appressed silky 
hairs down the internodes and margins of each ; sterile lemma 
4 empty or enclosing a minute nerveless rudimentary palae; 
4\ @ fruit elliptic, acute, brown; fertile lemma cartilaginous-indu- 
a 2 rated papillose, with delicate hyaline flat margins, enclosing 
@ a palea of the same texture: styles long and delicate, stigmas 
plumose, the branches more long and slender than in Panicum, 
rather less so than in Syntherisma; grain oblong-elliptic, in 
section plano-convex ; free within the closed lemma and palea. 
Tufted branching perennials with brittle culms, flat blades, 


192 — Chase—Notes on Genera of Paniceae. I. 
< 


and membranaceous ligules. At maturity the panicles break away and 
roll like tumble-weeds. Name from \Aerrés delicate and \dua border in refer- 
ence to the hyaline margins of the fertile lemma. 

Type.— Panicum cognatum Schultes. 

Leptoloma cognata (Schultes.) 

Panicum divergens Muhl. in Ell. 1816. Sk. Bot. 1 : 130. not H. B. K.1815. 
Specimen in Elliott herbarium in College of Charleston. 

Elliott gives “ Muhl. Cat.” without page as authority for this name; in 
Muhl. Cat. 9 (1813) divergens is a nomen nudum. 

Panicum divergens Muhl. 1817. Gram. 120. ‘“ Habitat in Carolina.” 
Specimen in the Muhlenberg herbarium in Philadelphia Academy of Nat- 
ural Sciences, marked “ Elliott 353.” In the same folio with this is a 
specimen of Panicum Philadelphicum marked “M. 112b.” 

Panicum cognatum Schultes 1824. Mant. 2: 235. Muhlenberg’s descrip- 
tion is copied and P. divergens Muhl. is cited as synonym, the name 
changed, doubtless, because of P. divergens H. B. K., though this older use 
of the name is not mentioned. Thus it is the second publication of P. 
divergens Muhl. (that in Muhl. Gram.) on which Schultes bases his P. cog- 
natum. Hence the specimen in Muhlenberg’s herbarium is the type. 

Panicum autumnale Bosc. Spreng. 1825. Syst. 1 : 320. 

This name as used by American authors is synonymous with above, but 
we have not seen Bose’s specimen. Sprengel (1. c.) places the description 
of P. autumnale next to that of P. divergens Muhl. The brief description 
would apply to any Panicum with an effuse capillary panicle. It was not 
known to Sprengel where the specimen came from ; “ Patria?” he adds to 
his description, and indicates he saw the specimen in the Willdenow her- 
barium, 

The sheaths and blades of this species, especially the lower ones, are 
often papillose pubescent, commonly so in Western specimens, though the 
type is almost glabrous. Pringle 489, Chihuahua, Mexico, represents an 
extreme form with slightly larger spikelets, having densely silky-pubescent 
internerves, which would appear to be a distinct species except for the 
fact that the inter-grades are more numerous than the extreme form. This 
is the only species of this genus known in thenorthern hemisphere. Three 
or four species are found in Australia. 

Leptoloma divaricatissima (R. Br.) 
Panicum divaricatissimum R. Br. 1810. Prod. 192. Port Jackson, New 
Holland. 
Leptoloma macratenium (Benth.) 
Panicum macratenium Benth. 1878. Fl. Australia 7 : 468. “ Queensland, 
Rockhampton, O’Shanesy.” 
Leptoloma coenicola (F. Muell.) 
Panicum coenicolum F. Muell. 1855 in Trans. Vict. Inst. 45. Cudnaka, 
S. Australia, F. Mueller. 

Panicum papposum R. Br. Prod. 192, and P. nematostachyum Bailey 1903 
in Bot. Bul. Dept. Agr. Queensl. 16: 2, of which we have not seen speci- 
mens, probably belong here. The former is P. autumnale F. Muell. Fragm. 
8 : 196, not Bose, fide Bentham FI. Australia 7 : 469. 


ai SS 


VoL. XIX, pp. 193-198 DECEMBER 31, 1906 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


WEST AMERICAN MITRIDA—NORTH OF CAPE 
ST. LUCAS, LOWER CALIFORNIA. 


BY MRS. M. BURTON WILLIAMSON. 


As the nomenclature of our West Coast Mitras appears to be 
somewhat confusing, it has been thought advisable to review 
some of the literature upon this subject and also to give excerpts 
from letters written upon the synonomy by well known authori- 
ties. As indicated by the title this paper does not include Gulf 
species—nor are fossil forms included unless represented by 
recent shells. 

The writer desires to acknowledge her obligation to Dr. Wil- 
liam Healey Dall and Dr. Paul Bartsch, of the U. 8. National 
Museum, Prof. James Cosmo Melvill, of Shrewsbury, England, 
Mr. Edgar A. Smith, British Museum, Sowerby and Fulton, 
London, England, Dr. R. E. C. Stearns, Mr. Henry Hemphill 
and Fred L. Button, Esq., of California, for courtesies received 
from them. She is especially indebted to the British Concholo- 
gists for original descriptions of Mitra id# Melv., M. fultoni 
E. A. 8, and a very fine, typical example of M. orientalis Gray 
=M. maura Swains. 


Famity MITRID. 


Mitra episcopalis Lam, the type of this Mitriform family, ranks high 
among showy shells but the West Coast representatives are noted for their 
somber aspect. 

Of the relationship of this family, Dr. William Healey Dall says: “While 
I have no doubt in my own mind that Voluta, Scaphella, Turbinella, Fas- 
ciolaria, Mitra and the Fusidz all proceeded from one stock and could 
not be separated as families in the Eocene time, yet that does not exclude 
the recognition of the divergencies which have been brought about at the 
present epoch, by gradual evolution from more compact original groups.* 


* Trans. Wagner Free Ins. Sci., Phila., Vol. III, 1820, p. 92. 


35—Proc. Brot. Soc. WaAsH., VoL. XIX, 1906. ; es 
: , : ian lestit 2) 

fes™ ae 

| JUN 20 1907 


Nebiona! Huse’: 


194 Williamson— West American Mitridzx. 


¥ 


WEsT CoAST MITRAS, NAT. SIZE. 


Figs. land 2. Mitraidz, young. San Pedro, California. 


Figs. 3and4. Mitraidx,aduli. San Pedro, California. Epidermis partly removed. 
No. 4 collected by Mrs. E. A. Lawrence. 


Fig. 5. Mitra idz, adult. San Pedro, California, Epidermis wholly gone, color of shell 
light brown. Collected by Mr. Delos Arnold. 


Fig. 6. Mitra fultoni E. A.S. Pt. Abreojos, Lower California. Collected by Mr. Henry 
Hemphill. 


Fig. 7. Mitra orientalis. Peru. 


Genus MITRA Lam. 


Mitra—typical—is mitriform, thick, with spire elevated, sharp apex, 
aperture narrow with a notch in front; “columella obliquely plicate; lip 
rather thick, smooth within.” The animal is described as having in gen- 
eral a short foot, siphon somewhat short, proboscis cylindrical, eyes on 
tapering tentacles, the latter close together on a long and flat head ; color 
white. The dentition of the group is an important factor. 


Williamson— West American Mitridx. : 195 


Mitra idz Melvill. 


Mitra idx Melv., Description of a New Species of Mitra, The Conchologist, 
Vol. II, part 6, p. 140, pl. 1, fig. 6, 1893; Sowerby and Fulton’s Cata- 
logues of Recent Mollusca. 

Mitra maura Swainson non Carpenter Report Brit. Asso. Ad. Sci. for 
1856, London, 1857: Report B. A. A. S., 1863, pub. 1864; Cooper,* Geo- 
graphical Cat. Moll., 1867; Tryon Man. Conch., Vol. IV, p. 121, 
1882; Orcutt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., p. 336, 1885; Cooper, Seventh An, 
Report State (Calif.) Min., p. 251, 1887, pub. 1888 ; Keep, West Coast 
Shells, p. 42, 1887; Bowers,t Ninth An. Report State (Calif.) Min., p. 
58, 1889, pub. 1890; Hemphill, Cat. N. Amer. Shells, p. 2, 1890; Yates, 
Bull. Santa Barbara Soc. Nat. Hist., p. 44, 1890; Williamson, Proc. U.S. 
Nat. Mus., Vol. XV, p. 211, 1892; Kelsey, The Nautilus, Vol. XII, p. 89, 
1892; Arnold, Mem. Cal. Acad. Sciences, p. 222, 1903; Keep, West Am. 
Shells, p. 166, 1904; Arnold, The Tertiary and Quaternary Pectens of 
California (P. P. No. 7, U.S. Geological Survey), p.36, 1906 ; Williamson, 
Some W. American Shells,—Including a New Var. of Corbula luteola, ete. 
(Bull. 8S. California Acad. Sciences) p. 123, 1905. 

It is evident from the synonymy that the West Coast shell commonly 
called Mitra maura Swains. was presumed to be like the one from Peru 
described by Swainson (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835). When Miss Ida Shephard 
—Mrs. Oldroyd—(for whom the shell was named), sent the California 
shell as M. maura, Mr. Fulton, on comparing it with those in the British 
Museum from Peru, detected the difference and invited Prof. James Cosmo 
Melvill, M. A., F. L. S., who had described something like 40 species of 
Mitras, to describe it.. The specimen was from Point Loma, California, 
length, 2.25 in., diam. .75 inch. 

In his description Prof. Melvill says: ‘“ This interesting species belongs 
toa section of the genus which has its headquarters on the western shores 
of North America and Mexico, of which Mitra lens (Wood) may be taken 
as the type, all the species possessing a black or dark-brown epidermis, 
and being more or less decussate or puncto-striate, and it is not unlike the 
recently described M. fultoni (E. A. Smith) from the same locality. Differ- 
entiation, however, seems easy between them.” (Des. of a New Species of 
Mitra by James Cosmo Melvill, M. A., F. L. S.) 

Specimens of Mitras from San Pedro and San Diego, that were locally 
known as M. maura, were submitted to Professor Melvill by the writer, 
and he unhesitatingly pronounced the larger ones the same as the type 
specimen, in his possession, of M. idx. Young specimens of M. idx are 
lighter brown in color and smooth, although occasionally one is found 
which shows the lire.t Of the shells submitted 3 he wrote that they dif- 


*In Cat. W. N. Amer. and Foreign Shelis, with Geog. Ranges and Labels, etc., by 
J. G. Cooper (State Min. Bu. Spr. 1894), Mitra maura is listed as ‘‘Sowerby’s”’ instead of 
‘*Swainson’s,’”’ evidently a misprint as Dr. Cooper cites the authority correctly elsewhere. 

Mitra maura Rve. (?)’’ evidently a misprint. 

Prof. F. W. Kelsey has kindly given the writer the following measurements of young 
Mitras : ‘‘ The two best young specimens I have measure 7x17 mm. Ratio 2.43. The adult 
M. maura 21x68 mm. Ratio 3.24, and 18x58 = 3.22, while the M. fultoni are in same ratio. 
The juv. specimens, therefore, you notice are far from same proportions as the adult, al- 
though having all the markings and coloring of (idx) maura.”’ 

2 See figures on page 194, 


196 Williamson— West American Mitridx. 


fered in toto from what he had “always called M. orientalis Gray,—M. 
maura Swains. from Peru and Chilian Coasts.” That species called M. 
chilensis by L. C. Kiener is admirably figured under the latter name by 
Kiener Coq. Viv., Mitra, tab. 10, figs. 28, 28a. That shell is larger and 
broader than the Californian shell, smoother and more shining—the spiral 
pitting microscopical, the shape of the mouth distinct, more effuse, outer 
lip and the whorl pinched in towards the center as in the Californian 
species—plicee of columella slightly more oblique.”* Upon further com- 
parison between M. orientalis (M. maura),and M. idx, Professor Melvill says 
of the first named, that it corresponds “ exactly with the plate in Sowerby’s 
Thesaurus Conchyliorum III, Pl]. 354 (Mitra) t.40, being a more incrassate, 
uncouth shell than idz and apparently smooth, uniformly black; with a 
lens, slight pitting is discernable. The form of the mouth is also quite 
different from idx.”+ Headds that English Conchologists “such as Mr. 
G. B. Sowerby, Mr. Edgar A. Smith, Mr. Sykes, and Mr. Fulton all recog- 
nize the specific differences between ide and maura (orientalis).” Dr. 
Wm. H. Dall and Dr. Paul Bartsch also agree that, ‘ The California species 
is distinct and should retain the name M. ide Melv.” ¢ 

The fine example (Fig. 7) of Mitra from Peru, received, through the 
courtesy of Professor Melvill, from Sowerby and Fulton, bears this label : 

“ Mitra orientalis Gray 1834 
— maura Swainson, 1835 
— chilensis Keiner, 1839.” 

The whole question evidently resolves itself into this: Swainson’s Mitra 
maura has not been found upon the Californian Coast, and, Swainson’s 
Mitra maura, on account of priority, is now called M. orientalis.2  M. orient 
alis is not found north of Cape St. Lucas, Lower California, and the geo- 
graphical listing of this species is incorrect. While P. P. Carpenter lists 
M. maura among the Upper California Fauna in his Report on Moll. of W. 
Coast of N. Amer. in 1856,|| in the British Rep’t for 1863, he has this note: 
“ Mitra maura Swains. Nutt. = orientalis Gray = chilensis Gray, Kien. Very 
dark and plain. Peru. Sand between rock 1. w. Cuming,” in Carpen- 
ter’s Catalogue of Mazatlan Shells (1857) there is no mention of M. orientalis 
(maura) in place there are Mitra lens Mawe, and Strigatella tristis Brod. Dr. 
R. E. C. Stearns also lists WM. lensand M. tristis among other Mitras but does 
not include M. orientalis among the “Shells of the Tres Marias” (Proc. U. 
S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVII, pp. 139-204). 

Of Mitra jie in regard to relationship with other black Mitras from West 
Coast of U.S. A. and South America, Professor Melvill says: “lens, maura 
(orientalis), caliginosa, fultoni, idee and others may have been derived from 
a common ancestor.” 

* Letter. 

+ Letter. 

t Letter. Sie 

2 Of the name orientalis for this shell, Professor Melvill writes: ‘‘It is an unfortun- 
ate name, certainly, being a shell of the Western, not the Eastern hemisphere and is 
exactly in the same position, therefore, as Cypre ( Trivia) madagascariensis, which, as nage 


body knows, does not occur anywhere near Madagascar.” . 
| Binney’s Bibliography of N. Amer. Conchology, Vol. I, p. 300. 


Williamson— West American Mitride. 197 


Mitra fultoni E. A. Smith. 


Mitra fultoni Smith Descriptions of New Species of Shells from Mauritius 
and California (An. & Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 256, figured, March, 1892) ; 
Williamson, Some West Amer. Shells, etc. (Bull. S. Cal. Acad. Sciences, 
Vol. IV, No. 8) p. 128, 1905. 

This shell, as well as Professor Melvill’s, is described in a Latin note and 
is figured very finely. The type is from Point Abreojos, Lower California. 
Long. 39 mm. diam. 13; aperture 193 long; 5 lat. 

Dr. Dall writes he has seen “none from north of San Diego.” Lately 
they appear to be very scarce at that place as Professor Kelsey says he has 
found none there. 

In his description, Mr. E. A. Smith says: “This species is well charac- 
terized by the punctate sulci; the punctures falling in regular, longitudinal 
rows, through which pass well-marked impressed lines of growth.” This 
character of punctate sulci is a very noticeable one; the pitting wider and 
deeper than in M. idx is a prominent feature. As compared with M. 
orientalis Gray, Mr. E. A. Smith says: “The whorls are more convex, the 
epidermis blacker, and the fine spiral stricee which adorn the surface of that 
species are scarcely indicated in the present form.” Professor Melvill 
says: “The outer lip is more effuse thanin M. idx.” Fred L. Button, 
Esq., writes: ‘‘ I have made a pencil sketch (for you) of my specimen of 
Mitra fultoni which gives a fair idea of this species. It is brown, has quite 
a shoulder below the suture and has a few indistinct revolving lines of 
sculpture.” The figure referred to is more shouldered than any I have 
seen. While adult specimens of M. idx and M. fultoni exhibit differentia- 
tion the young of both species might indicate a common ancestry at no 
very distant era. 

Of the animals, Mr. Henry Hemphill writes: “The animals of all the 
Mitras found on the coast of Southern California, so far as I remember, are 
white, whether we calljthem all maura or fultoni or idx.” This agrees with 
d’Orbigny’s note on tropical American species. 


Mitra lowei Dall. 

Mitra lowei Dall, Diagnoses of New Species* of Mollusks from the Santa 
Barbara Channel, California (Proc. Biol. .Soc., Wash., Vol. XII, pp. 171- 
176, Dec. 31,1903), Keep, W. Amer. Shells, 1904, p. 321. 

This shell, dredged near Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, Cal., by Herbert 
N. Lowe, is described by Dr. Dall as belonging to a type of M. fulgurita 
Reeve, but of markedly different proportions. The nucleus is very dis- 
tinct from that of the type of M. barbadensis, etc. “The only specimen seen 
is clearly immature, but it is not the young of any of the species known to 
inhabit the coast and is sufficiently characteristic to be easily recognized.” 
Length 5.5; of last whorl 4.5; diam. 2.6 mm. 

This yellow-brown shell was dredged with other shells at a depth of 
water from 40 to 60 fathoms. 


_* In this paper Dr. Dall also describes Mitra dolorosa from the Gulf of Cal., but as this 
article does not include Gulf species it could not be listed. 

+ For geographical range of this species consult Dr. Dall’s Marine Mollusks of S. 
Eastern Coast (Bull. 37, U. S. Nat. Mus.) p. 110; 1889. 


a 

bas Rie Bis 

ee 
ce 


yrs 
M5 


ee 
Fane 
Sa; 


Ary 


VoL. XIX, PP. 199-200 DECEMBER 31, 1906 
7 PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


GENERAL NOTES. 


TYPE OF THE GENUS ATHERURUS, BRUSH-TAILED 
PORCUPINES. 


The latest published statement of the type of the genus Atherurus F. 
Cuvier, so far as I am aware, is that by Dr. T. 8S. Palmer in his excellent 
Index Generum Mammalium (North American Fauna, No. 23, 1904, p. 127), 
where it is erroneously given as Hystrix fasciculata Shaw (Gen. Zool. IT, 
pt. 1, 1801, p.11), from Malacca. By reference to Shaw’s descriptions, which 
are accompanied by good figures showing the peculiar tail bristles of the 
genera Atherurus and Trichys, A. fasciculata is readily seen to be a member 
of the genus Trichys. F. Cuvier (Dict. Sci. Nat., 59, 1829, p. 483), mentions 
no type for the genus Atherurus, but says of the tail, “est longue et termi- 
née par un faisceau de laniéres cornées, aplaties et étranglées d’espace en 
espace,” which agrees with Shaw’s figure and description of Hystrix ma- 
croura Linnaeus based on Seba’s Porcus aculeatus sylvestris ete. (Seba I, p- 
84, pl. 52), and not with Shaw’s Aystrix fasciculata, the tail of which is 
“terminated by a tuft of long, flat hairs, or rather small, white laminae re- 
sembling strips of parchment.” F. Cuvier refers Atherurus back to his 
brother’s Les Atherures (Regne Animal, 1829, p. 215), which refers in turn 
to Buffon (Supplement, VII, p. 303, pl. 77). But Buffon’s Malacca porcu- 
pine with its parallel-sided tail bristles is clearly Giinther’s genus Trichys, 
and not Cuvier’s “ Les Atherures.” As the only name available for the — 
porcupine with the beaded tail bristles at the time of Cuvier’s description 
is Hystrix macroura Linnaeus, this name should stand as the type of 
Cuvier’s genus Atherurus. See Jentink (Notes Leyden Museum, 1894, p. 
207), who pointed out the type of Atherurus to be Linnaeus’ Hystria ma- 
croura., —Marcus W. Lyon, Jr. 


NOTE ON LIMNOMYS. 


In the Annals for March* I founded a new genus for a water-rat from. 
New Guinea allied to Hydromys and gave it the name Limnomys. But I 
now find that this name was preoccupied for a genus of Muridae from the 
Philippines discovered and described by Dr. E. A. Mearns.t I therefore 
propose to rename the Papuan genus Drosomys, its type species becoming 
Drosomys asper. — Oldfield Thomas. 

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) X VII, p. 325, 1906. 
+ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXVIII, p. 451, 1905. 
36—Proc. Biol. Soc. Wasi, VoL. XIX, 1906. (199 eae 


JUN 20 1907 


Neliorns thises": 


fan lest, 
ug 
) 
2 


200 General Notes. 


THE PROPER NAME OF THE MEXICAN TAMANDDA. 


I am indebted to Mr. Walter L. Hahn, Aid, Division of Mammals, U. §. 
National Museum, for calling my attention to De Saussure’s description of 
the Mexican Tamandua in his “ Note sur quelques Mammiféres du Mex- 
ique,” published in the January, 1860, number of the “ Revue et Magasin 
de Zoologie,” (2°, Vol. XII, 1860, pp. 9-11). The description is based on 
specimens from the State of Tabasco, and is very satisfactory and complete, 
especially of the skull, and very clearly points out the cranial differences 
that distinguish the Mexican form from the “ Tamandua du Brésil.” He 
Calls it “ Myrmecophaga tamandua (?) Desm. ( Var. Mexicana, Sauss.).” As 
this name has nearly forty-five years’ priority over my tenuirostris for the 
same form (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX, p. 394, Oct. 29, 1904), the 
correct name of the Mexican Tamandua is Tamandua tetradactyla mexicana 
(Saussure). As DeSaussure’s name mexicana is not given by Trouessart in 
his “ Catalogus Mammalium,” nor cited by Gray and other general writers 
on the group, it was easily overlooked in preparing my paper on “The 
Tamandau Anteaters.” —J. A. Allen. 


eRe a 


Sy ety 


INDEX 


New names are printed in heavy type. 


A 
Accipiter mexicanus ... ..... 18 
Acentrogobiusacutipinnis ...... 8L 
ACHITUS thepasseg fos oe ee 82 
WETCATI ose e et tia hia ece ed 187 
Acoridium anfractum ........ 148 
PONG CN set ac ah ee ee og 153 
CODGIBNGH: 36 75 Sy On a 153 
Crcibintuit 36 io a eee ie 
graciliscapaum. «3. . 6 5 ee 
graminifolium .... . 1442 145, 14 
RonmiebTe 262. Ee, 
rt ag 1 | RMat tiamnaer ee tine nage t aS ke? 
Ovenatam © ie se ess 150, 151 
oliganthum ........ Pe ie 
PREV CENONNE 656 2 gg er ia Ge 145, 146, 148 
philippinense........ 149, 150 
PUM eee 145, 148, 149, 150 
recurvum..... 148-149 
SONACOIRGHIN 7 cas feowsuee cere ia 
SETECIOHNG:. ee he ar er 
Tener nim) ats 143, 144, 145, as 
CONE so ee A ie wee 145-146, 148 
tenatfollelin. 42.05: yoyF Fe ees 145 
CODE Ss ee ee . 149-150 
venustulum ...... 145-147, 150 
WhilOrdl oo 6S ewes ee 150 
WHEDMIMNGST sono he 148-144 
METOCHORGOPUS 55. Ge ca og de wae eee 11 
WTO SS es Ce rit Lk gle mea aegne 162, 165 
TRICE ES oe ee 164, 165 
BUTARIB 6 8 eo ae ae pe 
ATTRAC MBS 5 ot ae 
CODMICOENI 5 ios a, 163- 164, itp 
COREA BIBUUS 6 Sa oe ata ees 
OU MIOR IOS sop ais eae oe 
THRTIOREUS 6 i bee es 162 
AXIS O Ge av ck ee 165,166 
TAMRON Ses oe eo eee he pees 163 
MOMs oa ee gat pati Pisses: (774 
PREPOLOE ec het Ges este canes 163 
mediovittata ..... eh SO 
MOriGionslis i usks,.., 162, 163 
DATUINGNE cate ean sg ees 168 
POMANAK ose A ee Aas Weal OS 
philosophicus . . 204... 164, 165 
podographicus .......-. 165 
SCTIOUUS 86. Wile ss 162-163 
ROTIRENICOR So pias ae ae es 162, 163 
PTIV LEAS od oa ce oe tee eel meer 62 
Aeranthus spathaceus ........ 2 
Agriornis oe goa dae ge Gans a La Ree i oe 12 
Aimophila carpalis Peak” Ragh ey ce Can ae ne 22 
TENG TEMAS ain ear ge hag 18, 22 
ee re ae 22 
BOOUERI ee ee ka eee ees 22 
MO ign a ae ee eRe 155 
Alectrurus flaviventris ........ 13 


87—Proc. BIoL, Soc. WASH., VoL. XIX, 1906. 


Allen, J. A. The proper name of the 
Mexican lamandua........ 200 
Ames, Oakes. Notes on orchids new to 
jy BOS TR NER ED Ng eae 1-2 
Deseription of new species of 
Acoridium from the Philippines 143-154 
ase 1b) sb, - Sooners ey apeeaea 97 


Amphispiza deserticola. ....... 22 
TE UGH SORTING: wea! ose oo Te gee eh 79 
Anabazenops variegaticeps ...... 108 
PGR ORI ee Psu. 28 56 Te elas oes 184 
Anchovia boelama ..... 74 
Andropogon insulare..... 186, 187, 188 
Anodontostoma chacunda ...... 74 
PROC Pg oiig aes bik we 136, 159 
BLGIMARUS 6S ee eivag Lit 
BIUIDOR he loa ee aks ie ae ste . 160 
BATA Ns Sogo Sr 159 
apicimacula « . 3... + se 4 es 136 
WIPVITURTSIS SU hee tal seg ig 161 
WHADOR a5 ss Pe ee 160 
Biebintap ee ie SS ay 160 
DMULGRLUR 6 oy on ae Saree ee 
PGRULAL IS Sah iat a re ee taps 159 
PELE ZA Aare on ioe eon ks wh eo taraale . 160 
OCCIMENEBNS oo ee SN 159-160 
PMCCUMACHIA «6868 Ve Se 136 
quadrimaculatus ...... 159, 160 
strigimaculata ......... 136 
PATSIACUIAON! 6S ee es 160 
Vestitinennis: «26 eS 136 
WUDON Es Oh a aimee a ie Sieve, saa 159 
Anser leucopareius .......... 42 
Antennarius verrucosus ....... 
Anthaenantia .....-.. 184-185, 186, 190 
AIROM Ole Stas cee fea Ss 190, 191 
Aphelocoma arizonae ......... 20 
Arabis depauperata ......... 36 
PHULVRDCTANE SG om egies awe ee 36 
Arctogalidia leucotis -.:.0. . ce... 25 
PUGIOR 6 iio ke es 25 
peurniation Ogre Cain gee miles RUE er eee Aig 25 
De RES SE a alae oe A Eee aa Ber 84 
PENG Sees ge he he a Gage 84 
MOMiserratensis. se se 84 
PAICHOMUSL 2) ask ye . . 84 
Astragalinus hesperophilus . Salk aay 21 
ACURIOLMICCUS PUMA ee es vi 115 
venezuelensis ........ .115 
POUR as a hs 3s ee eae ee 199 
UUM ecg aN Feta ce ge Yee hin de heen 14, 16 
CURNAIMOMCS ay, Ss 119 
CHICODY EO fa ek eae 118 
MitGOIE ee co Pemebye | 1 
SAI 6s ES 118-119 
BOIATERE ook a eee Es 11 
tephrocephala ... ee pase ta, 
Ddataniwoa eR ik Pe hare 185 
i LP 1h) CRS ese me, eC LEA, YS in 185 
POMS 35a oS Bnav eit 6 185: 


202 


URNA 5 og eee. ek ee a 185 
AIR eee thay nears roa 15, 16 
Auriparus flaviceps .......... 20 
A ZONOOUS Ce ee tose ea Rime ee 184 
B 
GOON 8 eas pee as Ok NG 85 
BLOM ee Sickie ee ae Mae tee 85 
Baeolophus annexus ......... 20 
POGEOIS cas rhe ee tere Ls OF ov oan 1738 
Bailey, Vernon. A new white-footed 
mouse from Pexas:. oo 57-58 
Identity of Thomumys umbrinus 
CRIGHEASOND fers oe rea 3-6 


supe Outram. Notes on birds from 
osta Rica and Chiriqui, with de- 
scriptions of new forms and new 
records for Costa Rica... . 101-112 
The names of the passenger pi- 
geon and the mourning dove . 
see also under Thayer, John E. 
Barber, H.S, Note ona Beetle Siento 
ing a RARE Oo ne 
Bartsch, P. Variation in the shell ne? 
Goniobasis virginica, with au out- 


line for breeding experiments .. xv 
Bean, Tarleton H. Descriptions of new 
Bermudian fishes ........ 29-34 
Botaurus lentiginosus......... 102 
Botrychium alabamense ....... 23 
DILGIM APRN re sie ee 24 
RTT Rg 6 Sie oe ca wa 24 
BOUTON i eo ak eta a 24 


Buseck, August. Notes on some tor- 
tricid genera with none actus! of 


new American species. .... 173- we 

PRC LR yn ee gy 
BWAINSODI 22) Cee en ee ee 3B 

Cc 

CBCOMVIR ee een eg nates wire ain 165 
Callesia grandiflora ........... 96 
MOLI GIED IS ea Sg ae Ce en Ce 21 
CAINOCORLOIDA Fs ie ea eg sa 14 
Campylocentrum pachyrhizum _... 2 
eet ks ht NMOS CI CM ee ALS ates 2 
CAPEPODINS 855 a ie ail ears 81 
CY DNIONE sk bo i eae ee 81 
CBTANX. CATAN SUS a Se ean ee 76 
(oo (8m Rony BU Baie oa be ucaenee te 76-77 
PMN oe watered we oa Berd 76 
Cardinals emis. oo ss ne 22 
nn a aN NS at a ee reat 22 
SUDETOUG ee ects cae an 22 
Carpocapsa assumptana ....... 173 
Carpoaaeus frontalis::: og. Oe, 21 
PUberTIMIUS: 2. koe 21 
SOUNOTICNMIR er 21 


Cary, Merritt. Identity of Eutamias 
pallidus (Allen) with a description 
of a related form from the South 


Dakota Bad Lands. ....... 87-90 
CMON i Sy a Bea) e.g gr8 ky 14, 16 
ee » apie tp Ede Sage ee ieee 38 

Sat autiasviehae new Me. tices itis 38 
Catherpes WON sk ie vos 20 
eg eo RUN te Ona ee eo Sean 11 
CORBI TIIN 6h a es epee! gates ty. 2 
Chaeronycteris mexicana ....... 96 
CEI ie ae Sake ei Bak 68 
CIMOPOLVAUETIS 246s els wk 67 
Chase, Agnes. Notes on genera of 

Paniceae, i a eile aed praetor depts 183-192 
Chirocentrusdorab .. 1.1.1... cole 
COuPOpter a ee SR ae 


The Biological Society of Washington. 


Chiorophanes'exsul 5° ook es 111 
sscernalenee apie Pa tote rage lil 
BUN oy ie ee a aera oye 111 
Chiorospingus albitempora ...... 112 
WOVICIIS SN aie ae 112 
Feolorialls ors ae ea 112 
Chrysothamnus monocephala .... 39 
DOVANGNSI en a catia: 39 
Church, Morton L. See Copeland 
Manton SRS Pee ae eek pkg ero tng — 
CHAVIDR Os ee is eas oe ee 74 
SILOUIGE ce aa he eon 75 
Clark, A. H. A case of melanism in 
West Indian honey ereepers. ..f-. xvi 
Coccothraustes mexicana ....... 43 
Colaptes chrysoides ........:. 18 
Colinus ridgwayi UV OEMIG fa RUE 17 
COTTE ne Oia ten enter el 68 
TUPIDRERE oe cc ese 68 
CBIR ite oe RE Eh ee 41 
Columba carolinensis .......... 44 
ECV OUT oan ute es otra ee Lie we 44 
marginata 2. 6 es . 44 
MN STRGONIB 5 aS . 44 
Columbigallina pallescens ...... 18 
Compsothlypis pulchra ........, 21 
GCORGDAOE se sec eg eS es ee na 46 
PORDREIO se ee Me 45 
Senustriatus 40504. ae 45 
COUMUTS st Se ere een 6) 
SORE ss Ew as adn ee a ER 12, 115 
Conopophagidae  ... 2... 8, § 
Cook, O. F. The Nature of Evolution- 
arymotion ..... XV 
Copeland, Manton, and Church, Mor- 
ton L. Notes on the mammals of 
Grand Manan, N. B., with a de- 
scription of a new subspecies of 
white-footed mouse ...... 121-126 
COUNTS Mite OIA Se ee ate ee 195 
Cormura DIEVITOStTIS! ss 2 ke ee) 59 
Coryphotriccus. ....-+..... 115 
Corythroichthys pullus ....... 79 
PARISON UG 262 o eeker ee eee ok 75 
COUAAIOBS RG Soa es oa 759,15 
CRANES TOUSCOBR sy ee es 2 
WEY DUGNTOO AUIS 68. ee ee se es 157 
CONE | EN iaieagre rn arta aa ee Wea an Rb oe eh yatre 156 
geminata ..-. 1.54. . 157 
PIGIICTINON 5 ag oe ae vein 1857 
MURIRIRRAMAAR Go ok | Sree ete eee 157 
POUTICUIALE 5 ees 156 
MEVACEHINE = 836 see 157 
OLY WACUS BDINSVON 6 as i Faecce 104 
Cryptotomus crassipes ........ 32 
LSet BRE iy Lads MA MINA ae See Vaan a aah 165, 168 
SAMATEIS 3 iy oa wtb octet ermal s 161 
EV TOE 55-026 ice ts, 85 See hs oa 169 
DABINCUE ce OA ee Siete 169 
bastagarius ..... 170-171 
carmodyae 171, 172 
COMBOIRTOR 5.0 6. eis 168, 169-170 
CVC oS oicaly a lce Na oly oe ate 168 
MIISRLOPUB oo gee ee 170 
cS MGR irl Pe Maras lpg en Cae ena a 168 
ABSA i ee aha a 170 
PAE rat 9 6 (- cele sty tmp eal gM pire p aeegee Melek Bs ls 7 
SIVCBLON. oo ee ee ok ae 168, 170 
TURUTTERT IS a ig Sa ine eg op 
RANE RUOM ooo Sg Tele a he gt sgite Hb 169 
Fei acre a at Se 167 
PRCURROE os ert aie ay aes 169, 170 
SOUS Se aga ee ka 171, 172 
WUUSICUS 2) ko ee PON es go ee 161 
MEUUAGON os Gs eS ae ala 170 
DRT ose oS Sette eg elles ® 162 
GOCIAUUE es ora eo dae aie tans 168 
DIUPIStHiatea ee A 169 
po Cos Sara Sage 7 Sree aad Seria 161 


Index. 


Culex rejector ......4.:. Re tor es 4s! 
SORYAGHR. Gio a ee ae 162 
ROCON eck eS Rae ap AN 170 

CwHlicivara ee Se ee 15 
ba tyreides ruieR Se uiees 13 

Coliseta 2 oie eye aa aia 133 
PUG ERE i hes eee sito . 134 
maccrackenae ....... 133-134 

Cyanolyeaargentigula ....... 109 
else thChtE Ge 6h) ks ota ek so a ees 109 

CYNOCEPDANIS? 65 os se ee ewe 41 
WAS ooh an fa nee ea ak KEE ES 41 

Cynopterus blanfordi ........ 83 
major . Rei 62 
melanocephalus. ....... 63 
Welinetise 2S ak OE eas 63 
PAGENSIS 6 i ee Sea 62 
Pprinceps . -----+-+-+-- 61, 83 
sphinx sl Ses ae aan aera 62 
TISEDHOCRHNR GS soe ate 61 

Cyprae madagascariensis .. .. . .19%6 

Cypselus longipennis .... .... 68 

Cyrtonyx mearnmsi........ 18 

Cystophora cristata . . 124-125 

D 

Dacnis: callaing: oo: fo sae ae ees 11 

Dendrochilum exalata ...... 151, 152 

Denadrocolaptidae. 3308 =i ess , 

Dendrocopus arizonae. ........ 19 

Dermanura cinereum ......... 50 
jucundum te a het aS 50 
quadrivittatum ie eke Rae 50 

Des RiOHOR ORG 66 sas 84. 

DeESMOGUS YOUN 4552S Ps eS 84 

DRG foes ee a ie ees 84 
OAT as ee oe ee 84 

Dichrorampha hee Sie ep) gh sg’ 
Utara Tie ee a ee 179 
SR CHTRRB Sk Boer (ora ta eeu ns 179 
PACICOIANG eg ee 180 

in MAM 8s Ss RNS Sak ue CRE 79 

PUGUARI oe AIS oe ee 187, 188, 189 
sanguinalis Sopa ibis SNe Dati ae attics 189 

Plas oe oe eae ee a ee 84 
RIDIVORUCE oc ae ete es 84 

PiBOTPuOstach yee 8 ee oe 183 

DODO er les es Ie ea ara 96 
MPAOCIHOTA Bees 

Doolittle, A. A. Exhibition of an ab- 

NOFINSLTOSG! ss 6 eee xvii 

DPOSOMY S22 Ss in i a ine 199 

BRED ee CAN rcs Re ca ere ne 199 


Dyar, Harrison G., and Knab, Fred- 
erick. Diagnosis of new rita of 
MOSGUIB0EB Se eee 133-142 

Notes on some American mos- 

quitoes with descriptions of new 


) tg ba I tas Saar ag apne se 159-172 
E 

Echinochloa crus-galli ....... 183 
Ectopistes macrourus ........ 44 
idenia franta cS ees 116 
ODRCUTA S62 Losin oe ate eee 116 
StOMMAANE. 3. 52 ea ee 116 
SRADOG SlORANE 6 ee ee es 14 
ROUDOTNS oo se a ee 14, 16 
BUMSTOUIE 6) Ks ui ut ee ae 14 


Elliot, D.G. Description of an “appa. 
rently new species of monkey of 
the genus Presbytis trom Sumatra, 
and of a bat of the genus Derma- 
nura from Mexico. . 49- 

On Mephitis olida Boitard . . 95 


Emberiza gracilis . ... 5.56%" Paine 
spinoletta... 2... 2.5 +- 42 
Empidonax difficilis ......... 19 
Vis ote pi oy a ton au Nae carve 12 
PUPEALTION EE ie os a keen ase sae eh ees 173 
Ephippus argus . . 2... eee 78 
Bpidenarym sk a id ae 
Epinephelus bontoides .... . Mra: | 
PEON se 8 et ice eat es aie 173 
Preunetes pusillus 2 ci ee es 102 
MTAOCDIOE oy or oe a tan See aiaig ee gh ee 190 
Eriogonum avemophilum....... 36 
rhodanthum ........ teh BD 
E Pe SP nT ae + 
ro Ta bo ie aay Sc eter ale 
¢ bombifrons PRA ONE sO ot ey a 84 
planifroms........+..6-. 84 
santacristobalensis ....... 84 
BOZRRORUL one Bir Rote ie ate kat a 84 
BURCORIG TITANS ee aus ewan, we 148, 149 
Eumomota australis . ........ 104 
BULDOLOUUAIIS: go 0 e\ee gs eae 104 
Create cro ai a" ia ea eee we Mode 85 
PL aus [0 | a aan ie PREG pga Seaerl> Or ary 85 
OBIS St rs Se rete et eae ee 
OOTTOUIIOUS 6. oii oi eet bri atee Satie. 85 
PURUCIIUIE 52760 oi Biren cg eed oi 85 
BIBLES iia ce aoa pak os retis Poe 85 
PRIMORE ee A eg ne nica ty ott 85 
RE gpg ec hag cpt en ara 85 
OCtNOels ese ee eee 85 
MMT ts ote ano) eae 85 
UYURPOULER oi opto hoe ek ae tise eh ate . 8 
Eupomacentrus chrysus ....... 32 
WAVY Ci Ee eee Se eae 100 
PERUSE i A ree oa ie 100 
Sei Beas 8. oe ass hoes 100 
Eusearthmus fulviceps. ....... 13 
MICTOFY DROS 5.5.5 ee ec 13 
Eutamias cacodemus......... 89 
MUMIM VS se ee, ', . 87-88 
pallidus. oo. ee 87-88, 89 


Evermann, B. W. Fish culture and 
fish and game protection in the 
Cornell and Yale Forest Schools . xvii 

Note on the death of Lieuten- 

ant Franklin Swiftand Lieutenant 

Commander Leroy M. Garrett . . xviii 

Note on the introduction of 

Chinook Salmon into Lake Suna- 


pee, Na dees ea ae xvii 
F 
ASCOT 5 ee ace ae ea eigogs 193 
BPOMmucarndac 6 oy eae oe 8, 9 
FPOTUIC UME a otk Se a Se 13 
WOPHRAPNGR fos ace ene co aed | 
PARIS oe eR to eee eh ees 6 We Spe SAS 
G 


GaICODItHECUR ae ice eat ee Lee 
philippinensis SRE pla eee Bee CR 


GAZ7S MID UtA 8 eas a es PE Se VS i 

Geomys umbrinus........ wotarss 

Geotrygon albiventer ........ .108 
COISIGUCHOS 54 ei S ae sds 103 
CORStATICENSIS = se ee oes 102-103 
lawrencei ..... . + « « . 102-103 
TAONTA ee ea SEN eae 
VeEPACUCTISIS Snares Giro, aes 


Gidley, J. W. Evidence bearing on 
tooth-cusp development, based on 
a study of mesozoic mammals . . xvi 
GHTia Geen DILOGA. 8 nig aie cea oss ees 37 
Gill, Ton th k of Pteroph 
i . The work o ophryne 
and the MYyine fshea ae xvii 


204 The Biological Society of Washington. 


Glossogobius biocellatus.-. 2... 2... 81° “Hemiprocne wallacel: 2... se), : 68 
BPE Uc gy Pee a tyes ae 79 woodfordiana: .. 2.4.0.6. 68 
Gobius cyanosomus:. 2.5 oe 81 POUGRIS Re eae | 68, 69 
Gogetia: lativolia 1.58. oS oS ae 156 Heminrocuhtee 2 ee 68 
Gilauconycteris floweri .:.: ©... . 85 Heteropygia bairdi: 2... 4 ee po, 102 
Grabhamia pygmaea ......... 162 Hippocampus brunneus ....... 82 
RICO DIVOHENE Go ree et ones ae ae 173 GOMES oo SSR 33 
Greene, E. L.- On so-called Rhus to2i- PERCUNGG AUN os eo eee 67 
codendron ...... xvii erythrogastra . 03s. eS 21 
Revision of the genus Wislize- longipennis' NE PRE R gre es ote 68 
Re Se i Ae RE es PEI Bh z COURT So ae a 67, 68, 69 
Ciatteria > cee ee ee Hitchcock, A. S. A synopsis of the 
Hiuiviatilis:: Se ae ee is genus Tr CD SOCUMS sta a a xvi 
Palyithorax Psi See 165, 167 Remarks on International Code 
cd, fo ob MORRO RNs ere Sel oR gee SA i 166 of Nomenclature... 2°: 6. oS xvii 
EPROM n  e g er a 165 Holocentrus ascensionis ... ... 31 
BIDUTOCATR 8 iat ate eee pas * Brier gece ter ens eat ors SE 
MOTE ae ae Care 164 Horizopusrichardsoni ........ 19 
MediOvittdta:: 6 ee eS, 164 Hormidium tripterum......,..., 2 
BORING H LE is nk he 164 Howard, L. O. Remarks on New Or- 


leans meeting of the A. A. A. S.. . xiv 
The Gypsy Moth and the 


H Brown-tail Moth and the intro- 
duction of their European para- 
BULCR Sse rg nace id Rene ai aiNs xvi 
Habrura Wy, ar Wee Ai a a OE ote Ve RD ea « 18, 16 Pol yembryony and fixation of 
Haemagogus 2 we ee ee ee 165 BOR So A aie ee Oe en xviii 
atbomacniatus ©5055... 164, 166 Howarding: ee ee 165 
albonotata ........... 166 aureostriate f0550,° 2 ree 167 
aureostriata. ........ 166,167  Wowell, Arthur H.’ The generic name 
PASC RaAG Hh ee oe fe anes Seer 166 Pg 8S Ge Ss ei ee ae aes 46 
capricornii ........... 163 The proper name for the east- 
equinus... . 1.2... 164, 166 COO RUNES as ee ee 45 
fluviatilis gel eG a os ie Tie eae gh ee 166 The proper name for the 
fulvithorax .......2.. 166, 167 striped muishond of South Atrica . 46 
oswaldi 6 we eee 166 The proper name for the white- 
regalis ..--....... 166, 167 backed skunk of Colombia ig eas 
sexlineata Se ety tes a aa eens mace 166 Hulsea aegida Pee) ein MS Kia ‘: 88 
splendens Rie oe ah ew 166, 167, 168 caespitosa Bs é cae a hee Bee 38 
walkeri Oe GE Sees Be We, See arte 166 larseni re See ee ae east : : 5 88 
Halichoerus grypus GAB! lat SSrecage ee wet 124 Hydromys Fibs see et ota ee ; 4 199 
Halonatasimulana .......... 179 ulin oy ee Oe 14, 16 
incanana ............, ae Bymenechnd tc oe 183 
Hapalocercus .......-..... 13° *Hypocnemis capnitis ........: 107 
acutipennis ..........4. 13 pg Ree eres So a Be 107 
DRVIVORTIE sie eer 13 -Hystrix fasciculata .......2... 199 
fulviceps pt ae eae eRe ie hee Nas PEIN 13 TACOS Sec er i ee are 199 
WMCIBCOTFDNUA eS ea oe es 13 
NER Se oes Vp: ea 13 
PiarOeOCee i a ee een SS 96 
FMMEOSE: 23" 5 ea aA Se a kg eS 96 I 
spas Ra er ea Uy Sore lee Bg wT at 96 
“ips Sila Spek SU ee PAGE oO: Pantin eo eee See 
Hay, W. p. A bear animaleule re- Joterus formoanen 4 en, 111 
TAPAOG  5 io 5's is a eee SS 46-47 Helo Se ee ae 21 
Heleodytes brunneicapillus Sis 19 parisoram: 955-3 oo ee 21 
Hemimene .... + oe AUB, 194, “fac prosthemelen®..0 55.54 805i; 111 
alpinana «6... +e... . 179 BONN ae OS Le ee 111 
bittana .. .- °° *.. . 179-180 GIRTR ae o og op ots ae a 21 
britana .-......... 178-179 = Tetonyx capensis ........... 46 
bugnionana........... 182 Idiotriecus .... . Beh ee 14, 16 
capitana - .%). 5.5... 178 POOMOOE SS ie ea 1 
DIRCICDIMD SS Fp fie ete! las talline iis ohare 179 Likeness es a te 79 
Seupardana)..935i5. 666 ee 181 Gabel oo Rg ee 80 
SOOIBMRS 5 Ve ee ee SG 180 Iridio decoratus ...... a en aaa 
UIROT OI 6 ee ees See 178 (ete. Oe Se 
piperana -.... fe Eb Oe 177-178 MUN OE ee 29 
THAMUDE MG gcse ee Si 177-182 wlcomstomus 30 
nt nanetlgaia Ee a rege SORCNOB Oi is es ee Ys Batre 190 
VOU OR DARL eS ose eet Bot 7 : "7 
i" ae anh OE a A aaa 177 ROUTINE ee ee ae Oe oe ae 1738 
BUNS es os a 179, 180 
PEOT TOO O Seis ce chee as a a, 67 J 
WOMINGRS S60 Bros Foe peat 7g 308 
COLON SP ea ig Boas 68 
GROUNOTI eg Sey 68 Janthinosoma......... x «+ do, 161 
MAMAN fe Se 68 Chamiperico:. .3.5 oe ee Ss 134 
MTOR oor a tsa te aes vee 68 MEMES oy wie ns Wine GW ae 134 
MPMUACER Reg ge ee: . 68 Columbine 053 pO saeO 


DORON ER 65S Sass eae 68 CISCTUGIRNS 736 a 4 os SRR 134 


Index. 


Janthinosoma echinata ........ 161 
Horidesse: .. 62 ww eee 135 
IOC eee cae H 
TAO isc. a wh ae casa ER 
figularie 9.3.) 22 cs... 135-136, at 
INSP a a ee aay ee oe 134 
PRUNING) 5-9 8S ree a ee terug S 163 
POStICRIUS oo es ca . 161 
DYEMACH oe ee 161, 162 
GAGE gag ee yon og oer mat emcee 161 
SCNOINSHIOUS °o os aes a es 161 
BUN Oe. yo Ga eee tan 135 
tender ee ee 135 
nC enttN ol See cat ee 135 
WE er nee ag eee oe 134, 161 
MARS os as es ae ies egw os 134 

JODIOPI AER oe ee 137 

etbice viremia =< 22s eee 112 

K 


Kearney, T. H. The exeretion of hy- 
groscopie salts by certain desert 


PINGS Ss ce als witha ah hee ue eg beat he xvii 
Kellerman, K. F, The use of copper 
in sanitation Val we tee are eter 
Kennedy, P. B. See Nelson, Aven .. — 
Kerivoula depressa......... 64-65 
MATO WICKS slo oe Fee ccm 64-65 
Knab, Frederick. See Dyar, Harri- 
TG ig 0 eae Ser Lae : = 


‘Knowlton, F. H. Change ofname . . 95 


L 
Labrisomus lentiginosus ....... 30 
BRTARIORN Re CU heer ee aati aes ag 15, 16 
TS RMIOOND 6 55 esas ee a eh He) Se 15, 16 
Lanius execubitorides: «saeco es 20 
AMSIUIUS DOTCRIS) oss. eo ae 125 
CAROVOUB Star ie aattela teas bee 125 
oor deg Tete Le a ee ee 173 
Tat Be ES ie ay ee eae 16 
Clare ar oh eres 0 te 120 
FUSCO-CINCTOR: 365 GOS ees 120 
guayaquilensis ......... 120 
PAU ess ek ok we cee ey 120 
TBWIONCIA ee Serax thy cake ae 
Oo ntuple DEM BCE eC ogee Ae 
Leiognathus dussumieri. ....... 77 
BOIBNGENS os, ee ag ee 77 
Leptororyphilum: .3... Gays 183-186 
TOURER 5 eos eee Gree crag 

RentGlonia (2 irc as 184, 191-192 
ROSHICOIE 5 sk Se cae ls 192 
COMMGUR oA ae ee eee 192 
Givericatissitia= | 4 oe 192 
macratenium...... Ne ohare &! 7 
Leptotilacassini ..-........ 102 
VINGCLIVENETIS 0s oe eee 102 
ag og ads RI EES ne aes 11 
Lepus americanus. 2 ys a. 124 
crassicaudatus aioe? aie git alae se 95 
WAT SUSRIOTINIG SF Sacks ee a eae ee 124 
BORRLICOURINDR F505 62 bas eee ee 137 
$enconds iho Se eee 137 
Ue 2 0 5 RUC er ees aga gee ions 4 137 
POR es ee 137 
SMOUNS So see ae 137-138 
VOnplessenl oo eee A 137 
Te 3 Se POE “tip area te Bre ate 199 
Lipaueus ok 8k eis Bess ie 16 
Bipontsche Ppa, Se as 178-177, 182 

DONA Oe ee oe, ee teen 182 
St rt ARI oR. gh is ps om Qh Weare RR a 182 
TB re OE | Rg Roa Oe eS eee im ere be gal OR 76 


Lopbhortyx-bensoeni = 633) ee SS 18 
fulvipectus . 2... eee ee s 18 
ORI MOXICANS 2.5 eee 43 
UtiAWUS HDeOATHB 6 So 77 
ANIADAPICUR 07 awe Se 738 
TMUGTS CANBOCNSIS; ew 4 See 125. 
Lydella dujardini,. . sige 46 
Lyon, M. W. Local races of Bornean 
squirrels Brie gabe COPE Ae AP ee a ge 


vii 
The pigmy ‘squirrels of the Nan- 
nosciurus melanotis group ... . 51-56 
Type of the genus Atherurus, 
brush-tailed porecupines . . . . 199-200 


Type of the genusPronoiagus - 95 
PPO sia is Pe ee 84 
M 
OHIO UES 8 rg Ege iat ww 11 
PPMRPOCM IOS Tis ooh at ty Ce oe 67 
pg ee eer a, er Pee et 84 

rly dS ie a tle pie Caplets Ne Dae eS apreeu s 68 
Mactevlerscidie Sak ee wl ee se 68 
Macropteryx comatus .......4. 68 

IONPIPCONIS 5 
Mann, A. Note on the capture of a 
snake DY: SEPUCE oe Esse XV 
Marsh, M. C. Hemoglobin estimates 


and blood counts in fishesin health 
BHO ISCARE 5 malig cetikcic Lesa ee a xvi 

Maxon, William R. A new Bowy. 
chium from Alabama , 


- MeDougal, D.T. The delta and desert _ 


of the Rio Colorado ........ xvi 
Mepaderine Bigas ©. fo. eA 84 
Megadermidae ......... ee 
Megarynchus caniceps ........ 116 

POS hs Sosa aes 116 
Melacononion humilis ........ 170 
Melanerpes melanopogon ....... 19 

POD YRIGHS hook ye Fa aaa 8 

WASNT i eautigi aa rca ely grees 102 
Meloptlig SSUCODIGTR do eke hk 18 
Melospiz® 27Tacilis:.)... 6. Sas nee 4 

RIO gee ie Sie oe oe ee me 42 

PURO ee 6 oe a esa Oe See 42 

SUG oeeS Ge se ei ee 
Mophitis capensis =... 66660 Sse 46 

MA ES ag See ls Ae eee 45, 95 

Py SS a A ee ag eee eg ne Pane 45, 95 


Merriam, C. H. Is mutation a factor 
in the evolution of the higher ver- 


PEDPALCR sos hao bea ce 2 av 
Mesembriomys...... ore ase ee he 
NUCEONG OM asi es Gs Ee one 47 
MAGTOLINOGIR rae ee oer 14, 16 
Microtus elymocetes ......... 71 

PRU Ry ee So he Saran e . 71-72 
ROMIRCIAIOUA: (25 Kira? ek eo 72 
MOC INOGWIIS 3 eet dc vets 71 
OPCOROMR Soe see eae ee 72 
OTA se SS BG - . 71-72 
pennsylvanicus....... 123-124 
FRRRICORR oS pert ae Pea 72 
unalascensis. ...... So Siege 
WORUDACONE oe a AS 71 
PARI Fe ga shee die Nae ae te 185 
VOIGT 5 sn a oS = « 4 AOL 


WE ooo eae Se re 87 
Miller, G.S. An instance of striking 
specific differentiation of mam- 
mals under uniform environment . xv 
Two new carnivores from the 
Malay peninsula ........ 25-28 
—— A new name for Rhinolophus 
minutus Miller . 
The nomenclature of the flying- 
lemurs ; 


Cb eee 7-8 © © 8 © 


206 


Miller, G. S. A new genus of sac- 
winged (21 pais ue wean” er eee cet 59-60 
seven new Malayan bats 
Twelve new genera of bats . 83-86 
A bat new to the United states. 96 


, Mimus leucopterus ..... 19 
Mionectes olivaceus.......... 116 
venezuelensis ......... 116 
Et ei os gy RR oe wig pioneer ag 193, 194 
herbedensis: 3666. 2 2 197 
CRNORRIR: 63S Sis ee ee 196 
OMAR in Rs es 197 
POISOOORNS Henk OE 
SIN 25s ge eae 
Cet! Er: ) Sp RSnige hace Lape aac 193-195, i 
MAAS onc sip aan ik phe a amet 193-197 
RODE Sa cea ota ae © 195, 196 
TOWER ie eS Sa a Se 197 
TNE eG eee a ace e 193, 195, 196 
orientalis; ..... 193, 194, 196, 197 
MiGQViGGe a ea ee ees 193 
MOCHIOMSYTOR oie fui ecs ee eae 171 
Haridanwls - ie. 171 
JOmpICeNAMS 6° oi. ie ee 8 Wii; 472 
ON oe Whence SP SU Ree 17: 
DIOLOSSCIOME oe Ese oe eek 
Molossus ealifornicus ......... 85 
Molothrus obsecurus .......... 21 
Monacanthus tuckeri ........ 33 
MUS MITRUCUB Coch nee wi ath ars 97 
Muscicapaeximia........... 14 
BRA es ee 14 
BIDHALOE 28s eto ce as ee 14 
BLOUUTO C igh ese ok eee wari 15 
DELINCIRI OAR awe: nik he Hawies too Raa 13 
TGV Be Sh ee ee ae oe 13 
MUSCISRSICOIA fe et ae a 12 
Mustela putida... 65 2b 45 
Myiarchus actiosus.......... 116 
GINGTHSCONG "or oe Etec 19 
FOBT IOOE rie en, Ue 5 6a Po ee 19 
OUVABCONS cs eae ser 19 
UMMC NEN Si Sree gk 116 
phaecocephalus .. 0.) a. 116 
VOU ya ct ate lea see igs 14, 16 
BMylodynastes: i se Pepe & 
EVA AS ip eal ee esis op at gt ae 14 
BERET ie Sie ego) cemch aes 16 
NEV IOSSID DOERR. She POR a Pics Sear T eer 13 
TAVIVEIN SIS 6 Se FS er Oe ees 13 
Mylizetetee eae eee ee, 12 
Myotissubulatus ........... 125 
WCC ee il ges Sue aoe 85 
Myrmecophaga tamandua... .. 200 
Myropteryx Rag ee MeN A ERG 59 
MOMERRUD EE oes os Mara fer Soe ees Se 59 
N 
Nannosciurus bancanus ...... 51-55 
DOrneOntS. 650 eres ee, 51, 55, 56 
MGlaANOUS (of hee es 51-58. 55 
PION OC eae On ss Vee §2-55 
SUT O TS 6 a Sse ee 52-5 
NOtBHGGe ee yg ae 85 
Natalus tumidirostris® oc 
Nelson, Aven, and Kennedy, P, 8B. 
Plantae Montrosensis Binal Nao gras 35-40 
New plants from the Great 
DOB rel Sie ete Lae 155-158 
Neodonneliia(). 2. 3s eS 96 
PPANCMIONA Aes eS ee 96 
Neotdma PU DIOOI Oren Nis 90 
ILNEES 5 CE Te a ie 83 
POITCO I ot Sos eer cs ae 83 
Noctilio albiventer ...... gece HOE 
Noctiiomidas ie Seti a Oe 
INGUIOIMGR: cic Abi ones OR rere esas 97 
NGUGHIY8 0 re reece el een a easy 97 


The Biological Society of Washington. 


O 


Oberholser, HarryC. An earlier name 
for Melospiza lincolnii striata. . 
The specific name of the hawk 


OMe Fe SCR ees 42-43 
Piranga erythromelas versus Pi- 
FORGO MEMCONG Eo en te sia 43 
The status of the generic name 
Hemiprocne NUCH 6 eS ae 67-70 
Description of a new Suction 
UG fo Ps eR eee ae 98, 94 
QOEROTO NE ee rn ci ee il 
Odocoileus borealis):20 ss 121 
Ophiocephalus melanopterus ..- .. 7 
UREA oss! Se Sato eae se 79 
reOCarye themida. oes. os ee 156 
STOOD U TE ory eae ee We a 105-107 
ORIROINE Ce a, 105-107 
castaneoventris ....... 107 
cinereicauds oo se 105-107 
TOUGHER Se is a ee 105-107 
PECLOTANS *. . . 105-107 
OPNICMION Ai ae a eta 14, 16 
eee SU Pa Rai eigen eter, eRe 1 


Osgood, Wilfred H. A new vole from 
Montague Isiand, Alaska ... . 71-72 


Oxyrieinn ee: 5) es ie | 
APE VENIIOUIA os fae tee 8 
ORVSUVUS esi Sans ore ee ae Se 127 
Pp 
Palmer, T.S. On the importation of 
the Kea and Canaries ....... XV 
Ammonzys and other compounds 
hE Mera eh Joh oh So San aeons 97 
Palmer, Wm. A record of the Black 
Rat in Viteinia.: 3.8 vy re Xvii 
PAIMOTIS cries eo) Ca. rigs octets ane 
PRRICUIN i ee RG er atte 189, 190 
SAISCONMCNS 6 oe Rs ee 187 
hv Ri rat lc a. Wea iM peer tyr ren « . 190, 191 
BUtMMINAIS he a eee eed 
DATO Fy ee ogee aaa eee ty 191 
COORICOLONE Bo eos eee ae 192 
cognatum ......-+.5 204. 192 
divaricatissimum .. ..4.... 192 
CIUVOTRONB ee Snir ae eee 192 
INSULOTO 35S eee ae hte es 187 
IOOHAAMCDUNE as og a ee ae 188 
POTVO UE irae hota oe. etal eeaies 187 
TGUOCHPNHCUI ha ge ee 187 
IMRCTALCUIUID 2/62) oe es es 192 
nematostachyum ........ 192 
papposum ....5.-.-.64. 
POTTOCSE he ng es eere vale 189, 191 
philadelphicum......... 192 
NEN i) og Res Ge ate et ASM et rales gS a 188 
DPIOUTOROM epee eye a 190 
snecharatuim: 623°. 6445. - 187, 188 
ORMUIURIS is a ES sed 
stenotaphroides ......... 191 
TONCTUINGR eS cg ae 188, 190 
Paradoxurus ean debra ie nee 26 
robustus ... sgt tig tg oe eco OR 
PaSpea sae ys ab es ca cys SoBe 190 
WIM oi sarc ge ee era oe gig tats 183 
RIRCOOI oie a ee eee a 183 
PATIO R Ene aS 183 
POTION 6 Pee io a Se OP a 185 
monostachyum .-....... 183 
DOItOLet yy re ee ee es 190 
BENSON et ea oe 183 
RIC ASAIN a ere ey eee a 191 
Passerculus alandinus . pegs BEN: get e 42 


Index. 207 


Peromyscus abietorum ..... EOD 1SS sa PO OLE OUI eg tel peg Ce ear oe 11 
argentatus ......... 122-128- Psorophora . . 1.62 6 te te we 133 
HOD WALGRE ook a ms pees oat 57 MOWRTON 4 i. cahe 4 9 Rae era wilipate 133 
QTOIMICOINGE ie or ea : 57 WROCUNGE 6:06 in es 2 133 
NACOIANIES 6. 55 ee ce ee rae 57 MOOV Mr 5) gi aes ode aa tew, 18 a 183 
WROGYS oki ee of oe ee 57 VIFESCONS 6 fs ees oe 133 
PECLOTHUS 55 6 'se ol sels Cision ee PUCTODIGGG oo ae ee i acs ialmigt eatee ey a 838 
POPOPCONY Ro ph el 59 Pteropus baveanus.......... 63 
CRU see Wee tee 60 hypomelanus ........ . 63-64 
Phaeoptila latirostris ......... 18 i ie a ar a ere ae tai 
Phainopepla nitens........ ‘aioe een A ee Bo 64 
Phalaris Villopa? oe oy os aie 9 Coo oe 185 nicobaricus . 2) 6. ¥e e's - . 64 
PR ep ORO oe ya ee bine Soke 7.9 PUCTOPLOCINR 4s 8, 9 
PRION MEVOICR 6 Sago ce’ gs a nea oe te By PEOCTUONIB oo con sie ee 15, 16 
OCR fio PS ae ess 37 PUTBHMESUDIBG a eins hicwen es Poe . 43 
TRUBOOIG CR Oo sedate) ee ‘, 37 Pyrocephalus mexicanus ....... 19 
Phocm Vitwhine > oo es a eee 124 PYTTRWIGRIA BIA ie Os a a ie ee 22 
Phodotes.-..... ie els onsen 86°: Pyrrhura gendens 6.3.8 60 103 
Tye Els 65) a 5 | Samat ae ere ae oat 85 DOMMBND I est oe ee |! 
PHORM fy ee ica a a ee 141 
Honotina 66 aie Se ee 141 Q 
ree Fceo 2G git og NCE gates anes iat 
STINIOBOENSIS: 2. 6 or ae ee - 
Phyllonyecteris bombifrons ...... 84 Quercus neccnen ie te at i oh DS fei od 20 
Plivllontomidas 2.0 2 i eee BA Haas aan me nite CA a 
Phvtiotinides:. 65 oe i ae 7,9 stor vd ates iy le a ce, ae 
PENGRYA oe soi is OE per are 97 orimomus ........-.-.-. 98-94 
Piper. C. V. Exhibition of a specimen Se ee 24 
of Lespedeza bicolor. ....... xvii NEERPODEEE 8 Se He 8 8 9). a Nee 4 
Pipilointermedius .......... 22 
Pipe antrecies 3s)... 6s es 117-118 R 
DOHMING os ee oe ans 17 
berlepachil. 20. <6 ve ee 117 _—s- Raillardella nevadensis Cie laa eo cee 38 
CPST Ae eA oe ae ear Sees 118 SCANOSR Gas ee ee a ae 39 
erythrocephala ......... APE MON OUBON ieee oY Kay 16 
leucocilla ..- .. 2... 2... 117 kathbun, Mary J. Description of a 
NI S250 Wels iaip cd om cae et 17 new crab from Dominica, West 
Pipridae oe? MEK Sid tele Be Gat ter ees Wee ai tert ei ts 9, 15 Indies SPIRE Mh 3s ea ARR CR pts A Vemma a geet 91- 92 
Piprites ©. ee ee es 15 Descriptions of three new man- 
Piranga cooperl ...........4. 21 grove crabs from Costa Rica . . 99-100 
erythromelas .......... 43 A new Scyllarides from Brazil 113-114 
Mepetiee 6 saa as 21 Reimaria oligostachya . ...... 183 
mexicana ............ 43 Rhinolophus hipposideros ... .. 41 
BUSA T INS cat iene ls gaa bias Bien an we 12 minutillus .. 41 
albovittatus 6 a eR ON be Mee ha Sige 115 minutus Mis ast: ; : CARNE tee leat 41 
Pittidae . at See ery eee Tat Roy Sue \ane RIE wien toe Dek | ‘hi 9 Rhino terus NILA pee i falls eee 2 : Oey 85 
PEROT MOR 56h as See Eee ey ee 97 POAT, GRU Ie at ia ee ane oft. Seine 
PIROOYS ones oe A ee «=. 8) Rhogetesallent . .. 2 eS. 85 
ViveSl . . ee ee ee te et BP BRVROCOOPOINE se os aso ae 12, 16 
PUA CRON ee ee cca eat elena 11 assimilis..... 16 
Platyclinis ee ae rane hae, a ia gs ie 148, 149, 152 klagesi ..... : ; ; ‘ d " 115-116 
Kingli. . eee ee ees 152 sulphurescens.......... 115 
Platypsarisaglaiae ......,.,... tae Meiee anvetinn ors bs key 37 
Yucmtemensls. 6a ee 120 RM EOE a. re eats aa 
Platyrhynehus ruficauda ....... 16 Ridgway; Kobert. Some observations 
Pleurothallis gelida.......... 1 concerning the American families 
univaginata .. 0. kee ] of Oligomyodian Passeres .. . . 7-16 
Podilymbus.podiceps ......... 18 Descriptions of some new forms 
Pogonotriccus plumbeiceps Coa ae eae Wee wee 14 of Oligomyodian birds Seah . 115-120 
_ weledoni. .......--.. 14,16 Rose, J. N. Exhibition of a curious des- 
Pohoptile Obscura: ss a ae ee 19 ert plant, Caiibanussp.. . . xvii 
plumbea . 1... eee sees 19 New names for two recently 
Porcus sylvestris. mS be meh ARE RCS 199 described genera of plants... .. ‘06 
Presbytis fusco-murina....... BO uaa ia ee ee ie ee 137 
eer ele PR c6 a AD ee an abi Manin. tN a el oe 15 
Dustin a ee 9 PAIDICOUGRO ee ti a ee 9 
ONAN A ot Sys cetce abe ele 2 
PYiopis utotacnia 6s 77 S 
Pristipoma hasta ........ Seen raeay 
WORE 852545 5 Sige eps eee TS TiMROL ORO Seas my, ang od 136, 168 
Pronaiaens erassicaudatus. ...... 95 bipartines:. fC ise Pee 136-137 
PGE 6 ae a ee 95 BU AITOU fon hoa Pe es bose 168 
Psaltriparus cecaumenorum. ..... 20 MILE NORUG oh cut Pew ere ee ee 
Din dewey GS ee 20 Sabethoides econfusus ....... 166, 168 
PURINE Fr sal en ae ean £4 PROCOINCTY Roe oa cae pean ee 59 
Bseudon yobs ose cera aNG § | Saucerotteacyanura.......... 105 
Pseudorhombila octodentata..... 91 Stations 6 Se ie 104-105 


quadridentata. ...... PPR: 3} re) LON Et tae ae eae irre Sieh ee aes. er 105 


208 The Biological Society of Washington. 


RE a ee ee 11 
ULL LF SSA erie auch Rh Pema itis Site 193 
SonrVatelig. Ine a Seto Ce ee 18 
Seinurus pymmicus <6: 121-122 
HOLT ae ie ean es oe 52 
Agate Sg’ eyanocephalus. .... 21 
Scomberoides tala... 2... 23 et 76 
LOMOO-Daran: 2. St ne 76 
Scotothorusfurvus .......... 118 
GHVECEUS 68 is et 118 
ROBERIOP Si ee 118 
Sif: LEE) 6) 5 yeeileneb arth ea eicek Meaty i RY hap Rene eA Se 118 
Scyllarides aequinoctialis ....... 113 
brasiliensis ..). 62.0 os 1138 


Seale, Alvin. Notes on the natural 
history of the South Pacificislands xiv 
—— See Smith, Hugh M. 


SEIrAniGAR se sect Me he a eA 77 
Sesarma biolleyi............ 100 

MIUUAES I oo Sateen ey oe tsee yh at 100 

rhizophorae i 99 
DOPOD AA DICGR  ilr che ce thee Se 21 
IMG AZU CG oo ee ee SE a eee 19 
PREV RECHT et tne nS ead gears 12, 16 
PISODY MIS oe aa a a, eee een 11 
Sléta-HelsORh eh oan poo ee eee 20 


Smith. Hugh M.. and Seale, Alvin. 
Notes on a collection of fishes from 
the island of Mindanao. Philippine 
Archipelago, with descriptions of 


new generaand species ..... 73-82 
Sophie paredisn (ri oe ae 155 
BOVE BINSCOMEIM hein a 71 
Sphaerias blanfordi.......... 83 
Sphaerocarpa lemmoni........ 156 
Sphaerostigma orthocarpa 155-156 
Sphyraena obtusata .. 2... 2. 76 
Spillman, W. J. Mendelian characters 

oe ct ae netge Danayet es Paras ee Sais! xvii 

The mechanism of heredity . xvii 
DR oe sie CE aes Ee 45, 46 
Spiga americana... 52.668 koe 43 
Spisetia OCoWerl: 2 ii 22 

ROUNBS e O  Cee 22 
RUBE VOR oe 173 
COB a ing ee a ee 164 
og adspivdhsnn aR ae IO era tor 163 
Stegomyia mediovittata........ 164 
BPAOPOT ER oo ens es 110 
BRUT A eS serio cy Sek eee ty 110 
RIO WA Te, si niece ee nee 110 
CUSED 1 CEs San pap zere ASRS 110 
SEITINEND IS 5) a eo 21, 110 
WEP OREM as case fee) 9 nee te 110 
Stenoderma nichollsi ......... 84 


Stiles, C. W. A plan to ensure the estab- 
lishment of type species of genera xvi 
Streptoprocne 69 


TAMER ee ite ee BG 69 
WUNCUMEIMR Cal ashes) ee SN 69 
DALNOINONS io chek eee. Ss 69 
SOIGICOHOTIB OU oe Os 69 
Za78 TC ot RS gee Pe Repent Seca 69 
UALPINGLUTE Monson aly ie ee Se be 13 
Strigatellatristis ........... 196 
Sirix SUnereR ee oe ee eo ee 42-43 
WIR eee oes ace ee 42, 43 
Burnia: CAPATOCN 6 tes ie 43 
MRIOPRE lo epic e ok ty ie es 42 
Syl Ble Cinta = eer rate i el ei ee 4 
PRGLOTOMO ik Hanae ee 
Syntherisma ...... 184, gn io 
PINE es IF es a hi eis, Lee ee 
WOCR e e es e ee ot 
Hackello eis eae ee 19] 
PCTIOTEE a wa 191 
PURCOR Mire ibe wy ec ah a Be 189 
SANSUINATIS 66 eal he 187 
stenotaphroides ........ 191 
VOMITING SS ee ee 191 


7 

TRORIODOON i rey 12 
Taeniarhynchus palliatus. ...... 167 
TROON IONS so a hes, 11 
PNR ecg rs Mapa ee 200 

PCR ee a es Se oa 200 
Tamiasminimus .......... 87-89 

PETTUS oo oN eee on ta 87 
Tangavius aeneus ........... 21 
TSOIApon jArDUa 6 ee 78 
Tetramicraeulophiae ......... 2 
Tetraodon: patoes 0 79 


Thayer, John E., and Bangs, Outram. 
Breeding birds of the Sierra de 
Antonez, North Centra] Sonora . 17-22 

Thomas, Oldfield. Note on Limnomys . 199 

Thomomys POMDC  s Roe le  eiatt ee 3 


EO ang ee hes gore meng 3 
PROTU Ee 8) ee he 3 
OPIATE oer ae aie 4 
everrlyws KA reg see ee 4 
MEE oe a Gaon 3-6 
AOODURTUIR hoo ag ei ee 83 
Thryomanes erenophilus ....... 20 
Thryorehilus browni ....... 108-109 
Marware ee ees 108-109 
Titcomb, J. W. Exhibiton of nest noe 


oven bird from Argentina . 
Principles and methods of a 


Guitare Se se NO eee xviii 
Tityra columbiana ........:.. 119 
costaricensis ........ 119-120 
SLISCICE PS SS Ce ens 120 
personata ..... ee ytd wet iee 120 
BCTIIASCISL A 18 OE ek 119 
Todirostrum cinereum ........ 115 
CHOON 5 as, 115 
Toxostoma maculatus. ........ 19 
PANO N ese on eee el a ees 19 
PMOVBCHNE aise eee ede. 186, 189 
POVVUPINCR 6 son Se es 187 
PAD E.] PSs |: eae Bae arta Mae ten 187 
BACCDATAUHIN: oo GT ae 188 
BACCHATINOTE 5 ee ee 187 
POGRIVE co re ae or eee 187 
COM he site RA ke 187, 188 
Velen a 63 oe ee Shae see 187 
PNCNOMEBE 8 aie tee rt ou 190 
dig ot te, WANS Wine pice Se seeges 1) el) aoe are Aang 199 
Jy gyn Loch 1? Rea eo eG trl es Ca Ne 189 

True, R. H. The cultivation of tea in 
the United states: . 92°. os xvi 
ERD OLR he in ding Gk ree Bae es 93 
TVISNNIGRC El Soe Pass ht suas 7, 8, 11, 115 
DOTAIANEOUG. ore cee ire om ee slic bom 14 
ART ere Se es Cari at gia oy at ee 14 
CUUMIB ge e ab ae hike 16 
BONER VOR a cP aas 14, 16 
WP WIOVHUB Se a rye oes ae eee eee 
WONT ie or oe se ie 19 
WOCHOPATIG i Pee 19 

U 
UPeneus VHALUS <2. Geo oe eee 78 
Urubitinga anthracina ........ 18 
Vv 

WVU Gl ieee oe ee 184, 186, 187, 188, pe 
TABLE e PEn ooes reas 188 
PACU ey ee eae ee 188 
SeCCHATALUI 2 es, 188 

Van Deman, H. Exhibition of apples 
from Oregon ag SOEs eae aE wrens xiv 

Vanilla eggersil: 6.0. 6. on Siete 
PHRCABUNG oe Se obs 1 
IDEA ROTA oe ght ee, aig ise 1 


OPiS a: 


Index. 209 
Vaughan,T.W. Exhibition of speci- WE VOUMNU TE i ge Me ee elas 1388, 168 
men of Orbicella cavernosa. . .. . XV MAGIA oo en ect ee 140 
——— The work of De Vries and its im- ASH MGa Gea as apse 138 
portance in the study of evolution WUPOCTRUCH 35 one naeerars 141 
Verrallina Mnsolte 2 soe rere. DANRINMS oe ees 138 
laternarian A ee eee ee, 165 DFO rent oo 6s aa. 1388 
Vespertilio minutus <2. ene]. 41 celaenocephala ........ 140 
NITE BTIZONEE 1 5 S oo Si ae oe 20 clhinicocephinian 0 140 
PRUISHINISG SOE ee Pe ee oe = 13 Sspartane. 2s ee ea 140 
BLEDNEMRL i eee eae TRALEE OCRDE ee ite ie 139 
Vireolanius MELUICRHS 2. ca et ae . 110 POlOG i isa es Bee ara 140 
WUTOIOO DE 46 2 6 gs 109-110 aececevhaia er aes ate 140 
Viverin Wa porita ie Se 4 MORGN HS es eh es eeiie velterey eas 139 
ene c  5  Pee guatemala ....... . 139 
PRP ce ta pet Rn 45, 46 melanocephala ........- 140 
RBUMINUT Ate nk Fa. ohee 5 see Wee 45 WOT te a eee . 138-139 
BETA Coe eo a oi areca ee 46 OCUGUIG 65 fos eas ees 141, 168 
VOLULH oe Siege pe re Ree ape 193 POLES eg le is ere 168 
WHRIDES POIVUS ve ee eee ae 125 pseudopecten = ...0 02 es 139 
SNP EEESAEEIE So Sa a age eee 139 
TOGO. Oo cece ea pe 139, 140 
WwW vanduzeei....... A er nee a 138 
violescens Rapes ae as WORRE MRA 138 
Wilcox, T. E. Note on the increase of x 
quail SHG TADDS eS ee xviii 
Williamson, Mrs. M. Burton. West PORICIIRS 2 eres Se eae wists 7,9 
American Mitridae—north of Cape Xenicopsis idomeus.....-.--+- 108 
St. Lucas, Lower California . . 193-198 LOW WOTAHS ie eer es renee ss 108 
Wislivenin 62 soe eo iS . 127-132 VAMICRAUICC DB eas i eS 108 
GIVAFIGATR (0855 en 129, 130 
CRIMOTMICR: Sen eis 129, 130 Z 
CORCENACR SS 556 ee hs 129, 132 
WGTCOSR 5 a as. 129, 131-132 Zamelodia melanocephala ......- 22 
mamillata ..... ae eey bow Peraiaura DeUa 33 ae ee 8 Merene|! 
melilotoides ........% 129, 1380 COLOMUNEGHSIR IS os 6s ia 18, 44 
PACH Bei se . 129, 131 se PAG te eee ca tre eae ae 44 
PRINCE. oo ey 129, 131, 132 Zonotrichia leucophrys ........ 22 
TOWRCEM ect are ey 127- 130, 132 PASTE eis ha eae teak at oe ieee 46 
BORD TIOR 66a rk ae 129, 131 iat ere OM ee ok atr tae 46 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


Biological Society of Washington 


VOLUME XxX 


1997 


235308 


W ASHINGTON 
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY 


1908 


TIONS 


ms 


E 


Bart): 


i 


HTT 


COM 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Officers-and-Committees far 1907 Scr cee ee ea es eee eo eine Vv 
Proceedings far 1007 oP re ee eas an erg vii 
A List of the Mammals, ientilea: aa Battaclians of Monroe 
Gonnty; Indiana, by W. li. McAtee: i... 6 3 se Ara —16 
A New Flying Squirrel from the Island of Terutau, West Coast 
of Malay Peninsula, by Marcus W. Lyon, Jr. gti ora 
Four New Pocket Mice, by Wilfred H. Osgood. ........ 19-22 
Some Unrecorded Colorado Mammals, by Merritt Cary... .. 23-28 
A New Race of the Hepatic Tanager, by Outram Bangs ‘ 29-30 
An Owl, Rhinoptynx clamator (Vieill.), added to the Costa Hise 
Orhis,:- by Outram Banga ie eo a ea . 931-32 
Some New Western Plants and their Collectors, by Aven Males . 383-40 
Description of a New Otocoris from Lower California, by Harry 
GC Aero iaet ee LE bake. eee alate Sears 41-42 
Some Unrecognized and ‘Niaipliod Named of American Mam- 
pasis, “by Wiltted: Ti: Osbood se Ns ee eg: 43-52 
A New Race of the Mangrove Cuckoo, from Grenada and the 
Grenadines, by Quirant Banga 02 eee ge at aes 53-54 
A New Spiny-tail from the Sierra Nevada de Saath Marta, Co- 
lonibis: ‘by Outram Bates. 2.20 erie es ee Se a ee 55-56 
A New South American Bat, by Angel Cabrera Latorre . 57-58 
A Collection of Mammals from the Region of Mount McKinley, 
Adaska, ty Wilfred Bi, Gegoee (0 se eh ee aa 59-64 
CRENOVEL INOLER ei Re ag es Pia eS a ge mae teers 65-66 
A New Name for the Genus Rhynchonycteris Peters, by Gerrit 
S. Miller, Jr., 65; A Specimen of Bison occidentalis from 
Northwest Canada, by Wilfred H. Osgood, 65; An Extension 
of the Range of the Wood Tortoise, by H. W. Henshaw, 65; 
Buffon’s ‘‘ Pore-épic de Malaca,’’ by Oldfield Thomas, 66. 
On the Composition and Decomposition of Fresh Water Mussel 
Shells, with Notes and Queries, by Robert E. C. Stearns 67-70 
Notes on the Mammals of Southwestern Missouri, by Hartley 
Es Eig MB Sco Ts RSA a atk tae ice ar a aes alga Ga ng bear Or eae 71-74 
Descriptions of Ten New Kangaroo Rats, by C. Hart Merriam 75-80 
Descriptions of New North American Rabbits, by E. W. Nelson. 81-84 
A Colorado Record for Callospermophilus wortmani, with Notes 
on the Recent Capture of Antrozous pallidus, by Merritt Cary. 85-86 
Descriptions of Two New Sn Deperiey of North American Mammals, 
SE Pea We OIIONE oe a eh ae hs lara a oe 87-88 
A Check List of the Freshwater Fishes of Canada, by Barton — 
Warren Evermann and Edmund Lee Goldsborough ..... 89-120 


OFFICERS AND COUNCIL 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


For 1907 


(ELECTED DECEMBER 15, 1906) 


OFFICERS 


President 


LEONHARD STEJNEGER 


Vice-Presidents 


T. 8. PALMER 
E. L. GREENE 


Wi Po HAY 
EK. W. NELSON 


Recording Secretary 
M. C. MARSH 


Corresponding Secretary 
WILFRED H. OSGOOD 


Treasurer 


HUGH M. SMITH 


WILLIAM H. DALL* 
THEODORE GILL* 

L. O. HOWARD* 
FREDERICK V. COVILLE* 
F. A. LUCAS* 

C. HART MERRIAM* 
FRANK H. KNOWLTON* 


COUNCIL 


B. W. EVERMANN* . 
GEORGE M. STERNBERG* 
CHARLES A. WHITE* 

A. D. HOPKINS 

A. B. BAKER 

A. K. FISHER 

J. N. ROSE 


DAVID WHITE 


STANDING COMMITTEES—1907 


Committee on Communications 
VERNON BaiLey, Chairman 


J. W. Trrcoms 
A. D. Hopxtins 


A. B. BAKER 
J. N. Ross 


Committee on Publications 
W. P. Hay, Chairman 


WILFRED H. Oscoop 


Hueu M. Smrra 


* Ex-Presidents of the Society 


(v) 


VoL. XX, PP. Vil-xXil JANUARY 31, 1908 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


PROCEEDINGS. 


The Society meets in the Assembly Hall of the Cosmos Club 
on alternate Saturdays at 8p. Mm. Brief notices of the meetings, 
with abstracts of the papers, are published in Science. — 


January 12, 1907 — 423d Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 40 persons present. 

W.R. Maxon exhibited a nest of horse hair apparently made 
by a mouse. 

H. M. Smith, E. L. Morris and H. W. Clark noted unusually 
late and early flowering of certain plants. 

H. M. Smith remarked upon the death of Captain Z. L. 
Tanner, formerly commander of the steamer Albatross. 

H. E. Van Deman exhibited specimens of the Grimes Golden 
apple. 

J. W. Titecomb exhibited a frog with two pairs of hind legs. 

The following communications were presented : 

M. B. Waite: A New Peach Blight from California. 

J. W. Titcomb: Some Work of the Beaver. 

Vernon Bailey: The Mountain Haymakers or Pikas. 


January 26, 1907 — 424th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 26 persons present. 

H. W. Clark offered some observations on Riccia. 

The following communications were presented: 

W.H. Dall: Notes on Cretaceous Volutidae.* 

-O.F. Cook: Parthenogensis and Alternation of Generation in 
Parasitic Hymenoptera. 


* Smiths. Misc. Coll. (Quar. Issue) L, pt. 1, No. 1704, pp. 1-23, March, 1907. 
(vii) 


Vili The Biological Society of Washington. 


W.F. Wight: History of the owner and its Introduction 
into America. * 


February 9, 1907— 425th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 45 persons present. 

The following communications were presented: 

A. D. Hopkins: Some Results of Anatomical Investigations 
of the Thoracic Segments of Insects. 

T. H. Kearney: The Date Palm in the Northern Sahara.t 


* 


February 23, 1907 — 426th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 41 persons present. 

W. H. Osgood commented on the animal paintings of Carl 
Rungius exhibited in the meeting hall. 

EK. L. Morris exhibited an English walnut of peculiar shell 
character. 
_M. B. Waite exhibited peach twigs with gumming fungus. 

The following communications were presented: 

C. V. Piper: Some Features of the Distribution of Life in the 
Columbia Basin. { 

L. Stejneger: The Celtic Horse in Norway.§ 


March 9, 1907 —427th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 39 persons present. 

The following communications were presented: 

a. W. Gidley: A New Horned Rodent from the Miocene of 
Kansas. || 

W. H. Osgood: Notes on European Zoological Gardens. 

C. L. Pollard: Dictionaries in their Relation to Biology. 


March 23, 1907 —428th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 21 persons present. 
The following communications were presented: 


* Bull. 102, Part VI, Bur. Pl. Ind., 1907. 

+ Agriculture without Irrigation in the Sahara Desert. Bull. 86, Bur. Pl. Ind., 1905. 
Date Varieties and Date Culture in Tunis. Bull. 92, Bur. Pl. Ind., 1906. 

It Flora of Washington, pp. 36 to 40; 47 to 53. 

§ Smiths. Mise. Coll. (Quar. Issue) XLVIII, p. 4, May 4, 1907, pp. 469-475. 

|| Proce. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, 627-636, 1907. 


: 


Proceedings. : 1X 


Ch. W. Stiles: A Re-Examination of the type of Filaria resti- 
formis, an Alleged Parasite of Man. 
L. H. Dewey: The Zapupe Fiber Plant of Eastern Mexico. 


April 6, 1907— 429th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 50 persons present. 

A. D. Hopkins remarked upon variation in the time of bud- 
ding and flowering of forest trees. 

Theodore Gill called attention to new facts concerning paren- 
tal care among fresh water fishes. 

The following communication was presented: 

George A. Soper Cintroduced by L. O. Howard): A Chronic 
Typhoid Fever Producer. 


April 20, 1907— 430th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 23 persons present. 

The following communications were presented: 

George B. Morse: Preliminary Observations on the Quail Dis- 
ease in the United States.* 

F. V. Coville: Photographic Reproductions of Rare Botanical 
Books. 

R. E. C. Stearns: The Composition and Decomposition of 
Freshwater Mussel Shells, with Notes and Queries.t 


May 4, 1907 — 431st Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 80 persons present. 

W. W. Cooke gave a résumé of the present bird migration 
season. . 

M. B. Waite and A. D. Hopkins made remarks on the bud- 
ding of trees during the present season. 

L. Stejneger noted the sale of photographic reproductions of 
rare books by certain European libraries. 

The following communication was presented: 

B. W. Evermann: The Golden Trout and the Southern High 
Sierra. } 


*Cireular No. 109, Bur. of Animal Industry, May 18, 1907. 
t Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., XX, pp. 67-70, June 12, 1907. 
} Bull. Bur. Fisheries, XX V, for 1905, 1-51. 


x The Biological Society of Washington. 


May 18, 1907 — 432d Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 35 persons present. 

W. W. Cooke discussed the spring migration of birds. 

W. P. Hay exhibited specimens of Peripatus. 

H.S. Barber named two additions to the known range of 
Peripatus. 

Paul Bartsch reported the destruction of the inhabitants of an 
aquarium by Hydrophilus. 

A projection apparatus was exhibited and demonstrations 
made of ordinary, micro, vertical, and opaque projection. 


October 19, 1907 — 433d Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 34 persons present. 

The following communication was presented: 

E. D. Merrill: The Geographic Distribution of Philippine 
Plants. Discussions on the Distribution of Philippine Animals, 
by L. Stejneger, M. W. Lyon, Jr., H. C. Oberholser, and The- 
odore Gill. 


November 16, 1907 — 434th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 45 persons present. 

M. W. Lyon, Jr., Wm. Palmer, Miss E. G. Mitchell, and 
A. B. Baker reported the capture of otters in the vicinity of 
Washington. 

The following communication was presented: 

B. W. Evermann: Freshwater Mussels and the Pearl Button 
Industry. 


December 14, 1907 —435th Meeting. 


The President in the chair and 23 persons present. 

The following communications were presented: 

M. X. Sullivan: Toxic Bodies arising during Plant Meta- 
bolism. 

A. H. Howell: Notes on the Migration of Bats.* 


* Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash., X XI, pp. 35-38, Jan. 23, 1908. 


Proceedings. xl 


December 28th, 1907 — 436th Meeting. 
TWENTY-EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING. 

The President in the chair and 19 persons present. 

The annual reports of the Treasurer, Auditing Committee, 
and Recording Secretary were read and accepted. 

The following officers were elected for the year 1908: 

President: Leonhard Stejneger. 

Vice-Presidents: T.S. Palmer, W. P. Hay, E. L. Greene, 
E. W. Nelson. 

Recording Secretary: M. C. Marsh. 

Corresponding Secretary: Wilfred H. Osgood. 

Treasurer: J. W. Gidley. 

Councillors: A. D. Hopkins, J. N. Rose, A. K. Fisher, A. B. 
Baker, David White. 

The President appointed the following standing committees 
for the year 1908 : 

Committee on Publications: W. P. Hay, W. H. Osgood, 
J. W. Gidley. 

Committee on Communications: Vernon Bailey, J. W. 
Titcomb, J. N. Rose, A. D. Hopkins, M. W. Lyon, Jr. 


VoL. XX, pp. 1-16 a FEBRUARY 25, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A LIST OF THE MAMMALS, REPTILES AND BATRA- 
CHIANS OF MONROE COUNTY, INDIANA. 


BY W. L. McATEE. 


Monroe County is in the south central part of Indiana. It 
lies at about the northern end of what may be termed the 
characteristic cave region of the state. The caves, with their 
accompanying sinkholes, abundant springs and_ sparkling 
brooks, are the most prominent features of its surface. The 
range of elevation is about 250 feet and Bloomington, the 
county seat, which is neither the highest nor the lowest point, 
is 745 feet above sea level. Limestones of subcarboniferous age 
are the dominant outcropping formations, and it is in them that 
the caves occur. 

The presence of numerous sinkholes, caverns and cave streams 
modifies the fauna considerably. This influence is most con- 
spicuous, it is true, in the lower groups, such as insects and 
crustaceans, many of which are permanent residents in the 
caves, but batrachians and mammals, among the higher forms, 
also make considerable use of these subterranean dwellings. At 
least one salamander (Spelerpes maculicaudus) habitually breeds 
in caves, while several others often occur about the mouths. 
Among mammals, bats are noted frequenters of caves, where 
they are found the year round, sometimes in great numbers. 
Deer mice have appropriated caverns for habitations, and foxes 
have dens in them. Coons, minks and weasels visit them fre- 
quently in search of food, and their tracks are abundant in al- 
most every cave. Informer times black bears resorted to them, 
leaving traces of occupancy which are visible to-day. 

The principal cavesin Monroe County are Saltpetre, six miles 
southwest of Bloomington; LEller’s, five miles southwest; 


Truitt’s, four and three-fourths miles west northwest; and 
1—Proc. BioL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XX, 1907. (1) 


2 McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


Mayfield’s, four miles northwest. Considerable collecting has 
been done at these caves. Other favorite localities for collect- 
ing are the vicinity of Stony Spring, the Cascades and Griffy 
Creek, each about one and a half milesin west, north, and north- 
easterly directions, respectively, from Bloomington and _ the 
University of Indiana ; and Salamander Pond, three miles east. 
The above places will be mentioned frequently in the succeeding 
pages. ; | 7 

The writer’s own observations were made in spare time dur- 
ing four years spent at the University, which was, however, 
principally devoted to the study of birds. Collecting in the 
groups now treated was unfortunately confined to a single year, 
but records from the catalogues of the University Museum and 
from the available literature have been combined with personal 
observations in making the list. 

I am indebted to the writings of Professor W. 8. Blatchley, 
Doctor O. P. Hay, Mr. A. W. Butler and Doctor B. W. Ever- 
mann, and to the last named gentleman as well as to Messrs. 
A. M. Banta, W. L. Hahn and J. D. Haseman for suggestions 
and notes. Mr. E. A. Preble kindly criticised the manuscript 
and Mr. W.H. Osgood corrected the nomenclature of the mam- 
tnalia and reviewed the specimens of small rodents and the bats. 

The occurrence in Monroe County of all species, except a few 
quoted on authority of the above mentioned writers, and one 
observed but not collected by myself, is authenticated by speci- 
mens in the University museum. The exceptions are starred. 


MAMMALS. 


The ungulates and most of the larger carnivora have vanished 
from our fauna, leaving behind them scarcely a trace even in 
tradition. The remaining animals are subject to the continual 
proximity of man, and only those beneath his notice are 
abundant. 

1. Didelphis virginiana Kerr. 
OPOSSUM. 


Fairly common. A female with four young, each about six inches long, 
was taken May 25, 1892, and on June 1, of the same year, three young, 
each four inches long, together with their mother, were obtained. At 
present the ’possum is frequently taken but on account of its savory quali- 
ties few ever reach museums. 

Specimens from Bloomington, 


Mc Atee—Manmals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 3 


2. Sciurus carolinensis leucotis (Gapper). 
NORTHEASTERN GRAY SQUIRREL. 


Not so common as the next but not rare. It has been observed foraging 
about garbage barrels on the edge of town. The gray squirrel is most fre- 
quently found in mixed woods, particularly along streams, a sycamore 
being a favorite abode. Judging from caged specimens of this species, the 
black form is not rare. 

, Bloomington. 


3. Sciurus ludovicianus Custis. 
FOX SQUIRREL. 


Very common. Unlike the gray squirrel, which is usually found in 
mixed woods, the fox squirrel is most common in more uniform growths, 
such as beech, in higher situations. In some places a veritable feud seems 
to exist between these and the red-headed woodpeckers. The latter have 
often been observed compelling their larger antagonists to seek safety in 
flight. 

Bloomington. 


4. Sciurus striatus lysteri (Richardson). 
NORTHEASTERN CHIPMUNK. 


Abundant. An inhabitant of roadsides and fields as well as woods. 
Indigenous on the University campus where it feeds in autumn upon 
beechnuts and berries of the Virginia creeper (Parthenocissus quinque- 
folia). Specimens are at hand from the Cascades and elsewhere, and it 
has been observed some distance within the mouth of Mayfield’s Cave by 
Mr. A. M. Banta. 


5. Marmota monax Linn. 
WOODCHUCK. 


Common. A railroad embankment is a favorite location for their bur- 
rows but they also take advantage of the sinkholes so abundant in the 
limestone of the region. They appear to wander to some extent in late 
May and early June, and I have found them dead in highways and stock 
enclosures at this season. In the present year, I have made an observa- 
tion in another locality (Washington, D. C.) that shows the woodchuck 
to be somewhat nocturnal at times, one being seen running about at some 
distance from the burrow and even feeding after nine P. M. (May 19, 1906). 
Also, Dr. A. K. Fisher and the writer observed one voluntarily swim the 
Potomac at a point where it is more than a hundred yards wide (July 22,. 
1906). 

Bloomington. 


6. Sciuropterus volans Linn. 
SOUTHERN FLYING SQUIRREL. 
Common. Indigenous on the University campus and established in a 


barn-loft and some tree boxes in town. 
Bloomington. 


4  McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


7. Mus musculus Linn. 
HOUSE MOUSE. 


Abundant near and in the dwellings of man, and also thoroughly estab- 
. lished in many orchards and fields. From one nest in a field thirteen 
house mice were taken in the month of October. They were practically 
hairless when captured and their eyes were not yet open, but they were 
raised by feeding them milk with a pipette. They became perfectly tame 
and fearless and this hastened the end of all, as they persisted in leaving 
the cage and getting under someone’s feet or a door. One killed on Feb- 
ruary 18, following, was apparently sexually mature. 

An adult taken April 8, 1903, had a well marked gray spot on the fore- 
head. 


8. Mus norvegicus Erxleben.. 
HOUSE RAT. 
Abundant. 


9. Peromyscus leucopus (Rafinesque). 
DEER MOUSE. 


Abundant. Commonly their homes are in the rock slides or under logs 
and isolated stones and every wooded ravine is alive with them. They 
also live along fence rows and even in the open meadows and fields, but 
are rarer here than in the woods. Many of them occur in the caves, even 
at a considerable distance from the mouth. 

These cave dwellers usually have a somewhat different appearance from 
their above-ground brethren, being more pop-eyed ahd having apparently 
larger ears and longer whiskers. This may be due to all mice in caves 
partaking of these particular variations, while in terrestrial specimens, 
some show them and others do not, the effect thus being lost. Certainly 
I have measured surface deer mice that had vibrissae and ears of equal or 
even greater length than specimens from caves. 

As deer mice are often said to be strictly nocturnal, some observations 
tending to show that this conclusion is not strictly true may be of interest. 
They are at least occasionally seen abroad by day. One afternoon in 
October, I surprised one near a spring at some distance from its burrow, 
which it hurriedly sought. I have also seen them running about barn- 
yards near woods in the early morning, and once found one feeding on a 
hillside at high noon. Near Washington, D.C., I have several times seen 

them scamper from one burrow to another in the day time, and Dr, A. K. 
Fisher as well as the writer, has surprised them rummaging about shelves 
of a cabin by day. In captivity at all events, they do not cease activity 
on account of daylight. | 

It has been said that this species is not at all carnivorous, but there is 
some evidence to the contrary. Many specimens are gnawed in the traps 
and this is probably not all due to Blarina, and certainly is not in the 
caves where the shrew has not been taken. Furthermore, suet makes an 
excellent bait, and I have fed caged deer mice with raw meat. Two, con- 


Mc Atee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 5 


fined in a cage with a screech owl, ate a considerable portion of the bird 
in one night. (See Proc. Ind. Ac. Sci. 1904, p. 84). 

_ Taken at Cascades, Cedar Grove (4 mile east of Stony Spring), and 
Mayfield’s Cave. The following notes on breeding habits are perhaps 
worthy of note. Dates of specimens taken and description of the embryos 
they contained: March 27, 1903, five embryos, } inch long; March 28, 
1903, four embryos, } inch long; March 29, 1903, four embryos, very 
small. <A brood of five young, four females and one male, were taken 
from an exposed nest in an orchard, April 7, 1903. They measured from 
85 mm. to 87 mm. in length, the tail from 35 mm. to 35.5 mm., and the 
hind foot from 15 mm. to 15.5 mm. At this stage, the eyes are not open 
and the ears are rather small and laid back in the fur. The prominence 
of the head and feet is great, the skull is soft, and the tail translucent. 
The color is slaty, sprinkled with gray and yellowish above, sides of head 
light ochraceous, nose darker. The under parts and legs and feet, except 
a narrow strip on the outside of the legs, are abruptly white. Tail, bi- 
color. 


10. Peromyscus michiganensis (Aud. and Bach.). 


Common. This is the white-footed mouse of the fields, P. leucopus, 
the one of the woods. Their ranges overlap to some extent, but in 
general, a change from the vicinity of forests to open fields means the 
vanishing of lewcopus and the appearance of michiganensis. I have col- 
lected but one of the present species in a wood. It was with another, 
presumably of the same kind, curled up in a snug little nest under a log. 
They were found in the month of December while snow was upon the 
ground. When their home was destroyed they ran over the snow in a 
dazed way and one was caught in the hands. 

Several of this species were taken about the old ruins of a barn in a dry 
pasture. Dunn’s meadow, Bloomington, also 13 miles northwest. 

I do not recall having seen this species recorded from Indiana. My 
identification has been verified by W. H. Osgood. 


11. Fiber zibethicus (Linn.). 
MUSKRAT. 


Very common. Still occurs along the Jordan River in the town and in 
the University campus. In fall, many are found dead along the roads 
where they have been killed by hoof or wheel. In December, 1903, two 
were taken in a single week from a cellar which they entered through a 
tile drain. There is also a migratory or running season in late May and 


early June. 
Bloomington. 
12. Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord.). 
MEADOW MOUSE. 
Common. 


- Bloomington. 


6  McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


13.. Microtus austerus (Le Conte). 
PRAIRIE MEADOW MOUSE. 
Probably common. Taken in the same places with Peromyscus michi- 


ganensis. 
Bloomington. Identified by W. H. Osgood. 


14. Lepus floridanus transitionalis (Bangs). 
NORTHEASTERN COTTONTAIL. 
Abundant. Half-grown young taken April 12, 1903. A rabbit from 
Monroe County, examined by Dr. C. Hart Merriam, was pronounced not 
quite typical transitionalis, but nearer that form than to mearnsi. 


*Canis nubilis Say. 
WOLF. 
While it is doubtful whether a single wolf still lingers in even the 
wildest part of Monroe County, a female and litter of young were taken 
in Brown, the adjoining eastern county, in 1902. 


15. Vulpes fulvus (Desmarest). 
RED FOX. 

Not rare. Professor W.S. Blatchley noted the dens of foxes in Salt- 
petre Cave, and traces of these animals are not hard to find in many parts 
of the county. ‘ 

Bloomington. 

16. Lutreola vison (Schreber). 
MINK. 

Rather rare. Most often taken in winter. Traces of them have been 
observed by W.S. Blatchley in Strong’s Cave, and by A. M. Banta in 
Mayfield’s. . 


Bloomington. 


17. Putorius noveboracensis Emmons. 
WEASEL. 
Rare. 
Bloomington. 


18. Mephitis mephitis Schreber. 
SKUNK. 

Common. Lives in sinkholes and other cavities in the rocks and in 
burrows of its own making. Dr. B. W. Evermann says that it has the 
habit of visiting smoke houses. Four young, each eight inches long, were 
taken June 14, 1892. 

Bloomington. 

19. Procyon lotor (Linn.). 
RACCOON. 


Common. Every one of the numerous caves in this region has at least 
one ’coon living in it and evidences of these animals are plentiful along 
every stream. Mayfield’s, Strong’s and Truitt’s caves are favorite haunts. 

Bloomington. 


Mc Atee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 7 


*Ursus americanus Pallas. 
BLACK BEAR. 


Extirpated. Wallows and claw marks are still to be seen in Mayfield’s, 
Saltpetre and Eller’s Caves. I quote from Professor Blatchley concerning 
these traces in the latter cave: ‘ We climbed to the entrance of the upper 
floor, and, passing a short distance within it, found two passages diverging. 
One to the left, but forty feet in length, ends blindly against a bank of 
hard clay. Here had been, in days of yore, a bear-wallow, and the marks 
of bruin’s claws were numerous and plainly visible in the clayey walls. 
The right hand passage proved a long and tortuous one, and had a num- 
ber of short branches leading from it, one of which showed plainly the 
evidence of former inhabitancy by bears.”* | 

In the State Geological Report for 1896, the same author presents a 
letter from Mr. R. M. Hazelett which contains a vivid account of the 
killing of two bears in a cave about five miles southwest of Bloomington, 
some time between 1818 and 1824. This is the latest record we have. 


. 20. Scalopus aquaticus machrinus (Rafinesque). 
MOLE. 

Abundant. Some specimens taken are of much larger size than is indi- 
cated by the dimensions usually given for the species. Four measuring 
170 mm. or more in length were taken in the spring of 1903 (170, 172, 183, and 
190 mm. respectively). Young three-quarters grown (156 mm.) were taken 
May 2, 1903. 

Bloomington. . 
21. Blarina brevicauda (Say): 

LARGE BLARINA. 


Abundant. Found in the same places as deer mice. Not many occur in 
damp spots. They often eat the deer mice caught in traps and have no 
scruples against devouring one of their own kind under the same condi- 
tions. In confinement they are very voracious. A female which was taken 
June 15, 1903, with her four young from a nest in a field, ate blue-bottle 
flies as fast as they could be given to her. On the morning after she was 
found dead. Many of this species forage in the evenings under the street 
arc lamps. ; 

Bloomington. 

22. Blarina parva (Say). 
SMALL BLARINA. 


Rather rare. Occurs in fields with Microtus and Peromyscus michiganen- 
sis. One was taken under electric light June 2, 1903, and subsequently 
others were seen at the same place. 

- Bloomington. 


*Corynorhinus macrotis (Le Conte). 
BIG-EARED BAT. 
Previously captured in Indiana, five miles southwest of Greencastle in 
Putnam, the next county north of Monroe, in December, 1894. Two speci- 


*Gleanings from Nature. Indianapolis, 1899. p. 114. 


8 McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


mens were seen ina cave.* A new capture is worthy of record. On No- 
vember 8, 1902, Mr. A. M. Banta took a fine specimen of this bat in the 
Twin Caves, four miles east of Mitchell, Lawrence County (the adjoining 
county south). These localities are farther north than this bat had been 
previously recorded east of the Mississippi. 


23. Lasiurus borealis (Miller). 
RED BAT. 


Rather rare. One was taken from a cedar bush April 12, 1903. It was 
exposed to rain and with the dark streaks and spots made in its russet fur 
by the drops, its resemblance to a withered leaf caught in the twigs was 
nearly perfect. Two other specimens were collected. 

Stony Spring; Bloomington. 


Lasiurus cinereus (Beauvois). 
HOARY BAT. 


Mr. A. M. Banta contributes the following note on this species: “ July 
12,1905. Bloomington, Indiana. During the afternoon a robin chased a 
specimen of this species out of a tree (?) and after -flying some distance, it 
tumbled down in the driveway. It proved to bea female with two young 
hanging on. Each young weighed certainly one-third to one-half as much 
as the old one. In museum of Indiana University.” These specimens 
which were mislaid for a time have recently been recovered, and Mr. 
W. L. Hahn, formerly of the Division of Mammals, U.S. National Museum, 
has examined them and confirms the identification. 


*Myotis subulatus (Say). 
SAY’S BAT. 


This species which has been satisfactorily identified from Brookville 
and Wheatland, Indiana, has been stated to be the most common bat, by 
almost all writers on the fauna of the southern part of the State. The re- 
sult of investigations in Monroe County shakes our faith in this conclusion. 

Of four specimens in the University museum which were labeled subula- 
lus, two proved to be M. lucifugus and two Pipistrellus subflavus, which in- 
dicates how easily these forms are confused by students remote from good 
reference collections. Furthermore, not a single bat of this species was 
collected, though a great number of bats were secured during numerous 
visits to the caves of the region. 

While this negative evidence is not of great value, it is sufficient to cause 
doubt that subulatus is really the most abundant species in southern In- 
diana. In this connection it is worthy of note that when Mr. Gerrit S. 
Miller, Jr., revised the Vespertilionidae (N. A. Fauna, 13, 1897), only fifty- 
three specimens of this form were assembled, while Myotis lucifugus and 
Pipistrellus subflavus, the other little brown bats of this area, were repre- 
sented by 562 and 213 examples respectively. 


*A.W. Butler, Proc. Ind. Ac. Sci. 1894, p. 86. 


Mc Atee— Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 9 


24. Myotis lucifugus (Le Conte). 
LITTLE BROWN BAT. 

This bat, which has been considered abundant is represented by only 
three specimens, so that its true status isin doubt. W.L. Hahn reports it to 
be the most common species in Lawrence County, although he agrees with 
the writer that Pipistrellus subflavus occupies that position in Monroe 
County. 

Truitt’s Cave, April 12, 1908. Mayfield’s Cave, March 27, 1903. 


25. Pipistrellus subflavus (F. Cuvier). 
GEORGIAN BAT. 

The material now at hand indicates this species to be the abundant bat 
of the region. The following specimens are before me: from Mayfield’s 
Cave, three, March 18, 1903; two, March 27, 1903; four, September 30, 
1903, and three, October 3,1903. From Truitt’s Cave, one, April 12, 1903, 
four undated skins. 

Since the Georgian bat has been captured so often in caves, it is probable 
that the statements made concerning the frequency of bats in these places 
apply in the main to it. Bats are sometimes found in great masses in the 
caves in winter but occur there in some numbers at all times of the year. 
Certain parts of the caves must have been used for long periods to account 
for the large quantities of bat guano found in some of them, notably Coon’s 
and Eller’s, as described by Professor Blatchley. 


26. Vespertilio fuscus (Beauvois). 
BROWN BAT. 
Not rare. Has been seen in Mayfield’s Cave from December until March. 
Bloomington, October, 1902. 


Following is a list of mammals which have not yet been collected, but 
whose occurence in Monroe County is probable: Cooper’s Lemming Mouse 
(Synaptomys cooperi) which has been taken in Brown County, Jumping 
Mouse (Zapus hudsonius), Gray Fox (Urocyon cinereoargenteus), Northern 
Masked Shrew (Sorex personatus) and Silvery Bat (Lasionycteris noctiva- 
gans). 


REPTILES. 


The nomenclature of this part of the list is that of Dr. E. D. 
Cope’s report on “‘ The Crocodilians, Lizards and Snakes of 
North America’? (Ann. Rep. Smiths. Inst. (1898) 1900) for 
the snakes and lizards, and that of Dr. O. P. Hay’s *‘ Batra- 
chians and Reptiles of Indiana’? (17th Ann. Rep. Dept. Geol. 
(1891) 1892) for the turtles. 


1. Carphopiops amoenus (Say). 
GROUND SNAKE. 
One specimen of the form helenae. 
2. Zamenis constrictor (Linn.). 
BLACK SNAKE, 
Very common. Vicious, not taming readily in confinement. 


10 McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


3. Diadophis punctatus (Linn.). 
: RING-NECKED SNAKE. 
Fairly common. 


4. Cyclophis aestivus (Linn.), 
ROUGH GREEN-SNAKE, 
Not an uncommon species; several are seen each year. 


5. Storeria dekayi (Holb.). 


Not rare. 
6. Coluber obsoletus (Say). 
PILOT SNAKE. 


Very common. A great climber; of gentle disposition in confinement. 


7. *Natrix kirtlandi (Kenn.),. 
One record by Dr. David Starr Jordan. 


8. Natrix fasciata sipedon (Linn.). 

WATER-SNAKE. 
Common, 
9. Heterodon platyrhinus Latr. 


HOG-NOSED SNAKE, 


The most abundant species. Remarkable for the paroxysms it under- 
goes when frightened. There is apparently a regular course which must 
be gone through with when once begun. Usually the head and neck flatten, 
the body swells and the hissings commence. This part of the series only 
is often given and seems to be an intimidatory movement. If this does 
not produce the desired effect, the violent contortions begin immediately. 
During these the remains of the last meal, if still available for the purpose, 
are ejected. The writhing continues for a short time and diminishes in 
intensity until ‘te snake lies perfectly still on its back. I have never ob- 
served one of these spasms that reached the contortion stage that was not 
carried through to the end. They remain in the death feigning posture 
from a few seconds to many minutes, and the instinct to simulate death is 
so strongly developed that if the “ dead ” snake be turned over to the nor- 
mal position, it is not content to remain inert but at once flops back to 
what: it evidently considers the “ deadest” attitude at its command. My 
experience has been that the young (of the year) come out of this state 
very quickly, but I have observed an adult when undisturbed to remain 
in it not lessthan ten minutes, and Professor W.S. Blatchley found that 
with a little attention at intervals to remind them of his presence, aey 
would “ pisy possum ” for an hour at a time. 


10. Osceola doliata triangula (Boie). 
MILK SNAKE. 

Very common. One was found with the tail of a ring-necked snake 
(Diadophis punctatus) protruding from its mouth. It was compelled to 
disgorge, when its victim was found to be nearly as long as itself. Witha 
little persuasion and assistance it was induced to repeat its feat of degluti- 
tion, and was killed. The specimens are now preserved in the University 
collection as nearly as possible in the position in which they were origi- 
nally found. 


Mc Atee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 11 


11. Eutaenia sirtalis (Linn.). 
GARTER SNAKE. 
Abundant. 


12. Ancistrodon contortrix (Linn.). 
COPPERHEAD. 
Rare. 


13. *Crotalus horridus Linn. 
BANDED RATTLESNAKE. 

Recorded as taken recently in Monroe County by Dr. O. P. Hay in 1892. 
Professor Blatchley wrote in 1899: “ At present itis known to occur only 
in the broken, wooded portions of such counties as Brown, Monroe, and 
Greene, where there are many ledges of stone, on which in summer, it can 
bask for hours in the sunlight, and in whose crevices it can find in winter 
a suitable abiding place.”* Probably very rare. 


14. Sceloporus undulatus Latr. 
RAIL-FENCE LIZARD. 


Common, and popularly named as here noted from an ordinary habit. 
Sluggish and easily captured when found in the morning or evening, but 
very active during the middle of the day. On May 18, 1903, a female cap- 
tured in Brown County laid more than a dozen rather large eggs. 


15. Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (Linn.). 
SIX-LINED LIZARD. 
There is one specimen in the mnseum from this locality; A. W. Butler 
reports another, and I have one which was captured in 1901. 


. 16. Eumeces quinquelineatus (Linn.). 
BLUE-TAILED SKINK. 

Common. Occurs in about the same places as Sceloporus. Ona cool 
April morning two lizards of this species were found in a pile of boards, 
which was also inhabited by mice. They were very inactive and easily 
picked up. In a warm room they quickly recovered their activity and 
were not slow to nip the fingers of anyone putting a hand into their cage. 
They readily ate flies and bits of meat. 

17. Trionyx spiniferus LeS. 
SPINY SOFT-SHELL TURTLE. 

Occasionally taken in the larger creeks. 

18. Chelydra serpentina (Linn.). 


: SNAPPING TURTLE. 
Fairly common. 


19. Aromochelys odorata (Bosc). 
MUSK TURTLE. 
One taken October 6, 1899, from debris in the cellar of an old school 
house where according to the label it is supposed to have been buried ten 
years. 


= = 


 *Gleanings from Nature, 1899, D. 6. atest 


12 McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


20. Chrysemys marginata Agassiz. 
WESTERN PAINTED TORTOISE. 


The common turtle of the larger creeks. 


21. *Malaclemys pseudo-geographica (LeS.). 
_ LESEUR’S MAP TORTOISE. 
Recorded by C. H. Bollman. 


22. Malaclemys geographica (LeS.). 
MAP TORTOISE. 
A few records. 


23. Cistuda carolina (Linn.). 
BOX TORTOISE. 


Abundant. Some box tortoises kept in the laboratory were confined in 
a tank where they could remain either in or out of the water. They spent 
quite as much time floating about in the water as they did resting in the 
dryer parts of the enclosure. They paired here and in the fall laid a num- 
ber of eggs, some of them in water. 

I have frequently found them feeding on mushrooms and have known 
them to eat potatoes and apples in captivity. 


There is much to be learned concerning the reptile fauna of 
the county. This is especially true with respect to the turtles. 
In this group the following forms in addition to those listed, 
probably occur here: Trionyx muticus Le 8., Spineless Soft- 
shelled-Turtle ; Kinosternon pennsylvanicum (Gmelin), Eastern 
Mud Turtle; Chrysemys hieroglyphica (Holb.); Chrysemys troosti 
(Holb.) ; and Chrysemys elegans (Weid). 

Among snakes, Virginia elegans Kenn.; Liopeltis vernalis (De 
Kay); Eutaenia saurita (Linn.) and Sistrurus catenatus (Raf. ), 
which have been taken in Brown, the adjoining eastern county, 
and Coluber guttatus Linn. which has been collected in Putnam 
County (next north) may be expected here.  Natrix leberis 
(Linn.), Natrix fasciata (Linn.) and Natriz rhombifera (Hall.), 
are species of general range in the State which also may be 
found. 

One lizard, the glass-snake, Ophisaurus ventralis (Linn.) in 
addition to the species included in this list, has been taken 
both north and south of here in the State, and is no doubt a 
member of our fauna. 


BATRACHIANS. 


Monroe County has a rich batrachian fauna. The genus 
Ambystoma is especially well represented, all of the species*™ 


* Excepting the unique A. copeianum Hay. 


Mc Atee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 13° 


found within the boundaries of the State being known to breed 
here. In the numerous caves and cave streams the members 
of the genus Spelerpes are abundant, and the other Plethodon- 
tidae find suitable homes among the rocky hills and valleys. 
The most noted locality for batrachians is Salamander Pond, 
a pool about fifty feet in diameter on the summit of a rather 
high divide less than three miles from the University. In this 
pond Ambystoma microstomum, jeffersonianum, tigrinum, puncta- 
tum, and opacum, Diemyctylus viridescens and several species of 
toads and frogs breed. 


1. *Necturus maculatus Raf. 
WATER-DOG. 
Occasionally seen in the larger creeks. 
2. Ambystoma microstomum (Cope). 
SMALL-MOUTHED SALAMANDER. 


This species has been taken a few times about the mouth of Mayfield’s 
Cave and at Salamander Pond. 


3. Ambystoma jeffersonianum (Green). 
JEFFERSON’S SALAMANDER. 

A very abundant species. More than one hundred and fifty have been 
taken at one haul of a net in Salamander Pond. They appear in the 
pond in January. Eggs have been taken as early as the sixteenth of that 
month and they are abundant as soon as the ice leaves. The young have 
been observed transforming in the latter part of July. 


4, Ambystoma tigrinum (Green). 
TIGER SALAMANDER. 


Rather rare. A few have been taken from under logs in winter and a 
very few have been observed at Salamander Pond during the breeding 
season. 


5. Ambystoma punctatum (Linn.). 
SPOTTED SALAMANDER. 
Moderately common. Breeds in several smal] ponds near Bloomington, 
including Salamander Pond, and may be found immediately after spawn- 
ing, under logs and stones in the woods and fields. 


6. Ambystoma opacum (Gravenhorst). 
MARBLED SALAMANDER. 


Common. In September and October, this species, with eggs, occurs in 
Salamander Pond. The nests are cavities in the ground, near the surface, 
under chunks of wood or the dried crust of algae and other plants. They 
contain from fifty to more than one hundred and fifty eggs. The larvae 
may reach a length of an inch while in the egg, but they must have water 


14. McAtee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


to live in while completing their development. Under favorable condi- 
tions, they transform in February and March, when they adopt the same © 
mode of life as the adults, occurring most commonly under logs along 
creeks, 


7. Plethodon cinereus (Green). 
ASHY SALAMANDER. 


Abundant. The so-called varieties, P. c. cinereus, P. c. erythronotus and 
P. c. dorsalis, are all found in this region. The first two occur most fre- 
quently, being very common; the last is rare. The form erythronotus is 
generally found under rocks and logs, in comparatively dry situations, 
along the sides of hills, particularly those with southern exposures. The 
other varieties, however, are most often found near water, at least, at the 
foot of the hill slopes. The form cinereus has often been taken from under 
stones on the edge of a creek, and two cinereus and one dorsalis were 
secured in Mayfield’s Cave. 

The above facts indicate that these forms have only partially separated 
habitats, which would favor the idea that they must be considered merely 
varieties. Often however, two or more of them are found under the same 
log, whence it is evident there are no important barriers to their mingling. 
But, since they associate and since they have been shown to breed true, 
“adult red-backed specimens watching eggs with red-backed embryos, 
and brown-backed in charge of brown-backed embryos,” according to 
Cope, what good reason is there against designating them full species? 


8. Plethodon glutinosus (Green). 
SLIMY SALAMANDER. 


Rather common under logs and stones in damp situations. One was 
taken in Mayfield’s Cave. 


9. Spelerpes longicaudus (Green). 
LONG-TAILED TRITON. 
Rather rare. Has been taken in the woods east of Salamander Pond in 
October (C. H. Kennedy) and larvae were found at the mouth of a cave 
(Stony Spring) in May. (James Simonton). 


10. Spelerpes maculicaudus (Cope). 
CAVE SALAMANDER. 

Abundant. This pretty species occurs in all caves and cave streams and 
has been collected at Mayfield’s and Truitt’s caves, Stony and Leonard’s 
springs, and in Griffy Creek. However, Professor Blatchley found two 
specimens beneath logsa mile or more from any known cave, and half that 
distance from streams or springs. I have taken it from under boards and 
stumps also, and it is seen in cellars, greenhouses and other moist places. 

The breeding season is evidently in winter, but larvae are present the 
year round as the new brood is hatched before the old has transformed. 
From twelve to fifteen months appears to be the usual perlee required to 
complete the development. 


Mc Atee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 15 


11. Spelerpes bislineatus (Green). 
TWO-LINED TRITON. 


Common. One finds this salamander most often along streams, partic- 
ularly cave outlets. In November they come out of the water and pass 
the winter under stones and logs near the stream. I once found one 
under such conditions, with the head cleanly severed from the body, but 
lying in its natural position not far removed. So far the agent of this 
skillful decapitation has remained unknown. 

Stony Spring, Griffy Creek, Cascades. 


12. *Desmognathus fusca (Raf.). 
BROWN TRITON. 
Reported years ago by C. H. Bollman, but not found recently. 
13. Diemyctylus viridescens Rafinesque. 
NEWT. 


Abundant. Breeds in all small ponds of the vicinity. The miniatus 
stage has not been noted. 


14. Bufo lentiginosus Shaw. 
TOAD. 
Abundant, the variety americanus being predominant. 
15. Acris gryllus (Le Conte). 
CRICKET FROG. 
Abundant, both varieties, gry//us and crepitans, occuring here. 
16. Hyla versicolor Le Conte. 
CHAMELEON TREE-FROG. 
Abundant. 
17. Hyla pickeringii (Storer). 
PICKERING’S TREE-FROG. 
Probably common, few however, being captured. 
18. Rana pipiens Gmel. 
LEOPARD FROG. 


Abundant. Rana p. pipiens is the common form, but both sphenocephala 
and brachycephala have been taken here. 

At Harrodsburg, a specimen was obtained that exhibits a duplication 
of the forearm and hand of the right side, the supernumerary parts being 
carried in a loop of skin under the throat. (See Am. Nat. XXXV, 1901, 
p. 33). 


19. Rana palustris Le Conte. 
SWAMP FROG. 


Reported by C. H. Bollman. Specimens in museum. 


ar 


16 Mc Atee—Mammals, Reptiles and Batrachians of Indiana. 


20. Rana clamata Daudin. 
GREEN FROG. 


Common. 
in Mayfield’s. 
21. Rana catesbiana Shaw. 

BULL FROG. 


Common in the larger ponds. 
22. Rana sylvatica Le Conte. 
WOOD FROG. . 
Rather rare (C. H. Bollman). 


In addition to the above mentioned species, the Mud Eel (Siren lacer- 
tura), the Hellbender (Cryptobranchus alleghaniensis), the Scaled Salaman- 
der (Hemidactylium scutatum), and the Striped Tree Frog (Chorophilus 


nigritus), will probably be found in Monroe County. 


Sometimes wanders into caves, two specimens being taken - 


wn 
are " . 
eS ee te Se Te ne —_ si 


Tr 


s 


VoL. XX, pp. 17-18 : FEBRUARYE23, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW FLYING SQUIRREL FROM THE ISLAND OF 
TERUTAU, WEST COAST OF MALAY PENINSULA. . 


BY MARCUS W. LYON, JR. 


By permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 


Among a collection of mammals from the Island of Teru- 
tau, made by Dr. W. L. Abbott, in 1904, there is an appar- 
ently undescribed species of Flying Squirrel of the genus Pet- 
aurista. Pulo Terutau (also written Trotau and Trotto), is a 
small island lying about fifteen geographic miles off the. west 
coast of the Malay Peninsula, about five and a half degrees 
north of the equator. The species may be known as 


Petaurista terutaus sp. nov. 


Type.—Skin and skull of adult male, Cat. No. 123,934, United States 
National Museum, collected on Pulo Terutau, April 9, 1904, by Dr. W. L. 
Abbott. Original number, 3219. 

Diagnostic characters—A member of the so-called nitidus group, similar 
to Petaurista nitidula (Thomas) of the Natuna Islands, but top of head 
with a grayish wash, a slight buffy wash over sides of body, and the ree 
on the end of the tail of greater extent. 

Color.—Top of neck, back, sides, upper surface of parachute, outer sur- 
faces of fore and hind limbs and hase of tail have the general effect of a 
bright cinnamon-rufous or a bright hazel of Ridgway, clearest and purest 
on top of neck and along the upper surface of parachute. Most of the 
hairs have blackish terminal rings, which appear to a considerable extent — 
along the middle of back. Along the sides many hairs have wide, light 
buffy subterminal rings. Top of head a mixture of whitish and cinna- 
mon-rufous. Sides of head and neck, a color between buff-pink and 
pinkish buff. Underparts. generally, salmon-buff tending toward dull 
orange-rufous on the parachute. Tail, dull orange-rufous, considerably 
blackened toward the base and with a blackish apex, 70 to 80 mm. long. 
Feet, ring about eye, and small area about mouth, blackish. Posterior 
half of ear blackish ; anterior half, dull orange-rufous. 

2—Proc. BroL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XX, 1907. (17) 


18 Lyon—A New Flying Squirrel from the Island of Terutau. 


Skull and teeth—These show no essential differences from those of Pet- 
aurista nitidula. 

Measurements.— External measurements of the type: head and body, 
385 mm.; tail vertebrae, 450; hind foot, with claws, 75; weight, 24 lbs. 
(1134 grams). Cranial measurements of the type: total length, 64.3 mm.; 
basal length, 57; basilar length, 53.5; palatal length, 34.2; zygomatic 
breadth, 43.2; interorbital constriction, 12.4; constriction behind post 
orbital processes, 16.6; maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 14.2; mandibular 
toothrow (alveoli), 15. 

Specimens examined.—One, the type. 


a i a a La 


VOL. XX, PP. 19-22 FEBRUARY 23, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


FOUR NEW POCKET MICE. 
BY WILFRED H. OSGOOD. 


Collections recently made by Nelson and Goldman in Lower 
California contain a wealth of material in the genus Perognathus 
which has been submitted to the writer for study. The greater 
part of this material is referable to described forms, the known 
ranges of which in many cases are thus greatly extended. Three 
forms appear, however, which need to be characterized, two of 
them subspecies of P. penicillatus and one of P. spinatus. <A 
fourth, also here described, is an apparently distinct species of 
the subgenus Perognathus secured by Mr. Goldman during some 
preliminary work on the east side of the Colorado River in 
Arizona and Sonora. The types of these forms are in the Bio- 
logical Survey Collection. 


Perognathus bombycinus sp. nov. 


Type from Yuma, Arizona, No. 136,123 U.S. National Museum, Biologi- 
cal Survey Collection. GC adult. March 18,1905. E. A. Goldman. 

Characters.—Size, color, and general appearance as in P. p. bangsi; skull 
with large, full mastoids and small, nearly square interparietal. 

Color—As in P. p. bangsi; upperparts pale vinaceous buff, lightly lined 
with dusky ; ears edged with whitish, a well-developed white spot at an- 
terior base ; underparts white. 

Skull_—A miniature of that of P. amplus ; size as in P. p. bangsi ; mas- 
toids very large and full; parietal border of mastoid with a marked angle 
between interparietal and orbit ; interparietal small and compressed, trans- 
verse dimension less than longitudinal; lower premolar larger than last 
. molar. | 

Measurements.—Type and two specimens from northwestern Sonora, re- 
spectively: Total length, 134, 140, 131; tail vertebra, 79, 82, 77; hind foot, 
18.5, 18.5, 18.5. Skull of type: Occipito-nasal length, 20.4; basilar length, 
14.5; mastoid width, 11.7; zygomatic width, 9.8; interorbital constriction, 
4.4; nasals, 7; interparietal, 2.5 x 2.7; diastema, 5.1; maxillary toothrow, 3. 

-Remarks.—No external difference appears between this species and P. p. 
_ bangsi, but cranial distinctions are marked. No evidence of intergradation 
between the two forms is shown by any specimens yet examined. Speci- 

8—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XIX, 1907. (19) 


20 Osgood—Four New Pocket Mice. 


mens from Needles, California, are typical of bangsi and in the compara- 
tively short distance between that locality and Yuma no specimens of this 
group have beentaken. Possibly the Colorado River effectively separates 
the ranges of the two species. P. bombycinus is represented by the type 
and two Sonoran specimens, one from Colonia Lerdo, and one from the 
Sonora Mesa near the Colorado River twenty miles south of the interna- 
tional boundary. An immature specimen from Trinidad Valley, north- 
west base San Pedro Martir Mountains, Lower California, may be pro- 
visionally referred to this species. Its color is rather dark but its badly 
shattered skull shows large mastoids. 


Perognathus penicillatus siccus subsp. nov. 


Type from Ceralbo Island, Lower California, Mexico. No. 146,890 U.S. 
National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. c adult. February 13, 
1906. E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. 

Characters.—Size decidedly larger than in P. p. arenarius ; very weak 
rump bristles rarely present; color dimorphic, buff phase slightly darker 
than in arenarius, gray phase decidedly different ; skull large and heavy ; 
mastoids rather large. 

Color.—Buff phase: Practically as in arenarius but averaging slightly 
darker; general effect of upperparts buffy fawn; lateral line narrow, pink- 
ish buff; underparts creamy. Gray phase: Similar to buff phase, but gen- 
eral effect of upperparts ranging from drab gray to broccoli brown. 

SkullSimilar to that of arenarius but decidedly larger and heavier; 
mastoids rather large ; ascending branches of supraoccipital broad ; similar 
to that of ammophilus but averaging larger with relatively large mastoids. 

Measurements.— Average of ten adult topotypes: Total length, 175 (165- 
187); tail vertebrze, 98 (92-102) ; hind foot, 24.5 (23.5-26). Skulls of type 
and one topotype, respectively: Greatest length, 25.9 ; 26.9; basilar length, 
17.7; 18.9; mastoid width, 13.8; 13.8; zygomatic width, 12.6; 15; inter- 
orbital constriction, 6.6; 6.6; nasals, 8.9; 9.6; interparietal, 7.2 x 3.6; 7.5 
x 3.8; diastema, 6; 6.7; maxillary toothrow, 4; 3.9. 

Remarks.—This form was found not only on Ceralbo Island but also at sev- 
eral localities on the neighboring end of the Peninsula. Specimens from 
the peninsular localities Tres Pachitas and Pescadero seem referable to it, 
while others from slightly farther north show intergradation with arena- 
rius. A series from San Jorge, the type locality of arenarius, consists largely 
of intermediates between siccvs and a smaller form of the central part of the 
Peninsula. The type of arenarius, however, is decidedly referable to the 
smaller form and the majority of the topotypes are nearer to it than to 
siccus. 

Careful examination reveals a few very weak rump bristles in several 
specimens of siccus, though they are not found in other members of the 
penicillatus series. 


Perognathus penicillatus ammophilus subsp. nov. 


Type from Margarita Island, Lower California, Mexico. No. 146,859 U. S. 
National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. c adult. November 29, 
1905. E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. 


Osgood—Four New Pocket Mice. 21 


Characters.—Size nearly equalling that of P. p. siccus ; color paler; mas- 
toids smaller. Size decidedly greater than in P. p. arenarius; color aver- 
aging paler; skull larger and heavier; mastoids relatively smaller. 

Color.—Much as in arenarius, but averaging paler; paler than in siccus, 
and not exhibiting a gray phase. General effect of upperparts ecru drab ; 
basal part of hairs of upperparts pale gray (Ridgway, Pl. II, No.9) slightly 
tinged with fawn ; no obvious lateral line; underparts creamy. 

Skull.—Similar in general to that of siccus, but mastoids smaller; larger 
and heavier and with relatively smaller mastoids than that of arenarius. 

Measurements.—Average of nine topotypes: ‘Total length, 181 (171-188) ; 
tail vertebrae, 105 (100-113); hind foot, 24 (23.5-25.5). Skull of type: 
Greatest length, 26.1; basilar length, 18; mastoid width, 13.2; zygomatic 
width, 13.1; interorbital constriction, 6.6; nasals, 9.4; interparietal, 7.3 
x 3.8; diastema, 6.4; maxillary toothrow, 3.8. 

Remarks.—This form may be distinguished from both arenarius and siecus 
by its relatively small mastoids. Specimens from Magdelena Island, which 
lies near Margarita Island, do not approach this form in size or cranial 
characters, but, though rather pale, seem referable to arenarius, the color of 
which is subject to local variation. 


Perognathus spinatus magdalenae subsp. noy. 


Tupe from Magdalena Island, Lower California, Mexico. No. 146,102 
U.S. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. @ adult. Novem- 
ber 25, 1905. E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. 

Characters.—Size and color nearly as in P. s. peninsulae; mastoids smaller; 
rostrum slightly longer. Mastoids asin P. s. margaritae ; size smaller ; ros- 
trum longer and broader. ag 

Color.—Practically as in peninsulae and margaritae, but somewhat more 
deeply vinaceous ; upperparts fawn color mixed with dusky chiefly dis- 
posed as fine lines; lateral line very narrow, fawn color; underparts 
creamy white. 

Skull.—Size about as in peninsulae ; mastoids smaller; rostrum slightly 
longer; mastoids as in margaritae ; rostrum, nasals, and skull throughout 
more elongate. 

Measurements.—Average of ten topotypes: Total length, 194 (188-200) ; 
tail vertebrae, 115 (110-122); hind foot, 24 (23.5-25). Skulls of type and 
one topotype, respectively: Greatest length, 26.4; 26.8; basilar length, 17.9; 
18; mastoid width, 12.6; 12.7; zygomatic width, 12.8; 12.7; interorbital 
constriction, 6.9; 6.7; nasals, 10.5; 10.6; interparietal, 8.1 x 3.6; 7.5 x 3.3; 
diastema, 6; 6.5; maxillary toothrow, 4.3; 4. 

Remarks.—This is a slight form which, but for its insularity, might be 
overlooked. It differs from peninsulae and agrees with margaritae in the 
small size of the mastoids. In the light of extensive material from the 
Peninsula, it appears that this form and also the previously described insu- 
lar forms P. s. margaritaeand P. s. bryanti should be considered only as sub- 
species, for, though the insular forms are constant in character, variation 
among mainland specimens is considerable. 


VOL. XX, PP. 23-28 MARCH 27, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


= 


SOME UNRECORDED COLORADO MAMMALS. 
BY MERRITT CARY. 


Fifteen species of mammals collected in the course of ex- 
plorations conducted by the Biological Survey in Colorado have 
not been hitherto recorded from that State, and authentic evi- 
dence of the occurrence of two additional species has also been 
obtained for the first time. Most of these additions to the Colo- 
rado mammal list were made in the field seasons of 1905-06, 
during which a detailed survey was made of the region north of 
Grand River, extending from the plains at the eastern base of 
the foothills in Jefferson, Boulder, and Larimer counties, west- 
ward tothe Utah line. The additions are briefly recorded in the 
present paper, together with notes on the ranges of three other 
little-known Colorado mammals, pending a complete report when 
a thorough survey of the distribution areas of the State shall 
have been completed. 

For the privilege of publishing the following records, all but 
two of which are based on specimens in the collection of the 
Biological Survey, my thanks are due Dr. C. Hart Merriam. 


Sciurus aberti mimus Merriam. 


Vernon Bailey reports this handsome squirrel as common in the eastern 
foothills of the San Juan Mountains, 10 miles west of Antonito, Conejos 
County, where it inhabits the yellow pine forests. 


Eutamias dorsalis utahensis Merriam. 


Early in September, 1906, fifteen specimens of this beautiful gray chip- 
munk were collected in the dense cedar and pifion breaks near Douglas 
Spring, at the north base of the Escalante Hills, in western Routt County. 
A few were taken among the yellow pines as high as 7,000 feet, but they 
were most abundant on the north slopes of the Escalantes, at about 6,400 
feet. 

This chipmunk was described from Ogden, Utah, and has not been 
taken previously much east of Provo, in that State. It is largely an Upper 

4—Proc. BioL. Soc. WasH., VoL. XX, 1907. (28) 


24 Cary—Some Unrecorded Colorado Mammals. 


Sonoran form, and probably ranges continuously across northeastern Utah 
along the southern foothills of the Uinta Mountains, entering Colorado in 
the region of the Yampa Plateau, south of Bear River. I was surprised to 
find it absent from the pifion-covered ridges on either side of the lower 
White River Valley. 


Eutamias minimus (Bachman). 


Chipmunks from the sage plains of the lower Snake River Valley and 
Browns Park, in western Routt County, agree perfectly with typical speci- 
mens of E. minimus from Green River, Wyoming. Three males and one 
female were collected in 1906, at the following localities: Snake River (15 
miles northeast of Sunny Peak), August 24; Snake River (south of Sunny 
Peak), August 28; Ladore (Browns Park), September 3. Towards the 
mountains on the south and east, minimus grades into the dark form con- 
sobrinus, specimens from Lay, Axial Basin, and Lily being intermediate in 
coloration. 


Eutamias minimus consobrinus (Allen). 


This is the small, dark chipmunk so abundant on all the higher plateaus 
and mountains west of the Front Range, and north of Grand River. It is 
chiefly an inhabitant of the Canadian and Transition zones, and in the 
eastern part of its range is the only chipmunk present over a large area. 
On some of the western plateaus, however, E. consobrinus ranges down a 
short distance into the cedar and pifion belt of the Upper Sonoran zone, 
and there commingles with the large Hopi chipmunk (E. hopiensis). 

E. consobrinus is represented by a large series in breeding and fresh 
post-breeding pelages, and a few in the early winter coat. Specimens were 
secured at the following localities: Middle Park (Coulter, Sulphur Springs, 
Mount Whiteley); North Park (Arapahoe Pass, Canadian Creek, Pearl) ; 
Slater (20 miles southeast); White River Plateau (25 miles southeast of 
Meeker) ; Meeker; Rangely ; Gypsum ; and Baxter Pass (Book Plateau). 

Four chipmunks in the National Museum, collected by Capt. Bowman 
at old Fort Massachusetts (near the present site of Garland), have been 
recorded as E. consobrinus.* These are faded flat skins which were made 
up with the skulls inside. The skulls have been removed and cleaned 
through the courtesy of Dr. M. W. Lyon, Jr., and are found to be larger and 
more robust than skulls of typical consobrinus. A comparison with the 
skull of the type of Hutamias amoenus operarius from Gold Hill, Boulder 
County, proves that the Fort Massachusetts chipmunks are properly refer- 
able to that species. 


Eutamias amoenus operarius Merriam. 


Eutamias amoenus operarius Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., X VIII, p. 
164, June 29,1905. Type from Gold Hill, Boulder County, Colorado. 
This chipmunk is most abundant in the boreal zones on the eastern 
slope of the Front Range, but is found as low as 6,500 feet at several lo- 
calities in the eastern foothills. It ranges far above timber line, and across 
* Allen, Bull. Am, Mus, Nat. Hist., III, p, 113, 1891. 


Cary—Some Unrecorded Colorado Mammals. 25 


the Front and Medicine Bow ranges to Coulter (Middle Park), and Cana- 
dian Creek (North Park), where its range meets and slightly overlaps that 
of consobrinus, of the western Colorado mountains. In color, operarius is not 
unlike consobrinus, but it may be readily distinguished by its more robust 
skull. Five skulls of adult male topotypes of operarius measure: Occipito- _ 
nasal length, 32; basilar length, 24.6; zygomatic breadth, 18. Fourskulls 
of adult male consobrinus from Canadian Creek, North Park, measure: 
Occipito-nasal length, 31; basilar length, 23.5; zygomatic breadth, 17.2. 

Specimens of operarius are in the Biological Survey collection from the 
following localities: Gold Hill, Estes Park, Longs Peak, Boulder (5 miles 
west), Nederland, Golden, Idaho Springs, Fort Garland, Antonito, Lake 
City, Silverton, Mount Kelso, Elkhorn, Livermore, Berthouds Pass, Cana- 
dian Creek and Coulter.* Specimens taken in the vicinity of Colorado 
Springs, and at Crested Butte, have been identified for E. R. Warren of Colo- 
rado Springs. 


Citellus tridecemlineatus parvus (Allen). 


This small spermophile is generally distributed over the desert areas of 
western Routt and Rio Blanco counties. It was noted on Snake River, 
30 miles northeast of Sunny Peak, August 22, 1906, and specimens were 
secured at Escalante, August 31, and Rangely, September 13 and 17. It 
was reported common in Lily Park, at the confluence of Snake and Bear 
rivers ; in Browns Park, near the Utah line; and on the Iron Springs 
Divide, between Snake and Bear rivers. In 1905, two immature speci- | 
mens were collected in the Axial Basin, Routt County, August 8, and an 
adult male at Mud Springs, on the White River Plateau, 30 miles south- 
east of Meeker, August 18. The altitude of Mud Springs is 9,000 feet. 
J. Alden Loring collected three of these spermophiles at Fort Garland in 
July, 1892, while more recently, August 30 and 31, 1904, J. H. Gaut 
~ secured two more at Antonito, Conejos County. 


Onychomys brevicaudus Merriam. 


This short-tailed grasshopper mouse is common on the sage plains of 
North Park, and in the region between Snake and Bear rivers, in western 
Routt County. It is represented by a series of eight July and August 
specimens, taken at the following localities: Canadian Creek, east of Wal- 
den, North Park ; Snake River, south of Sunny Peak, Routt County; Bear 
River, south of Lay. 

A specimen collected by W. W. Granger at the forks of Snake River, 
near Honnold, Routt County, September 1, 1895, is recorded by Allen. + 


Neotoma desertorum Merriam. 


This desert wood rat apparently enters Colorado from the Utah deserts 
only in the extreme lower White River Valley. Four specimens were 
collected five miles west of Rangely, September 15 and 16,1906. It was 


* Both operarius and consobrinus have been collected at Coulter and Canadian Creek, 
+ Bull, Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., VIII, p. 253, 1896. 


26 Cary—Some Unrecorded Colorado Mammals. 


not at all common, but a considerable number of nests were found on the 
cactus-covered bench, or table, on the south side of White River, at 5,300 
feet. 

Reithrodontomys megalotis (Baird). 

A series of twenty-six harvest mice from Grand Junction are referable 
to this species. All but one were collected by A. H. Howell, early in No- 
vember, 1895, and are in early winter pelage. The other specimen, 
secured by E. A. Preble, August 25 of the same year, is in the bright, ful- 
vous summer coat. — 


Microtus (Lagurus) pauperrimus (Cooper). 

Several ill-defined runways, and other evidences of a small species of 
Microtus — presumably a Lagurus— were detected on the sage plains in 
the eastern part of North Park in July, 1905. During the same month, 
three specimens were trapped in the sand hills at the west base of the 
Medicine Bow Mountains, east of Walden. In August and September, 
1906, fourteen specimens of this species were collected at the following 
localities: Canadian Creek, east of Walden, North Park; eight miles 
south of Lily, Routt County; four miles east of Toponas, Egeria Park. 
The bleached anterior portion of a skull was found in a wood rat’s nest 
near Douglas Spring, at the north base of the Escalante Hills. The 
species may have a general range over the sage plains of northwestern 
Colorado, but thus far has been found only in widely separated colonies 
between 6,000 and 8,500 feet altitude. 

Doctor Allen has recorded the species from Kinney Ranch, Sweetwater 
County, Wyoming, * within 30 miles of the Colorado line. 


Thomomys clusius ocius Merriam. 


This is the pocket gopher of the sage plains of western Routt and Rio 
Blanco counties. It is represented in the Biological Survey collection by 
eight August and September specimens, from the following localities: 
Bear River, south of Lay, Routt County ; Snake River, 15 miles northeast 
of Sunny Peak; Ladore, Browns Park; Elk Springs, 8 miles south of 
Lily; and Lily. Part of a weathered skull was found at Douglas Spring. 
The high escarpment of the Book Plateau probably forms the southern 
boundary of the dispersion of this species. 


Thomomys aureus pervagus Merriam. 

Kight specimens from Antonito, and two from Conejos River, in the 
southern part of the San Luis Valley, collected in September, 1904, accord 
well with this form, the type locality of which is Espanola, Santa Fe 
County, New Mexico. The altitude of Antonito is a little over 8,000 feet. 


Thomomys fulvus (Woodhouse). 

A specimen of this species from Fisher Peak, southeast of Trinidad, Las 
Animas County, was collected by A. H. Howell, September 15, 1903, at an 
elevation of 8,000 feet. 

* Bull, Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., VIII, p. 248, 1896. 


Cary—Some Unrecorded Colorado Mammals. 27 


Perodipus longipes (Merriam). 


The Moki kangaroo rat is tolerably common in the desert part of the 
lower Grand Valley, from the Utah line east at least to Grand Junction. 
A fine male was collected three miles northwest of Fruita, Mesa County, 
September 27, 1906. Four immature specimens from Grand Junction are 
also in the Biological Survey collection. 


Perognathus apache Merriam. 


A pocket mouse collected on the sandy desert three miles northwest of 
Fruita, Mesa County, September 28, 1906, is referable to this species. 
Another specimen, taken at Balzac, west of Rifle, Garfield County, Octo- 
ber 4, 1906, is much larger, but of similar coloration, and its affinities are 
clearly with apache. 


(?) Perognathus callistus Osgood. 


Numerous signs of a small or medium sized pocket mouse were noted 
in bunches of prickly pear ( Opuntia polyacantha), in the valley of Snake 
River, a few miles southeast of Sunny Peak, in August, 1906. Specimens 
were not secured, owing to the extreme abundance of white-footed mice. 
The Snake River pocket mice are tentatively recorded as P. callistus be- 
cause of their proximity to the type locality, Kinney Ranch, Sweetwater 
County, Wyoming, which is only 40 miles to the northwest. No other 
evidences of pocket mice were observed north of the Grand River Valley. 


Spilogale gracilis saxatilis Merriam. 


The little spotted skunk is generally reported from the warm desert val- 
leys entering Colorado from the west. Sunny Peak, Routt County, seems 
to be the eastern limit of its dispersion in the Snake River Valley ; while it 
is common at Rangely, on White River; and in Lily Park, at the con- 
fluence of the Snake and Bear rivers. In the Grand Valley the spotted 
skunk probably occurs as far east as Glenwood Springs, since Mr. Fred 
Baker, a taxidermist of that place, reports that he has recently handled 
several skins taken between Newcastle and Glenwood Springs. 

A male specimen from Grand Junction (collection Biological Survey, 
November 3, 1895, A. H. Howell), and one from Coventry, Montrose 
County, taken in 1906 (collection E. R. Warren), have been recorded 
recently as saxatilis.* 


Myotis californicus (Aud. and Bach.). 


In his recently published list of Colorado mammals,t E. R. Warren in 
cludes this species on supposition, without citing actual records of capture. 
A specimen in the Biological Survey collection from the southern end of 
the San Luis Valley shows that this bat reaches extreme southern Colo- 
rado. Itis an adult male, and was taken 7 miles east of Antonito, Conejos 
County, September 1, 1904, at 8,000 feet. 


*N. Am. Fauna No. 26, p. 24, 1906. 
+Mamm., Colo., 1906. 


28 Cary— Some Unrecorded Colorado Mammals. 


Myotis californicus ciliolabrum (Merriam). 


Two female bats collected at the old L 7 ranch on Snake River, a few 
miles southeast of Sunny Peak, Routt County, August 28 and 29, 1906, are 
referable to this pale form of M. californicus. They were caught in the 
deserted ranch buildings after nightfall. 


Myotis yumanensis (H. Allen). 

This pale, southwestern species is represented by two females from Snake 
River, south of Sunny Peak, Routt County, August 28, 1906; and a male 
taken near Lily, at the confluence of the Snake and Bear rivers, Septem 
ber 9, 1906. 


VoL. XX, pp. 29-30 | MarcH 27; 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW RACE OF THE HEPATIC TANAGER. 
BY OUTRAM BANGS. — 


Since first described by Swainson in 1827,* Piranga hepatica 
has never been divided into subspecies. There are, however, 
two very well marked geographic races of this tanager, one a 
large, dull-colored bird ranging from the table lands and sur- 
rounding mountains of southwestern Mexico north to Arizona 
and New Mexico, the other, smaller and much more intensely 
colored, occupying the mountains of eastern Mexico from Vera 
Cruz north to Nuevo Leon. 

Swainson gave the type locality of his Piranga hepatica as 
‘* Real del Monte, Hidalgo,’’ which Mr. E. W. Nelson tells me 
is Temescaltipec, Mexico, of recent maps. There are no skins 
available from this immediate place, but numerous specimens 
in the Biological Survey collection from localities in the same 
general region are all referable to the ordinary large, dull-col- 
ored form, which, moreover, Swainson’s description (“‘Grayish 
livid, beneath bright red, t.1., 8; bill, #; wing, 4; tail, 33; 
tarsi, }’’), brief as it is, seems to indicate. The new form is 
therefore that of eastern Mexico. | 

The differences in color between the two races of Piranga he- 
patica are much like those that separate the eastern from the 
western form of Piranga bidentata, and the pale and dark race 
of each species has in part the same geographic distribution, 
Piranga bidentata bidentata, the pale western race, occurring 
with Piranga hepatica hepatica, the pale race of that species in 
Mexico and adjacent States, and P. bidentata sanguinolenta occu- 
pying the same region with P. hepatica dextra, both richly col- 
ored races, in eastern States from Nuevo Leon to Vera Cruz. 

The new form of the hepatic tanager may be known as 

+ Philo. Mag., New Series I, p. 488, 1827. 

5—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XX,+1907. | Ps Gere" Instituge 


vv 


WIN SC ]907 
& Ee dae 


Not oo 
\J2tional Muse 


30 Bangs—A New Race of the Hepatic Tanager. 


Piranga hepatica dextra subsp. nov. 


Type —From Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Mexico, adult o', No. 2090, coll. of E. 
A. and O. Bangs. Collected April 18, 1897, by C. B. Isham. 

Characters.—Similar to true P. hepatica, but smaller; the adult G' much 
more richly colored ; back much redder, less grayish; pileum darker, 
more intense red —dull scarlet— vermilion; under parts, darker, deeper 
red — deep orange — vermilion (flame-scarlet in true P. hepatica). Adult 9 
darker in color throughout with the back decidedly less grayish. 

Measurements.—Type, adult o, wing, 96.; tail, 74.5; tarsus, 23.; cul- 
men, 18.5. 


VOL. XX, pp. 31-32 Marcu 27, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


AN OWL, RHINOPTYNX CLAMATOR (VIEILL.)., ADDED 
| TO THE COSTA RICAN ORNIS. 
BY OUTRAM BANGS. 


With a collection of birds made in another part of Costa Rica 
that will be reported upon later, Mr. C. F. Underwood sent Mr. 
John E. Thayer and me a fine adult male of the South Ameri- 
can eared owl, Rhinoptynx clamator (Vieill.). 

The specimen, now No. 17501, Coll. of E. A. and O. Bangs, 
in splendid condition of plumage, was taken in the vicinity of 
San José, Costa Rica, in January, 1906. 

This is, I believe, the first record of the appearance of this 
owl in Costa Rica. One or two specimens were taken by Mc- 
Leannan in Panama and one by Arcé in Veragua, which seem 
to be the only other recorded instances of its capture north of 
South America. 

This species used to be called Asio mexicanus (Gmel.). Messrs. 
Salvin and Godman have, however, shown that the Mexican 
eared owl of Latham, on which the name was based, is not 
identifiable, and that the Bubo clamator of Vieillot is undoubt- 
edly the first applicable name of the species. Most ornitholo- 
gists, Kaup and Ridgway excepted, up to the present time (even 
Sharpe in Hand List of Birds), have associated this owl with 
the long-eared and short-eared owls, putting it in the genus 
Asio (=WNyctalops), according to the views of Stone and of Ober- 
holser, Asio being properly the name of the great horned owls. 
But here also I see trouble ahead, because Nyctalops has as its 
type the peculiar species stygius which,’ with its huge bill, short 
wing, and other peculiarities can hardly be considered as con- 
generic with the long-eared owls and the short-eared owls. 

In 1852 Kaup made a special genus, Rhinoptynx for Asio 


mexicanus. : <erl an Wstling 
6—Proc. BioL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XX, 1907. Le (31) Op 
/ -e a 
( yrimt 20 1997 


\ National Muse 


32  Bangs—An Oul, Rhinoptyna« Clamator (Vieill.) 


Ridgway in 1875 gave it as his opinion that the bird was ‘‘ a 
typical Bubo, although usually referred to the genus Otus.’’ 
Salvin and Godman, in Biologia Centrali-Americana, refer to 
Ridgway’s remarks, but again place the species in the genus 
Asio. 

Rhinoptynz clamator certainly bears a strong superficial like- 
ness to the-long-eared owls, and the character of its plumage is 
the same, and not like that of the great horned owls. Otherwise 
it is very different, having very short wings and large feet, and 
while Ridgway may be right in considering it a “* typical Bubo,”’ 
its general unlikeness to the great horned owls has induced me 
to follow Kaup in placing it in a genus by itself. 


VoL. XX, pp. 33-40 MARCH 27, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


SOME NEW WESTERN PLANTS AND THEIR COL- 
LECTORS. 


BY AVEN NELSON. 


Relatively speaking there are a considerable number of men 
who are interesting themselves in the flora of the Rocky Moun- 
tains. These mountain fastnesses still possess miles upon miles 
of untouched area so far as botanical work is concerned. Some 
of the collectors are at work merely for the personal pleasure 
they get out of the field work and from this contact with nature 
in a region still largely unchanged by the encroachments of 
agriculture upon it. Besides these enthusiasts there are others 
who represent also the interest of the educational institutions 
of this part of the world. It may be interesting to know some- 
thing of the work and location of all of these. There is no 
attempt here to give a complete list, mention being made 
merely of those with whom the writer has recently come into 
contact in connection with the work that he is endeavoring to 
do at the Rocky Mountain Herbarium. 

Dr. P. B. Kennedy, of the University of Nevada at Reno, is 
very assiduously at work upon the plants of the Great Basin 
and of certain other more restricted localities in his State. He 
is making a special study of certain groups and will be heard 
from when such studies shall have been completed. 

What Dr. Kennedy is doing for Nevada, Dr. Francis Rama- 
ley, with his corps of assistants, of the University of Colorado, 
at Boulder, is doing for his State. Some very interesting eco- 
logical studies have been made not only by Dr. Ramaley but 
also by Dr. T. D. A. Cockerell of that institution. The latter, 
though professedly an entomologist, is known almost as well 
for his general studies in science and particularly for his dis- 
criminating observations and publications in botanical lines. 
Their collections during the past season were unusually exten- 


sive and varied. 
7—Proc, BIoL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XX, 1907, (33) 


34 Nelson—Some New Western Plants and Their Collectors. 


In Utah we have a school man in the person of A. O. Gar- 
rett, the science teacher in the Salt Lake High School, who is 
well known among botanists because of his collection and dis- 
tribution of the parasitic fungi of his State. He has also made 
extensive collections of the seed plants and many species of 
interest, as well as some novelties, are thus being made known. 

New Mexico has for many years been a land of great interest. 
Prof. E. O. Wooton and his co-workers are finding it so to-day. 
The Agricultural College, at Mesilla Park, is getting together a 
collection that will need to be studied by anyone who would 
know the flora of that region. 

Professor Elias Nelson, whose excellent work upon the two 
genera Phlox and Antennaria has not been forgotten, is at work 
in Idaho. While he is not now engaged professionally in botan- 
ical work, he has lost none of his interest in it. Always 
alert to the best things about him, he is gradually accumulat- 
ing some choice examples of the Idaho plants. Though con- 
nected with the Experiment Station at Moscow, his address for 
the present is at Twin Falls. 7 

One naturally expects that the men who are connected with 
educational institutions will show a degree of interest commen- 
surate with the work for which their departments stand. 
Pleasing as this is, it is perhaps more gratifying to see that the 
interest of those who are engaged in other lines of work is 
scarcely less than that of the professional botanists. Among 
this latter class I wish to mention the following: 

Mr. J. Lunell, M. D., of Leeds, North Dakota, though his 
professional duties demand much time, has found the leisure 
for studying his flora in a most critical way and of substanti- 
ating his studies by very excellent specimens. 

It is well known that Mr. George E. Osterhout is a careful, 
systematic botanist, as is attested by his papers published from 
time to time. It is perhaps not so well known that his plant 
studies are his recreation and that his main business is a com- 
mercial one in the little town of New Windsor, Colorado, where 
he has resided for many years. 

Colorado has yet another collector in Mr. Earl L. Johnston 
who seeks out the unvisited nooks in the Colorado mountains 
and brings back some of the choice things that are there pro- 
duced. Mr. Johnston’s home is at Evans, Colorado. 


Nelson—Some New Western Plants and Their Collectors. 35 — 


Colorado has been the collecting ground for scores of tourists 
during the last quarter century, but even so, it is quite likely 
that her flora is still only partially known. Among those who 
occasionally go to the West to spend a summer’s vacation in 
the delightful work of collecting, one should mention Mr. W. 
S. Cooper, of Detroit, Michigan (at present at Johns Hopkins). 
For several years past some portion of his summer’s vacation 
has been spent in the Rocky Mountains of Colorado, Utah or 
Wyoming. 

Several of the men mentioned above have kindly shared their 
plants with the writer, who has found much pleasure in joining 
these collectors in their studies. Asa result of these studies it 
has seemed necessary to designate certain specimens as new 
species. The descriptions of these proposed species are offered 
below. The types are all deposited in the Rocky Mountain 
Herbarium. 

Fritillaria lunellii sp. nov. 


Bulb of many rather thin scales, 6-12 mm. long: stem slender, 2-4 dm. 
high: leaves 4-6, distributed in one of the following ways,—all in one ver- 
ticil; all but one in the verticil; or in two verticils of 2-4 leaves each ;—the 
lowest leaves always above the middle of the stem, broadly linear-lanceo- 
late or oblong-lanceolate, tapering gradually to the obtusish apex, 3-4 cm. 
long: floral bract similar to the leaves but smaller (2-3 cm. long): ped- 
uncle rather slender, 7-12 cm. long: flowers one (rarely two), drooping on 
short slender pedicel: perianth segments narrowly oblong or oblong-lan- 
ceolate (in shape much like the leaves), obtusish, 2-3 cm. long, twice as 
long as the slender filaments, dark-purple on the ontside, purple mottled 
with yellow within: ‘anthers large, oval: style cleft only one-third its 
length or less: the thickened linear stigma somewhat recurved : capsules* 
pyriform or broadly obovoid, about 15 mm. long, smooth, furrowed rather 
than angled at the sutures. | 

I feel that it is only fitting to name this in honor of its discoverer, who 
has not only supplied me with the specimens but has pointed out many of 
the characters given above. Type bears the accession No. 56,200. It was 
collected in the timbered foothills of Mount Hood, Wasco Co., Oregon, by 
J. Lunell, M. D., of Leeds, North Dakota. 


Roripa pectinata sp. nov. 


Glabrous winter annual, with vertical taproot, most of the plants branch- 
ing freely, beginning to blossom when quite small but in fruit 1-3 dm. 
high: winter crown leaves small, oblanceolate, from entire to pectinately 
toothed, withering early : those of the stem and branches larger, 2-6 cm. 


* There is a possibility of error as to the capsule since the single fruiting specimen 
was secured at another time. 


36  Nelson—Some New Western Plants and Their Collectors. 


long, mostly oblanceolate in outline but deeply pectinately toothed or 
lobed: the yellow flowers small and crowded but the naked racemes in 
fruit stout and half the length of the plant: sepals oval, yellowish with 
membranous margins, slightly exceeding the oblong-spatulate petals: 
silique broadly linear, abruptly pointed by the almost sessile stigma, slightly 
curved, 12-16 mm. long, ascending, on divaricate pedicels less than half as 
long as the silique: seeds rather large, pale, crowded, minutely impressed 
punctate. 

Most nearly allied to R. curvisilegqua (Hook.) Bessey which differs from 
this in being minutely!pubescent or subscabrous, with petals exceeding the 
sepals, siliques faleate and linear, somewhat torulose, and the seeds small, 
smooth and somewhat triquetrous. 

The leaves in young plants of the species now proposed are strikingly 
pectinate, the linear lobes either entire or with a few linear teeth. This 
species blossoms very early in the season and is in full fruit by May first 
in the type locality. Its ally comes into blossom and fruit much later in 
the season (June and July). Collected at The Dalles, Oregon, by Dr. J. 
Lunell, April 12 and April 16,1903. The latter is the type and is deposited 
under the accession No. 54,984. Secured again by the same collector, in 
mature condition, May 4, 1906, at the type station. 


Sidalcea sylvestris. 


Perennial from a rhizome which is sometimes thickened and corm-like : 
stems more or less clustered, mostly simple, slender, 5-10 dm. high, green, 
inconspicuously and very sparsely pubescent below with short forked 
hairs, the inflorescence minutely stellate: leaves nearly or quite glabrous, 
the slender petioles somewhat hirsute with branched hairs: radical leaves 
5-7 lobed, divided or parted, each lobe mostly 3-toothed: stem-leaves 
palmately 5-7 foliate: leaflets linear, with conspicuous midnerve, 7-12 cm. 
long, 6-10 mm. broad, tapering gradually to the acute ends: bracts paired, 
linear, shorter than the pedicel, the lower sometimes accompanied by 
a long, narrowly linear leaf: raceme simple, slender, at last quite open: 
calyx-lobes triangular-lanceolate, fully as long as the campanulate tube: 
petals spatulate-oblong, 15-18 mm. long, twice as long as the calyx, of a 
delicate pale lavender color: mature fruits not at hand. 

Allied in some ways to both S. campestris and S. Oregana Greene. The 
collector, Dr. J. Lunell, surmised that it might be a hybrid, but it does not 
seem to the writer to have enough of the characters of either to warrant 
that conclusion. It is a woodland species secured near Wheatland, in 
Yamhill Co., Oregon. The type bears the accession No. 52,562. 


Zaushneria garrettii sp. nov. 


Caudex with slender woody branches: stems several, simple, slender, 
erect from somewhat decumbent bases, 1.5-3 dm. high, with pale glabrous 
shreddy bark below, upward greener and softly hirsute, the hairs long 
and widely spreading: leaves sessile, crowded, elliptical, oval or ovate, 
2-3 cm. long, the margin with small rather remote and irregular teeth, 
green but sparsely soft-hirsute, venation pinnate, the primary veins few 


Nelson—Some New Western Plants and Their Collectors. 37 


the secondary veins obscure or indiscernible: flowers few, in a terminal 
crowded cluster: calyx puberulent, its tube deep-red, 12-16 mm. long, 
cylindric, with slightly dilated base and throat, lobes half as long, green- 
ish, triangular-lanceolate, callous tipped: petals thick, deep-red, obovate- 
cordate, slightly exceeding the calyx-lobes: stamens barely exserted ; pol- 
len grains unusually large: stigma tardily well exserted: ovary and cap- 
sule minutely glandular-pubescent on the angles. 

This species belongs in the Z. latifolia group but can scarcely be con- 
fused with the typical Californian form of that species. 

Secured by A. O. Garrett, August 28, 1906, in Big Cottonwood Canon, 
Salt Lake County, Utah; type No. 2031. 


Mertensia micrantha sp. nov. 


Stemsclustered, spreading, 2-3 dm. long, rather slender, glabrous or nearly 
so: leaves dark green and seemingly glabrous but under a lens minutely 
appressed-hispid on both sides, not pustulate, 3-7 cm. long; the uppermost 
lanceolate, more narrowly so downward where they become smaller and 
linear: panicle leafy, many-flowered ; flowers small; calyx about 3 mm. 
long, its lobes linear-lanceolate, ciliate-margined, longer than the cam- 
panulate tube ; corolla about 10 mm. long, its limb as long as the tube, 
narrowly campanulate, with short suborbicular lobes: the stamens in- 
serted in the throat and reaching to the lobes; the filaments as broad or 
broader than the anthers and nearly as long: style equalling the stamens. 

This seems to be a good species in the Lanceolatae and not very nearly 
allied to any of the described species. 

It was secured by Dr. Francis Ramaley and Mr. W. W. Robbins, on 
Sugar-loaf Mountain, July 14, 1906. Type No. 1750. 


Douglasia johnstoni sp. nov. 


A depressed perennial, the caudex with few, slender, naked branches 
not rising above the soil, each branch terminating in a close rosulate 
cluster of leaves less than 1 cm. high and broad: leaves minute, 3-6 mm. 
long, closely imbricated, glabrous except for a sparse marginal fringe of 
white ciliae, mostly oblong, subacute, somewhat keeled: peduncles rising 
singly from the center of each rosula, sparsely ciliate-hirsute as is also the 
inflorescence: 8-10 mm. long: umbel crowded, few-flowered (3-8) : bracts 
lance-linear, as long as the pedicel and calyx: pedicels nearly equal, very 
short: calyx campanulate, its lobes lanceolate, subacute, as long as the 
tube: corolla-lobes oblong obovate, as long as the tube, reflexed and 
withering-persistent over the distended tube: stamens inserted just above 
the middle of the tube, the large anthers extending to the narrowed ori- 
fice of the throat: capsule sessile, globose. 

This well marked species I believe is the first Douglasia reported from 
Colorado. It was secured by Mr. Earl Lynd Johnston, August 16, 1906, 
near the foot of Mt. Washington, on the trail to Chasm Lake, Long’s 
Peak. It bears the No. 339. 


38  Nelson—Some New Western Plants and Their Collectors. 


Coleosanthus garrettii sp. nov. 


Apparently tufted, with several assurgent herbaceous stems, leafy, 
bright green and glabrous (a minute puberulence under a good lens): 
leaves very thin, from very broadly to narrowly triangular-ovate, mostly 
irregularly and sharply dentate, acute at apex, the base cuneate, rounded, 
truncate or subcordate on the same stem, 4-8 cm. long, on slender petioles 
1.5-3 cm. long: heads on slender ascending branchlets from the upper- 
most axils, few-several in each cluster, on slender pedicels 8-15 mm. long: 
involucres campanulate, 10-14 mm. high, subtended by a few linear or 
acuminate bractlets ; the bracts in 3-4 series, greenish, with about 5 pale 
nerves, scarious-margined, obtuse or abruptly acute, nearly glabrous: 
achenes brown, glabrous or nearly so, finely ribbed. 

This species is dedicated to the diligent student of the Utah flora, the 
teacher of botany in the Salt Lake City High School, Mr. A. O. Garrett. 
The type is No. 1061, from City Creek Canon, Salt Lake County, Utah, 
August 5, 1904. 


Machaeranthera latifolia sp. nov. 


Perennial from woody roots and short branched caudex: stems few- 
several, slender, erect, 1.5-2.5 dm. high, minutely puberulent: leaves min- 
utely puberulent (the upper face nearly glabrous), mostly entire, rarely 
with a few small spinulose teeth, generally 3-veined from the base and 
somewhat reticulate above: the basal and lower stem leaves from broadly 
oblanceolate to obovate, 2-3 cm. long, tapering into a short, narrowly mar- 
gined petiole; the upper stem leaves sessile or nearly so, those of the in- 
florescence reduced and becoming bract-like: heads few, corymbose, rela- 
tively large, 8-14 mm. high: involucre campanulate, its bracts in 5-6 
series, oblanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, the dark-green acute or acumi- 
nate tips ultimately reflexed, minutely glandular puberulent (the ped- 
uncles puberulent but scarcely glandular): rays blue with a slight violet 
tinge: achenes sparsely and obscurely pubescent, shorter than the 
pappus. 

This species has been under observation by Mr. Garrett for two years. 
It is represented by his Nos. 1933 and 1594 as type and co-type respec- 
tively, one collected in August, 1905, the other in August, 1906, in Big 
Cottonwood Canon, Salt Lake County, Utah. 


Machaeranthera paniculata. 


A perennial allied to the preceding: stems several, slender, erect, 4-8 
dm. high, with branching paniculate inflorescence, minutely puberulent 
throughout, somewhat glandular-viscid on the tips of the involucral bracts 
only: leaves bright green, from oblanceolate to oblong-linear, 3-6 cm. long; 
all the lower tapering to margined petioles: the upper nearly sessile and 
passing into the gradually narrowed and reduced foliar bracts: bracts 
numerous, linear, the uppermost subulate: rays of the panicle with 1-3 
heads: involucre turbinate, 10-14 mm. high ; its bracts in 5-7 series, linear, 
“very pale (white), terminated by a dark-green, viscid reflexed tip: rays 


Nelson—Some New Western Plants ead Their Collectors. 39 


long, slender, blue or purple-tinged : achenes broadly linear, with minute 
sparse pubescence. 

This handsome conspicuous species was collected by Mr. Garrett on the 
mountains of Parley’s Canon, Utah, September 13, 1906. Type No. 2083. 


Antennaria solstitialis J. Lunell sp. nov. 


Stems slender, floccose-woolly, 5-12 em. high, surculose, broadly tufted : 

stolons 1-3 cm. long: leaves silvery appressed-pubescent on both sides: 
the basal oblance-spatulate, 5-6 mm. long; the stem leaves with looser 
pubescence, 8-14 mm. long: heads 5-7, in a glomerate capitate cluster; 
involucre 4-5 mm. high, obconical or campanulate, each head with a 
linear-acuminate bract as long or longer. than the head; involucral bracts 
from oblong (exterior) to suborbicular (within). 
*» In the type locality it comfes into blossom late in June, and occurs spar- 
ingly in dry, sunny situations. The other species occurring there are A. 
aprica Greene, which blossoms two weeks earlier, and A. campestris Rydb. 
which is four weeks earlier. A. microphylla Rydb. also occurs, but from 
that species, its nearest relative, A. solstitialis differs in its smaller leaves, 
shorter stolons, the congested inflorescence, and the scarcity of pistillate 
plants (none have yet been found). A. microphylla has narrowly oblong 
heads, at least in the fertile plant. 

The above characters have been taken from manuscript supplied by the 
collector, Dr. J. Lunell, who secured the specimens near Leeds, N. D. ‘The 
type sheet bears the accession No. 39,137. 


University of Wyoming, 
Laramie, Wyoming. 


af 


1907 
VOL. XX, pp. 41-42 MARCH 27, 1206. 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTION OF A NEW OTOCORIS FROM 
LOWER CALIFORNIA. 


BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER. 


On a previous occasion,* I doubtfully referred to Otocoris al- 
pestris actia a pair of adult breeding horned larks from Santa 
Rosalia Bay, Lower California. Additional material from the 
peninsula confirms the suspicion of their subspecific distinct- 
ness, and enables me now to present a diagnosis under the name 


Otocoris alpestris enertera subsp. nov. 


Chars. subsp.—Similar to Otocoris alpestris ammophila, but smaller, the 
upper parts paler and more grayish, the cinnamomeous of nape, upper tail- 
coverts, and bend of wing more pinkish. 

Measurements (10 males).—Wing, 91.5-99 (average, 96); tail, 60.5-64.5 
(62.9) ; exposed culmen, 9.5-11 (10.5); tarsus, 18-21 (20.1); middle toe, 
9.5-11.5 (10.6). (13 females. )—Wing, 89-96 (91.4) ; tail, 55-60.5 (57.8); ex-. 
posed culmen, 9.5-11 (10.2); tarsus, 19-21.5 (20); middle toe, 9.5-11.5 
(10.4) mm. 

Geographical distribution.—Central Lower California, from about 24 de- 
grees to 29 degrees north latitude. 

Description.—Type, adult male, No. 196,076, U.S. N. M., Biological Sur- 
vey Collection; Llano de Yrais (near Magdalena Bay), Lower California, 
December 13, 1905; E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Back, scapulars, 
and rump brownish gray, all the feathers with fuscous centers, more or 
less extensive, and darkest on the rump; wings fuscous, the quills, greater 
coverts, and primary coverts edged with brownish gray, the outer web of 
outermost primary nearly all white; lesser wing-coverts and upper tail- 
coverts cinnamomeous ; tail black, the two middle feathers fuscous, mar- 
gined with brownish gray, the exterior web of outermost pair of rectrices 
edged with white; occiput, cervix, and sides of neck pinkish cinnamomeous; 
crown, “ horns,” lores, cheeks, and jugular crescent black ; auriculars yel- 
lowish white washed with grayish; forehead, superciliary stripe, and 
postocular streak yellowish white ; chin and throat pale primrose yellow ; 

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, p. 848. _——- 

8—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., VoL. XX, 1907. : ‘ Knee) msttut, 


/ ° Any 
JUN <.t 190% 


\etional Huse 


42 Oberholser—A New Otocoris from Lower California. 


flanks, thighs, and sides of breast and of body light brownish cinnamon; 
rest of lower parts, including lining of wings, white. 

This new race is in color very similar to Otocoris alpestris leucolaema, but 
is more grayish above, at least when in good plumage; and has the eye- 
brow usually more yellowish; furthermore, the greatly inferior size of 
Otocoris a. enertera distinguishes it at once. From Otocoris alpestris actia, 
whose range it approaches most closely, it differs very much more than 
from either Otocoris a.ammophila or O.a. leucolaema, being strikingly paler 
and more grayish throughout, as well as somewhat smaller. 

The type specimen above described still retains some of the brownish 
gray edgings of crown, jugulum, and cervix, but otherwise represents the 
perfect breeding plumage. When badly worn, 0. a. enertera looks more 
like O. a. ammophila than when in fresh condition, though it is still more 
grayish and pinkish above, and of course smaller. Otocoris alpestris enertera 
appears to be non-migratory ; and its range, so far as known, extends in 
Lower California from Santa Rosalia Bay to the neighborhood of Magda- 
lena Bay. 


VOL. XX, pp. 43-52 ApriL 18, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


SOME UNRECOGNIZED AND MISAPPLIED NAMES OF 
AMERICAN MAMMALS. 


BY WILFRED H. OSGOOD. 


The type specimens of most of the mammals discussed below 
are preserved in European institutions where few American 
mammalogists have had opportunity to examine them. Mainly 
for this reason, their names, although mostly well known, have 
long been of doubtful status and are not generally accepted by 
recent authors. During the months of September and October, 
1906, I visited several of the more important zoological mu- 
seums of Europe and examined such American types as could 
be found in the limited time at my disposal. For the cordial 
reception and willing co-operation accorded me by the officers of 
these institutions, I am extremely grateful. I desire to thank 
especially Mr. Oldfield Thomas of the British Museum of Natural 
History; Dr. Paul Matschie of the Berlin Museum; Dr. E. L. 
Trouessart and M. Menegaux of the Paris Museum ; Prof. Hert- 
wig of Munich; Prof. Langof Zurich, and Dr. Rémer of Frank- 
fort. During the investigation of names based upon European 
types, certain others requiring consideration were encountered 
in literature. Discussion of these also is therefore included. 


Sciurus hudsonicus lanuginosus Bachman. 


Sciurus lanuginosus Bachman, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., pp. 101-103, 1838 ; 
Townsend, Narrative of a Journey across the Rocky Mountains, Ap- 
pendix, pp. 320-321, 1839; Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., I, pp. 199- 
201, pl. XXV, 1851. 

2? Sciurus hudsonicus vancouverensis Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., ITI, 
p. 165, 1890. 

? Sciurus douglasii cascadensis Allen, loc. cit., X, pp. 277-278, 1898. 


Although based upon an albinistic specimen, the name lanuginosus is 
apparently valid for one of the various forms of northwest coast chickarees. 
Bachman, in the original description, quotes from a letter from Townsend 

9—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WasH., VoL. XX, 1907. (48) 


44 Osgood—Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 


regarding the specimen, as follows: ‘ “ Of this animal I have no further 
knowledge than that it was killed on the North-west coast, near Sitka, 
where it is said to be common; it was given to me by my friend W. F. 
Tolmie, Esq., surgeon of the Hon. Hudson’s Bay Company.”’ A more 
exact statement of locality is made by Townsend himself in a signed note 
in the appendix to his narrative (supra cit.), thus: “It was presented to me 
by William Frasee Tolmie, Esq., surgeon of the Honorable Hudson’s: 
Bay Company, by whom it was captured near Fort McLaughlin, on the 
N. W. coast of America.” As the distribution of the two forms of red 
squirrel occurring in the general region of Fort McLaughlin* is peculiar, 
the proper application of the name lanuginosus can not be determined 
without specimens from the exact type locality. River Inlet, B. C. is the 
locality nearest the site of Fort McLaughlin from which specimens are at 
hand and these have been referred by Dr. Allen (1. ¢.) to S. h. cascadensis. 
The type itself (No. 295, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sciences, Phila.), being albinistic, 
is not subspecifically identifiable, but the general color of the upperparts 
seems to indicate at least one of the western forms of the group. The 
underparts are entirely white and the anterior part of the head and the tail - 
have white or whitish predominating. Dr. Allen in his Revision of the 
Chickarees (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., X, p. 283, 1898) mentions the 
“marked rake to albinism on the ventral surface in the whole S. doug- 
lasii group.” A specimen from the range of S. d. cascadensis (No. 92,755, 
Trout Lake, Wash.), showing almost the same degree of albinism as the 
type of lanuginosus, is in the Biological Survey Collection. ' 


Sciurus niger rufiventer Geoffroy. 

Sciurus rufiventer Geoff., Cat. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., p. 176, 1803. 

Sciurus ludovicianus Custis, Barton’s Med. and Phys. Jour., II, p. 47, 1806— 
Red River, Louisiana. 

Sciurus ruber Rafinesque, Annals of Nature, p. 4, 1820—“ Missouri Terri- 
tory.” : 

Sciurus macroura Say, Long’s Exped. to Rocky Mts., I, p. 115, 1823—north- 
eastern Kansas—not Sciurus macrourus Erxleben 1777. 

Sciurus magnicaudatus Harlan, Fauna Americana, p. 178, 1825—new name 
for S. macroura Say, preoccupied. 

? Sciurus subauratus Bachman, supra cit., pp. 87-88, 18838—New Orleans 
market. 

? Sciurus auduboni Bachman, supra cit., p. 97, 1838—New Orleans market. 

Sciurus occidentalis Aud. and Bach., Pika: ., Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., pp. 102- 
103, 1841. 

Sciurus rubicaudatus Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., II, pp. 30-31, pl. LV, 
1851—Illinois. 

Sciurus sayii Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., II, pp. 274-276, pl. LX X XIX, 
1851—new name for S. macroura Say. 


* Fort McLaughlin is shown on a map published with the ‘ History of California, 
Oregon, and the other countries on the Northwest Coast of America, by Robert Greenhow, 
2d ed., Boston, 1845.’’ On this map, it is situated on the north end of an unnamed 
island corresponding in position to Hunter Island of modern maps, being the second 
island of importance on the coast of British Columbia north of Vancouver Island. 


Osgood—Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 45 


Sciurus ludovicianus var. atroventris Engelmann, Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis, 
I, p. 329, 1859—near St. Louis, Mo. 

Sciurus ludovicianus ludovicianus Bangs, Proc. Biol. Soc., Wash., X, p. 149, 
1896. 

Sciurus rufiventer Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XVI, p. 167, 1902. 


A mounted squirrel now in the Paris Museum (No. 556) appears to be 
the one used by Geoffroy as the basis of the name Sciurus rufiventer. The 


display label accompanying this specimen reads: ‘Sciurus rufiventer 
(Desm.). Type, Amerique N.” On the under side of the stand is written 
in ink: “ De ’Amerique septentrionale. Sciurus rufiventer Geoff. St. H. 


type des especies.” The specimen is fairly well preserved and unquestion- 
ably represents the species recognized in recent years under the name 
Sciurus ludovicianus. The pelage is somewhat dingy and in color differs 
slightly from others of the same species with which it wascompared. The 
difference however is one of degree only, the type being of a somewhat 
deeper shade of ferruginous. The entire underparts are rich ferruginous 
and the upperparts are of the same shade modified by a mixture of black- 
ish ; the nose and ears are not appreciably paler than the surrounding 
parts; the annulations of the hairs, tail, and all general markings are not 
peculiar. Owing to the posture of the mounted specimen, few measure- 
ments of value could be secured. The length of the hind foot to end of 
longest claw is 63 mm. 

In endeavoring to determine the proper application of the name rufiven- 
ter dnd numerous others proposed for members of the same group, espe- 
cially S. texianus, it has been necessary to review much of the history of 
the entire group and to investigate somewhat carefully the number and 
geographic distribution of the recognizable forms. The group appears to 
contain at least five recognizable forms, including S. niger, which inter- 
grades with both neglectus and texianus. SS. niger occupies Florida and 
the southeastern States; S. n. neglectus ranges from central Virginia and 
West Virginia to Pennsylvania; S. n. lexianus is confined to the coast re- 
gion of Louisiana and Mississippi; S. n. limitis occurs in western Texas and 
northeastern Mexico; while S. n. rufiventer, with the widest range of all, 
covers the greater part of the Mississippi Valley from northern Louisiana 
to southern Wisconsin. 

The type of rufiventer was, according to Geoffroy, “donne et rapporte 
par Michaux.” Either Andre Michaux or his son F. A. Michaux may 
have collected the specimen, since both traversed country inhabited by the 
species. The son, however, arrived in France, after his American travels, 
on March 26, 1803,* the same year that Geoffroy’s Catalogue was published. 
The elder Michaux on one of his journeys traveled from Pittsburg west 
through parts of Ohio, Kentucky and Illinois to St. Louis, returning via 
Kentucky and Tennessee to Charleston, S. C.t ‘During the greater part of 
this trip, he was within the range of the Mississippi Valley fox squirrel. 


*F, A. Michaux, Travels to the Westward of the Allegany Mountains, Translation, 
London. p. 350, 1805. 


+ Thwaites, Early Western Travels, III, 1904. 


46 Osgood— Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 


In general terms, it may be said, therefore, that it is probable that the 
type of S. rujfiventer came from some locality between southern Illinois 
and central Tennessee. In any event, the type of S. rujiventer agrees so 
closely with the Mississippi Valley form of fox squirrel as to justify the | 
application of the name to it. 


Sciurus niger texianus Bachman. 


Sciurus texianus Bachman, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, pp. 86-87, 1838. 

The essential part of the original description of this form is as follows: 

“Sciurus texianus. Texian Squirrel. This name is proposed by Dr. 
Bachman for an apparently undescribed species which he saw in the mu- 
seum at Paris. It is said to have been received from Mexico. In the 
museums of Berlin and Zurich, he also found what he conceives to be 
the same species ; and in the British Museum there isa specimen obtained 
at Texas by Mr. Douglas, agreeing with the others in almost every partic- 
ular. * * * The Texian Squirrel is about the size of the Fox Squirrel. 
On the upper surface there is a mixture of black and yellow, and on the 
under parts deep yellow. The under sides of the limbs, and also the parts 
of the body contiguous, are whitish. Fore-legs, externally, and the feet, 
rich yellow: ears, on both surfaces, yellow, with interspersed white hairs: 
nose and lips brownish white: hairs of tail, rich rusty-yellow at base, with 
a broad, black space near the extremity, and finally tipped with yellow. 


DIMENSIONS. 
in. lines. © 
REECE WOU Ga oy ek ae SOR ee eri tere came te 1S 6 
TOU A OL AIP a i es ee a 162: 8 
ct Bai Cai Marna s Say aaa Mant ie ure ane OR nme, Wank gaily REE ORY gE Bae | 
Heignt Gf ears td bpd OF fer oe eae we a ee Go 6g” 


This description is published with the report of the meeting of the 
Zoological Society of London for August 14, 1838, which opens with the 
following paragraph: “ A series of skins, belonging to species of the genus 
Sciurus, including, with one or two exceptions, all which are known to 
inhabit North America, were upon the table; and the Rev. Dr. Bachman, 
of S. Carolina, brought them severally before the notice of the members. 

“Five of the species exhibited were new, and for these he proposed the 


specific names of lexianus, lanuginosus, fuliginosus, subauratus, auduboni, 
and richardsoni.” 


Dr. Allen (Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., X VI, pp. 166-167, 1902) has called 
attention to the name lexianus and proposes to adopt it for the small, pale 
fox squirrel (limitis) of west-central Texas. But, as noted by Bailey (N. 
Am. Fauna, No. 25, p. 77, footnote, 1905), Bachman’s description is not ap- 
plicable to this form. Of the specimens mentioned by Bachman, I have 
lately examined the one in the Paris Museum and the one in the British 
Museum and am convinced the latter should be considered the type. It 
agrees perfectly with the description, which was doubtless prepared as 
well as published in London, and, moreover, it must be the specimen ex- 
hibited at the meeting of the Zoological Society in the report of which the 
name was proposed. 


Osgood—Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. AT 


It represents a form which seems worthy of recognition though some- 
what intermediate in characters between niger and rufiventer. It is slightly 
larger than rufiventer, but has the same ferruginous general coloration, 
while the nose and ears are white but less extensively so than in niger. 
Specimens showing these characters are in the Biological Survey Collection 
from Pontchatoula and Rayne in the coast region of Louisiana, and from 
Bay St. Louis, Mississippi. 

My own notes of importance on the type specimen are as follows: 

“Tt is a richly colored specimen and agrees most nearly with a British 
Museum specimen from Louisiana received from Audubon. The top of 
the head has black predominating though there is considerable ochraceous, 
The forehead and nose are bare of hair except a little patch on the nose 
which is soiled white and from this I should judge that the nose was ez- 
tensively whitish. The ears are ochraceous, of a paler shade than the sur- 
rounding parts, even inclining to whitish in places. Length, nose to base of 
tail over body, 345 mm.; tail vertebrae, 280; hind foot, 74.1.’ The speci- 
men is No. 204a and is labeled and entered in the British Museum register 
as “ Sciurus texianus Bachm. Texas.” 

The specimen in the Paris Museum is No. 452 and labeled “ Sciurus 
texianus (Back.) Type. M. Price. Texas.” On the bottom of the wooden 
stand on which it is mounted is some illegible writing and the following: 
“du Texas. Sciurus texianus (Bach.). Bachman—probl.’ le type.” The 
pelage is rather worn, the upperparts are chiefly grayish, and the under- 
parts are practically white. It measures: Head and body, 300 mm.; tail 
vertebrae, 280; hind foot, 70. This specimen should perhaps be re- 
ferred to S. n. limitis, but it is not improbable that it is an example of 
S. n. neglectus wrongly attributed to Texas. Its completely white under- 
parts are absolutely incompatible with Bachman’s description of texianus, 
in which these parts are said to be deep yellow. Therefore, it can not 
justifiably be taken as the type of texianus. 

The locality “Texas” assigned to the British Museum specimen is doubt- 
less erroneous since Douglas did not collect in that State or within the 
range of this squirrel. The only recently collected specimens agreeing 
with it are from the coast of Louisiana and Mississippi, representing a 
hitherto unrecognized form, which, therefore, takes the name Sciurus niger 
texianus. 


Castor canadensis leucodontus Gray. 


Castor canadensis leucodonta Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, IV, p. 
2938, 1869. 

Castor canadensis pacificus Rhoads, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., n. s. XIX, 
pp. 422-423, pl. X XI, fig. 1, pl. X XI, fig. 1, Sept., 1898—Lake Kichelos, 
Washington. 


It appears necessary to use the above name for the beaver of the North- 
west coast lately called pacificus. The original description is limited but 
its basis is readily determinable. Three specimens are mentioned, collected 
by Robert Brown on the Northwest coast of America and doubtless still 
preserved in the British Museum. The exact locality is not stated but it 


48 Osgood— Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 


is extremely probable that the specimens came from some part of Van- 
couver Island. In a paper* on the beaver by Dr. Brown published at 
about the same time as Gray’s name leucodonta, the notes relate almost en- 
tirely to Vancouver Island. The most important i in this connection are the 
following : 

‘“ Near Victoria, in Mr. Yale’s Swamp, and in one near Dr. Tolmie’s, are 
several beavers; and on the road to Cadborough Bay there are * * * 
the remains of an old,dam. In the interior they are almost everywhere 
abundant and on the increase. In aswampy lake near the mouth of the 
Cowichan Lake we found many; and an extensive swamp near the 
entrance of the Puntledge Lake was a great stronghold. On Young’s 
Creek, flowing into the same lake, were many dams. In the spring of 
1866, when crossing the island from Fort Rupert to the head of Quatseeno 
Sound with some Indians, a great portion of our route lay among these 
beaver ponds and dams. All through this district beavers swarm.” 


Microtus ochrogaster Wagner. 


Hypudueus ochrogaster Wagner, Suppl. Schreber’s Siiugeth., ITI, p. 592, 1842. 

Arvicola austerus Le Conte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., VI, pp. 405-406, 
1853—Racine, Wisconsin. 

Arvicola (Pedomys) cinnamomea Baird, Mamm.N. Am., p. 541, 1857—? Pem- 
bina, N. Dakota. 

Microtus (Pedomys) ochrogaster Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., X, p. 459, 
1898. 


In the original description of H. ochrogaster, Wagner mentions two speci- 
mens. Both are preserved in good condition in the zoological collection of 
the University of Munich (Konigl. Bayr. Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitiit). 
They are evidently conspecific, but the larger one, of which Wagner pub- 
lished measurements, may be considered the type. It appears to be a normal 
example of the species currently called Microtus austerus. The hind foot, 
which is slightly curved, measures 19 mm.; the tail, 31.5 mm. The skull 
is imperfect, lacking the audital bulle, end of nasals, right zygoma, and 
under part of braincase. The following measurements, however, were 
taken: Gnathion to posterior border of interparietal, 27.4; gnathion to pos- 
terior edge of last molar, 17.4; interorbital constriction, 4.2 ; width across 
last molars, 5.6; width across first molars, 5; maxillary toothrow, 6.4; 
mandibular toothrow, 6.3. 

' Unfortunately, the two specimens bear no exact data, having been re- 
ceived from a dealer with the information that they came from America. 
Considering the early date, it is probable that their original source was 
some point along the commercial highways of the time, the Mississippi, 
Missouri, and Ohio rivers, all of Sebel traverse country inhabited by the 
species. 

~ The paler western subspecies should be called Microtus ochrogaster hay- 
deni. 


* Journ. Linnaean Soc., Lond., X, pp. 361-372, 1869. 


Osgood— Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 49 


Synaptomys borealis (Richardson). 


Arvicola borealis Richardson, Zool. Journ., II, p.517, 1828; Fauna Boreali- 
Americana, p. 127, 1829; Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., III, p. 134, 
pl. CX XIX, 1854. : 


Richardson’s descriptions of Arvicola borealis are very complete and even 
accompanied by the significant statements: “ It may, however, be consid- 
ered as an intermediate link between the two subdivisions of the genus 
arvicola, and may without inconvenience be ranked either as a true 
meadow-mouse or as a lemming’; and, “thethumb of the forefeet con- 
sists merely of a small strap-shaped nail.” Later Audubon and Bachman 
published further descriptions and a colored figure based upon an exami- 
nation of Richardson’s original material. Yet recent authors have been 
unable to assign the name satisfactorily. It has usually been supposed to 
refer to the genus Microtus,f but the type, No. 42. 10. 7.10 British Museum, 
isa characteristic example of the genus Synaptomys, subgenus Mictomys. It 
bears an early label with the following data: ‘‘Arvicola borealis. Mouse 
A. 42. 10.7. 10. See p.12. Note book. Awinnak, Dog-ribs. 44 inches 
long exclus. tail. Fort Franklin. Dr. R.” The skin is in fair condition 
and shows a well developed pair of the characteristic .whitish rump 
patches. The fragments of the skull which were removed from the skin 
for my examination include the nasals and grooved upper incisors, some 
of the lower molars, and the upper molars of the right side. Measure- 
ments of these fragments are: Length of nasals, 7.5; palatine slits, 5.1; 
alveolar length maxillary toothrow, 7.7; crowns of maxillary toothrow, 7.2. 


Peromyscus polionotus (Wagner). 


Mus polionotus Wagner, Archiv. f. Naturg. v. Wieg., IT, p. 52, 1848. 

Peromyscus subgriseus arenarius Bangs, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX VIII, 
pp. 202-293, 1898—not P. eremicus arenarius Mearns, 1896. 

Peromyscus subgriseus baliolus Bangs, Science, N.S., VIII, pp. 214-215, Aug. 
19, 1898S—Hursman Lake, Georgia. 

The type of this species is a fairly well preserved mounted specimen in 
the Natural History Museum (Universitit Institute und Sammlungen) at 
Zurich, Switzerland. Its identity as a member of the group of small mice 
containing the forms well known under the names subgriseus and nivei- 


ventris is obvious. It issaid to have come from Georgia and its color, which. 


is not greatly changed by exposure, agrees well with recently collected 
specimens from that region. 


Reithrodontomys humulis Bachman. 


Mus humulis (Bachman) in Aud. and Bach., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 
pp. 97-98, 1841. 

?? Mus carolinensis Aud. and och Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 306, 
1842, 

Mus lecontii Aud. and Bach., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 307, 1842. 


3 +Cf. Rhoads, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., pp. 285-286, 1894 ; Miller and Rehn, Proe, 
Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XXX, p. 116, 1901. 


50 Osgood— Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 


Mus humilis Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., II, pp. 103-106, pl. LXV, 1854. 
Reithrodontomys lecontii Allen, Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Hist., VII, p. 116, 1895. 
Dr. Allen (supra cit.) has refused recognition to Mus humulis Bachman, 
1841, for the eastern little harvest mouse and adopted in its stead the later 
Mus lecontii. Hesays: ‘ While in general the description of Mus humulis 
Aud. and Bach. applies satisfactorily to the species of Reithrodontomys oc- 
curring near the coast in South Carolina and Georgia, it is singular and 
noteworthy that these authors failed to mention the grooved incisors in 
any of the three descriptions given by them of this species; especially 
when they so particularly refer to the character of the molars, which they 
compare with those of Mus and Arvicola, remarking (Quad. N. Am., IT, p. 
106) ‘that there are angular ridges in the enamel,’” etc. Thus it seems 
_ (disregarding mere opinions expressed or indicated without stated reasons 
by LeConte and Baird) that the name humulis is rejected solely because 
its authors failed to mention the grooved incisors. This in spite of the 
facts that the original description is otherwise perfectly applicable to a 
Reithrodontomys, that the proper vernacular name “ Little Harvest Mouse” 
is coupled with it, and that the accompanying extensive account of habits 
also indicates Reithrodontomys. Moreover, by exclusion, the description 
again indicates Reithrodontomys for it could not apply to Mus or to Pero- 
myscus. The reference to the subsequent lack of mention of the grooved 
incisors in the Quadrupeds of North America as additional evidence that 
Reithrodontomys was not intended is absolutely negatived by the accom- 
panying colored plate (pl. LXV) which is an excellent representation of 
Reithrodontomys. The description with this plate is essentially like the origi- 
nal description and although the grooving of the incisors is not mentioned, 
there is no statement that they are not grooved. As reyards other particu- 
lars, a better description of Reithrodontomys could not be desired. It seems, 
therefore, that Reithrodontomys humulis should be reinstated. Mus carolin- 
ensis is doubtfully referred by Dr. Allen (1. ¢.) to the synonomy of Reithro- 
dontomys lecontii with the opinion that it is “ not determinable; probably 
a young Peromyscus.’’ To this conclusion one may readily agree for here 
there are contradictions, the description of color and size indicating a 
young Peromyscus, while the mention of the slightly grooved incisors sug- 
gests Reithrodontomys. Had it been stated in the description of M. humulis 
that the incisors were not grooved the case would be more comparable to 
that of M. carolinensis and thename might well be rejected as indeterminate. 


Reithrodontomys cherriei (Allen). 


Hesperomys ( Vesperimus) cherrii Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., IIT, pp. 
211-212, 1891. 
Reithrodontomys costaricensis Allen, supra cit., VII, p. 139, 1895. 


The specimens forming the basis of the name cherrii are indicated in the 
original description, as follows: “Six specimens, as follows: skin (6'? 
adult), San José, June 9, 1889, C. F. Underwood; five specimens in spirits 
(2 d\ad.,1 Qad.,and two half-grown young), La Carpintera (altitude about 
6,000 feet), Oct.-Nov., 1890, George K. Cherrie.” Through the good offices 


Osgood— Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 51 


of Dr. Allen, and in connection with work on the genus Peromyscus, these 
specimens, except the two half-grown young which are not extant, were 
examined. The skin without skull and all the spirit specimens, except 
one, unquestionably are examples of the species called Reithrodontomys 
costaricensis, as agreed by both Dr. Allen and myself. The remaining spirit 
specimen is the only one from which the skull has been removed. It does 
not essentially differ from the others externally but the skull supposed to 
belong with it is that of a species of Peromyscus and can readily be dupli- 
cated among skulls of several subspecies of Peromyscus of the sonoriensis - 
type from the United States. No Peromyscus of this type has been found 
elsewhere south of Mexico, so the suspicion can scarcely be avoided that 
this case may be similar to that of “ Blarina costaricensis,’ * the type of 
which was included in the same collection with these mice. Thissuspicion 
is strengthened by the fact that in the jar containing the specimens of 
Reithrodontomys was an undoubted Peromyscus (referred to sonoriensis by 
Dr. Allen) from which the skull had been removed. However, Dr. Allen 
assures me that the possibility of transposition of skulls is exceedingly 
remote. The case is unfortunate but may be settled by selecting one of 
the specimens as type and confining the name to the species and genus 
represented by that specimen. The skin from San José therefore may be 
chosen, since it is mentioned first, since it is the basis of the color descrip- 
tion, and since it is conspecific with a majority of the other specimens. 
Under no circumstances would it appear advisable to select the specimen 
to which the skull of a Peromyscus is attributed, while any doubt remains 
as to the association of skin and skull. 


Lepus cunicularius Waterhouse. 


Lepus cunicularius Lichtenstein, Waterhouse, Nat. Hist. Mammalia, II, 
pp. 132-133, footnote, 1848. 
Lepus verecrucis Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., p. 74, pl. VI, 1890. - 

The name Lepus cunicularius, published by Waterhouse with a descrip- 
tion based upon notes communicated to him by Bachman, was credited to 
Lichtenstein, and specimens in the Berlin Museum were mentioned. 
These, two in number, still exist, mounted and in excellent condition. 
Both were collected by Deppe and are accompanied by valuable data. 
One of them, which was received at the Museum earlier than the other, 
bears evidence of having been selected as the type. A label pasted on 
the bottom of the exhibition stand reads: 


* Cf. Merriam, N. Am. Fauna No. 10, pp. 12-138, 1895. 

+The right of an author to select as type of aspecies an individual not originally 
designated as such may be questioned. In this case no alternative appears unless it be 
to restrict the name to such majority of the original specimens as are conspecific. If this 
course is justifiable, no good reason appears why a definite type should not be selected. 
Since the original material is not only not conspecific but not congeneric, some selection 
and restriction is imperative or the name must be entirely rejected. 


52 Osgood—Unrecognized and Misapplied Names. 


“ Lepus cunicularius N.* (Conexo) Sacualpan July 26.” It is numbered 
1503 and its entry in the museum register is as follows: 

“1503 Lepus cunicularius Lichtenstein* Waterhouse, Mammalia II, p. 
132. Sacualpan July 26 Deppe, Conexo.” 

The second specimen is labeled “ Lepus cunicularius (Canejo) ganz 
weisses sehr gutes fleisch. Xalapa. Febr.,” all being in the handwriting 
of Deppe except the word cunicularius which is in that of Lichtenstein. 
Both specimens appear to represent the species later called verxcrucis by 
Thomas. A careful comparison of them with the description, measure- 
ments, and colored figure of verxcrucis finds essential agreement in all 
respects. The localities Sacualpan and Jalapa in Vera Cruz are but a short 
distance from Las Vigas, the type locality of verecrucis. 


Scapanus latimanus (Bachman). 


Scalops latimanus Bachman, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., IV, pp. 34-35, 1842. 

Scalops californicus Ayres, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., I, p. 54, 1855—San Fran- 
cisco, California. 

Scapanus townsendi Peters, Monatsber. K. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 656, 
1863. 

Scapanus dilatus True, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., X VII, p. 242, 1894. 

Scapanus californicus True, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., XIX, p. 52, 1896. 


The name Scalops latimanus has been referred to the synonymy of Scapa- 
nus townsendi, first by Peters and later by True. Butits type, in the Berlin 
Museum, is without doubt an example of the species currently known as 
Scapanus californicus. As stated by Peters (I. c.), it was transmitted by 
Deppe from Monterey, California. It was collected in October, 1834, at 
Santa Clara, not a Mexican locality, as suggested by Peters, but doubtless 
the town of that name in California not very distant from Monterey. Only 
one species of mole is known to occur at this locality, and the specimen is 
typical of this species. The hind foot to end of claws measures 18.7 mm. 
The fragmentary skull, which Dr. Matschie caused to be removed from the 
mounted specimen, presents the following measurements, all decidedly 
smaller than S. townsendi: Length of upper toothrow from front of incisor to 
back of last molar, 15.4; of lower toothrow, 13.7; outside width at second 
upper molar, 10.2. 


*The letter N following the name is intended as an abbreviation of nobis and the 
asterisk after the word Lichtenstein which is found in the museum register, indicates, 
as Dr. Matschie informs me, a type specimen. The entry was made by Peters in 1860. 


a? 


VOL. XX, pp. 53-54 APRIL 18, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON | 


A NEW RACE OF THE MANGROVE CUCKOO, FROM 
GRENADA AND THE GRENADINES. 
BY OUTRAM BANGS. 


In his paper, Birds of the Southern Lesser Antilles,* Austin 
H. Clark referred the mangrove cuckoo of Grenada and the 
Grenadines to the continental Coccyzus minor minor. This was 
done, however, without a specimen from the mainland for com- 
parison. Upon recently comparing the Grenadine bird with 
three skins in my collection from Costa Rica, I find that it can 
not be referred to true C. minor minor if the Costa Rican speci- 
mens represent that form (as I think they do), and as it cer- 
tainly can not go with either C. minor vincentis Clark, of St. 
Vincent and St. Lucia, or C. minor dominice Shelly, of Domin- 
ica, I propose to call it, 

Coccyzus minor grenadensis subsp. nov. 

Type-——From Union Island (one of the Grenadines) southern Lesser 
Antilles, adult o’, No. 12,978, coll. of E. A. & O. Bangs. Collected April 9, 
1904, by Austin H. Clark. 

Characters.—Size large and bill longand heavy as compared with C. minor 
minor of the mainland, C. minor maynardi of Florida and the Bahamas, or 
C. minor nesiotes of the Greater Antilles and northern Lesser Antilles ; 
slightly smaller, with somewhat smaller bill than either of the other two 
forms of the southern Lesser Antilles, C. minor dominice of Dominica and 
C. minor vincentis of St. Vincent and St. Lucia. 

Colors very pale, throatand breast usually dull white, with sides of neck 
grayish; belly and sides buff. Much paler than either dominicz or vin- 
centis and in color not unlike maynardi. 

‘Geographic distribution.—Grenada and the Grenadines, southern Lesser 
Antilles. — 


MEASUREMENTS. 
No. | Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. | ‘Culmen., 
| 
12978 | 3 Union Island. 134 173 28 31 
12976 | 9 do 136 167 28 29 


* Proc. Boston Soc. of Nat. Hist., Vol. 32, No. 7, pp. 263-266, Oct., 1905; see gisoin. this 
connection, J. N. Riley, Smiths. Miso, Coll., Vol. 47, part 2, No. 1485, doy ; 1904. 


ae 


10—Proc, BioL, Soc. WasH., VoL. XX, 1907. JO oR - XB) CONG 


Bangs—A New Race of the Mangrove Cuckoo. 64 


(For table of comparative measurements of vincentis, dominicx and grena- 
densis called there minor, see Clark, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 32, 
p. 266, 1905.) 

Remarks.—As in this connection I carefully compared a large amount of 
material, I feel that a few general remarks on the mangrove cuckoo are 
necéssary in order to make my point clear. Coccyzus abbotti Stone, of St. 
Andrews, Id., is the only form I have not seen. It appears from the 
description, however, to be well marked. The other races of C. minor 
fall naturally into two groups :— 

1. Including C. minor minor, C. m. maynardi and C. m. nesiotes, charac- 
terized by small size, and short, slender bill. 

These three forms are closely related, still there seem to be slight differ- 
ences by which specimens in the same condition of plumage can usually 
if not always be told apart. Inall three races, the buff or ochraceous ‘colors 
of the under parts fade out from exposure to light as the plumage becomes 
worn. Thus, freshly moulted examples are much more intensely colored 
below than skins in which the plumage has evidently been worn for some 
time. Three skins of true C. minor from Costa Rica, taken at different sea- 
sons of the year, are very different one from the other in the color of the 
under parts, and examples of C. minor nesiotes from Jamaica show the 
same seasonal differences, so that general paleness or intensity of coloring 
are not necessarily characters by which the different races can be told. 
Curiously enough, among the large number of skins of C. m. maynardi ex- 
amined there are none in freshly moulted plumage. 

The real characters of these three races are, briefly, as follows: C. 
minor minor lacks almost entirely the grayish shading of the sides of 
the neck found in both C. minor nesiotes and C. minor maynardi and by 
this character can at once (in every skin I have examined) be distin- 
guished. C. minor nesiotes and C. minor maynardi, both having gray on the 
sides of the neck, differ from each other in the former (nesiotes) being 
nearly uniformly colored below, the throat and breast but little paler than 
the belly and sides, whereas the latter (maynardi) has the throat and breast 
dull grayish-white or whitish, in contrast to the buff or ochraceous of the 
rest of the under parts. 

2. Including C. minor dominicx, C. m. vincentis and C. m. grenadensis 
distinguished by slightly larger size and much longer and stouter bill. 
These three races differ among themselves slightly in size, size of bill, and 
in color. C. m. dominice is the largest, while its bill is intermediate in size 
between those of the other two races; the under parts are deep tawny- 
ochraceous in color, darker and richer than in either of the other two (of 
course comparing specimens in the same condition of plumage). C. minor 
vincentis is a little smaller, but has the largest bill of the three forms, the 
colors of its under parts are paler than in dominice and not so reddish, but 
much darker than in grenadensis. C. m. grenadensis is the smallest, with 
the smallest bill, and has the under parts distinctly paler than in either of 
the others, with the throat and breast dull grayish-white or whitish. 


- Vota XX, pp. 55-56 ApriIL 18, 1907. 
PROCEEDINGS © 


i F OF THE 


\ “BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW SPINY-TAIL FROM THE SIERRA NEVADA DE 
SANTA MARTA, COLOMBIA. 
BY OUTRAM BANGS, 


Dr. C. E. Hellmayr has lately called my attention to the fact 
that the spiny-tail from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, 
Colombia, which other ornithologists and myself have been 
calling Siptornis antisiensis CSclater) is not that species, but a 
form quite different from it in many respects. 

Dr. Hellmayr’s comparison was made with the type of S. 
antisiensis from Cuenca, south Ecuador, another specimen (ad.) 
from Guayabamba, northern Peru, and one moulting specimen 
in the British Museum, taken by Simons many years ago in the 
Santa Marta region of Colombia. 

The four skins now in my collection bear out all the charac- 
ters mentioned by Hellmayr, and the Santa Marta bird appears 
to be a very distinct new species, which I take pleasure in call- 
ing after my indefatigable friend,— 


Siptornis hellmayri sp. noy. 


Type.—From El Paramo de Macotama, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, 
Colombia, altitude, 11,000 feet, No. 6184, o& adult, coll. of E. A. and O. 
Bangs. Collected February 1, 1899, by W. W. Brown, Jr. 

Characters.—Somewhat similar in general to S. antisiensis (Scl.) of south- 
ern Ecuador and northern Peru, but distinguished at a glance in having 
the crown from the base of the bill, distinctly striped with black (the 
crown in S. antisiensis is uniform bright ferruginous, without a trace of 
dusky striping); back much brighter, more fulvescent, less dull olive- 
brown; wing brighter, clear cinnamon-rufous; superciliary streak narrower, 
less conspicuous, and less purely white; bill longer and more curved. 

Measurements.—Four adults from Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta measure 
respectively as follows: wing, 62.4, 65, 63, 62.5; tail, 64, 65, 60, 60.5; tarsus, 
19.5, 20, 19.5, 20; culmen, 14, 15, 14, 13.5. 


11—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XX, 1907. 


1” asl 


VOL. XX, pp. 57-58 Apri. 18, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


/ OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A NEW SOUTH AMERICAN BAT. 
BY A. CABRERA LATORRE. 


The subject of the present note is a large Noctilio from eastern 
Ecuador, very different from N. mastivus, and represented by 
three specimens in the Museum of Natural Science of Madrid 
(Spain). On account of the lack of valuable material for com- 
parison, it was previously taken for N. albiventer Spix; but 
now, as I have in my private collection, through the kindness 
of Marquis Doria, of Genoa, specimens of true albiventer from 
Paraguay and Bolivia, it appears from close examination that 
the Ecuadorian bat belongs to quite a different form. I name 
this species: 


Noctilio zaparo* sp. nov. 


Type from Ahuano, on the Napo river, eastern Ecuador. of adult. Col- 
lected by Dr. M. Timenez de la Espada, May, 1865. No. 691, Museum of 
Natural Science of Madrid, Spain. | 


Diagnosis.—Closely allied to N. albiventer, but larger and stouter, and 


with the ridges on the skin of the lower jaw much reduced. 
External Characters.—Forearm about 68 mm., and, notwithstanding, com- 


paratively short. In N. albiventer, with wings folded close to the body, the ~ 


forearms exceed the muzzle 6-8 mm.; in zaparo, the carpus does not reach 
to the nose level. The wing indices are about the same in hoth species. 
Ears comparatively shorter in zaparo, hardly reaching the external rim of 
the nostrils when laid forward, whereas in albiventer they slightly exceed 
the muzzle tips. Three semi-oval cutaneous ridges on the chin, as usual, 
but the skin beneath the lower jaw is smooth, with only five or six short, 
vertical furrows, almost imperceptible without a very close inspection, im- 
mediately behind the chin ridges. 

Color.—U pper parts of body beautiful golden reddish fawn. Under sur- 
face pale reddish yellow. The sides, immediately below the plagiopata- 
gium, bright yellowish red. Membranes brown, with some irregular, 
broad, pale streaks parallel to the digits. The coloration is not altered by 
the alcohol. 

* “* Zaparo,”’ with the accent on the first a, is the name of the Napo river Indians. 
12—Proc. BIoL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XX, 1907. (57) 


a y : 
Loe, 
dP 


TAS j 
~S, “Sf hia u 


te —_ 
ae ienteamnaeesnsass so 
i es ee 


a 


58 Latorre—A New South American Bat. 


Skull.—Similar to that of NV. albiventer, but comparatively a little shorter 
and broader. 

Measurements. (Type, in alcohol.)—Head and body, 80 mm.; length of 
ear, 18.5; greatest breadth of ear, 8.5; tragus, 4.4; forearm, 67; third fin- 
ger: metacarpal, 55; first phalanx, 14.3; second phalanx, 44; fourth finger: 
metacarpal, 56.9; first phalanx, 9.4; second phalanx, 26; fifth finger: 
metacarpal, 54; first phalanx, 11.5; second phalanx, 4; tail, 17; length of 
uropatagium beyond the tail, 30.5; tibia, 24; foot, 18; calear,35. Skull: 
Length from front of canines, 20.5; width at base of canines, 8.2; upper 
toothrow, excepting incisor, 7.2. . 

Remarks—There are in the Madrid Museum, besides the type, two 
mounted specimens, one of which (sex undetermined) has the forearm 70 
mm. long. They were also collected on the Naporiver by Dr. Timenez de 
la Espada. The collector’s note-book contains the following short note 
about these bats: ‘They fly over the river, slightly touching the water 
with the wings.” 


VOL. XX, pp. 59-64 | ApRIL 18, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


A COLLECTION OF MAMMALS FROM THE REGION 
OF MOUNT McKINLEY, ALASKA. 


BY WILFRED H. OSGOOD. 


Through the interest and liberality of Mr. Charles Sheldon, 
of New York, the Biological Survey collection has recently been 
enriched by a small but valuable collection of mammals from 
the little-known region about the northeast base of Mount 
McKinley, in the interior of Alaska. Mr. Sheldon spent the 
latter part of July about the northern base of Mount McKinley; 
and all of August, 1906, in the vicinity of the head of the 
Toklat River, having reached these localities by way of the 
Tanana and Kantishna rivers, traveling by steamboats to the 
junction of the Kantishna and Toklat and thence with pack- 
horses to the sources of the Toklat, high on the slopes of the 
Alaskan Range. 

This region is mainly treeless. Mr. Sheldon writes: ‘At the 
foot of the Alaskan range on the north side, there is a belt 
from ten to twenty miles wide of country extending north, all 
rolling and completely destitute of timber except a few willows 
along the streams. Ata few points, the timber (spruce) runs 
up to within seven or eight miles of the mountains. There is 
a strip of timber running to the foot of the Peters Glacier, then 
no spruce timber thence to the second branch of the Toklat 
River, and then no timber for fifteen miles east on another 
branch. My camps were all in the timberless region or at the 
head of the timber mentioned.’’ 

Although occupied chiefly in hunting and studying the habits 
of mountain sheep and other large game, Mr. Sheldon preserved 
specimens of small mammals also.. Most interesting of these, is 
a small Alpine vole which not only represents a slightly char- 
acterized new subspecies but also belongs to a group of rare 


species hitherto known only from the Kenai Peninsula and cer- 
13—Proc. BIloL. Soc, WASH., VOL, XX, 1907. (59) 


60 Osgood—Mammals From Mount McKinley. 


tain islands of Bering Sea. Such records and notes in the fol- 
lowing list as are not derived from actual specimens are based 
upon information received from Mr. Sheldon, whose extended 
natural history notes, it is to be hoped, will find publication at 
some future time. 


Rangifer stonei Allen. 
STONES CARIBOU 

On his way into the base of Mount McKinley about the middle of July, 
Mr. Sheldon saw many caribou, but it was then too early to secure speci- — 
mens with perfect antlers, so he planned to get them on his way out, but 
on the return trip not an adult male was seen. However, he secured in 
Tanana a pair of locked antlers which had been found near the head of 
the Cosna River. These seem referable to R. stonei. One of them has a 
considerable part of the skull attached, including nearly perfect toothrows. 
The length of the toothrow is 104 mm. Measurements of the antlers are, 
respectively, as follows : 

Length main beam (along side) 1090, 1265; greatest spread between 
palmations 710, 570; greatest spread between bez tines 645, 665 ; circum- 
_ ference of beam between brow and bez tines 152,136; number of points in 
palmations 10—8,3—8 ; number of points in bez tines 7—8, 4—3 ; number 
of points in brow tines 7—4, 7—1 ; total number of points 42, 21. 


Alce americanus gigas Miller. 
ALASKA MOOSE. 

A few moose and numerous signs were seen in the vicinity of the base 
of Mount McKinley and near the mouth of the Toklat, but no specimens 
were preserved. They are abundant throughout the timbered part of the 
region, to which, however, they are not confined, as they frequently 
traverse open country. 


Ovis dalli Nelson. 
DALL SHEEP. WHITE SHEEP. 


Seven specimens, six adult males and one (skull) adult female, taken 
August 10-30. Indefinite reports have been current to some extent to the 
effect that the sheep of Mount McKinley and the Alaskan Range were 
larger or smaller or otherwise different from the other Alaskan sheep. 
Such reports seem to be groundless, for the specimens are identical with 
those from the Kenai Peninsula, referable to Ovis dalli. The skins are 
practically pure white, but careful search reveals a very few dusky hairs 
here and there on the back and a very small and mostly concealed pro- 
portion of them on the tail. The pelage is entirely new and rather full 
and long but shows considerable brown earth stain. The skulls and horns 
do not appear to differ in any important respect from those of typical Oris 
dali. The region seems to be a great stronghold of the white sheep, but 
although hundreds of ewes and lambs were seen almost daily, rams were 
found only in very small numbers after long and determined hunting. 


Osgood— Mammals From Mount McKinley. 61 


Sciurus hudsonicus Erxleben. 
RED SQUIRREL. 


Common in all the timber. 


Citellus plesius ablusus Osgood. 
GROUND SQUIRREL. 


Eight specimens, mostly adults, from the base of the Muldrow Glacier 
and the head of the Toklat River. These are typical examples of ablusus, 
and thus carry its range considerably to the northeast, the nearest point 
from which it was previously known being the head of Lake Clark. 


Marmota caligata (Eschscholtz). 
HOARY MARMOT. 


One specimen, a very fine old female, killed on the Peters Glacier, one 
of the few good adults of this species now in collections from the interior 
of Alaska. 


Castor canadensis Kuhl. 
BEAVER. 


Of rather rare occurrence, in interior ponds only. No specimens. 


Evotomys dawsoni Merriam. 
DAWSON RED-BACKED MOUSE. 
Two specimens, both from the wooded region at the mouth of the Toklat. 


Microtus miurus oreas subsp. nov. 


Type,from head of Toklat River, Alaskan Range, Alaska. No. 148,596 
U.S. National Museum, Biological Survey collection. co ad. August 8, 
1906. C. Sheldon. Original No. 47. 

Characters.—Similar to M. miurus, but tone of color more ochraceous (not 
so yellowish) throughout; tail slightly shorter and chiefly ochraceous, 
slightly or not at all darker above than below. 

Color.—Type, in worn pelage: Upperparts and sides pale ochraceous 
buff or clay color somewhat toned down on back by a slight mixture of 
dusky and exposure of the plumbeous bases of the hairs; underparts uni- 
form pale ochraceous buff; feet creamy buff; tail pale ochraceous buff 
with very faint traces of dusky on upper side. 

Skull—vVery similar to that of M. miurus but somewhat narrower; brain- 
case more elongate; zygomata less flaring anteriorly. 

Measurements.—Type and one topotype, repectively: Total length, 125, 
120; tail vertebrae, 20, 19; hind foot (dry), 19.2,19. Skull of type: Basal 
length, 26.7; basilar length, 23.9; mastoid width, 11.4; interorbital con- 
striction, 5.4; nasals, 7.4; maxillary toothrow, 6. 

Remarks.—Seven specimens of this vole were secured in the high moun- 
tain meadows near the head of the Toklat River. Two of these are adult 
males and the remainder immature, but the entire series is characterized 


62 Osgood—Mammals From Mount McKinley. 


by a richer and more reddish coloration than that of typical miurus, of 
which specimens in exactly comparable pelage are available.* The tail is 
even shorter than in miwrus and with little or no dark color on the upper 
side. The slight cranial characters noted above may not prove constant. 
The form doubtless occurs throughout the higher parts of the Alaskan 
Range and this is probably the extent of its distribution, for collecting in 
the mountains near the Yukon River and in the northern Rockies has 
failed to reveal it or any near relative. 

Since Mr. Sheldon’s trapping was chiefly confihed to the region above 
timberline, this was the only species of Microtus taken. Some or all of the 
following probably occur at somewhat lower altitudes in the region: J. 
operarius, M. drummondi, M. mordax and M. xanthognathus. 


Fiber spatulatus Osgood. 
MUSKRAT. 


Common about ponds in the less elevated parts of the region. 


Erethizon epixanthus myops Merriam. 
PORCUPINE. 


Occurs throughout the timbered part of the region. No specimens. 


Ochotona collaris Nelson. 
COLLARED PIKA. 


Five specimens, three from near the Peters Glacier, taken July 28th, and 
two from the base of the Muldrow Glacier, taken August 2d. All ayretypi- 
cal of this species, which doubtless occurs in suitable places on all the high 
mountains of the interior of Alaska. Mr. Sheldon reports that pikas were 
abundant in the vicinity of his camps. 


Lepus americanus dalli Merriam. 
DALL VARYING HARE. 
Hares were seen in abundance well down in the timber but no specimens 
were secured. 
Lynx canadensis (Kerr). 
CANADA LYNX. 


Common where rabbits are to be found. One was killed on the Tanana 
River but was not preserved as a specimen. 


Canis albus (Sabine). 
NORTHERN WOLF. 


Wolves are abundant, chiefly above timber, where many tracks were 
found. 
*The Biological Survey series of M. miurus being quite small, specimens from the 


American Museum of Natural History, kindly loaned by Dr, J. A. Allen, have also been 
used for comparison. 


Osgood—Mammals From Mount McKinley. 63 


Vulpes fulvus subsp. 
FOX. 


Very abundant, especially above timber. Several were seen, including 
black or nearly black individuals. No specimens. 


Ursus horribilis phaeonyx Merriam. 
_ GRIZZLY BEAR. 

Six grizzlies were secured, three adult females, and three cubs, the latter 
being the offspring of one mother. They show much variation in color, 
especially the cubs, one of which is very pale, another very dark, and the 
third almost exactly intermediate. All were killed high up on the moun- 
tain slopes far above timber, to which region they seem largely confined. 
The name “ Glacier Bear” is locally applied to light colored examples of 
this grizzly. 

Ursus americanus Pallas. 
BLACK BEAR. 

A black bear was seen on the Kantishna River and many tracks were 
noted in various parts of the timbered region, where the animals are evi- 
dently very abundant. 


Lutra canadensis (Schreber). 
OTTER. 
Otters occur in limited numbers. No specimens. 


Lutreola vison subsp. 
MINK. 


Common. Several were seen along the Kantishna and Tanana Rivers 
and numerous skins were seen in the possession of trappers on the Toklat. 


Mustela americana actuosa Osgood. 
MARTEN. 
Common throughout the timbered part of the region. Trappers’ skins 
seen on the Toklat were noted as being light colored and therefore prob- 
ably represent the subspecies actuosa. 


Gulo luscus (Linnaeus). 
WOLVERINE. 


Common throughout the region, except in the timberless belt, and doubt- 
less also to be found there. Skins were seen among the trappers on the 
Toklat. 

Sorex sp. 


SHREW. 


No specimens of shrews were secured, but that they occur is attested by 
the fact that the remains of one were found in the stomach of a bear. 
Those of probable occurrence are Sorex personatus arcticus, S. obscurus, S. 
tundrensis, and S. eximius. 


VoL. XX, PP. 65-66 ee JUNE 12, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


GENERAL NOTES. 


A NEW NAME FOR THE GENUS RHYNCHONYCTERIS PETERS. 


Rhynchonycteris, the name applied to a genus of Emballonurine bats, 
by Peters in 1867*, is preoccupied by Rhinchonycteris Tschudi 1844—-46t, 
a synonym of Anoura. The earlier name Proboscidea proposed by Spix 
in 1823; and recently used by Allen§ is similarly invalidated by the Pro- 
boscidea of J. G. Brugiére, 1791||.. In the absence of any other published 
name, the genus, type Vespertilio naso Ww ied, may be known as Rhynch- 
iscus, —Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. 


A SPECIMEN OF BISON OCCIDENTALIS FROM 
NORTHWEST CANADA. 


Examples of Bison occidentalis are as yet so rare in collections that an 
additional one is perhaps worthy of record. Among some specimens of 
recent large mammals received by the Biological Survey from Charles 
Sheldon, of New York, is an incomplete skull of a fossil bison, which 
seems referable to Bison occidentalis. _ It was found by Indians in the cut 
banks of a small creek which enters the Pelly River some twelve miles 
above Selkirk, Yukon Territory. The nasals, rostral region, palate, and 
_teeth are missing, but the cranium, orbit, and horn cores are well pre-— 
served. Measurements of the horn cores are as follows: Vertical diame- 
ter, 105; transy erse diameter, 105; circumference at base, 312; length on 
upper curve, 223; length on lower curve, 285; extent from tip to tip, 660. 
The length of the horn cores is rather less than in previous specimens re- 
ferred to this species, but otherwise no serious discrepancies appear. For 
confirming my identification, I am indebted to F. A. Lucas, the original 
deseriber of the species. —Wilfred H. Osgood. 


AN EXTENSION OF THE RANGE OF THE WOOD TORTOISE. 


The capture of an individual of the wood tortoise (Chelopus insculptus ) 
August 19, 1906, on the Maryland shore of the Potomac, near Plummers 
Island, about 10 miles west of Washington, D. C., possesses some interest 
as it appears to mark the extreme southern limit of the species, Havre de 
Grace, as indicated by one specimen in the collection of the National Mu- 
seum, being the previous southernmost record. The specimen in question 


has been added to the National Museum collection. 
—H. W. Henshaw. 


* Monatsber k. preuss. Akad, Wissensch., Berlin, p. 477. 
Fauna Peruana, p. 71. 
Simiarum et Vesp. Brasil. Spec. Noy. p. 61. 
§ Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 343) October 8, 1904. 
|| Eney. Méth., Vers. Intestins, p. 96. 


H ‘ 
14—Proc. BroL. Soc. WAsH., VoL. XX, 1907. (G5)qygonian lesticng 
: ext & 
/ 


/ 


JUN © Tage 


\elional Muse 


66 General Notes. 


BUFFON’S ‘‘PORC-EPIC DE MALACA.”’’ 


In the ‘‘ General Notes’’ of December 31 Mr. Lyon repeats the assertion, 
first made by Dr. Jentink, that Buffon’s ‘‘ Pore-épic de Malaca,’’ 
which hangs Hystrix fasciculata Shaw, is a member of the genus Trichys, 
and-not an Atherurus as was formerly supposed. 

But this reference to Trichys is, I believe, quite erroneous, and I regret 
that I did not earlier publish the notes I have on the subject, so as to pre- 
vent the repetition of this mistake. 

Firstly, Buffon’s animal was said to come from Malacca, where Atherurus 
is common and Trichys is as yet unknown. 

Secondly, ‘‘ rognures de parchemin’’ to which the flattened terminal 
tail bristles are said to be similar need not be translated strips of parch- 
ment, but rather ‘‘ parings’’ or ‘‘ clippings,’’ words quite as applicable to 
the beaded bristles of Atherurus as to the parallel-sided ones of Trichys. 
It is the undue importance attached to Shaw’s translation ‘“‘ strips of 
parchment ’’ which has misled previous writers on the matter. 

But the truth is readily shown by the following comparative characters: 


Buffon’s Figure. Atherurus. Trichys. 

Back profusely covered With numerous long No bristles, or a few in- 
with long whiskers. dorsal bristles. conspicuous ones. 
Naked part of tail about Proportion as in fig- Tufted part of _ tail 

equal in length to tuft. ure. about $ of naked 
part. 
Tuft large and bushy. Tuft large. Tuft small and thin. 
Buffon’s Description. 
Tail about 4% of body. Tail, with tuft, about ‘Tail, %-34. 
_ 46 of body. 
‘‘Piquans blanes a la Spines prominently Spines all brown. 
pointe.’’ white-tipped. 


It will therefore be seen that the proportions of the tail and its terminal 
tuft, the color of the spines, and the locality, all point definitely to Athe- 
rurus and not to Trichys, while the ‘‘ rognures de parchemin ’’ phrase is 
just as applicable to one as to the other. 

Neither this nor any other of Buffon’s figures is sufficiently accurate in 
details to permit of importance being attached to the shape of the terminal 
caudal bristles as shown in the illustration itself. “ 

My determination is therefore in accordance with that made by the two 
Cuviers, who may have actually examined and described the specimen 
figured by Buffon. 

The present correction is of importance with regard to the nomenclature 
of the species of Trichys, but Hystrix fasciculata Shaw, proving to be a 
synonym of H. macroura Linn., the latter is still none the less the type of 
the genus Atherurus. —Oldfield Thomas. 


VoL. XX, pp. 67-70 JUNE 12, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


ON THE COMPOSITION AND DECOMPOSITION OF 
FRESH WATER MUSSEL SHELLS WITH 
NOTES AND QUERIES. 


BY ROBERT E. C. STEARNS. 


Thirty years ago, more or less, during my connection with 
the University of California, there came to hand from some for- 
gotten source, a number of the common West Coast fresh-water 
mussels Anodonta nuttalliana. I was about to discard the soft 
parts when it occurred to me it would be better to keep the 
mussels alive with the possibility of learning something of their 
habits or behavior. Accordingly they were placed in impro- 
vised aquaria, and the water renewed every day. My time was 
so closely occupied with various duties that daily renewal of the. 
water was about all the attention they received.- In one instance 
through oversight, the water became stale and the mussels died, 
so the jar and its contents were placed outside the house. Ina- 
short time the soft parts became putrid and soon after the en- 
closing shell also; gradually dissolving like ordinary glue, leav- 
ing nothing but two thin, fragile discoid scales of lime, some- 
thing less in size than a half-dollar, fhe remains of the two 
valves. The proportion of limy to membraneous or animal 
matter, was so exceedingly small as to be noteworthy. 

As all of the so-called species of Anodonta that occur in the 
Columbia and Sacramento drainage basins, with the possible ex- 
ception of A. (Gonidea) angulata, belong to the group of which 
the widely distributed A. cygnea is the type, it may fairly be 
assumed that the proportion of animal to mineral matter in the 
shells (or valves) as observed in A. nuttalliana, is the same or 
about the same in the other species here, there and everywhere 
classed with cygnea. 

15—Proc. BIoL. Soc, WAsH., VoL. XX, 1907. (67) 


68 Stearns—Fresh Water Mussel Shells. 


The small proportion of limy to animal matter is conspic- 
uously exhibited in the tendency of the thin Anodonta shells to 
crack through the shrinking of the periostracum, not infre- 
quently fracturing a specimen beyond repair. 

These proportions of lime and animal matter (to use simple 
language), are apparently reversed when the shells of Unio are 
compared with those of Anodonta. 

Dr. Philip Carpenter, writing nearly fifty years ago, with the 
Fresh-water Mussels of the Mississippi drainage in mind, re- 
marked: ‘‘ In no other known portion of the earth is there so 
large an area covered with soluble limestone. The water of the 
rivers being saturated with this would be unfit for many of its 
uses, were it not for the immense development of this group of 
heavy shells. The North American Unios may be regarded as 
so many water-filters absorbing the lime from the water, and 
preserving it from re-absorption by their strong, horny skins.’’* 

These few lines suggest the following questions: 

First. Is the nearly absolute lack or absence of the Unio form 
in the drainage basins of the Columbia and Sacramento rivers 
probably, or measurably, due to a smaller proportion of lime in 
the waters of said basins, as compared with the Mississippi 
waters? 

Second. Is there a corresponding discrepancy or absence of 
the Anodonta form in the Mississippi basin? 

To the latter query only one answer is possible. 

Turning back to the A. cygnea group and the consideration of 
the wide dispersion of cygnea we find a companion in its extra- 
ordinary range of distribution in Margaritana. margaritifera. 
This wide distribution is not only geographic in the ordinary 
sense but hypsometric also, and this companionship includes 
the West American forms observed in the Columbia and Sacra- 
mento basins. 

While inhabiting the same waters, though not as heavy as 
many of the Unios of a corresponding size, the proportion of 
limy to animal matter is much greater than in the thin-shelled 
Anodons herein mentioned. 

The coincident distribution of these two forms suggests some- 
thing more than an unrelated and isolated fact. 


* The presumed unfitness of the water of the rivers for many of its uses, being neu- 
tralized by the Unios, etc., may_be regarded as somewhat fanciful. 


Stearns—Fresh Water Mussel Shells. 69 


The late Dr. Cooper* regarded the West Coast mussels, Ano- 
donta wahlametensis, A. oregonensis and A. californiensis as va- 
rieties of A. nuttalliana, the last named being the first in order of 
description and publication by Dr. Lea in his Observations, etc., 
thus endorsing my conclusions as previously published in 1882.f 
Whether Dr. Lea’s species and Dr. Trask’s A. triangularis and 
A. rotundata are simply mutations of nuttalliana or otherwise, 
it is not necessary to discuss at the present moment. These 
and numerous undescribed mutations occur in a multitude of 
localities, often in great abundance, in the above-named West- 
ern basins and their tributaries, alikein running or still waters, 
subject to various environmental conditions. 


* Catalogue of West American and many Foreign Shells, etc., printed for the State 
Mining Bureau, April, 1894, Sacramento, State Printing Office, 1894. 

t On the History and Distribution of the Fresh Water Mussels, and the Identity of 
Certain Alleged Species. Proc. California Academy of Sciences, November 20, 1882. 


ah : 
He 
1 * 
fr 


VoL. XX, pp. 71-74 JUNE 12, 1907 
PROGEEDINGS -° 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


NOTES ON THE MAMMALS OF SOUTHWESTERN 
MISSOURI. 


BY HARTLEY H. T. JACKSON. 


The brief notes which follow are intended only as preliminary 
notes on the mammals of southwestern Missouri. Duty in other 
directions than field work prevented a full and comprehensive 
study of the fauna of this much neglected section of our country. 
The author hopes, in the near future, to continue his research 
in this district, and at such time a more complete list with more 
elaborate annotations will be published. 


Didelphis virginiana Kerr. 
OPOSSUM, 
Opossums are common along the osage hedges and in the scattering 
timber along the creeks. It as frequently dwells in holes in the ground as 
in cavities of trees or in hollow logs, and may occasionally be encoun- 


tered well out upon the prairies, especially if there be a few persimmon | 


trees in the vicinity. During latesummer and early autumn the opossum 
sometimes visits the henhouse, evidently more for the purpose of obtain- 
ing eggs than for chickens. 


Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin. 
GRAY SQUIRREL. 


Gray squirrels are common in the timber along the creeks and rivers. 
They seem to prefer mixed groves of sycamore and hickory, dwelling in 
the cavities of the former and feeding upon the nuts of the latter. They 
are very erratic in occurrence, being found in abundance in a given locality 


for a few years, then entirely disappearing to reappear in another locality. ° 


No melanistic individuals were seen. 


Sciurus niger rufiventer Geoffroy. 
FOX SQUIRREL. 

Sciurus n. rufiventer is not as common as Sciurus carolinensis, but is 
much more regular in distribution. Fox squirrels are generally confined 
to oak woods among the higher ranges of hills. 

16—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XX, 1907. 


vereane =) i 
“ 


gagonta” a 


National Muse 


1907 


72 Jackson— Notes on the Mammals of Southwestern Missouri. 


Sciuropterus volans subsp. 
FLYING SQUIRREL. 

Having seen only one flying squirrel in the district, and not having cap- 
tured that one, Iam unable to refer it subspecifically. However, the rusty 
suffusion on the ventral surface of the tail and the dusky feet may indicate 
the subspecies querceti. The squirrel, which was closely observed, was 
driven from a woodpecker’s hole in an old syeamore stub on the bottoms 
at Lakeside in Jasper County. 


Tamias striatus venustus Bangs. 
CHIPMUNK, 

A single chipmunk taken among the wooded hills eight miles south of 
Carthage proves to be Tamias s. venustus. This specimen, a female, taken 
November 4, 1905, measures as follows: Total length, 218 mm. ; tail ver- 
tebrae, 78.5 mm.; hind foot, 33.2 mm. 

_ At Lakeside, Jasper County, October 15, 1904, three chipmunks were 
seen gathering acorns and hickory nuts along the rocky, wooded bank of 
Center Creek in Lakeside Park. Again on May 11, 1905, near the same 
locality, a Tamias was seen running from one hole to another on a steep, 
rocky bank not more than four feet above water. 

Chipmunks are said to occur around Webb City. 


Mus musculus Linnaeus. 
HOUSE_MOUSE, 
This little pestiis as abundant as it is useless. House mice are found not 
onlytin the towns but along every country road and hedge. I have caught 
them in weed patches upon the open prairie a mile from any building, 


Mus norvegicus Erxleben. 
NORWAY RAT. 

The common brownfrat of the barns and granaries, unlike the house 
mouse, is confined chiefly to the vicinity of human habitations. Much 
less generally distributed than in the northeastern States and not such a 
nuisance; nevertheless they are rapidly increasing in numbers. 


Peromyscus michiganensis (Audubon and Bachinan). 
PRAIRIE WHITE-FOOTED MOUSE. 

This is a common mouse of the fields and is exceeded in abundance only 
by Microtus ochrogaster. It favors patches of open brush-land but on one 
occasion a young male was captured under a log in heavy timber high up 
on a hill. Specimens taken are very nearly typical michiganensis with 
scarcely an approach towards pallascens. Average measurements of three 


. males: Total length, 189.7 mm.; tail vertebrae, 52mm.; hind foot, 17 


mm. Average of two females: Total length, 143 mm.; tail vertebrae, 57 
mm.; hind foot, 19 mm. 

Other forms of the genus Peromyscus probably occur but none were 
taken. 


Jackson—Notes on the Mammals of Southwestern Missouri. 73 


Reithrodontomys intermedius Allen. 
HARVEST MOUSE. 

The geographical range of this harvest mouse has generally been given 
as, ‘‘ Southern Texas from Corpus Christi southward; Rio Grande Valley 
to mouth of Pecos, and east to Kerr, Bexar and Bee counties. South into 
Mexico. Inhabits Lower Sonoran Zone.’’ 

In view of the fact that this mouse had never been recorded from the 
United States outside of Texas, I was somewhat surprised to find that I had 
four fairly typical specimens from Carthage, Jasper County, Missouri. I am - 
indebted to Mr. W. H. Osgood, of the United States Biological Survey, 
for identifying them. These specimens were all taken during the autumn 
of 1904 and measured as follows: Adult male, total length, 154.5 mm.; 
tail vertebrae, 88 mm.; hind foot, 21.2 mm. Adult female (average of 
two), total length, 167 mm.; tail vertebrae, 93.2 mm.; hind foot, 20.8 
mm. Immature female, total length, 132 mm.; tail vertebrae, 76.7 mm. ; 
hind foot, 21.2. 

Reithrodontomys intermedius is found in grassy and weedy orchards, or 
upon the open prairie, especially where there is a scattering growth of 
scrub trees. A favorite habitat is a grassy patch where an old wheat stack 
has once stood. All the specimens taken were trapped in holes under 
stumps and at no time were nests observed in the open in trees or in 
bushes. 

Microtus ochrogaster (Wagner). 
PRAIRIE VOLE. 

The prairie’ meadow vole is undoubtedly the most abundant mammal in 
southwestern Missouri. It is found in every grassy tract of land and is 
evidently at home both near the streams and on the prairies. Specimens 
taken, with one exception, do not differ essentially from those taken in 
Wisconsin. A male taken March 4, 1905, is much grayer than typical 
specimens and approaches haydeni in color but its cranial characteristics 
are in keeping with ochrogaster. Four males average: Total length, 147.6 
mm.; tail vertebrae, 30.7 mm.; hind foot, 20.2mm. Three females av- 
erage: Total length, 145.6 mm.; tail vertebrae, 33.7mm.; hind foot, 21.5 
mm. 

Fiber zibethicus (Linnacus). 
MUSKRAT. 

Muskrats are not uncommon along the streams, where they live in holes 
in the banks. Though the mercury sometimes reaches the zero mark, I 
have never known the muskrats to build nests in the region. 


-Lepus texianus melanotis Mearns. 
JACK RABBIT. 

Lepus t. melanotis is not rare in the prairie regions of Jasper County. It 
probably does not extend to the southward, for the region there ismore 
wooded and hilly. A typical specimen of Lepus t. melanotis was taken 
November 24, 1904, on the eastern border of Jasper County. Jack rab- 
bits are said by the natives here not to occur east of White Oak Creek. 
This creek lies one-half mile east of the locality from which this specimen 
was taken, and is close to Lawrence County. The statement is undoubtedly 


74 Jackson—Notes on the Mammals of Southwestern Missourt. 


correct, as the country east of White Oak Creek is very rough and partly 
wooded. May 25, 1905, a large Lepus t. melanotis was seen from a train 
in an old pasture about two miles north of Sheldon, Missouri. 

This rabbit is confined almost entirely to the prairies; a favorite resort 
for the species is a wheat stubble field where it will sit motionless for hours 
unless disturbed. It is seldom found in tall grass, but selects a field with a 
low growth and with an occasional bunch of taller grass, behind which it 
rests, sheltered from the wind. 

The flesh of Lepus t. melanotis is relished by the negroes, but white 
people of the locality seldom eat it; they fear that jack rabbits are infested 
with disease germs. This fear or superstition originated in the fact that 
this species frequently has abscesses or boils just beneath the skin, par- 
ticularly in the vicinity of the sacrum. Possibly this is the source of the 
epidemic which occasionally breaks out in the genus Lepus. 

The specimen above mentioned, a female, measured: Total length, 584 
mm., tail vertebrae, 67 mm., hind foot, 181 mm.; ear from crown, 134 


mm. 
Vulpes fulvus (Desmarest). 


RED FOX. 

Red foxes are occasionally captured in the region and frequently seen. 
The writer saw one on the morning of November 7, 1905, chased by dogs 
through the business district of Carthage. 

Procyon lotor (Linnaeus). 
RACCOON. 

Raccoons are very common in the heavy timber along the creeks and 

rivers. They are especially abundant in the bottom-lands along the White 


River. 
Blarina brevicauda (Say). 


SHORT-TAILED BLARINA. 

One specimen of Blarina brevicauda was taken at Carthage. This one, 
a female, had eaten a large Reithrodontomys which had been caught in a 
trap; the trap was reset and the blarina captured while I was watching. 
The specimen averages a trifle smaller than typical brevicauda. Meas- 
urements: Total length, 106 mm.; tail vertebrae, 21.5 mm.; hind foot, 
14.5 mm. — 

Blarina parva (Say). 
SMALL BLARINA. 

A pair of Blarina parva was trapped in an old orchard near Carthage. 
They are typical in every respect. Measurements: Male, total length, 76 
mm.; tail vertebrae, 16 mm.; hind foot, 11.5 mm.; Female, total length, 
74 mm.; tail vertebrae, 18.5 mm.; hind foot, 11.3 mm. 

Scalopus aquaticus machrinus (Rafinesque). 
PRAIRIE MOLE. 

This species is comparatively common over the whole of Jasper County, 
where its ridges may be seen in almost any field, garden or orchard. Two 
males were taken which are nearly typical Scalopus a. machrinus; how- 
ever these have a coppery green shade over the back, a tendency towards 
Scalopus aereus Bangs. The two specimens average: Total length, 168 
mm.; tail vertebrae, 30mm.; hind foot, 23 mm. 


VoL. XX, pp. 75-80 JuLy 22, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF TEN NEW KANGAROO RATS. 
BY C. HART MERRIAM. 


The collections of the Biological Survey contain ten appar- 
ently undescribed species and subspecies of kangaroo rats from 
California and Mexico—the latter collected by E. W. Nelson and 
E. A. Goldman, mainly in the course of their recent explora- 
tions on the peninsula of Lower California. Of the 10 new 
forms, 6 belong to the genus Dipodomys and 4 to the genus 
Perodipus. 

In working out the ranges of the various species of the group 
I am indebted to Mr. E. A. Goldman for helpful assistance. 

Following are descriptions of the new forms: 


Dipodomys spectabilis cratodon subsp. nov. 


Type from Chicalote, Aguas Calientes, Mexico. No. 78,953 o ad., 
U.S. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected July 2, 
1896, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Orig. No. 9734. 

Characters.—Similar in general to spectabilis. but skull larger—largest 
of the genus—more massive, deeper vertically, with broader rostrum and 
premaxillze, narrower interparietal area, and much broader and heavier 
incisors. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (o' ad.): total length, 342; tail ver- 
tebree, 217; hind foot, 54. Average of 9 from type locality: total length, 
337; tail vertebree, 208; hind foot, 52.5. 


Dipodomys nelsoni sp. noy. 


Type from La Ventura, Coahuila, Mexico. No. 79,439, oc’ ad., U.S. 
National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected Aug. 10, 1896. 
Nelson and Goldman. Original No. 9998. 

Range.—From Santa Rosalia, Chihuahua, to Jaral and La Ventura, 
Coahuila, and thence to Dr. Arroyo, Nuevo Leon. 

Characters.—Much smaller than spectabilis and very much larger than 
phillipsi group. (41 x 27 skull.) Similar to spectabilis in general form 
and massiveness of skull but much smaller. 

Mastoids large; interparietal area small; mastoids actually nearly as 
large—relatively larger—than in spectabilis; zygomata not so squarely or 

17—Proc. BIoL. Soc, WASH., VOL. XX, 1907. (75) 


76 Merriam—Descriptions of Ten New Kangaroo Rats. 


broadly spreading outward as spectabilis; maxillary arch moderate, with 
well developed angle (often ‘‘ hooked ’’); color paler, grizzled buffy, most 
intense on flanks and rump, with vinaceous tinge; white tip of tail shorter 
(20 mm.) or absent altogether; distal 4g of ‘upper surface black and 
tufted; lateral white tail stripes reaching about % length of tail. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (' ad.): total length, 330; tail verte- 
bree, 204; hind foot, 50. Average of 10 from type een total length, 
318; tail vertebrae, 197; hind foot, 48.5. 


Dipodomys platycephalus sp. nov. 


Type from Calmalli, Lower California, Mexico. No. 139,882, S' ad., 
U. 8. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected Oct. 1, 
1905, by E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman. Original No. 18,248. 

Range.—Western Lower California from San Andres south to Santa 
Domingo and easterly over the arid desert to Calmalli. 

Characters.—Similar externally to merriami simiolus but skull peculiar. 

Color.—Ground color ochraceous buff moderately lined with dark hairs; 
ankle same color (not dusky). 

Cranial characters.—Skull in general like that of merriami but extraor- 
dinarily broad; maxillary arches of zygomata broadly and squarely 
spreading* (as in Perodipus streatort); frontoparietal shield exceedingly 
broad; interparietal area broad; mastoid bulle normal. 

Remarks.—So far as now known, D. platycephalus has only oné near 
relative, insularis, from San José Island on the Gulf side of Lower Cali- 
fornia. It differs from insularis externally in being darker (more liber- 
ally intermixed with black hairs) and having the tail crest more sooty 
(instead of brownish). 

The young (from San Andres) are decidedly darker than young from 
San José Island. 

The skull differs from that of insularis in larger size, much broader 
frontoparietal shield, and decidedly larger mastoid bulle. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (o ad.): total length, 238; tail verte- 
bree, 145; hind foot, 38. Skull oftype: occipito-nasal length, 34; breadth 
across mastoids, 23.5; lateral spread of maxillary arches, 21. 


Dipodomys margaritae sp. nov. 


Type from Margarita Island, Lower California. No. 146,058, o yg. ad., 
. U. 8S. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected Dec. 1, 
1905, by Nelson and Goldman. Original No. 18,711. 

Range.—Margarita Island. 

Characters.—Size very small (nearly as small as evilis); color pale pink- 
ish buff almost ochraceous buff, moderately lined with dark hairs. Tail 
crest small and weak; under-stripe continuous; lateral white stripes 
reaching nearly to tip of vertebree. Ground color similar to arenivagus 
but less pure—obscured by intermixture of dark hairs. 

Skull.—Very small and light with slender rostrum and nasals, remark- 
ably small. bulle, rather broad frontoparietal shield and intermastoid, 


* The most broadly spreading maxillary arches are in No. 139,870, from San Andres. 


Merriam— Descriptions of Ten New Kangaroo Rats. 77 


rather squarely spreading (but short) anterior arm of zygomata, broad 
and strongly angled maxillary arch, and broad frontoparietal shield. 

Skull short, same size as parvus and most like parvus, from which it 
differs markedly in smaller and less inflated mastoid bulle (especially 
rear section which does not project so far posteriorly), and less conspicu- 
ously in longer nasals, longer (and slightly broader) maxillary arches, 
which stand out more squarely. Both have rather broad frontoparietal 
shields and interparictals. Clearly belong to same group although color 
difference great. 

Remarks.—D. margaritae requires comparison with only one known 
species, parvus, its small size (skull 33.5 x 22) alone being sufficient to dis- 
tinguish it from all others except exilis, and its bullee are smaller even than 
those of exilis. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (o' yg. ad.): total length, 234; tail 
vertebrae, 144; hind foot, 38. Average of 3 specimens from type locality: 
total length, 240; tail vertebree, 149; hind foot, 38.2. 


Dipodomys insularis sp. nov. 


Type from San José Island, Gulf of California, off Lower California, 
Mexico. No. 79,053, Q ad., U.S. National Museum, Biological Survey 
Collection. Collected Aug. 6, 1895, by J. E. McLellan. Orig. No. 1457. 

Characters.—Size small; color pale pinkish buff only lightly lined with 
dark hairs; nose and whisker patches only faintly developed. 

Color.—Ground color pinkish buff with vinaceous tinge on rump and 
flanks, as in margaritae. Compared with melanurus from the mainland 
of the Cape region: color very much paler and of different tone; crested 
part of tail paler and less strongly crested; ears larger. Compared with 
platycephalus: general color paler; tail crest browner. The young are 
decidedly paler than young of platycephalus. 

Cranial characters.—Skull small but rather broad, with very broad 
maxillary arches. Compared with platycephalus the skull is smaller; 
frontoparietal shield much narrower; mastoid bullee decidedly smaller. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (Q ad.): total length, 243; tail verte- 
bree, 143; hind foot, 39. Average of 5 specimens from type locality: total 
length, 249; tail vertebree, 146; hind foot, 39.6. 


Dipodomys merriami kernensis subsp. nov. 


Type from Onyx, west end of Walker Pass, Kern Co., Calif., No. 108,884, 
oS ad., U. 8S. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected 
July 25, 1901, by W. K. Fisher. Orig. No. 2106. 

Characters.—Size small; color pale ochraceous buff, as in nevadensis, 
moderately lined with dark hairs; under tail stripe hardly continuous to 
tip but probably continuous in fresh pelage; nose and whisker spots 
nearly obsolete; sides of face, nearly white, reaching from sides of nose 
to eye and covering cheeks (under eye); thigh patch ochraceous buff to 
heel. Ear as in nevadensis. . 

Cranial characters.—Skull small and square, with small mastoids, 


78 Merriam— Descriptions of Ten New Kangaroo Rats. 


broadly and squarely spreading maxillary roots of zygomata, broad and 
strongly angled (almost hooked) maxillary arches, and long nasals. Com- 
pared with nevadensis and nitratoides (with which it agrees most closely) : | 
frontoparietal shield broader; skull broader across mastoids; maxillary 
roots of zygomata more broadly and squarely spreading; mastoids some- 
what smaller (narrower) though posterior segment is fully inflated; nasals 
long, as in nevadensis—decidedly longer than in nitratoides. 

Measurements.—Type specimen, (co ad.): total length, 240; tail verte- 
bree, 140; hind foot, 37. Skull: greatest length, 34.5; occipito-nasal length, 
32.5; mastoid breadth, 22.5; maxillary breadth, 20. 


Perodipus stephensi sp. nov. 


Type from San Jacinto Valley, Riverside County, Calif., No. 4898 3 
ad., Merriam Collection. Collected Noy. 27, 1885, by Frank Stephens. 

Characters.—Very distinct from all other species except streatori and 
panamintinus both of which it resembles in the general squarish form of 
the skull. Ears moderate, about as in panamintinus—smaller than in 
agilis. 

Color.—Similar to panamintinus but darker. 

Cranial characters.—General form of skull ‘‘ squarish’’ as in streatori 
and panamintinus; frontoparietal shield broadly ‘‘ squarish’’ (contrasted 
with wedge-shaped); maxillary root of zygomata broadly and squarely 
spreading; maxillary arch broad and strongly angled. Compared with 
panamintinus (probably its nearest relative) the skull is slightly smaller ; 
the interparietal area and basioccipital decidedly narrower; rostrum and 
nasals slightly smaller and more slender; mastoid bull slightly fuller 
and deeper (best seen from behind). 

Compared with streatori (which it resembles surprisingly in general. 
form and size) the interparietal area averages narrower; outer angle of 
parietal more produced, giving the cranial shield greater breadth poster- 
iorly; mastoid bullee fuller and deeper vertically (best seen from behind) ; 
incisors weaker. 


Perodipus morroensis sp. noy. 


Type from Morro, San Luis Obispo Co., Calif., No. $3$¢§ 9 ad., U.S. 
National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected Noy. 11, 1891, 
by E. W. Nelson. Orig. No. 1464. ; 

Characters.—A dark, highly colored form resembling simulans exter- 
nally except that the ear is smaller and nose bar blacker. Ears dark; 
nose spot jet black and continuous, with black whisker patches; back 
darkest, with faint olivaceous tinge; front of face (eyes to nose) grizzled 
buffy and dusky, much paler than top of head.and back; thigh patches 
mixed with dusky and becoming black on ankles. Similar in general to 
agilis but ears somewhat smaller; color slightly darker, particularly on 
sides of head below ears and on end of nose (which is black and connects 
with whisker patches, thus forming a black bar across front of face) ; 
thigh patch darker and passing posteriorly into sooty black. 


Merriam—Descriptions of Ten New Kangaroo Rats. 79 


Cranial characters.—Skull similar in general to that of agilis but 
slightly smaller; frontoparietal shield more wedge-shaped (less squarish) ; 
maxillary arch much broader and with angle strongly developed as in 
streatori (in agilis the angle is weak and rounded); mastoids smaller and 
flatter—less deep vertically; occipital part of mastoid more ridged (less 
swollen); incisors more slender. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (9 ad.): total length, 300, tail verte- 
bree, 182; hind foot, 45. Average of 5 specimens from type locality: total 
length, 292; tail vertebree, 177; hind foot, 44. 


Perodipus perplexus sp. nov. 


Type from Walker Basin, Kern Co., Calif., No. #738} co ad., U.S. 
National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Collected July 15, 1891, 
by Vernon Bailey. Orig. No. 3053. 

Range.—Foothills and small interior valleys of the southern Sierra and 
Tejon Mountains from Walker Basin to Tejon Pass. 

Characters.—Ears large as in agilis, strikingly larger than in its neigh- 
bor streatori; color as in agilis, but sides of face from eye to whisker 
patch broadly whitish, leaving a comparatively narrow median band of 
body color reaching down from eyes to nose; dark tip of nose less marked. 

Cranial characters.—Skull squarish and rather small, with broad front- 
als and well developed post-lachrymal angle as in agilis. Differs from 
agilis in slightly larger size; slightly larger incisors; maxillary arch 
broader at base (along fronto-maxillary suture); tympanic capsule rather 
short and more inflated anteriorly. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (@ ad.): total length, 320; tail verte- 
bree, 195; hind foot, 46. Average of 5 specimens from type locality (not fully 
adult): total length, 307; tail vertebree, 183; hind foot, 44. Average of four 
specimens from Tejon Pass (not fully adult): total length, 307; tail verte- 
bree, 185; hind foot, 44.9. 


Perodipus simulans peninsularis subsp. nov. 


Type from Santo Domingo, Lower California, Mexico. No. 139,872, 
yg. ad., U. S. National Museum, Biological Survey Collection. Col- 
lected Sept. 27, 1905, by Nelson and Goldman. Orig. No. 18,215. 

Characters.—Similar in general to simulans but considerably larger, 
tail crest more strongly developed, pelage more silky, ground color much 
paler and of a different tint, and skull somewhat different. 

Color.—Ground color pale buff only lightly lined with dark hairs; nose 
patch small and not connected with whisker-marks. 

Cranial characters.—Skull like that of simulans but maxillary arch 
slightly narrower, with angle less pronounced; mastoids slightly larger 
and deeper; interparietal area narrower. 

Measurements.—Type specimen (c' yg. ad.): total length, 312; tail 
vertebree, 203; hind foot, 45. Average of 3 from type locality (all but the 
type immature and slightly undersize): total length, 302; tail vertebre, 
191; hind foot, 43.5. 


AS 


Yue x Spe 
ty Pak 
eoioe havior 


$714. 0673 


voi: XX, pp. 81-84 Jucy 22, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW NORTH AMERICAN RABBITS. 
BY E. W. NELSON. 


Study of the great series of North American rabbits in the 
National Museum (mainly in the Biological Survey Collection) 
reveals the existence of several previously unrecognized species 
and subspecies. As considerable time must elapse before pub- 
lication of my monograph on the group I have thought it advis- 
able to publish the new forms in advance. The present paper 
includes a new Jack Rabbit and several Cottontails. 

In this connection I wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to 
Dr. C. Hart Merriam for the opportunity to monograph this 
interesting group after he had devoted considerable time to its 
study with the same object in view. I am under obligation also 
to Mr. N. H. Hollister, Assistant in the Biological Survey, for 
help in arranging and comparing the great mass of material in 
the National Museum Collections. 

All measurements are in millimeters. 


GENUS LEPUS LINN. 


Lepus californicus magdalenz subsp. nov. 
MAGDALENA ISLAND JACK RABBIT. 


Type No. 146,168, adult male, U. 8S. National Museum ( Biological Survey 
Collection ), from Magdalena Island, Lower California, Mexico; collected by 
E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman, November 26, 1905. 

Geographic distribution.—Magdalena and Margarita Islands, Lower Cal- 
ifornia, Mexico. 

Subspecifie characters. —Upperparts brownish buffy, most like ZL. e. 
xanti but paler, with a lighter wash of black on back; front of ears grayer 
and back of ears, especially on basal half, much wither: ears decidedly 
shorter. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 550; tail vertebrae, 92; hind foot, 
117; length of ear from notch in dried skin, 94. 

18—Proc. BIOL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XX, 1907. 


82 Nelson—Descriptions of New North American Rabbits. 


Genus SYLVILAGUS Gray. 


Sylvilagus cognatus sp. noy. 
MANZANO MOUNTAIN COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 136,569, adult, U. S. National Museum ( Biological Survey Col- 
lection), from 10,000 feet altitude, near the summit of Manzano Moun- 
tains, New Mexico; collected by A. Rea, February, 1905. 

Geographic distribution.—Higher slopes of the mountains of central and 
eastern New Mexico. 

Specific characters.—General color pale slightly buffy gray like S. 
robustus but smaller with smaller skull, much smaller bullz and slenderer 
supraorbitals. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 390; hind foot, 100; length of ear 
from notch, 69 (all the foregoing measurements are from the dry skin). 


Sylvilagus floridanus similis subsp. noy. 
NEBRASKA COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 69,517, adult male, U. 8. National Museum (Biological Survey 
Collection), from Valentine, Nebraska; collected by C. P. Streator, No- 
vember 10, 1894. 

Geographic distribution.—Western border of Minnesota, eastern border 
of the Dakotas, Nebraska and the northeastern quarter of Colorado. 

Subspecific characters.—A pale, gray form like mearnsi but smaller and 
distinctly paler. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 410; tail vertebree, 61; hind foot, 
100; length of ear from notch in dried skin, 51. 


Sylvilagus floridanus restrictus subsp. nov. 
MICHOACAN COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 33,687, adult male, U. 8. National Museum ( Biological Survey 
Collection), from Zapotlan, Jalisco, Mexico; collected by E. W. Nelson, 
April 25, 1892. 

Geographic distribution.—Mainly in the pine and oak forests of the 
Sierra Madre in the States of Michoacan, southern and western Jalisco and 
the southeastern part of the Territory of Tepic, Mexico. 

Subspecific characters.—Similar in size to S. f. subcinctus but decidedly 
more rusty reddish (almost as in aztecus) with legs much brighter rufous 
than in any other form of floridanus on the Mexican tableland. 

Meastrements of type.—Total length, 425; tail vertebrae, 55; hind foot, 
94; length of ear from notch in dried skin, 58. 


Sylvilagus auduboni vallicola subsp. nov. 
SAN JOAQUIN COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 31234, adult female, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey 
Collection), from San Emigdio Ranch, Kern County, California; collected 
by E. W. Nelson, October 22, 1891. 

Geographic distribution.—Mainly in the southern two-thirds of the San 
Joaquin and adjacent connected valleys, central California. 


Nelson Descriptions of New North American Rabbits. 88 


Subspecific characters.—Size about as in true auduboni but ears much 
larger and color of upperparts paler and more yellowish buffy brownish ; 
bulle larger, jugals slenderer. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 375; tail vertebree, 73; hind foot, 
88; length of ear from notch in dried skin, 68, 


Sylvilagus auduboni cedrophilus subsp. nov. 
CEDAR BELT COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 148,287, adult female, U. 8. National Museum (Biological Sur- 
vey Collection), from Cactus Flat, twenty miles north of Cliff, New Mex- 
ico; collected by Vernon Bailey, November 6, 1906. 

Geographic distribution.—Mainly in the cedar and pinyon pine belt of 
the southern two-thirds of New Mexico and eastern border of Arizona. 

Subspecific characters.—Larger and much richer and darker buffy than 
S. a. minor; underside of neck usually rich ochraceous buffy. 

Measurements of type.—TYotal length, 385; tail vertebree, 35; hind foot, 
92; length of ears from notch in dried skin, 66. 


Sylvilagus auduboni neomexicanus subsp. nov. 
NEW MEXICO COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 118,477, adult male, U. S. National Museum (Biological Survey . 
Collection), from Fort Sumner, New Mexico; collected by J. H. Gaut, 
September 25, 1902. p 

Geographic distribution.—The Pecos Valley, New Mexico, and thence 
into the adjacent parts of western Texas and north through western Okla- 
homa to the central southern border of Kansas. 

Subspecific characters.—Size about as in S. a. minor but ears shorter, 
bullee smaller and color much more rusty buffy, or rusty reddish. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 385; tail vertebree, 59; hind foot, 
91; length of ears from notch in dried skin, 58. 


Sylvilagus auduboni warreni subsp. nov. 
COLORADO COTTONTAIL. 


Type No. 148,632, adult female, U. S. National Museum (Biological 
Survey Collection); from Coventry, Colorado; collected by C. H. Smith, 
January 4, 1907. 

Genorip hte distribution.—Southwestern Colorado and adjacent - parts of 
Utah, New Mexico and Arizona. 

Subspecific characters.—Similar to baileyi in size, length of ears and 
abundant pelage but darker colored with more distinct gray rump patch 
and darker rufous on nape and legs. ; 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 375; tail vertebree, 51; hind foot, 
102; length of ears from notch in dried skin, 70. 


Sylvilagus mansuetus sp. nov. 
SAN JOSE ISLAND BRUSH RABBIT. 


Type No. 79,041, adult male, U. 8. National Museum (Biological Survey 


84  Nelson—Descriptions of New North American Rabbits. 


Collection), from San José Island, Gulf of California, Mexico; collected 
by J. E. McLellan, August 2, 1895. 

Geographic distribution.—San José Island, Gulf of California, Mexico. 

Specific characters.—Size of Sylvilagus bachmani cinerascens; ears ee 
and color much paler. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 339; tail vertebrae, 44; hind foot, 
73; length of ears from notch, in dried skin, 63. 


Sylvilagus bachmani exiguus subsp. nov. 
LOWER CALIFORNIA BRUSH RABBIT. 


Type No. 139,607, adult male, U. 8. National Museum ( Biological Survey 
Collection), from Yubay, central Lower California, Mexico; collected by 
E. W. Nelson and E. A. Goldman, September 19, 1905. S 

Geographic distribution.—The arid middle part of the Peninsula of 
Lower California, Mexico. 

Subspecific characters.—Similar in size to cinerascens but differs from 
that form in its much longer ears, larger bullee and well marked gray 
rump patch. 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 315; tail vertebree, 32; hind foot, 
68; length of ears from notch in dried skin, 64. 


STY.06178 


VoL. XX, pp. 85-86 DecemBer 11, 1907 
3 -PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


i 


Y 


ieee 
\ 
A COLORADO RECORD FOR CALLOSPERMOPHILUS 


WORTMANI, WITH NOTES ON THE RECENT 
CAPTURE OF ANTROZOUS PALLIDUS. 


BY MERRITT CARY. 


Additional work on the distribution of Colorado mammals, 
carried on during the field season of 1907 by the Biological 
Survey, shows that the pale bat (Antrozous pallidus) is a resi- 
dent of the low Upper Sonoran valleys in the extreme south- 
western part of the State. Although this species was taken once 
in Colorado over thirty years ago, no subsequent notice of its 
occurrence in the State has appeared, so its recent discovery 
seems worthy of record. 

A critical examination of a small series of Callospermophilus 
secured in northwestern Colorado in 1906 discloses the fact that 
a specimen from the Snake River Valley is referable to C. wort- 
mani, and it is placed on record at this time. 


Antrozous pallidus (Le Conte). 


Two female specimens of the large pale bat were collected at Ashbaugh’s 
Ranch, McElmo Canyon, Montezuma County, June 21, 1907. From my’ 
position at the base of the rocky walls of the canyon immediately north 
of the ranch, numbers of these bats were seen in the gloaming, flying 
about the upper rim rock in company with several smaller bats. The 
specimens were shot with difficulty, as the majority of individuals flew so 
high as to be out of range. The only previously recorded instance of the 
capture of this bat within the State is that given by Coues and Yarrow* 
of a Pueblo specimen taken many years ago and deposited in the U. 8. 
National Museum. Unfortunately, this specimen has been lost. 


* Expl. W. of 100th Mer., V, p. 84, 1875. 
19—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., You. XX, 1907. (85) 


Ut 
? 


DEC P4loag 


86 Cary—A Colorado Record for Callospermophilus Wortmant. 


Callospermophilus wortmani Allen. 


A pale example of Callospermophilus taken on the Snake River bluffs 
just south of the Colorado-Wyoming line, 20 miles southwest of Baggs 
Crossing, Wyoming, August 26, 1906, proves referable to wortmani, which 
was described from specimens taken at Kinney Ranch, Sweetwater County, 
Wyoming, only 40 miles north of the Snake River Valley. The above 
specimen, the only Callospermophilus seen in the valley of Snake River, 
was captured in a trap set for Neotoma among scattering cedars on a steep, 
rocky bluff on the north side of Snake River. Another individual seen a 
few days later among the bluffs on the north side of Bear River, a few 
miles below Maybell, appeared to be fully as pale as the Snake River 
specimen, and was doubtless wortmani. The range of this species in 
Colorado is probably restricted to the arid and rough badlands region 
bordering the lower Snake and Bear rivers, since specimens of Callosper- 
mophilus from mountainous localities to the east, south and west are 
lateralis. 


VOL. XX, pp. 87-88 DECEMBER 11, 1907 
PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SUBSPECIES OF NORTH 
AMERICAN MAMMAIS. 


BY E. W. NELSON. 


I am indebted to the courtesy of Mr. Outram Bangs, Curator 
of Mammals, Museum of Comparative Zoology, for the oppor- 
tunity to describe the snowshoe rabbit named below. The 
squirrel is a further illustration of the extraordinary variation 
in Mexico in the genus Sciurus. 


Lepus bairdi cascadensis subsp. noy. 
CASCADE MOUNTAIN SNOWSHOE RABBIT. 


Type from Roab’s Ranch, near Hope, British Columbia, Canada, No. 
1886, adult o', Museum of Comparative Zoology; collected by W. C. Colt, 
June 12, 1894. 

Geographic distribution.—Cascade Mountains of southern British Co- 
lumbia from the vicinity of Hope on Fraser River, south along the east 
side of the mountains at least to central Washington. 

Subspecific characters.—Color of upperparts most like bairdi, but darker 
and more of a dusky reddish-cinnamon brown with the largest and most 
strongly marked blackish rump patch of any of the snowshoe rabbits; 
head dark reddish cinnamon, contrasting with the darker or more dusky 
body; ears long as in bairdi; skull much like that of L. a. columbiensis. 

Remarks.—This form becomes white in winter. 


Sciurus socialis littoralis subsp. nov. 
PORT ANGEL SQUIRREL. 


Type from Puerto Angel, Oaxaca, Mexico, No. 71,322, adult 9, U.S. 
National Museum (Biological Survey Collection); collected by E. W. 
Nelson and E. A. Goldman, March 11, 1895. 

Geographic distribution.—Coastal hills of southern Oaxaca near Puerto 
Angel. 

General characters.—Generally similar to S. socialis but upperparts of 
body including tail distinctly more whitish while the nape patch averages 
darker rufous; tail with a broad band of dark, rich rufous along entire 
length next the skin and showing conspicuously along middle of underside ; 


20—Proc. Bion. Soc. WASH., VoL. XX, 1907. (87) 


ae: P 
yysonian MIST fia. 
“fy * aa 
, 


NT vs 7} f\ fy ry 
4 nee 1 } avisf 


88 Nelson—Two New Subspecies of North American Mammals. 


on upper side of tail the rufous heavily overlaid by a zone of black and latter 
covered by a strong outer wash of whitish; tail averaging broader and 
more bushy than in socialis; underparts of body and under side of legs 
deep, rich rufous; base of ears behind with a bright patch of white; a 
forward extension of nape patch surrounds the eyes; top of head in front 
of nape patch darker and more iron gray than back; cheeks and under 
side of head whitish. 

Skull.—Similar to that of socialis. — 

Measurements of type.—Total length, 526; tail vertebre, 273; hind 
foot, 69. 

Remarks.—The present form is based on a series of seven specimens, 
all from the type locality. So many squirrels have been described from 
Mexico that it may appear superfluous to name another. However, the 
present series agree so uniformly in their much paler colors when com- 
pared with the large series of typical socialis in the Survey collection 
that they evidently represent a well-marked local form. The absence of 
arump patch at once distinguishes them from cocos which reaches a point 
on the coast of Oaxaca not far to the northward. To the south socialis 
occupies the coast country about Salina Cruz, Oaxaca, while a specimen 
collected in the mountains half a day’s journey on horseback directly in- 
land from Puerto Angel is evidently referable to socialis. This leaves 
littoralis with a restricted distribution. It is an intergrading form be- 
tween cocos and socialis and nearly as pale as the former, but has lost the 
rufous rump patch characterizing that subspecies. 


—* 


S74 0672 


VoL. XX, PP. 89-120 DECEMBER 31, 1907 


PROCEEDINGS 


OF THE 


BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 


L* 


A CHECK LIST OF THE FRESHWATER FISHES OF 
CANADA. 


BY BARTON WARREN EVERMANN AND 
EDMUND LEE GOLDSBOROUGH. 


U. S. Bureau or FISHERIES. 


While studying two small collections of freshwater fishes ob- 
tained in Canada in 1900 and 1903 by Mr. E. A. Preble, of the 
U.S. Biological Survey, one made by Mr. A. J. Woolman in 
the Lake of the Woods in 1894, and another by the senior 
author in the Kootenay Lake region in 1898 (all now deposited 
in the U. S. National Museum), much of the literature pertain- 
ing to the freshwater fishes of Canada ‘and their distribution 
was gone over. In order that the results of this labor may be 
preserved and a like labor saved others interested in the fresh- 
water fishes of Canada it seemed desirable to pursue the work 
further and make as complete a check-list and bibliography of 
the freshwater fishes of Canada as the literature obtainable 
would permit. It is not claimed that either the bibliography 
or the list is entirely complete, but all the available literature 


has been consulted and it is believed the list given contains . 


practically all the published references to the freshwater fishes 
of Canadian waters. Many of the works consulted are of a 
popular nature and the locality references are frequently in- 
definite, river basins or streams instead of definite places being 
given. Such general references, as a rule, have been omitted. 
The anadromous fishes, such as the salmons, have been listed 
only when they were reported from freshwater localities. .The 


21—Proc. Biot. Soc. WASH., VoL. XX, 1907. (89) . 
an WSh fiy¢) 
’ Peek AN 3 1908 
’ wu 
\ v ee : / 
j Wa ‘ 
A Nailane) Muse 


90 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


collection made by Mr. Woolman in 1894 is referred to in the 
list as (Woolman, coll., 1894) that by Dr. Evermann as (Ever- 
mann, coll., 1898) and those by Mr. Preble as (Preble, coll., 
1900) and (Preble, coll., 1903-4). Mr. Preble collected in 1900 
along the shores and in the barren lands to the west and north- 
west of Hudson Bay. In this region he obtained 9 species, 
8 of which are freshwater species. In 1903-4 he collected in 
the Mackenzie River basin as far north as Fort McPherson, 
about 100 miles from its mouth. In this region he got 8 species, 
all of which are freshwater species. 

In the following list we give, under each species, all the 
Canadian localities from which it has been recorded, together 
with references to the publications in which such records were 
made. These references can be fully understood by an exami- 
nation of the Bibliography (pp. 114-119). 

From this list it is seen that the freshwater fish-fauna of 
Canada as now understood consists of 145 species representing 
25 families and 67 genera. 3 

The most important families, or those represented by the 
greatest number of species, are the Cyprinide with 33 species, 
the Salmonide with 28, Catostomide 138, Cottide 12 and 
Percidee 12. 

The species of greatest commercial importance are, of course, 
the salmon, whitefish and lake trout; the ones of greatest in- 
terest to the angler are the common speckled trout, the 
ouananiche and the Atlantic salmon. 

Vernacular names are given in most cases; those in quotation 
marks are those commonly in use in Canada. 

The territory covered by this paper is all of Canada or British 
North America, that is, all of North America north of the 
United States except Alaska. 


ANNOTATED List oF SPECIES. 


Famiry PETROMYZONID2. 


1. Ichthyomyzon concolor (Kirkland). Silver Lamprey. 

St. Lawrence River below Quebec (Fortin 1863, as Petromyzon), and 
Hill River (Preble, coll., 1900). 
2. Ichthyomyzon castaneus Girard. Northern Lamprey. 

Assiniboine River in slough at Portage la Prairie (Thompson 1898). 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 91 


3. Lampetra cibaria (Girard). 
British Columbia (Gtinther 1870, as Petromyzon ayresii, type). 


4. Lampetra aurea (Bean). 


Great Slave Lake (Richardson 1836, as Petromyzon fluvialis), adhering 
to an Inconnu. Girard (1858) made this specimen the type of a new 
species which he called P. borealis. The proper identification of the 
specimen is uncertain; it is probably the same as L. aurea. 


Famity ACIPENSERID. 


5. Acipenser transmontanus Richardson. White Sturgeon. 
Reported by Richardson (1836) from Pine Island Lake and Saskatche- 
wan and Columbia rivers; Fraser River (Jordan & Gilbert 1881). 


6. Acipenser sturio Linnzeus. Common Sturgeon. 


Rivers St. John and Oromocto and Grand Lake, N. B. (Perley 1852, as 
Acipenser oxyrinchus); St. Lawrence River and tributaries (Fortin 1863 
and 1864, as Acipenser oxyrhinchus); Red River of the North at Winni- 
peg and in the lakes to the north (Eigenmann 1894). 


7. Acipenser rubicundus Le Sueur. Great Lakes Sturgeon. 


Lakes Ontario, Erie and Huron (Richardson 1836) ; Albany River Dis- 
trict (Richardson 1836, as Acipenser rupertianus, type); Moose Factory, 
Hudson Bay (Walton Hayden, Coll., Bean 1881, as Acipenser maculosus) ; 
in great numbers in Saskatchewan, Red, Assiniboine and Winnipeg rivers, 
‘‘the most important food-fish in the Lake of the Woods’’ (Thompson 
1898); St. Lawrence River below Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 
1902). 


8. Acipenser brevirostris Le Sueur. Short-nosed Sturgeon. 


River St. Lawrence and streams flowing into it (Fortin 1864, as ‘‘ Short- 
nosed Sturgeon (Le Sueur)’’). 


Famity LEPISOSTEID 2. 


9. Lepisosteus osseus (Linnzeus). Long-nosed Gar. 


Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Lepisosteus 
huronensis, type); Lake St. Peter near Sorel and River St. Lawrence be- 
low Quebec (Fortin 1864, as Lepisosteus longirostris); and Bay of Quinte 
(Halkett 1903). 


Fammry AMIID ZA. 


10. Amia calva Linnzus. Bowfin. 


Lake Huron (Richardson 1836, as Amia ocellicauda, type); near Sorel 
n St. Lawrence River (Fortin 1865, as Amia ocellicauda); Lake St. Peter 
(Montpetit 1897, as Le Poisson-castor); Bay of Quinte (Halkett 1903) ; at 
the head of Lake Deux-Montagnes (Desrochers 1904, as Amia ocellicau- 
data). 


92 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


Famity SILURIDA. 


11. Ictalurus punctatus (Rafinesque). Spotted Catfish. 


St. Catherines, Ontario (Gill 1858, as Synechoglanis beadlei, type); Red 
River of the North at Winnipeg (Eigenmann 1894); abundant in the 
Red River at Winnipeg (Thompson 1898). 


12. Ameiurus lacustris (Walbaum). Great Lakes Catfish ; ‘‘Mathemeg.’’ 


Hudson Bay (Pennant 1788, as Mathemeg); Hudson Bay (Walbaum 
1792, as Gadus lacustris, type); Lakes Erie and Ontario (Richardson 
1836, as Silurus (Pimelodus) nigrescens); Pine Island Lake and Sas- 
katchewan River (Richardson 1836, as Silwrus (Pimelodus) borealis, 
type); ‘‘In all ponds and streams where the yellow and white perch is 
taken, fide Perley’’ (Cox 1895a); Basin of River St. Lawrence, sources 
of the St. Leon, and the Ottawa River (Montpetit 1897, as Ictalurus 
nigrescens); Saskatchewan River, Lake Winnipeg and the small lakes 
connected with it (Thompson 1898); St. Lawrence River below Ogdens- 
burg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 


13. Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur). Yellow Cat. 

Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Silurus (Pime- 
lodus) ceenosus, type); Lakes Sugarbush, Bevin and Bark (D’Urban 
1859, as Pimelodus ceenosus). 

14. Ameiurus vulgaris (Thompson). Catfish. 

Red River at Winnipeg (Thompson 1898). 


15. Ameiurus nebulosus (Le Sueur). Common Bullhead. 


Lakes that flow into the Saskatchewan and lakes and rivers to the south- 
ward (Richardson 1823, as Silurus felis); River St. Lawrence (Fortin 
1865, as Pimelodus nebulosus); Gull and Muskoka lakes (Meek 1899); 
Glasier Lake, New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901). 


Famity CATOSTOMID 2. 


16. Ictiobus cyprinella (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Common Buffalo-fish. 
Red River of the North at Winnipeg (Eigenmann 1894); Winnipeg 
(Thompson 1898). 
17. Carpiodes thompsoni Agassiz. Lake Carp Sucker. 
Lake of the Woods at Stevens Point (Woolman, coll., 1894). 


18. Carpiodes velifer (Rafinesque). Quillback. 


Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Assiniboine River at Brandon, 
and Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat (Eigenmann 1894); Winnipeg 
and Brandon (Thompson 1898). 


19. Catostomus griseus (Girard). Gray- Sucker. 


Reported by Eigenmann (1894) from Swift Current River at Swift Cur- 
rent and Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat. 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 93 


os) 


20. Catostomus catostomus (Forster). Northern Sucker. 


Hudson Bay (Forster 1773, as Cyprinus catostomus, type); Hudson Bay 
(Pennant 1788, as Cyprinus catostomus) ; Saskatchewan River at Cumber- 
land House (Richardson 1836, as Cyprinus (Catostomus) hudsonius) ; 
Lake Huron and Great Slave Lake (Richardson 1836, as Cyprinus (Catos- 
tomus) forsterianus, type); Pic. River and along the northern shores of 
Lake Superior (Agassiz 1850, as Calostomus aurora, type); St. Lawrence 
and its tributaries (Fortin 1865, as Cyprinus catostomus and Catostomus 
forsterianus); Fort Halket and Albany River (Sir J. Richardson, coll., 
Gtnther 1868, as Catostomus hudsonius); Skiff Lake, New Brunswick 
(Adams 1873, as Catostomus longirostris); River St. Lawrence and all its 
tributaries (Fortin 1863, as Catostomus communis); Red River of the 
North at Winnipeg, Swift Current River at Swift Current, Saskatchewan 
River at Medicine Hat, Bow and Elbow River at Calgary, Bow and Ver- 
million rivers at Banff, Columbia River at Golden and Revelstoke, and 
Kicking Horse River at Golden (EKigenmann 1894); Upper St. John 
River and Madawaska and Tuladi lakes (Cox 1895, as Catostomus longi- 
rostris) ; ‘* Common in rivers and lakes throughout the interior (Labrador) 
and the principal food of the Indians in many parts of Labrador’’ (Low 
1896, as Catostomus longirostris and Catostomus forsterianus); Hamilton 
River above the Great Falls (Chambers 1896, as red sucking carp); Win- 
nipeg and mouth of the Souris River (Thompson 1898); Kootenay Lake, 
at Nelson, B. C. (Evermann, coll., 1898); Hayes River 15 miles above 
York Factory (Preble, coll., 1900); Glasier Lake, New Brunswick (Ken- 
dall 1903); stream near Great Bear Lake and stream near Fort Good 
Hope (Preble, coll., 1903-4); Watson River at Caribou Crossing, B. C., 
- (Evermann and Goldsborough 1907). 


21. Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur. Black Sucker; Hog Sucker. 


Lake of the Woods at Rat Portage, off Coney Island, and Stevens Point 
and Oak Island (Woolman, coll., 1894). 


22. Catostomus macrocheilus Girard. Columbia River Sucker. 


Shushwap Lake at Sicamous and Thompson River at Kamloops (Kigen- 
mann 1894); Kootenay: Lake, Nelson, B. C. (Evermann, coll., 1898). 


23. Catostomus commersonii (Lacépéde). Common White Sucker. 


Hudson Bay (Pennant 1788, as Namapeth); Albany River and Mont- 
real and in. Lake Madawaska (Gtinther 1868, as Catostomus teres); Red 
River of the North at Winnipeg, White Mud River at Westbourne, 
Qu’ Appelle River at Qu’ Appelle, Lacawana Creek at Regina, Moose Jaw 
River at Moose Jaw, Swift Current River at Swift Current, Maple Creek 
at Maple Creek, Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat, and Bow and EI- 
bow River at Calgary (Eigenmann 1894); Cape St. Ignace to Quebec 
(Montpetit 1897, as Catostomus Bostoniensis); Winnipeg, Westbourne, 
Qu’ Appelle and mouth of Souris River (Thompson 1898); Grand Casca- 
pedia, Little Cascapedia and Bonaventure rivers, P. Q., and in the Resti- 
gouche and Metapedia rivers, N. B. (Cox 1899); Gull Lake (Meek 1899) ; 


94 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of scarps 


Glasier Lake, New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901); and Don River near 
Toronto (Nash 1906). 

24. Erimyzon sucetta oblongus (Mitchill). Chub Sucker. 

» River St. Lawrence and its tributaries (Fortin 1865, as Catostomus 
tuberculatus) ; and small tributaries of lower St. John River (Cox 1895). 


25. Moxostoma anisurum (Rafinesque). Redhorse. 

Montreal (Ginther 1868, as Catostomus carpio) ; Red River of the North 
at Winnipeg, and Assiniboine River at Brandon (Eigenmann 1894); 
Lake of the Woods at mouth of Rainy River (Woolman, coll., 1894); and 
Lake Winnipeg, Winnipeg and Brandon (Thompson 1898). 


26. Moxostoma aureolum (Le Sueur). Redhorse. 

Red River of the North at Winnipeg, White Mud River at Westbourne, 
and Assiniboine River at Brandon (Eigenmann 1894); Lake of the Woods 
at Oak Island (Woolman, coll., 1894); River St. Lawrence (Montpetit 
1897); and Winnipeg, Westbourne and Brandon (Thompson 1898). 


27. Moxostoma macrolepidotum (Le Sueur). Large-scaled Redhorse. 
Pine Island Lake and Albany River (Giinther 1868, as Catostomus 
macrolepidotus ). 
28. Moxostoma lesueuri (Richardson). Northern Redhorse. 
Saskatchewan River at Carlton House and northward of Great Slave 
Lake (Richardson 1823, as Catostomus lesueuri, type); Pine Island Lake 
and Saskatchewan River at Cumberland House (Richardson 1836, as 
Cyprinus (Catostomus) sueuri); and Albany River District, Hudson Bay 
(Richardson 1836, as Catostomus sueurii). 


Famity CYPRINID A. 
29. Chrosomus erythrogaster (Rafinesque). Red-bellied Dace. 

Clear Lake, Lepreaux, St. Johns County, N. B. (Cox 1895); and pond 
near Golden Grove, 9 miles from St. John, N. B., a few small lakes in 
the valleys of the Grand and Little Cascapedia and from the Nouvelle 
lakes near New Carlisle, P. Q. (Cox 1899). 

30. Hybognathus nuchale Agassiz. Silvery Minnow. 

Red River of the North (Thompson 1898). 

31. Pimephales promelas (Rafinesque). Bull Minnow. 

Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Assiniboine River at Brandon, 
Qu’ Appelle River at Qu’ Appelle, White Mud River at Westbourne, Laca- 
wana Creek at Regina, Swift Current River at Swift Current, Maple Creek 
at Maple Creek, and Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat (Kigenmann 
1894); Winnipeg, Westbourne, Brandon and Qu’ Appelle (Thompson 
1898). 

32. Pimephales notatus (Rafinesque). Blunt-nosed Minnow. 

Montreal (Baird, coll., 1853). 

33. Mylocheilus caurinus (Richardson). Columbia River Chub. 

Fraser River at Mission, Thompson River at Kamloops, Shushwap 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 95 


Lake at Sicamous, Columbia River at Revelstoke and Golden, and Kick- 
ing Horse River at Golden (Eigenmann 1894). 


34. Semotilus bullaris (Rafinesque). Fall Fish; ‘‘Ouitouche’’ ; ‘‘Chub.’’ 


River St. John, the Miramichi at Boiestown, in the Hammond River 
and in every river and stream in New Brunswick and Nova Scotia (Perley 
1852, as Leuciscus cephalus); small streams in Quebec (Baird, coll., 
1853); ‘‘The most abundant fish in all the lakes and rivers throughout 
the district ’’ [Valley of the Rouge River] (D’Urban 1859, as Leuciscus 
pulchellus); River St. Lawrence, Montreal and Quebec (Fortin 1865, as 
Leuciscus canadensis, type); small stream near Baring, New Brunswick 
(Kendall 1894); and ‘‘every river and stream’’ in New Brunswick (Cox 
1895a, as Semotilis corporalis) ; feeders of the Kiskisink lakes, Peribonca 
River between Lakes St. John and Tschotagama (Chambers 1896); ‘‘ in 
swift water eddies and pools in New Brunswick (Cox 1895a); Glasier 
Lake, New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901). 


35. Semotilus atromaculatus (Mitchill). Creek Chub. 


River St. Lawrence and nearly all the rivers and streams running into 
it (Fortin 1865, as Leuciscus atromaculatus); Gull Lake (Meek 1899) ; 
Grand and Little Cascapedia and New Carlisle lakes, P. Q., and ‘‘ com- 
mon in all the waters of New Brunswick ’’ (Cox 1899); and Don River 
near Toronto (Nash 1906). 


36. Ptychocheilus oregonensis (Richardson). Squawfish. 


Fraser River (Gunther 1868, as Leuciscus oregonensis) ; and Thompson 
River at Kamloops and Shushwap Lake at Sicamous (Eigenmann 1894). 


37. Leuciscus balteatus (Richardson). Columbia River Minnow. 


Thompson River at Kamloops, Fraser River at Mission, Shushwap Lake 
at Sicamous, Griffin Lake at Griffin, Columbia River at Revelstoke, and 
Kicking Horse and Columbia rivers at Golden (EKigenmann 1894, as 
Leuciscus balteatus lateralis). 


38. Leuciscus elongatus (Kirkland). 
Don River near Toronto (Nash 1906). 


39. Leuciscus neogzeus (Cope). 


Pond in Maugerville (Sunbury County, N. B.), Dark Lake (near St. 
John, N. B.), Garnetts Lake (near Loch Lomond), and pond near Anag- 
ance, Kings County, N. B. (Cox 1895, as Phoxinus neogeus); several 
small lakes near the mouth of the St. John (Dark Lake, Water-works 
Lake and McDonald Lake) and also in a small lake near New Carlisle, 
P. Q. (Cox 1899, as Phoxinus neogexus). 


40. Abramis crysoleucas (Mitchill). Roach. 


Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Cyprinus (Leu- 
ciscus) chrysoleucas); waters near Hampton Ferry, N. B. (Perley 1852, 
as Leuciscus chrysoleucas); small stream near Baring, New Brunswick 
(Kendall 1894, as Notemigonus chrysoleucus) ; reported by Cox (1895, as 


96 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


Notemigonus chrysoleucas) from near Hampton Ferry; French Lake, 
Sunbury, and adjacent ponds and streams; Belleisle and Peabody Lake, 
Northumberland, N. B., and Gull Lake (Meek 1899); valley of the Grand 
Pabos, P. Q., in Lae &4 Canard and Murphy Lake and in Metapedia river 
and lake, P. Q., also from Afton Lake, néar Mount Stewart, Prince 
Edward Island (Cox 1899, as Notemigonus chrysoleucas). 


41. Notropis jordani Eigenmann & Figenmann. 


Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat (Kigenmann and Eigenmann 
1893, as Notropis albeolus, type, and as Notropis jordani, type). 


42. Notropis cayuga Meek. 


Qu’ Appelle River at Qu’ Appelle (Eigenmann and Eigenmann 1893, as 
Notropis heterolepis, type), and Qu’ Appelle (Thompson 1898). 


43. Notropis blennius (Girard). Straw-colored Minnow. 


Assiniboine River at Brandon, and Qu’ Appelle River at Qu’ Appelle 
(Eigenmann and Eigenmann 1893, as Notropus reticulatus, type); Red 
River of the North at Winnipeg (Eigenmann 1894, as Notropis deliciosus) ; 
Lake of the Woods at Garden Island and at Oak Island (Woolman, coll., 
1894), and Winnipeg, Brandon and Fort Qu’ Appelle (Thompson 1898). 


44. Notropis hudsonius selene (Jordan). Shiner. 


Lake of the Woods at mouth of Rainy River and at Asmus Point 
(Woolman, coll., 1894); Winnipeg, Brandon, Fort Qu’Appelle and 
Medicine Hat (Thompson 1898); and Hayes River 15 miles above York 
Factory (Preble, coll., 1900). 


45. Notropis cornutus (Mitchill). Redfin. 


Small lake, Rouge River drainage, Montcalm District, Quebee (D’ Ur- 
ban 1859, as Leuciscus frontalis); River St. Lawrence and ‘‘nearly all 
the rivers and streams running into it’’ (Fortin 1865, as Leuciscus 
vittalus); Montreal (Giinther 1868, as Leuciscus cornutus) ; Assiniboine 
River at Brandon (Eigenmann 1894, as Notropis megalops); ‘‘All swift 
and limpid streams in New Brunswick (Cox 1895a); Brandon (Thomp- 
son 1898); Gull and Muskoka lakes (Meek 1899); in Province of Quebec 
in brooks emptying into the Grand Cascapedia near its mouth (Cox 1899, 
as Leuciscus cornutus); Glasier Lake, New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 
1901); St. Lawrence River near Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 
1897); and Don River near Toronto (Nash 1906). 


46. Notropis cornutus frontalis (Agassiz). 
Montreal River on the eastern shore of Lake Superior (Agassiz 1850, as 
Leuciscus frontalis, type). 
47. Notropis muskoka Meek. 
Gull Lake (Meek 1899, type). 
48. Notropis jejunus (Forbes). 


Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Assiniboine ‘River at Brandon 
and Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat (Eigenmann 1894); Lake of 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 97 


the Woods at Garden Island, at Oak Island, at mouth of Rainy River 
and at Asmus Point (Woolman, coll., 1894); and Winnipeg at Brandon 
(Thompson 1898). 

49. Notropis scopifer Eigenmann & Eigenmann. 

Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Assiniboine River at Brandon, 
Qu’ Appelle River at Qu’ Appelle, and Saskatchewan River at Medicine 
Hat (EKigenmann and Eigenmann 1893, type). 

50. Notropis atherinoides (Rafinesque). 

Pie River, northern shore of Lake Superior (Agassiz 1850, as Alburnus 
rubellus, type); Red. River of the North at Winnipeg and Saskatchewan 
River at Medicine Hat (EKigenmann 1894); Lake of the’ Woods at Oak 
Island (Woolman, coll., 1894); and Winnipeg (Thompson 1898); St. 
Lawrence River near Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 

51. Notropis rubrifrons (Cope). 

Lake of the: Woods at Asmus Point and at mouth of Rapid River 
(Woolman, Coll., 1894); St. Lawrence River below Ogdensburg (Ever- 
mann and Kendall 1902). 

52. Rhinichthys cataractz (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Long-nosed Dace. 

Montreal (Giinther 1868, as Rhinichthys marmoratus); Lake Metape- 
dia, P. Q., and generally throughout New Brunswick (Cox 1899). 

53. Rhinichthys cataractz dulcis (Girard). 

Swift Current River at Swift Current, Saskatchewan River at Medicine 
Hat, Bow River at Calgary, Hot Sulphur Springs at Banff, and Elbow 
River at Calgary (Eigenmann 1894). 

54. Rhinichthys atronasus (Mitchill). Black-nosed Dace. 

St Lawrence River near Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902); 
‘In almost every brook in New Brunswick’’ (Cox 1895a) ; Cascapedia and 
Bonaventure rivers, P. Q. (Cox 1899); and Don River near Toronto 
(Nash 1906). 

55. Agosia falcata Eigenmann & Eigenmann. 

Shushwap Lake, Sicamous, B. C. (Eigenmann and Eigenmann 1893, 
as Agosia shuswap, type). 

56. Hybopsis storerianus (Kirtland). 


Red River of the North at Winnipeg (Eigenmann 1894) ; and Winnipeg 
(Thompson 1898). 


57. Couesius dissimilis (Girard). 

Swift Current River at Swift Current, Sackatchewan River at Medicine 
Hat, and Bow and Elbow rivers at Calgary (Eigenmann 1894). 
58. Couesius plumbeus (Agassiz). 


Upper St. John and Madawaska rivers and Squattook and Temiscouata 
lakes, Spruce Lake, St. John County, N. B., and Water-works Lake, some 


98 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


miles from St. John, N. B., Loch Lomond, St. John County, N. B. (Cox 
1895, as Couesius prosthemius); Metapedia river and lake, Grand and 
Little Cascapedia, Nouvelle (New Carlisle) lakes and in the basin of the 
Grand Pabos (Lac 4 Canard and Murphy Lake, P. Q. (Cox 1899, as 
Ceratichthys plumbeus); Glasier Lake, New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 
1901); Grant or St. Croix Lake (Preble, coll., 1903-4). 


59. Couesius greeni Jordan. 


Stuart Lake, B. C. (Jordan 1894, type); Fort St. James, B. C. (Cox 
1895); Kootenay Lake, at Nelson, B. C. (Evermann, coll. 1898). 


60. Platygobio gracilis (Richardson). Flat-headed Minnow. 


Saskatchewan River at Carlton House (Richardson 1836, as Cyprinus 
(Leuciscus) gracilis, type); Assiniboine River at Brandon and Saskatch- 
ewan River at Medicine Hat (Kigenmann 1894); Brandon (Thompson 
1898); and Athabasca River at Grand Rapids and Mackenzie River at 
Forts Simpson and Good Hope (Preble, coll., 1903-4). 


61. Exoglossum maxillingua (Le Sueur). Cut-lip Minnow. 
St. Lawrence River near Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 


Famity ANGUILLID 2%. 
62. Anguilla chrysypa Rafinesque. Common Eel. 


Streams and lakes of Greenland (Fabricius 1780, as Murxna anguilla) ; 
River St. Lawrence and several of its tributaries (Fortin 1862, as Murxna 
anguilla); ‘‘taken in every situation it can reach, does not occur above 
the Grand Falls, St. John River; albinos are sometimes met with’’ (Cox 
1895a, as Anguilla rostrata); Basin of River St. Lawrence, Quebec; Mon- 
treal (Montpetit 1897, as Anguilla vulgaris and Anguilla murena) ; stream 
in island of Anticosti (Schmitt 1904). 


Famity HIODONTIDZE. 


63. Hiodon alosoides (Rafinesque). ‘‘ La Quesche’’; Naccaysh.’’ 


Saskatchewan River at Cumberland House (Richardson 1836, as Hiodon 
chrysopsis, type); Saskatchewan valley (Wright 1892); Red River of the 
North at Winnipeg and Assiniboine River at Brandon (Eigenmann 1894) ; 
‘ Abundant in all the rivers of the plains, Swan Lake; Assiniboine River 
at Portage la Prairie and upper Assiniboine River, Brandon, and Red 
River of the North at Winnipeg’’ (Thompson 1898). 


64. Hiodon tergisus Le Sueur. Moon-eye. 

Saskatchewan River at Cumberland House (Richardson 1823, as Hiodon 
clodalis); Richelieu River (Richardson 1836, as Cyprinus (Abramis?) 
smithii, type); River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1864); Red River of the North 
at Winnipeg and Assiniboine River at Brandon (EKigenmann 1894); Lake 
of the Woods at mouth of Rainy River at Stevens Point (Woolman, coll., 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 99 


1894); River St. Lawrence; Lake St. Peter and in the Ottawa (Montpetit 
1897); Winnipeg and Brandon (Thompson 1898). 


Famiry CLUPEIDA. 


65. Alosa sapidissima (Wilson). Common Shad. 


‘Miramichi River shad and those ascending the St. John, resort for 
spawning to Darlings Lake (Kennebecasis), Douglas Lake (Nerepis), the 
Washademore, Ocnabag and Grand Lakes and Oromocto River’’ (Perley 
1852); River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1862, as Clupea alosa); St. Lawrence 
River (Goode 1884, as Clupea sapidissima); and River St. Lawrence to 
Montreal (Montpetit 1897, as Clupea sapidissima); Bay of Fundy and 
Miramichi Bay and occasionally in Bai des Chaleurs (Cox 1895a). 


66. Clupea harengus Linneus. Common Herring. 
South shore of River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1862, as Clupea sardina). 


67. Pomolobus pseudoharengus (Wilson). Alewife; ‘‘Gaspereau.”’ 
St. Lawrence River below Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 


Famity SALMONID A. 


68. Coregonus coulteri Eigenmann & Eigenmann. Coulter’s Whitefish. 


Kicking Horse River at Field (type locality) and Golden (Eigenmann 
and Eigenmann, 1892, type). 


69. Coregonus williamsoni Girard. Williamson’s Whitefish. 


Columbia River at Golden and Revelstoke, Bow River at Calgary and 
Banff, and Shushwap Lake at Sicamous (Eigenmann 1894) ; and Kootenay 
Lake at Nelson, B. C. (Evermann, coll., 1898). 


70. Coregonus kennicotti Milner. Kennicott’s Whitefish. 


Hudson Bay (Pennant 1788, as salmo lavaretus); Fort Good Hope 
(Milner 1883, type), and Delta of the Mackenzie (Gilbert 1894); Barter 
Island near mouth of Mackenzie River (Scofield 1899); Lake Bennett 
(Evermann and Goldsborough 1907). 


71. Coregonus richardsoni Ginther. Richardson’s Whitefish. 


Arctic North America (Giinther 1866, type); Mackenzie River basin 
(Preble, coll., 1903-4). 


72. Coregonus quadrilateralis Richardson. Round Whitefish. 


Fort Enterprise (type locality) and in the Arctic Sea, also Hudson Bay 
and about Fort Churchill (Richardson 1823); Bathurst Inlet and Great 
Bear Lake (Richardson 1836, as Salmo (Coregonus) quadrilateralis); St. 
John above the Grand Falls and in many of the lakes drained by its 
tributaries (Cox 1895); Madawaska and Upper St. John rivers, N. B. 
(Cox 1895a); Glasier Lake, New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901); Lake 
Bennett, Lake Atlin, and Caribou Crossing (Evermann and Goldsborough 
1907). 


100 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


73. Coregonus clupeiformis (Mitchill). Common Whitefish; ‘‘ Poisson 
blanche.’’ 


Coppermine River and Bathurst Inlet (Richardson 1823, as Coregonus. 
albus); Pine Island Lake and Lake Huron (Richardson 1836, as Salmo 
(Coregonus) albus); along the northern shores of Lake Superior (Agassiz 
1850, as Coregonus latior, type); Albany River (Sir John Richardson, 
coll., Giinther 1866, as Coregonus albus); Lake Mistassini (Low 1896); 
Hamilton River above the Great Falls and Grande Décharge, Lake St. 
John (Chambers 1896); and Lakes Manitoba and Winnipegosis (Thomp- 
son 1898). 


74. Coregonus nelsoni Bean. Nelson’s Whitefish. - 
Lake Bennett, British Columbia (Evermann and Goldsborough 1907). 


75. Coregonus labradoricus Richardson. Labrador Whitefish; ‘‘Mus- 
quaw River Whitefish.’’ 


Musquaw River (Richardson 1836, as Salmo (Coregonus) labradoricus, 
type); ? Saskatchewan River (Richardson, coll., Cuvier & Valenciennes, 
1848, as Coregonus angusticeps); Lake Temiscouata and Madawaska 
River, N. B., also Eagle Lakes at the head of Fish River and in St. 
Francis Lakes, Tuladi River and Grand Lake, N. B. (Perley 1852, as 
Coregonus albus); River St. Lawrence and some rivers flowing into it 
(Fortin 1863, as Coregonus albus); Madawaska, Lower St. John, Upper 
Restigouche rivers and Eagle, St. Francis and Grand Lakes, N. B. (Cox 
1895a); Lake of the Woods (Thompson 1898); Restigouche and Meta- 
pedia rivers, P. Q. (Cox 1899); Glasier Lake, St. Francis River, New 
Brunswick (Kendall 1903). 


76. Argyrosomus artedi (Le Sueur). Common Lake Herring. 

- Lake Erie and Lewistown, Upper Canada (Le Sueur 1818, as Coregonus 
artedi, type); Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as 
Salmo (Coregonus) harangus, type); Pic River and along the northern 
shores of Lake Superior (Agassiz 1850); Moose Factory (Bean 1881, as 
Coregonus artedi); and Thirty-one Mile Lake, Quebec, sixty niiles north 
of Ottawa (Gen. D. D. Wylie, coll., Shields 1897). 


77. Argyrosomus pusillus (Bean). Least Whitefish. 
Barter Island near the mouth of the Mackenzie River (Scofield 1899). 


78. Argyrosomus lucidus (Richardson). Great Bear Lake Herring. 

Great Bear Lake (Richardson 1836, as Salmo (Coregonus) -lucidus, 
type); Great Bear Lake River (Gilbert 1894, as Coregonus lucidus) ; 
Hershel Island (Scofield 1899); and Arctic Red River (Preble, coll., 
1903-4). 


79. Argyrosomus tullibee (Richardson). Tullibee. 

Saskatchewan River at Cumberland House, Pine Island Lake, and Al- 
bany District, Hudson Bay (Richardson 1836, as Salmo (Coregonus) 
tullibee, type); and Albany River (Sir John Richardson, coll., Ginther 
1866, as Coregonus tullibee). 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 101 : 


80. Stenodus mackenzii (Richardson). ‘‘Inconnu.’’ 


Mackenzie River and lakes and rivers flowing into it and also in Salt 
River (Richardson 1823, as Salmo mackenzii, type); Mackenzie River 
and Great Slave Lake (Richardson 1836, as Salmo mackenzii and In- 
connu); and delta of the Mackenzie River (Gilbert 1894); mouth of 
Mackenzie River (Schofield 1899) ; headwaters of the Yukon River (Ever- 
mann and Goldsborough 1907). 


81. Oncorhynchus gorbuscha (Walbaum). Humpback Salmon. 
Seton Lake Hatchery (Babcock 1905). 


82. Oncorhynchus tschawytscha (Walbaum). 


Columbia River at Golden and Revelstoke, Thompson River at Kam- 
loops and Fraser River at Mission (Eigenmann 1894); Skeena River and 
its tributaries, and Shushwap and Seton lakes and their tributaries (Bab- 
cock 1902). 


83. Oncorhynchus kisutch (Walbaum). Coho Salmon. 


Seton Lake, Shuswap Lake and its tributaries, Skeena River and its 
tributaries (Babcock 1902). 


84. Oncorhynchus nerka (Walbaum). Sockeye Salmon. 


Chiloweyuk Lake, near Fraser River (Dr. Kennerly, coll.); and 
Nehoialpitkwa River (Gibbs, coll., Suckley 186la, as Salmo kennerlyi, 
type); Fraser River (Dr. Kennerly, coll., Suckley 186la, as Salmo war- 
reni, type); Fraser and Skagit rivers (Suckley 186!a, as Salmo richardii, 
type); Chiloweyuk Lake (North latitude 49°), near Fraser River, and 
Nicola, Francois, Fraser, Okanogan, Stuart and Shushwap lakes (Ever- 
mann 1897); Stuart and Nicola lakes, B. C. (Evermann and Meek 1898, 
small form); and Kootenay Lake near Nelson, B. C. (Evermann, coll., 
1898, small form); Quesnel River and headwaters of Fraser River, Horse- 
fly River, Seton and Anderson lakes, Birkenhead River, Lillooet Lake, 
Shushwap Lake and tributaries, Oweekagno Lake and its tributaries, 
Wannuck River, Skeena River and its tributaries (Babcock 1902). 


85. Salmo salar Linnzeus. Atlantic Salmon. 


Lakes and rivers of Greenland (Fabricius 1780); Hudson Bay (Pennant 
1788); Quebec (Richardson 1836); Shubenacadie River; Snake Lake, 
Halifax County, Nova Scotia; Bedford River, near Halifax; General 
Bridge River (Gilpin 1866); Loch Lomond and Mispeck and Saguenay 
rivers (Adams 1873, as Salmo gloveri); St. Johns, Grand and Pockwock 
lakes and Salmon River, in Nova Scotia (Hallock 1873); St. Lawrence 
River (Hallock 1877); Lower St. Lawrence, Rimouski, Grand Metis, 
Saguenay rivers (Roosevelt 1884); St. Lawrence River (Goode 1884); 
Romaine, Little Esquimaux, Moisie, St. Augustine, Little Mecatina, 
Netaginau, Etamamiow, Coacoachoo, Olomonasheebo, “Washecootai, 
Great and Little Musquarro, Kegashka, Goynish, Wabisipi, Great and 
Little Watshieshoo, Corneille, Romaine, Mingan, St. John, Magpie, 
Thunder, Sheldrake, Manitou, Margaret, Trinity, Laval and Little Ber- 
geronnes rivers (Chambers 1896); ‘‘ Abundant in the rivers of the St. 


102 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


Lawrence and Atlantic coast flowing into Ungava Bay, and Stupart Bay, 
also in Koksoak River, but not in the rivers draining into Hudson Bay’’ 
(low 1896); Loch Lomond, Sciff Lake and Musquash Lake, N. B. (Cox 
1895, as Wininnish); la Riviere Jupiter, Island of Anticosti (Schmitt 
1904). 


- 86. Salmo ouananiche (McCarthy). ‘‘OQuananiche’’; ‘‘ Wananishe”’ ; 
‘‘Winnonish’’; ‘‘ Winninish,’’ and many variants of the word. 


Upper Saguenay River system and Lake St. John (Creighton 1892, as 
Salmo salar, variety Sebago); Saguenay River and Lake St. John 
(McCarthy 1894, as the Ouananiche); Saguenay River (McCarthy in 
Jordan and Evermann 1896, as Salmo salar ouananiche, type); Lake St. 
John, branches of Hamilton River, lakes of the Goynish (especially Lake 
Victor), Wat-shu-shoo and Piastre-baie rivers, Peribonca, Lake Manouan, 
Koksoak River, lakes and river stretches of the upper part of George 
River (which flows into Ungava Bay), Lake Michikamow at the head of 
Northwest River (which flows into Hamilton Inlet), head of Romaine 
River and Natashquan River, Ashuanipi branch of Hamilton River, Grande 
Décharge, Lac 4 Jim, Lac Tscholagama, and Lae aux Rats (Chambers 
1896). 


87. Salmo clarkii (Richardson). Cutthroat Trout. 


Kootenay River (Dr. Kennerly, coll., Suckley 1861, as Salmo lewis¢) ; 
Bow and Elbow rivers at Calgary, Bow and Vermillion rivers at Banff, 
Griffin and Shushwap lakes and Thompson River at Kamloops (Eigen- 
mann 1894), as Salmo ivideus masoni). 


88. Salmo kamloops Jordan. Kamloops Trout. 


Kamloops Lake, B. C. (Jordan, type, in Jordan and Evermann 1896- 
1900); Kootenay Lake (Jordan and Snyder MS. 1907). 


89. Cristivomer namaycush (Walbaum). Great Lakes Trout; ‘‘Tou- 
ladi’’ ; ‘‘ Lunge’’ ; Gray Trout; Mackinaw Trout; ‘‘ Queue fourchée.”’ 


Hudson Bay (Pennant 1788, as Namaycush); Hudson Bay (Walbaum 
1792 as Salmo namaycush, type); Lake Huron and Winter Lake (Rich- 
ardson 1836, as Salmo namaycush); Mingan River (Richardson 1836, as 
Salmo hoodii, type in part); northern shores of Lake Superior (Agassiz 
1850, as Salmo namaycush); lakes at the sources of the St. Croix and St. 
John rivers and Lakes Toledi and Temiscouata (Adams 1873, as Salmo 
confinis); St. Francis Lakes; Lakes Matapediac, Miramichi, Temiscouata, 
Cheputnecticook and Loch Lomond (Lanman 1874, as Salmo toma); 
Conim Lake, British Columbia (Jordan 1888, as Salvelinus namaycush) ; 
from Bow and Elbow rivers at Calgary; Devils Lake, Bow and Vermillion 
rivers at Banff, Columbia River at Golden and Revelstoke (EKigenmann 
1894, as Salvelinus namaycush) ; ‘‘in all the large lakes of New Brunswick 
except the river and lake systems between the Restigouche and St. John’’ 
(Cox 1895a, as Salvelinus namaycush); headwaters of the Fraser and - 
Columbia rivers, streams of Vancouver Island and Lac des Neiges (Jordan 
and Evermann 1896); Lake Superior, Lake Metis, Lake St. John, Lake 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 103 


Tschotagama, Lac aJim, Lake Mistassini, Lac des Aigles, Lakes Kiskisink, 
Manouan, Nepigon, Pipwuakin, St. Charles, and Betsiamitz, Hamilton 
River above the Great Falls (Chambers 1896); ‘‘ Very plentiful in all the 
larger lakes of the interior northward to Hudson Strait and also in the 
lake-expansions of the Hamilton River and Lake Michikaman’’ (Low 
1896) ; Muskoka Lake (Meek 1899); Lake Atlin, Tagish Arm, Lake Ben- 
nett and Summit Lake (at White Pass) (Evermann and Goldsborough 
1907). 


90. Cristivomer namaycush siscowet (Agassiz). Siscowet. 


At Michipicotin and everywhere along the northern shores of Lake Su- 
perior (Agassiz 1850, as Salmo siscowet, type). 


91. Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill). Eastern Brook Trout; Speckled 
Trout. 


Canada (Hamilton Smith in Griffith’s Cuvier, 1834, as Salmo Canaden- 
sis, type); Fort Enterprise, Pine Island Lake (Richardson 1836 as Sal- 
mo fontinalis); Boothia Felix (Richardson 1836, as Salmo hoodii, type, 
in part); Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Salmo 
fontinalis); Red Bay, Labrador (Storer 1850, as Salmo immaculatus, 
type); small lakes and streams between Balsam and the one in 
the 11th Lot 83rd Range Montcalm, Trembling Lake, and Lake of 
the Three Mountains (D’Urban 1859, as Salmo fontinalis); Hudson 
Bay and vicinity (C. Drexler, coll.), Labrador (Elliot Coues, coll.) 
and Newfoundland (Theo. Gill, coll.), (Suckley 186la, as Salmo 
hudsonicus, type); Digby Basin and Miramichi River (Gilpin 1866, as 
Salmo fontinalis); Cole Harbour and Musquoboboit River (Gilpin 1866, 
as Salmo canadensis); St. Ignace Island, Lake Superior (Thompson 
1883); Nepigon River, Ontario (Wright 1892, and many anglers and 
outing magazines) ; nearly every lake and stream in New Brunswick (Cox 
1895a); ‘‘Abundant in many of the rivers and lakes of the Labrador 
Peninsula, on the Atlantic coast and Ungava Bay, particularly plentiful 
and of large size along these coasts, the mouth of every river swarms with 
trout during late summer and autumn,’’ Koksoak, George, Romaine and 
Northwest rivers; Hamilton Inlet and James Bay (Low 1896); Grand 
Falls of the Hamilton, Ouiatchouan River, Lac de la Belle Riviére, Lake 
Batiscan, Lac des Grandes [les (or Lake Edward), Riviére aux Rats, 
River Jeannotte, Grand Lake, Jacques Cartier, Aleck, Aux Ecorces, 
Au Sable, Betsiamitz, Blanche, Chigobiche, de la Belle Riviére Aigles, 
Aulnaies, Habitants, Grande Décharge, Montmorenci, Little Peri- 
bonea, Otter, Ouiatchouaniche, and Shipshaw rivers; Lac a l’Ours; 
Lakes Beauport, Epipham, Mistassini, Pipmaukin, St. Charles and 
Round Lake; Noel Traverse, Lac 4 Regis, Lac 4 l’ Epaule, Lae des Roches, 
Lac Sept Isles, Metabetchouan and La Belle Riviére (flowing into Lake 
St. John), the Pikauba (flowing into Lake Kenogami), the Chicoutimi, 
A Mars and Ha Ha rivers (tributary to the Saguenay), the Malbaie (la 
grande riviére of St. Ann de Beaupré), the Montmorenci, the Jacques 
Cartier, the St. Anne (de la Perade), Nepigon River, Teschotagama 


104 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


Manouan and Lac a Jim (Chambers 1896); Gessier and Bear lakes, N.B. 
(Kendall, coll., 1901) ; La Riviére aux Canards, Anticosti Island (Schmitt 
1904). 


92. Salvelinus malma (Walbaum). Dolly Varden Trout; Western 
Charr. 
Kootenay River (Suckley 186la, as Salmo Parkei, type), and South 
Saskatchewan River (Jordan 1888); Herschel Island (Scofield 1899) ; 
Seton Lake, B. C. (Babcock 1902, as Dolly Varden Trout). 


93. Salvelinus alpinus alipes (Richardson). Greenland Charr. 


Lakes and rivers of Greenland (Fabricius 1780, as Salmo alpinus) ; 
Lakes in Prince Regents Inlet (Richardson 1836, as Salmo alipes, type, 
and as Salmo nitidus, type). 


94. Salvelinus alpinus stagnalis (Fabricius). 


Mountain streams of Greenland (Fabricius 1780, as Salmo stagnalis) ; 
type, and as Salmo rivalis, type); Greenland (Pennant 1788, as Salmo 
stagnalis) ; Coppermine River (Richardson 1823, as Salmo hearnii, type), 
Regents Inlet and rivers of Boothia Felix (Richardson 1836, as Salmo 
rossii, type), and Bloody Fall, Coppermine River (Richardson 1836, as 
Salmo hearnii). 


95. Salvelinus marstoni (Garman). . Marston Trout; Red Canadian 
Trout. 

Lac de Marbre, Quebec County, Quebec (Garman 1893, as Salmo mars- 
toni, type); one of the lakes of the Laurentides Club in the Lake St. John 
district, Lac des lles, some of the Rimouski series of lakes (Lac 4 Cassette), 
lake between Quebec and Lake St. John, Templeton in the Ottawa dis- 
trict (Chambers 1896); Lake Saccacomi and Red lakes (township of St. 
Alexis des Monts,-Maskinonge County, Quebec) (John W. Titcomb, coll., 
1901); Deealonnes township, Quebec (specimens received by the U. 8. 
National Museum in 1886 from Eugene Blackford); Lake Tourille, head- 
waters of St. Anne River, Province of Quebec (specimen received by U.S. 
National Museum in 1899 from Graham H. Harris); lake in Chernier 
township, Rimouski County, Province of Quebee (2 specimens received 
in 1896 by U. S. National Museum from Department of Crown Lands) 
(Evermann & Kendall 1902). 


Famity THYMALLID AE. 


96. Thymallus signifer (Richardson). Arctic Grayling; Alaska Grayling. 


Clear rivers to the northward of Great Slave Lake (Richardson 1823, 
as Coregonus signifer, type); Little Winter River (Richardson 1823, as 
Coregonus thymalloides, type); Winter River and Great Bear Lake (Rich- 
ardson 1836, as Salmo (Thymallus) signifer); Winter River (Richardson 
1836, as Salmo (Thymallus) thymalloides) ; Fort Simpson, British America 
(Milner 1872-73); Mackenzie River near Fort Simpson (Gilbert 1894) ; 
Great Bear Lake at Fort Franklin (Preble, coll., 1903-4) ; Tagish Arm, 
Kilbourne Creek and outlet of Lake Bennett near Caribou Crossing, small 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada, 105 


lake near Log Cabin between Caribou Crossing and Lake Bennett, Lake 
Bennett at Lake Bennett Station, Lake Atlin and Forty-mile Creek (Ever- 
mann and Goldsborough 1907). 


Famity ARGENTINIDZ. 


97. Thaleichthys pacificus (Richardson). Eulachon. 
Fraser and Nass rivers (Jordan & Gilbert 1881). 


98. Osmerus mordax (Mitchill). Smelt. 


River St. Lawrence as far as Quebec (Fortin 1862, as Osmerus virides- 
cens and Osmerus operlanus); abounds in New Brunswick, being land- 
locked in many lakes (Cox 1895a); Quebec and Trois riviéres (Montpetit 
1897, as Osmerus viridescens); and mouth of Northwest River, Hamilton 
Inlet (Low 1896). 


99. Osmerus dentex Steindachner. 
Arctic Red River (Preble, coll., 1903-4). 


Famity UMBRID 2. 


100. Umbra limi (Kirtland). Mud Minnow. 


Canada (Fortin 1865, as Hydrargyra atricauda); streams and little 
rivers of Gull Lake (Meek 1899); ‘‘on the ice in the marsh east of 
Toronto’’ (Nash 1906). 


Famity ESOCIDZ. 


101. Esox reticulatus (Le Sueur). Common Eastern Pickerel. 


River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1863); small stream near Baring, New 
Brunswick (Kendall 1894, as Lucius reticulatus); ‘‘ Lower St. John and 
its afluents’’ (Cox 1895a); the Meduxnakik, a branch of the St. John 
River (introduced) (Cox 1899). 


102. Esox lucius Linnzeus. Pike. 


Hudson Bay (Pennant 1788, as Pike) ; Lake Huron (Richardson 1836) ; 
Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Esox estor) ; North- 
ern shores of Lake Superior (Agassiz 1850, as EHsox boreus, type); basin 
of River St. Lawrence (Montpetit 1897, as Esox estor and Esox lucius) ; 
Lakes Sugarbush, Bevin and Bark, and Rouge River (D’Urban 1859, as 
Esox boreus); River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1863, as Hsox estor) ; St. Ignace 
Island, Lake Superior (Thomson 1883); St. Lawrence River (Hallock 
1877); Grand Chute, Lake St. John and Peribonea (Creighton 1892) ; 
Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Assiniboine River at Brandon, 
White Mud River at Westbourne, Moose Jaw River at Moose Jaw, Swift 
Current River at Swift Current, Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat 
(EKigenmann 1894); Hamilton River, Lac aux Brochets, Lakes Jim, 
Mistassini, Pipmaukin, St. John and Tschotagama, Big and Little Neke- 
bau lakes, Obahtegooman, Ojebogoomon and adjacent waters, Riviére 


106 EKvermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


au Pipe, Riviére au Cochon, Betsiamitz, Hamilton and Peribonca rivers 
(Chambers 1896); St. Lawrence River between New York and Ontario 
(Rathbun and Wakeham 1897, as Pike); from Quebec to Upper Ottawa 
and divisions of Richelieu, Chambly, Iberville, Chateauguay, Beauharnais, 
Trois Riviéres, Berthier, Joliette, Montreal, Terrebonne, Deux-Montagnes, 
Ottawa, and Gatineau (Montpetit 1897); Lake Winnipeg, Little Sas- 
katchewan, Winnipeg, Brandon, Westbourne (Thompson 1898); and 
Muskoka Lake (Meek 1899). 


103. Esox masquinongy (Mitchill). Muskallunge. 


“St. Lawrence River at Thousand Island (Hallock 1877, as Hsox nobilior 
and Esox estor); St. Lawrence River (Goode 1884, as Esox nobilior) ; 
Lakes Simcoe, Rice and Scugog (Wright 1892, as E’sox nobilior) ; Quebec 
to Upper Ottawa River and Divisions of Richelieu, Chateauguay, and 
Beauharnais, Trois Riviéres, Berthier and Joliette; Lake Deux-Montagnes 


and Lower Ottawa, Montreal, Upper Ottawa and Gatineau (Montpetit 
1897, as Esox nobilior). 


Famitry PCECILITID 2. 


104. Fundulus heteroclitus (Linnzus). 
- Rivers, ponds and lakes of Anticosti Island (Schmitt 1904). 


105. Fundulus diaphanus (Le Sueur). Gray-back Minnow. 


French and Grand lakes, in Sunberry and Green counties and Belleisle 
and St. John rivers, N. B. (Cox 1895a); Hillsboro River and at Rustico, 
P. E. Island, also common in the Bonaventure, Grand Pabos, York and 
Dartmouth rivers, P. Q., and in the lower course of the St. John, N. B., 
and in lakes about the Bay of Fundy (Cox 1899); St. Sawithns River 
near nigaen atte (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 


Famity GASTEROSTEID 4. 
106. Eucalia inconstans Kirtland. Brook Stickleback. 


Near Montreal (Dawson 1859, as G'asterosteus gymnetes, type) ; Qu’ App- 
elle, Lacawana Creek at Regina, Swift Current River at Swift Current, 
Maple Creek at Maple Creek, Bow and Elbow rivers at Calgary (Eigen- 
mann 1894); lower parts of St. John River (Cox 1895, as Gasterosteus 
inconstans); and Qu’ Appelle (Thompson 1898). 


107. Pygosteus pungitius (Linnzus). Nine-spined Stickleback. 


Saskatchewan River at Cumberland House (Richardson 1823, as Gaste- 
rosteus pungitius) ; Saskatchewan River and Great Bear Lake (Richard- 
son 1836, as Gasterosteus concinnus, type); Mouth of Nelson River 
(Robert Bell, coll., Bean 1881, as Gasterosteus pungitius); Qu’ Appelle 
River at Qu’ Appelle (Kigenmann 1894); Qu’Appelle River (Thompson 
1898); and Inlet Great Bear Lake (Preble, coll., 1908-4). 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 107 


108. Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnzeus. Common Stickleback. 

Streams everywhere (in Greenland) (Fabricius 1780); Greenland (Pen- 
nant 1788, as Three-Spined Stickleback) ; Hudson Bay (Pennant: 1788, as 
Gasterosteus aculeatus) ; ‘‘ Inthe estuaries of rivers and in those creeks to 
_ which the sea has access, also upper St. John, Madawaska and Restigouche 
rivers ’’ (Cox 1895a). 


109. Gasterosteus aculeatus cuvieri (Girard). 

Bras d’Or and Red Bay, Labrador (Storer 1850, Gasterosteus cuvieri, 
type); tidal fresh-water spring, near Salmon River, Labrador (Packard 
1891, as Pygosteus cuvieri); Streams, ponds and lakes of Anticosti Island 
(Schmitt 1904, as Gasterosteus Lispinosus). 


Famity PERCOPSID Zé. 


110. Percopsis guttatus Agassiz. Trout Perch. 

Lake Superior at Fort William (Agassiz 1850, type); Moose Factory, 
Hudson Bay (Walton Hayden, coll., Bean 1881); mouth of Nelson River 
(Robert Bell, coll., Bean 1881); Red River of the North at Winnipeg, 
Assiniboine River at Brandon, Lacawana Creek at Regina, Swift Current 
River at Swift Current, Saskatchewan River at Medicine Hat (EKigenmann 
1894); Lake of the Woods at Rat Portage, off Coney Island and at 
Stevens Point (Woolman, coll., 1894); Winnipeg Lake, Winnipeg, and 
Brandon (Thompson 1898); Hayes River 15 miles above York Factory 
(Preble, coll., 1900); and near mouth Missisquoi River (Carter, coll., 
1907). 


Fammty CENTRARCHID. 


111. Pomoxis sparoides (Lacépéde). Calico Bass. 

Lake of the Woods at mouth of Rainy River (Woolman, coll., 1894); 
‘waters of Quebec, Deep-Cut’’ and the Ottawa (Montpetit 1897, as 
Pomoxys sparoides and Labrus sparoides). 


112. Ambloplites rupestris (Rafinesque). Rock Bass. 


Lakes Huron, Ontario and Erie (Richardson 1836, as Centrarchus 
ewneus); River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1864, as Centrarchus xneus). 


113. Eupomotis gibbosus (Linnzeus). Common Sunfish. 


Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Pomotis vulgaris) ; 
Montreal (Fortin 1864, as Pomotis vulgaris); small stream near Baring, 
New Brunswick (Kendall 1894, as Lepomis gibbosus); Lower St. John 
River below Grand Falls, N. B. (Cox 1895a, as Lepomus gibbonue) and 
Gull and Muskoka lakes (Meek 1899). 


114. Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde. Small-mouth Black Bass. 


Lake Erie (Richardson 1836, as Cichla fasciata); Thousand Isles 
( toosevelt 1884, as Gristes nigricans); River St. Lawrence between New 
York and Ontario (Rathbun and Wakeham 1897) ; introduced into Spruce 
Lake and other lacustrine waters of New Brunswick (Cox 1895a); Gull 


108 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


and Muskoka lakes (Meek 1899); St. Lawrence River near Ogdensburg 
(Evermann and Kendall 1902). : 


115. Micropterus salmoides (Lacépéde). Large-mouth Black Bass. 


Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Perca nigricans) ; 
upper St. Lawrence River (Goode 1884); and Red River of the North 
(Thompson 1898). 


Famity PERCIDZ. 


116. Stizostedion vitreum (Mitchill). | Walleyed Pike; ‘‘ Doré’’; 
‘* Pickerel.’’ 


Hudson Bay (Pennant 1788, as Perca fluviatilis); Saskatchewan River 
at Cumberland House (Richardson 1823, as Perca fluviatilis var.) ; Lake 
Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Lucio-perca americana) ; 
Albany River (Sir John Richardson, coll., Giinther 1859, as Lucioperca 
americana) ; Montreal and lower St. Lawrence (Fortin 1864, as Lucioperca 
americana); St. Ignace Island, Lake Superior (Thomson 1883); Moose 
Factory, Hudson Bay (Walton Hayden, coll., Bean 1881); Lake St. John 
waters (Creighton 1892); Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Moose 
Jaw River at Moose Jaw, and Qu’Appelle River at Fort Qu’ Appelle 
(Eigenmann 1894); Lake of the Woods at mouth of Rainy River, at Oak 
Island, at Asmus Point, and at Stevens Point (Woolman, coll., 1894); 
Big and Little Nekebau lakes, Obahtegooman, Ojebogoomon and adjacent 
waters, Mistassini, Wakwunitche, Lac 4 Jim and Lake Kiskisink (Cham- 
bers 1896); ‘‘Common in the southern rivers flowing into Lake St. John 
and to the westward, also in Rupert and East Main rivers, rare in Bet- 
siamitz River and not found east of this stream, being unknown to the 
Indians of Mingan, not found in the Big River or streams to the north of 
it, nor in the rivers of the eastern or northern watersheds’’ (Low 1896) ; 
Great Lakes, St. Lawrence Basin, and Milieu River, an affluent of Saint- 
Maurice (Montpetit 1897) ; Lakes Winnipeg, Manitoba and Winnipegosis, 
Deer, Red,Souris and Winnipeg rivers, mouth of Nelson River (Thompson 
1898); Hayes River at York Factory (Preble, coll:, 1900). 


117. Stizostedion canadense (Smith). Sauger. 


Canada (Hamilton Smith in Griffith’s Cuvier, 1834, as Lucioperca 
canadensis, type); Quebec (Richardson 1836, as Lucio-perca canadensis), 
and River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1864, as Lucio-perca canadense). 


118. Stizostedion canadense griseum De Kay. Gray Sauger. 


Red River of the North at Winnipeg and Assiniboine River at Brandon 
(EKigenmann 1894); and Winnipeg and Brandon (Thompson 1898). 


119. Perca flavescens (Mitchill). Yellow Perch. 

Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836); Quebec (Baird, 
coll., 1853); Lakes Sugarbush, Bevin, Bark and a small lake com- 
municating with Devils River (D’Urban 1859); River St. Lawrence 
(Fortin 1863); Qu’Appelle River at Fort Qu’Appelle, and Assini- 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 109 


boine River at Brandon (Eigenmann 1894); Lake of the Woods at 
Rat Portage off Coney Island, Stevens Point, mouth of Rainy River, 
Asmus Point, Garden Island, and Oak Island (Woolman, coll., 1894); 
‘*Common in almost all the inland waters’’ (New Brunswick) (Cox 
1895a); Little and Big Nekebau, Obahtegooman, Ojebogoomon and adja- 
cent waters (Chambers 1896); basin of River St. Lawrence (Montpetit 
1897); River St. Lawrence between New York and Ontario (Rathbun and 
Wakeham 1897); Lake Winnipegosis and Swan Lake, and in the small 
lakes at the head of Red Deer Lake and at Fort Qu’ Appelle and Brandon 
(Thompson 1898); Gull and Muskoka lakes (Meek 1899); Metapedia 
river and lake (Cox 1899, as Perca americana); Glasier and Bear lakes, 
New Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901); St. Lawrence River near Ogdens- 
burg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 


120. Percina caprodes (Rafinesque). Log Perch. 


Small streams in Quebec (Baird, coll., 1853); St. Lawrence River near 
Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 


121. Hadropterus aspro (Cope & Jordan). 


Red River of the North at Winnipeg and Assiniboine at Brandon 
(Eigenmann 1894, as Htheostoma aspro); and Winnipeg and Brandon 
(Thompson 1898). 


122. Hadropterus guntheri (EKigenmann & Eigenmann). 


Red River of the north at Winnipeg (EKigenmann and Eigenmann 
1892, as Etheostoma guntheri, type), and Winnipeg (Thompson 1898), 


123. Boleosoma nigrum (Rafinesque). Johnny Darter. 

Lake Superior at Fort William (Agassiz 1850, as Boleosoma maculatum, 
type); White Mud River at Westbourne, Assiniboine River at Brandon 
and Qu’ Appelle (Eigenmann 1894, as Htheostoma nigrum); St. Lawrence 
River near Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902); Westbourneand 
in the Assiniboine River at Brandon (Thompson 1898); and Don River 
near Toronto (Nash 1906). 


124. Boleosoma nigrum olmstedi (Storer). 

Small streams of Quebec and at Montreal ( Baird, coll., 1853); St. Law- 
rence River near Ogdensburg (Evermann and Kendall 1902). 
125. Etheostoma boreale (Jordan). 


Montreal (T. J. Doran, coll., Jordan 1884, as Pecilichthys boreale, 
type); and Gull Lake (Meek 1899). 


126. Etheostoma iowe Jordan & Meek. 

Swift Current River at Swift Current (Eigenmann 1894); Qu’ Appelle 
River at Fort Qu’ Appelle (Eigenmann 1894, as Etheostoma quappelle) ; 
and Fort Qu’ Appelle (Thompson 1898). 

127. Etheostoma flabellare Rafinesque. Fan-tailed Darter. 


Small streams in Quebec (Baird, coll., 1853). 


110 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


Famity SERRANID ZA 
128. Roccus chrysops (Rafinesque). White Bass. 
Lower St. Lawrence River (Richardson 1836, as Labrax notatus); 


Lake Oromocto, one of the headwaters of the Magaguadavic River (Cox 
1895a). 


129. Roccus lineatus (Bloch). Striped Bass; Rock. 

St. Lawrence as far as Quebec (Richardson 1836, as Labrax notatus ) ; 
St. Lawrence River and some of its tributaries, and Sorel and Crane is- 
lands (Fortin 1863, as Labrax lineatus, and Perca saxatilis); St. Law- 
rence River to Quebec (Goode 1884); ‘‘Lakes and streams connected with 
the River St. Johns’’ (Cox 1895a, as Roccus americanus ). 

130. Morone americana (Gmelin). White Perch. 
Lakes and streams connected with the River St. John (Cox 1895a, as 
Roccus americanus ). 
Famity SCLENIDZ. 
131. Aplodinotus grunniens Rafinesque. Freshwater Drum. 
Lake Huron at Penetanguishene (Richardson 1836, as Sciena (Corvina) 


richardsoni); Red River of the North at Winnipeg (Eigenmann 1894); 
Winnipeg (Thompson 1898). 


Famity COTTID 2. 
132. Cottus asper Richardson. 

Fraser River at Mission, Shushwap Lake at Sicamous, Thompson River 
at Kamloops, and Griffin Lake (EKigenmann 1894). 

133. Cottus ictalops (Rafinesque). Miller’s Thumb; Blob. 

North shore of Lake Superior ( Agassiz 1850, as Cottus richardsoni, type) ; 
Mill Cove Stream, a tributary of the Miramichi River, N. B. (Cox 1895, 
and 1895a, as Uranidea richardsoni) ; and Green River, Madawaska, N. B. 
(Cox 1895a, as Uranidea richardsoni); St. Lawrence River near Ogdens- 
burg (Evermann and Kendall 1902); in all the Gaspé rivers, except those 
discharging into Gaspé Basin, P. Q., and in Miramichi and Restigouche 
rivers, N. B., a peculiar type from Bonaventure River, P. Q. (Cox 1899, 
as Uranidea richardson‘). 

134. Cottus onychus Eigenmann & Eigenmann. 

Bow River at Calgary (Eigenmann 1892, type). 
135. Cottus cognatus Richardson. 

Great Bear Lake, type locality (Richardson 1836); Lake Bennett 
(Evermann and Goldsborough 1907). 

136. Cottus philonips Eigenmann & Eigenmann. 

Kicking Horse River at Field (Eigenmann and Eigenmann 1893, type). 
137. Cottus spilotus (Cope). 


Moose Factory, Hudson Bay (Walton Hayden, coll., Bean 1881, as 
Uranidea spilota). 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 111 


138. Cottus franklini ( Agassiz). 

North and east shore of Lake Superior (Agassiz 1850, as Cottus frank- 
lini, type). 

139. Cottus gracilis (Heckel). 

Restigouche, affluents of the Miramichi, Madawaska and Green rivers 
(Cox 1895, as Uranidea boleoides); Green River ‘‘ Madawaska County ”’ 
(Cox 1895a), and Green River, Victoria County, N. B. (Cox 1895a); 
Metapedia River and Nouvelle River, P. Q. (Cox 1899); Bear Lake, New 
Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901). 


140. Cottus formosa (Girard). 
Madawaska River above Edmonston, N. B. (Cox 1895). 


141. Oncocottus quadricornis (Linnzeus). 
York Factory (Preble, coll., 1900). 


142. Oncocottus hexacornis (Richardson ). 


Mouth of Tree River near the Coppermine (Richardson 1836, as Cottus 
hexacornis, type); near York Factory, Hudson Bay (Robert Bell, coll., 
Bean 1881, as Cottus labradoricus). 


143. Triglopsis thompsoni Girard. 
In tide pools 75 miles north of York Factory (Preble, coll., 1900). 


Famity BLENNIIDZ. 


144. Lumpenus fabricii (Cuvier & Valenciennes). 


Greenland (Fabricius 1780, as Blennius lumpenus and Cuvier and Valen- 
ciennes 1836, as Gunnellus fabricii, type); Fort Churchill and Barren 
Grounds near Cape Eskimo, Hudson Bay (Preble, coll., 1900). 


Famiry GADIDZ. 


145. Lota maculosa (Le Sueur). Ling; Lawyer; ‘‘ Burbot’’; ‘‘ Lush’’; 
Freshwater Cusk. 


Hudson Bay (Forster 1773, as Gadus lota); ‘‘ every river and lake in 
the country ’’ (Richardson 1823, as Gadus lota); Pine Island Lake ( Rich- 
ardson 1836, as Gadus (Lota) maculosus); Michipicotin, Lake Superior 
(Agassiz 1850); St. John and Oromocto rivers and Temiscouata, Eagle 
and St. Francis lakes (Perley 1852); River St. Lawrence (Fortin 1863, as 
Lota inornata; Lota vulgaris); Red River of the North at Winnipeg, Kick- 
ing Horse and Columbia rivers at Golden (Eigenmann 1894, as Lota lota 
maculosa); St. John River, Eagle and St. Francis lakes, Restigouche 
waters and Lake Utopia (Cox 1895a); common in all the deep lakes 
throughout the interior (of Labrador) (Low 1896); Lake St. John 
(Chambers 1896); basin of the aqueduct of Montreal and rivers flowing 
into Lake St. John (Montpetit 1897, as Gadus lota); Glasier Lake, New 
Brunswick (Kendall, coll., 1901); St. Lawrence River near Ogdensburg 
(Evermann and Kendall 1902); Seton Lake, B. C. (Babcock 1902, as 
Ling). 


112 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


List oF NOMINAL SPECIES OF FRESHWATER FISHES ORIGINALLY 
DESCRIBED FROM CANADIAN WATERS. 


An examination of the following tabular statement shows 
that 65 nominal species of freshwater fishes have been described 


from Canadian waters. 


Forster in 1773 and the last by Meek in 1899. 
Of these 65 nominal species only 29 are now regarded as valid. 


The first of these was described by 


ORIGINAL NAME. 


PRESENT IDENTIFICA- 
TION. 


TYPE LOCALITY. 


DESCRIBER AND 
YEAR. 


Petromyzon borealis 

Lepisosteus huronen- 
sis 

Amia ocellicauda ; 

Synechoglanis beadlei 


Silurus (Pimelodus) 
borealis 
Silurus (Pimelodus) 


coenosus 
Cyprinus catostomus 


Cyprinus (Catosto- 
mus) forsterianus 
Catostomus lesueuri 


Leuciscus canadensis 


Notropis albeolus 
Notropis jordani 
Notropis heterolepis 


Notropis reticulatus 


Notropis muskoka 
Notropis scopifer 


Agosia shuswap 


Couesius greeni 

Cyprinus (Leuciscus) 
gracilis 

Hiodon chrysopsis 


“Cyprinus (Abramis?) 
smithii 
Salmo (Coregonus) 
’ quadrilateralis 
Coregonus latior 


Salmo (Coregonus) 
labradoricus 

Coregonus angusti- 
ceps 

Coregonus artedi 


Salmo (Coregonus) 
harengus 


2? Lampetra aurea 
Lepisosteus osseus 


Amia calva 
Ictalurus punctatus 


Ameiurus lacustris - 

Ameiurus natalis 

Catostomus catosto- 
mus 

Catostomus catosto- 
mus : 

Moxostoma lesueuri 


Semotilus bullaris 


Notropis jordani 
Notropis jordani 
Notropis cayuga 


Notropis blennius 


Notropis muskoka 
Notropis scopifer 


Agosia faleata 


Couesius greeni i 
Platygobis gracilis 


Hiodon alosoides 


Hiodon tergisus 


Coregonus quadrilat- 
eralis 

Coregonus clupeifor- 
mis 


Coregonus labradori- 
cus 

? Coregonus  labra- 
doricus 


Argyrosomus artedi 


Argyrosomus artedi 


Great Slave Lake 

Lake Huron at Pene- 
tanguishene 

Lake Huron 

St. Catherines, On- 


tario 
Pine Island Lake 


Lake Huron at Pene- 
tanguishene 
Hudson Bay 


Lake Huron and 
Great Slave Lake 
Saskatchewan River 
at Carlton House 
St. Lawrence River at 

Montreal and Que- 
bee 
Saskatchewan River 
at Medicine Hat 
Saskatchewan River 
at Medicine Hat 
Qu’Appelle River at 
Qu’ Appelle 
Assiniboine River at 
Brandon and Qu’- 
Appelle River at 
Qu’Appelle 
Gull Lake 
Red River of the 
Northat Winnipeg, 
Assiniboine River 
at Brandon, Qu’- 
Appelle River at 
Qu’Appelleand Sas- 
katchewan River at 
Medicine Hat 
Shushwap Lake at 
Sicamous, B. C. 
Steuart Lake, B. C. 
Saskatchewan River 
at Carlton House 
Saskatchewan River 
at Cumberland 


ouse 
Richelieu River 
Fort Enterprise 


Along the northern 
shores of Lake Su- 
perior 

Musquaw River 


Saskatchewan River 


Lewistown, Upper 
Canada and Lake 
Erie 

Lake Huron at Pene- 
tanguishene 


Girard 1858 
Richardson 1836 


Richardson 1836 
Gill 1858 
Richardson 1836 
Richardson 1836 
Forster 1773 
Richardson 1836 
Richardson 1823 
Fortin 1865 
Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 
Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 
Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 


Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 


Meek 1899 
Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 


Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 
Jordan 1894 

Richardson 1836 


Richardson 1836 


Richardson 1836 
Richardson 1823 
Agassiz 1850 


Richardson 1836 
Cuvier and Val- 


enciennes 1848 
Le Sueur 1818 


Richardson 1836 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 113 


ORIGINAL NAME. 


PRESENT IDENTIFICA- 


TYPE LOCALITY. 


DESCRIBER AND 
YEAR. 


Salmo (Coregonus) 
lucidus 

Salmo (Coregonus) 
tullibee 


Salmo mackenzii 
Salmo kennerlyi 


Salmo warreni j 
Salmo richardii 


Salmo salar ouana- 
niche 

Salmo namaycush 

Salmo hoodii (part) 


Salmo siscowet 


Salmo hoodii (part) 
Salmo immaculatus 
Salmo hudsonicus 


Salmo parkii 
Salmo alipes 
Salmo nitidus 
Salmo stagnalis 
Salmo rivalis 
Salmo hearnii 


Salmo rossii 


Salmo marstoni 
Coregonus signifer 
Coregonus thymalloi- 


des 
Esox boreus 


Gasterosteus gymnetes 
Gasterosteus concin- 
nus 


Gasterosteus cuvieri 

Percopsis guttatus 

Lucioperca canadensis 

Etherstoma guntheri 

Boleosoma 
tum 


Peecilichthys boreale 
Cottus richardsoni 


macula- 


Cottus cognatus 
Cottus onychus 


Cottus philonips 
Uranidia franklini 


Cottus hexacornis 


Argyrosomus lucidus 


Argyrosomus tullibee 


Stenodus mackenzii 
Oncorhynchus nerka 


Oncorhynchus nerka 
Oneorhynchus nerka 


Salmo ouananiche 


Cristivomer namay- 
cush 

Cristivomer namay- 
cush 

Cristivomer namay- 
cush siscowet 


Salvelinus fontinalis 
Salvalinus fontinalis 
Salvelinus fontinalis 


Salvelinus malma 


Salvelinus alpinus al- 
ipes 

Salvelinus alpinus al- 
ipes 

Salvelinus alpinus 
stagnalis 

Salvelinus alpinus 
stagnalis 

Salvelinus alpinus 
stagnalis 


Salvelinus marstoni 
Thymallus signifer 
Thymallus signifer 
Esox lucius 

Eucalia inconstans 


Pygosteus pungitius 


Gasterosteus aculeat- 
us cuvieri 
Percopsis guttatus 
Stizostedion cana- 
dense ; 
Hadropterus guntheri 
Boleosoma nigrum 


Etheostoma boreale 
Cottus ictalops 


Cottus cognatus 
Cottus onychus 


Cottus philonips 
Cottus franklini 


Oncocottus hexacor- 
nis 


Great Bear Lake 


Saskatchewan River 
at Cumberland 
House, Pine Island 
Lake, and Albany 
District, Hudson 
Bay 

Mackenzie River 

Chiloweyuk Lake 
near Fraser River 

Fraser River 

Fraser and Skagit 
rivers 

Saguenay River 


Hudson Bay 
Mingan River 


At Michipicotin and 
everywhere along 
the northern shores 
of Lake Superior 

Boothia Felix 

Red Bay, Labrador 

Hudson Bay and vi- 
cinity; Labrador 
and Newfoundland 

Kootenay River 

Lakes in Prince Re- 
gents Inlet 

Lakes in Prince Re- 
gents Inlet 

Mountain streams of 
Greenland 

Coppermine River 


Regents Inlet and 
rivers of Boothia 
Felix 

Lac de Marbre, Otta- 
wa County, Quebec 

Northward of Great 
Slave Lake 

Little Winter River 

Northern shores of 
Lake Superior 

Near Montreal 

Saskatchewan River 
and Great Bear 
Lake 

Bras d’or and Red 
Bay, Labrador 

Lake Superior at Fort 
William 

Canada 


Red River of the 
North at Winnipeg 

Lake Superior at Fort 
William 

Montreal 

North shore of Lake 
Superior 

Great Bear Lake 

Bow River at Calgary 


Kicking Horse River 
at Fiel 

North and east shore 
of Lake Superior 

Mouth of Tree River 
near the Copper- 
mine 


Richardson 1836 
Richardson 1836 


Richardson 1823 
Suckley 1861 


Suckley 1861 
Suckley 1861 


McCarthy 1896 
Walbaum 1792 
Richardson 1836 
Agassiz 1850 


Richardson 1836 
Storer 1850 
Suckley 1861 


Suckley 1861 
Richardson 1836 
Richardson 1836 
Fabricius 1780 
Richardson 1823 
Richardson 1836 


Garman 1893 
Richardson 1823 
Richardson 1823 
Agassiz 1850 
Dawson 1859 
Richardson 1836 
Storer 1850 
Agassiz 1850 
Smith 1834 
Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1892 
Agassiz 1850 


Jordan 1884 
Agassiz 1850 


Richardson 1836 
HKigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1892 
Eigenmann and 
Eigenmann 1893 
Agassiz 1850 


Richardson 1836 


114 Evermann and Goldsborough— Freshwater Fishes of Canada. — 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 


1773. Forster, JOHN REINHOLD. An account of some curious Fishes sent 
from Hudson Bay. < Philosophical Transactions, Vol. LXIII, Part I, 
1773, pp. 149-160. 

1780. Fasricius, Orro. Fauna Groenlandica. Systematice sistens ani- 
malia Groenlandiz occidentalis hactenus indagata quoad nomen speci- 
ficum, triviale, vernaculumque; synonyma, generationen, mores, 
usum, capturamque singuli prout detegendi occasio fuit, maximaque 
parte secundum proprias observationes, Othonis Fabricii, 1780, pp. 1- 
xvi + 1-453. Pisces, pp. 187-183. 

1788. Pennant, THomas. Introduction to the Arctic Zoology, pp. ete. 
I-CCCX XXIV, illustrated, second edition. London, MDCCXCII. 

1792. WaLBauMm, JoHANNE Jutio. Petri Artedi sueci Genera Piscium, &c. 
Ichthyologiz Pars iii. Emendata et aucta a Johanne Julio Walbaum, 
pp. 1-723, plates 1-3. _ 

1818. Le Surur, C. A. Descriptions of several New Species of North 
American Fishes. <Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia, Vol. I, 1818, pp. 222-235. 

1823. RicHARDSON, Sir JonN. Notices of the Fishes. < Narrative of a 
Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21, and 
22 by John Franklin, Captain R. N., F. R. S., and Commander of the 
Expedition. With an Appendix on various subjects relating to Science 
and Natural History. Illustrated by numerous plates and Maps, 1- 
xvi + 1-768, fishes pp. 705-28. London, 1823. 

The following freshwater species are recorded in this paper: Salveli- 
nus alpinus stagnalis (as Salmo hearnii type), Stenodus mackenzii (as 
Salmo mackenzii type), Coregonus clupeiformis (as Coregonus albus), 
Thymallus signifer (as Coregonus thymalloides type), Coregonus quadri- 
lateralis, Hiodon tergisus (as Hiodon clodalis), Moxostoma lesueurii (as 
Catostomus lesueurti type), Ameiurus nebulosus (as Silurus felis), Lota 
maculosa (as Gadus lota), Stizostedion vitreum (as Perca fluviatilis 
var.), and Pygosteus pungitius (as Gasterosteus pungitius). 

1834. GrirritH, Epwarp. The Animal Kingdom, arranged in conformity 
with its organization by the Baron Cuvier, with supplementary additions 

to each order, by Edward Griffith. Vol. X, pp. 1-680. London, 1834. 

1836. RicHARDSON, Sir Jonn. Fauna boreali-Americana, or the Zoology 
of the Northern Parts of British America; containing descriptions of the 
objects of Natural History collected on the late northern land expedi- 
tion under command of Captain Sir John Franklin, R. N. Part Third, 
The Fish, pp. I-xv + 1-327, plates 74-95. London, 1836. 

1848. Cuvier, M. LE Bon. et Valenciennes, U. A. Histoire Naturelle des 
Poissons. Tome 21, 1848, pp. rxvi + 1-391; illustrated. 

1850. Aaassiz, Louis. Fishes of Lake Superior.. <Lake Superior, its 
physical character, vegetation and animals compared with those of 
other and similar regions, with a narrative of the tour by J. E. Cabot, 
part VI, pp. 246-377. 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 115 


1850. Storer, Horatio Roprnson. Observations on the Fishes of Nova 
Scotia and Labrador, with Description of New Species. < Boston Jour. 
Nat. Hist. Vol. VI, 1850-57, pp. 247-270. 

The following freshwater species are recorded in this paper: Gasteros- 
teus aculeatus cuvieri (as Gasterosteus cuvieri, type) and Salvelinus fon- 
tinalis (as Salmo immaculatus, type). 


1852. Pertey, M. H. Descriptive Catalogue (in part) of the Fishes of 
New Brunswick and Nova Scotia (Second Edition). 
1853. Barrp, Spencer F. A small collection of fishes made by Professor 
Baird in September, 1853, in the neighborhood of Montreal and Quebec, 
_and recorded in the catalogues of the department of fishes, United 
States National Museum, is referred as ‘‘ Baird, coll., 1853.’’ No report 
of this collection was ever published by Prof. Baird. 


1858. GrRARD, CHARLES. General Report upon the Zoology of the several 
Pacific Railroad Routes. Fishes < Reports of Explorations and Sur- 
veys to ascertain the most practical and economical route for a Railroad 
from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, 1853-6. Vol. X, p. - 
xiv + 1-400, plates viI-Lxxr. 1858. 

1858. Gi_L, THEODORE. Description of a New Genus of Pimelodinz from 
Canada. <Trans. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, 1858, pp. 1-3. 

1859. GinrHER, ALBERT. Catalogue of the Fishes in the collection of the 
British Museum, Vol. I, 1859, pp. i-xxxr + 1-524. 


1859. D’Ursan, W. 8S. M. Observations on the Natural History of the 
Valley of the River Rouge, and surrounding Townships in the counties 
of Argenteuill and Ottawa. <Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. 
IV, 1859, pp. 252-276. 

1859. Dawson, J. W. Ona new species of stickleback (Gasterosteus gym- 
netes). <Canadian Naturalist and Geologist, Vol. IV, 1859, pp. 321-324, 
3 figures. ; 

1861. SucKLEY, GEoRGE. On the North American Species of Salmon and 
Trout. <Report U. 8. Fish Comm. 1872 and 1873, pp. 91-160. 


186la. SucKLEY, GEORGE. Notices of certain New Species of North Ameri- 
can Salmonidee, chiefly in the collection of the N. W. Boundary 
Commission, in charge of Archibald Campbell, Esq., collected by Dr. 
C. B. R. Kennerly, Naturalist to the Commission. <Am. Lyc. Nat. 
Hist., Vol. VII, 1861, pp. 306, 318. 

1862. Fortin, Pierre. List of the cetacea, fishes, crustacea and mollusea, 
which now inhabit and have been inhabiting the Canadian shores of the 
Gulf of St. Lawrence and are objects of fishing operations, whether on a 
large or small scale, and which are used as bait, ete. <Annual Report 
of Pierre Fortin, Esq., Magistrate in command of the expedition for the 
protection of the fisheries in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, during the sea- 
son of 1862; Appendix, pp. 109-124. 

1863. Fortin, Prerre. Continuation of the list of fish of the Gulf and 
River St. Lawrence. <Annual report of Pierre Fortin, Esq., com- 
manding the expedition for the protection of the fisheries in the Gulf of 
St. Lawrence during the season of 1863. Fisheries appendices from An- 


116 Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 


nual Report for 1863, of the Hon. Wm. McDougal, commissioner of 
crown lands for the year 1863 (1864), pp. 60-72. 

1864. Fortin, PIERRE. Continuation of the list of fishes found in the Gulf 
and River St. Lawrence. < Annual Report of Pierre Fortin, Esq., sti- 
pendary magistrate, commander of the expedition for the protection of 
fisheries in the Gulf of St. Lawrence on board La Canadienne during 
the season of 1864 (1865), pp. 61-69. 

1865. Fortin, PrerrE. Continuation of the list of fishes taken in the Gulf 
and River St. Lawrence. < Annual Report of Pierre Fortin, Esq., sti- 
pendary magistrate in command of the expedition for the protection of 
the fisheries in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, on board La Canadienne dur- 
ing the season of 1865 (1866); pp. 67-79. 

1866. GrILPIN, BERNARD. On the Food Fishes of Nova Scotia. <Trans. 
Nova Scotia Inst. Nat. Sci., No. IV, Apr. 2, 1866, pp. 76-91. 

1866. GUNTHER, ALBERT. Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, 
Vol. VI, pp. -xv+ 1-512, 1866. 

- 1866. Knicut, THomas F. Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of Nova 
Scotia. 

1870. Dumérit, Aveust. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Vol. II, 1870. 

1870. Ginrner, ALBERT. Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum, 
Vol. VIII, -xxv + 1-549. 

1873. Hattock, CHaries. The Fishing Tourist, Angler’s Guide and Ref- 
erence Book; pp. I-xiv + 15-239, 1873. 

1873. Apams, A. Letra. Field and Forest Rambles, with notes nia ob- 
seryations on the Natural History of Eastern Canada, pp. 1-xv1 + 1- 
333, 1873. 

1873. MitneR, JAMES W. Notes on the Grayling of North America. 
<Rept. U. S. Fish Comm., Vol. II, 1872-3, pp. 729-742. 

1874. LANMAN, CHARLES. The Salmonide of Eastern Maine, New Bruns- 
wick and Nova Scotia. <Rept. U. S. Fish Comm., Vol. II, 1872-73 
(1874), pp. 219-225. 

1877. Hawtiockx, CHartes. The Sportsman’s Gazetteer and General 
Guide . . . . The Game Fishes of North America, pp. 239-411, 1877. 
1884. GoopE, GEorGE Brown. Natural History of useful aquatic animals. 
<The Fisheries and Fishery Industry of the United States, Sec. 1, text, 

I-xxxiv + 1-895, 1884. 

1881. Jorpan, Davip Srarr and GitBert, CHARLES H. Notes on the 
Fishes of the Pacific Coast of the United States. <Proc. U.S. Nat. 
Mus., IV, 1881 (1882), pp. 29-70. 

1881. Bran, TarRLEtoN H. Notes on some Fishes from Hudson Bay. 
<Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., IV, 1881 (June 2, 1881), pp. 127-129. 

1883. THomson, W. A Trouting trip to St. Ignace Island. <Fishing 
with the Fly, by C. F. Orvis, and A. Nelson Cheney, 1883, pp. 97-117. 

1883. Miner, James W. in Jordan & Gilbert, Synopsis of the Fishes of 
North America, as Bull. No. 16, U. 8. Nat. Mus., pp. I-Lv1 = 1-1018, 
1882 (1883). 

1884. Roosrve.t, Ropert BARNWELL. The Game Fish of the Northern 
States and British Provinces, pp. 1-324, 1884. 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 117 


1884. JorpAN, Davip Srarr. Descriptions of four new species of Pecili- 
chthys in the United States National Museum. < Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 
1884 (Sept. 27, 1884), pp. 477-480. 

1884. Srearns, W. A. Notes on the Natural History of Labrador. < Proc. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1883 (1884), pp 123-125. 

1888. JorpDAN, Davip Starr. On the occurrence of the Great Lake Trout 
(Salvelinus namaycush) in the waters of British Columbia. <Proc. U. 
S. Nat. Mus., 1888 (Nov. 8, 1888), p. 58. 

1891. Packarp, ALPHEUS SprinG. The Labrador Coast. A Journal of 
two summer cruises in that Region. With notes on its early Discovery, 
on the Eskimo, on its Physical Geography, Geology and Natural His- 
tory, p. I-v1 + 1-513, illustrated. 

1892. Wricut,. RAmMsAy. Preliminary Report on the Fish and Fisheries of 
Ontario. <Ontario Game and Fish Commission, 1892, pp. 419-476. 
1892. CreiaHton, J. G. ALwyn. The landlocked salmon or Wananishe. 
< American Game Fishes. Their habits, habitat and peculiarities; how, 

when and where to angle for them, pp. 81-110, 1892. 

1892. EraeENMANN, Caru H. and EIGENMANN, Rosa SmirH. New Fishes 
from Western Canada. < American Naturalist, November, 1902, pp. 
961-964. 

1893. GARMAN, SAMUEL. The Lacde Marbre Trout. A new Species. 
<Science, XXII, 1893, p. 23. 

1893. ErGenMANN, CarL H. and ErGENMANN, Rosa Smitrn. Preliminary 
Descriptions of New Fishes from the Northwest. <American Natur- 
alist, February, 1903, pp. 151-154. 

1894. Jorpan, Davin Starr. Description of a new species of Cyprinoid 
fish, Cowesius greeni, from the head waters of the Fraser River in Brit- 
ish Columbia. <Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. XVI, 1893 (1894), p. 313. 

1894. Kenpati, W. C. Notes on the Fresh-water Fishes of Washington 

. County, Maine. <Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIV, 1894, pp. 43-54. 

1894. GILBERT, CHARLES H. Notes on Fishes from the Basin of the Mac- 

' kenzie River in British America. <Bull. U. S. Fish Comm., XIV, 
1894, pp. 23-26. 

1894. E1geENMANN, Cart H. Results of Explorations in Western Canada 
and the Northwestern United States. <Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., XIV, 
1894 (1895), pp. 101-1382. 

1894. McCarruy, Evaenr. The Leaping Ouananiche; what it is; where, 
when, and how to catch it. 1894, 1-66. 

1895. Cox, Puitre. History and present state of the Ichthyology of New 
Brunswick. < Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. of New Brunswick, No. XIII, 1895, 
pp. 27-61. 

1895a. Cox, Paitirp. Catalogue of the Marine and Freshwater Fishes of 
New Brunswick. < Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. of New Brunswick, No. XIII, 
1895, pp. 62-75. 

1896. CuampBers, E. T. D. The Ouananiche and its Canadian apathy 
ment, illustrated, pp. I-xx1r + 1-357, 1896. 

1896. Low, A. P. Report on Rieploestons in the Labrador Peninsula 

along the East Main, Koksoak, Hamilton, Manicuagan-and Portions. of 


118 Evermann and Goldsborough—F, reshwater Fishes of Canada. 


other Rivers, in 1892-93-94-95. <Geological Survey of Canada, An- 

_ nual Report, new series, Vol. VIII, 1895, Appendix, ITI, pp. 329-332 L. 

1896-1900. JorpDAN, DAvip Starr and EvVERMANN, BARTON WARREN. The 

- Fishes of North and Middle America. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 47, 
Parts I-IV, pp. 1-3313, plates 1-cccexcit. 

1897. RarHBun, RicHArD and WAKEHAM, WILiIAM. Report of the Joint 
Commission relative to the preservation of the fisheries in waters con- 
tiguous to Canada and the United States. < House Doc. No. 315, Fifty- 
fourth Congress, second session, 1897, 14-178. 

1897. EvERMANN, BARTON WARREN. A Report upon Salmon Investigations 
in the headwaters of the Columbia River, in the State of Idaho, in 1895, 
together with notes upon the Fishes observed in that State in 1894 and 
1895. <Bull. U. 8. Fish Comm., XVI, 1896 (1897), pp. 151-202. 

1897. Montpetit, A. N. Les Poissons d’eau Douce du Canada, pp. I- 
xiv + 1-552, with colored plates and woodcuts; Montreal, 1897. 

1897. SHiELps, G. O. In letter dated May 11, 1897, describing a fish 
14.5 inches long, caught by Gen. D. D. Wylie in Thirty-one Mile Lake, 
Quebec, sixty miles north of Ottawa, and sent to the U. 8. Fish Com- 
mission for identification. 

1898. EvERMANN, BARTON WARREN, and Meek, Sera Evcenre. Salmon 
Investigation in the Columbia River Basin, and elsewhere on the 
Pacific Coast in 1896. <Bull. U. 8S. Fish Comm., Vol. XVII, 1897 
(1898), p. 15-84, pl. 1-2. 

1898. THompson, Ernest Seton. A List of the Fishes known to occur 
in Manitoba. <Forest and Stream, Vol. LI, No. 11, Sept. 10, 1898, 
p. 214. 

1899. Cox, Puitip. Fresh Water Fishes and Batrachia of the Peninsula 

_ of Gaspé, P. Q., and their distribution in the Maritime Provinces of 
Canada. < Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, Second Series, 
Vol. V, 1899-1900, pp. 141-151. 

1899. ScorrELD, NorMAN BisHop. List of Fishes obtained in Arctic Alaska. 
From Report of Fur Seal Investigation 1896-97, part 3 (1899), p. 493- 
509. 

1899. Mrrex, 8. E. Notes on a collection of Fishes and Amphibians from 

~ Muskoka and Gull Lakes. <Field Columbian Museum Publication 41, 
Zoological Series, Vol. 1, No. 17, pp. 807-811. 

1902. EvERMANN, BARTON WARREN and KENDALL, WILLIAM CoNVERSE. An 
Annotated List of the Fishes known to occur in the St. Lawrence River. 
<Report U. 8. Fish Comm., XX VII, 1901 (1902), pp. 227-240. 

1902. Bascock, JoHN PEASE. ‘Report of the Fisheries Comutissioner for 
British Columbia for the year 1902. 

1902. JorpAN, David Srarr and EVERMANN, BARTON WARREN. American 
Food and Game Fishes, illustrated, pp. -L + 1-573. 

1903. Hatkerr, ANDREW. In letter to the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries, dated 
July 3, 1903. 

1903. KENDALL, WiLLIAM ConvERSE. Notes on some Fresh-water fishes 
from Maine. <Bull. U.S. Fish Comm., XXII, 1902 (1903) pp. 353-368. 


Evermann and Goldsborough—Freshwater Fishes of Canada. 119 


1904. Drsrocners, J. E. Poisson-Castor.. <Le Naturaliste Canadien, 
XI, 1904, p. 38. 

1904, Scumirr, JosepH. Monographie de L’ Ile D’ Anticosti, illustrated, pp. 
I-vi + 1-367. | . 

1905. Bascock, JoHN PEase.’ Report of the Fisheries Commissioner for 
British Columbia for the year 1905. 

1906. Nasu, C. W. In letter dated April 8, 1906, forwarding 8 species 
of fishes to the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries for identification. . 

1907. Carrer, E. N. In letter dated March 29, 1907, sending specimens 
to the Bureau of Fisheries for identification. 

1907. EverMANN, BArton WARREN and GoLpsBorouGH, EpMuND LEE. 
Fishes of Alaska. < Bull. U. 8. Bureau of Fisheries, Vol. XX VI, 1906 
(1907), pp. 219-360, plates x1v—xLu. 


INDEX 


New names are printed in heavy type. 


A 

Abramis crysoleucas <3. a 95 
Acipenser brevirostris.-.... .. 91 
THA CIIIOSHS: & 2G ee GES see OE 
SIS VPINCAUS ec he ee ee 91 
oxyrhinchus Weg. earch Gabeira eet ane 
PUDCUNIS 52S. Se ee 91 
TiIpPeCTHBNUS -.0.f 6 ae 91 
SERIE IO ioe ik ete ie te EE A ER es 91 
trarismMon tans. Cae 91 
POPES PEE VU 5 ee ee rg ua ot race ae 15 
Asie telat) 0 ie. ence Fee SNA & 
SHUSWED. 55 si see Ps ee 7 
Alburnus Tubes.) .SoeSeee 97 
BIC DIGOS oe er SE eS ee Bees 60 
Mose sa pidissl Mag Wee 5 eae 99 
Ambloplites rupestris ......... 107 
Ambystoma jeffersonianum ..... 18 
THICCOSEOIUIIIN is a oe 13 
CRC ie es ey es as a ie 13 
TATOO IIH aoe le Un en 6 ee 13 
PIGTINU HI sy pes cee ee RO 13 
Ameturus Jacustris= 68.4 VS 92 
ra eA BTR pe Meal ace ec gmbieey een Ge Re i ic 92 
VODORG 50a. aos ba a ee 92 
EE as espe bee aa see 92 
AI COLUO > Peer ig=te aN ee ee eee 91 
OeerHeRun eS os ora See 91 
BCCIICHAGR OR 375) Se ee ee a 91 
Ancistrodon contortrix ........ 11 
Avigeig CHYBYRG, «sis ee ee 98 
ATION ofa ee eS LS OR 98 
PUSRCIA a ee eae a ee rc iesid he 98 
Cac TS Sig To Ree oe et Regen ta hat 98 
Anodonta angulata .. =. : 2... 0% 67 
CAIIOVNICDSIS Soe, . 69 
MPA aries, ke ee ea re 67 
MrEPINCTIAIS Gk ke ee i. 69 
MieetiMOl ie oo 2s Tete ce ge ke 69 
DRUUUIA TIS os oe ora ee es eG 69 
wahlametensis ......-... 69 
Antennaria solstitialis ........ 39 
Amltrozous pallidus 06. es 85 
Aplodinotus grunniens ........ 110 
Argyrosomus artedi...... Pees |! 4 
Ufa ST SRR Si bce pea ra se ete 100 
PI Go a egg oS 100 
MEEOC re oa chee bord kee eke ec 100 
Aromochelys odorata ......... 11 
BEV COs BUNUPUR: 8S es 48 
WOOTEMMLAS Eo ae gt ac ae 49 

BIVOATNOMGR 75 Re wes ae 
ABO TemiCanus bei ee See se 31 
RTNUOTUIEUTE Sos oe Cig ea at epee 66 

B 

Bailey, V. The mountain haymakers 

GEIB i 55's es oie Fes tag nee vii 


22—PrRoc. BIOL. Soc. WASH., VOL. XX, 1907. 


Baker, A. B. On the capture of otters 
near Washington .. .... 
Bangs, O. A new race of the hepatic 
WAUBSOT Sb eg eS oa 29-30 
An owl, Rhinoptynx clamator 
(Vieill.), added to the Costa Rican 
ornis 31-32 
A new race of the mangrove 
cuckoo, from Grenada and the 
Growadines 3.7 a eee 53-54 
A new spiny-tail from the 
Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, 
Colombia . 55-56 
Barber, H. S. 


RCE a A BEE TR Kage ee se 


Bartsch, P. On the destruction of th 
inhabitants of an aquarium by 
PEUOT OWI 20 55.) Pen ae x 

Bison occidentalis. ......:... 

Biting Varo.) 6 oe ee 7,74 

DL OVEGATIAR 30 Rt ee cee , 74 
Blennius lumpenus ........ spk fh a | 
Boleosoma maculatum . ...... 109 

Abst Guth’ 1 eae aMREaaES Sanam ton er Meiers: t 109 

OlMStBeT 6 6. oe ee 109 
Biuto lentiginosus! 438s ksh ee 15 

Cc 

Callospermophilus wortmani..... 86 

CAais Rib ach Oo ar ae en gate 62 

TUDES oa rns a es 6 

Carphopiops amoenus........% 9 

Uarpiodes velifar 5. c wee setae 

Cary, M. Some unrecorded Colorado 
MSDIMG I hs ae So is 


permophilus wortmant, with notes 
on the recent capture of Antrozous 


DOMADUSR CO) Fea a Ohea els 85-86 
Castel CANAGENSIS ip ere es aes 61 
1EUCOGGINWIB. 225s ea eae 47 
DACINCUS:  Soica ls Wainer 47 
CAtOStOMUS BULOTR seo ere ee 93 
POSTON TONSIS? see es eee 93 
COTE raw NL ee eee 94 

CO COST ORDAIS cso 255 si eos Se et 93 
COUMMMNETSON ciao oak he ee 93 
OOUAMUNIB Ss sa ce he eee are 93 
TOPStATINNUS soc eo ee 93 
HUGROUID re Sek ies 93 
lesueuri . . 2 Fy Oe es ae ae 94 
TOPMPITOSEIIS i oo eG esac woe 93 

MA CTOCHOHUS Ara eae cou acne 93 
macrolepidotus ..... sal tees OE 
HIGTIGANS oo ft ees SS 
RULGULEL 5a aos ce GAN ay GIL eg 94. 
TOROS 5 iOS ral eA oe ete ea tig 93 
tubercula ts ©. io) ear eee 94 
Centrarchus coneus oh eae ey 107 


122 


Chelopus insculptqus io as ee . 65 
Chelydraserpentina 6 os os ewe 11 
Chrosomus erythrogaster ....... 94 
Chrysemys elegans .< 2.6.03 2020s 12 
Hippo gly pnies 6 ea ewes 12 
POATHUNA TO ec ak ses eine 12 
7 i Bc) Ts ROR Rc ge on ee ee ten oer 8 12 
Cichia fastiata 08.6 ees Pe Sara ty 
Cistudo carolina... .. . MS SEMPRE Fe oh 
Cea is Se ATSUIR sate ees eee Sera eo es 61 
QMAPURI ek nk oho eh eo 5 


Clark, H. W. On the unusual flower- 


ing of certain plants ...... vii 
Observations on: Riccia .. . . vii 
Clonee Gi06R ak. oe i ed eee 99 
Tishrerigses esos re Soe eas 99 
SA DIGISSIMG | a {ae ee ees 99 
sardina Ee Ure ee ee 99 
Cnemidophorus sexlineatus Pick Soe 11 
CoccyZus dOnMNICe hay se oe 54 
Crensdensis 25. ss 53 
MA VRATAL ea Wi eh ae 54 
PAUP oo ha ghel ee ede tepals 54 
MORIOTO: ee ok a eatie eles eae 54 
VALCO lar CAN aurea eG haa ty 54 
Coleosanthus garrettii ........ 38 
Coluber sitistis 3c eee Pere 12 
GDSOLOLIES ake a AS eres 10 
Cook, O. F. Parthenogenesis and al- 
ternation of generation in parasitic 
Hymenoptera - +... 6% . vii 
Cooke, W. W. A résumé ofthe present 
bird migrationseason.... . ix 
Discussion of the spring migra- 
tidti Of DiTGS es Pe a ees x 
GCoTregOnus ‘al DUS, 6" Se a eee os oes 100 
PORTISTICODS 6 5 8 ees val pace 100 
OPO os ee eS gee ee 100 
COUIGOT b8 tek ta hee Peeler 99 
ClUDELIOPMIS:. 5 koe eee es 100 
HAPOTO US rile cei as fs ees oe 100 
ORTH ICAU i ue ere ee OR ae 99 
IADIBOOTICUS) oe fe ee 100 
TABOR. Core ete te lag ae 100 
OTs Co BC. Mee ono eral wha Se MeN ny SRST 100 
MVS EISTEE Siete caiman si a 100 
CUBATHATAYAIIS eis Sapcoal’s 99 
SISNET hc Remi keh ce bebe 104 
thy malioides hee ee, 104 
HPPA hae eh ie oak eae 100 
WIHIGINSONA eases scarce . 99 
Corynorhinus macrotis ........ 7 
ee BBTOR A tees ae sd oe eae 110 
CORNRTIS Oia Se ae 110 
FOTN OS OG Te oo ek eae eee 111 
SPATVICMDE SS Vee eee te een ee 111 
SPOOR oon Ahee ree ee ae Att. 
DOSRCOTHIB 3 Se ie aS FES tet ee 111 
TOURACHIS AE ein ee arlene es F a te ots 110 
FOBT ACOTIOUS sens) Sete Ree 111 
ONnVOMS sie em ek 110 
WHORES 8 or a, is be eee eine 110 
FICHRLUBONL een aos ee eee 110 
SUOMI Poo ph Pan ane eas - '110 
OOUGSIUS CISSIMILIS 5 oe Sy ie eee es 97 
ROGET 8 rs ae ee 98 
DIVAS 5 eS eral ee aig 97 
PLOStHEN MMS eee ie ee eS 98 


Coville, F. V. Photographic reproduc- 
tions of rare botanical books ... ix 


Cristivomer namaycush........ 102 
SISCOW OG ie ets ee Spa RSE Ree 103 
Crotalus Norrigue 36 ieee ee wis Pe tt 
Cyclophis SSIVUSs etchl yt Doe ee ers 10 
Cyprinus catostomus »-. 2. ..%... 93 
CHYVsOlouGas: sas eo ee 95 
FGrsterianus (sein as Pian SS 93 
SPPOCILS ay) ee apa Mere te Come ee 98 
Hidsoniuas 9 Se Peo ey 93 
NG] 5 Ob eee Roe ae eR SARE SW ran SUR NE CLL 98 


The Biological Society of Washington. 


D 
Dall, W.H. Notes on Cretaceous Volu- 
; tidee ; emi eaR oe joules cerns Walenta vii 
Desmognathus fusca isp 15 
Dewey, L. H. The zapupe ‘fiber plant 
of éastern Mexico i 33 oe ix 
Diadophis punctatus .... Sea 
Didelphis virginiana ........ 2,71 
Diemyctylus viridesecens ....... 15 
Dipodomys cratodon ......... 75 
ie ToL. Ly 0 eMsay OES sete ter ae Rees ames 77 
MOPTOMOIG) ss Sate eee ees 77 
MiarPranlite . koe ss ee, 76 
NGISON ooo ee ee a 75 
Plat yCcepnelys =. 6 ke 76 
Douglasia johnstoni. ......... 37 
E 
Erethizon MyOps -. + .s++ +> Sa er 
PIN VZON OMORSUS. 6 oe ee ee ices 94 
PROX VONDUS oii eae ak bs es erid: EA LOO 
PRE Car yen ea i are cate gt 105 
RPIARTS ts Ri gee a raw tae eee 105 
JOASCUINONMY 8k es BE. 106 
AGTIOM as ee al arte ee eee es 106 
reticulatus. ..... Bye awh Pe ar 
HtHeBOStOMa BSPTO a hws oa eee 109 
DORCRI oe ee i el eee wae 109 
PatilAreR eo ecco gees Sas 109 
PUGH OTE Sc 4 ke oo eae 109 
TOWOR es ein el gS Ogee ote es 109 
TINEA ngs ge ae Reg Be EN Ewe 109 
GUBDDOLIA: Souitie Sisson 109 
Eucalia ineonstans ....... 106 
Eumeces quinquelineatus ....... 11 
HupOmMotus: SIDDOSUS fois Se ee 107 
Biteenss SOUT Bs So ee ee ee 12 
UN gr, ok etre eae cai ieee MP een gr as afl 
Eutamias CORSODFINUN | kis ee oe 24 
HAIDAIIUS oo reer et at ae eee 24 
ODGPAMMIBU CE isis on hare at 24 
AIT CTINIG ies es es Oe ele ae 93 
Evermann, B. W. The golden trout 
and the southern high Sierra Ab. 
Freshwater mussels and the 
pearl button industry .. x 
Evermann, B. W., and Goldsborough, 
BE. L. A check list of the fresh- . 
water fishes of Canada 89-120 
EVOtOIM Vs GA WHORL 6 oee e e sal 61 
Exoglossum maxillingua ....... 98 
F 
Hiber srepolatys os sie ee oe 62 
Zipetinicus.. ie Eee ae ae ee 
Fritellaria lunellii. ......-.... 35 
Fundulus diaphanus ......... 106 
MGEOVOCIIUS [5° Ci hot eee re ek 106 
G 
Gadus lacustris Sa ERAN A ee ry 92 
Fs HORE ae esr pei sae eh gatas Seca CF 111 
WYO TTLCSIS oy 5 os eae Sse eee ee 111 
Gasterosteus aculeatus .. ..-... 107 
DIBDANIRUS Sake Mere eee ew 107 
CODCIIMNMB see eee tas ee os 106 
CU VIOT ras heer re ath oe 107 
BVMNOWS. Acs fs eee a 106 
PORTE Hele aces ot se ee 106 
SUIDIOTMAUG vo coats ate ee he, 106 


Gidley, J.W. A new horned rodent 
from the Miocene of Kansas . i eva 

Gill, T. N. New facts concerning par- 
ental care among freshwater fishes ix 


Index. 


Gill, T. N. On the distribution of 

Philippine animals 
Soe E. L., and Evyermann, 
W. A eheck ‘list of the fresh- 

be fishes of Canada ... . 89-120 

Gristes nigricans 7 


CHIC MRO is ah nS a Sess cee 63 
Ginnelis taADricil s.r 8 ES 111 
H 
THadropterus ASPTO 0 109 

MITER OTA re erin le eee . 109 


Hay, W. P. Exhibition of Peripatus . be 
Henshaw, H. W. An extension of oy. 


range of the wood tortoise 65 
Hesperomwys.cherrit:. <0 64ers es ae 50 
Heterodon platyrhinus ........ 10 
Hiodon BiOsOides os. eG eee we 98 

GHTYSODSIS <65 ios A eee oe oe 98 
ClOCR TIS reas Ce eee 98 
fOPPISUS nlc se Tee en ee oie 98 


Hopkins, A.D. Some results of anato- 
mical investigations of the thoracic 
segments of insects . - vili 

Notes on the variation in “the 

time of budding and flowering of 

foresttrees . ix 

On the budding of trees during 


the spring of 1907 Coe ae a earctery ix 
Howell, A. H. Notes on the migra- 

Toms Of baths ee es x 
Hybognathus nuchale ...... 94 


Hy bopsis storerianus:: . 4°. eS 97 


Hydrargyra atricauda ........ 105 
Fivin. piekoring. ca) a) ees 15 
VOTHICOION ek Sa et eg 15 
Hypudaeus ochrogaster. -.. Drie tgy: |: 
Hystrix fasciculata 3.0 os iets 66 
pats trig tf ¥ 1 es gegen lee ERA RN ere oS il, Gea 66 
I 
Ichthyomyzon castaneus ....... 90 
GORCOIOR ie eee eee 
Tetalurus nigrescens... . 0.6.6 92 
AEC TAIS ore a ie as 92 
Ictiobus cyprinella ..... 6 re ee 92 
J 


Jackson, H. H. T. Notes on the mam- 
; mals of southwestern Missouri . 71-74 


K 


Kearney, T. H. The date palm in the 


northern Sahara set aces viii 
Kinosternon pennsylvanicum ... 12 
o 
PAIR HNCRALIS 6 fe fees SS 110 

WWARIAIIS force Seas CS ee eee eee 110 
LADSUS SDATOIICS 1.65 c 5 Sls ee 107 
LaAmpetra Buren 2 es 3 Antara) 4 

GIUSPI at ee 91 
Eosiurus borealis’ 6 Sees Sie ee 8 

CINBTOUS. 6 So Se ee ees 8 
Latorre, A.C. Anew South American 

THE as eo oo ae ee ea eee 57-58 
Lepisosteus Hhuronensia! ss esas 91 

RGOPITOSIS, oes 6s ce ead 91 

MARTINS core Ee a eee eek 91 
TSDOMIS CIDDOSUS fs eo eet ies 107 
Lepus cascadensis ...... se 6 88 87 

GUITICWIATIUS 365s Bo eR 51 

SG re eile Pie aeanspaind te Migeenties ga yak BS 62 


Lepus magdalene.........+. 81 
WG IAIOHSs: cco tess eee aay hs: 
transitionalis estan ais pa NL 
VPPMCTUGIS. 80h. pate See eee 51 

Leuciscus atromaculatus Fish Rae pre) Cay TSE 95 
Daltentus. 505 ee 95 
CANROGDSIS 27 Se Sa ee nes 95 
CRBS: 59 Lal Socio ns saree acs 95 
CHYYSOIOUGAS: 26245. sb Say 95 
COLTS oa aers ola ob Ree eae 96 
COPDOTIUS io a ac R i te an aoe 95 
CLORMACUIS ose CR ieee aye aits 95 
PMATIINS sib re eae 96 
TAOIST, Go Oi rece te eee eR SE wc 98 
THMIPOOEIS 8s des SO a aa ae 95 
OLETONENEIS? » ig TN asin we 95 
pulchellus . j eS: En arhe 95° 
SATU PRAY fata Gt eh ogthe? oe vaied Cees 96 

Tiopeltis: vernalis:: oo yk ee 12 

PENSE AEROPENIN GEE 02 ce one en eee 111 
FCC RT ee eas 111 
MARAIS 5550 5 oa ok ae Ngo eg era lil 

Lucioperca americana. ........ 108 
eanadensis;..- 23 SSNs meres a 1,” 

SP AIGHAB-TOUICUIG UMS © col cal oa Rare cen 105 
Bumpenus fa bricit. 6's ie are 111 
Tattra: CANAOCNSIS. i. 2s (eae seks 63 
EAIPOOIA VISON ais Si one ha 6, 63 
OPT COMBOCIISIS 55 oo sic: Gabe eee wees 62 
Lyon, M. W., Jr. On the distribution 
of Philippineanimals....... = 

On the capture of otters near 

Washington i) i aera 

A new flying squirrel from the 

island of Terutau, west coast of 
Malay Peninsula’. sires saa 17-18 

M 

McAtee, W. L. A list of the mammals, 

reptiles and batrachians of Mon- 
poe Cal. MNgiIahe 625 ees eee 1-16 

Machaeranthera latifolia . . as, Oe 
Panicaista 2.0555 as 38 

Malaclemys geographica . ok xt gee 
pseudo-geographica....... 12 

Marmota ee Rie ye a ety. gee . 
TOT Kale oS Khe ea Pens 

Maxon, W. *R. Exhibition of a nest 

OE-DOTSG TIE: aca. vo ree coe ae SE 
Mephitis mephitis 5.0.5.2. ai a ne 6 
Merriam, C. H. Descriptions of ten 

new kangaroo rats t 

Merrill, E. D. The geographic distri- 

bution of Philippine plants . pea 

Mertensia micrantha ......... 37 

Micropterus dolomieu......... 107 
BRINOIGES ie pe he eon ecen ae 108 

Microtis AUStCTUS 42 6 40Ge eee eave 6 
OCHVORESTER. 635502 ee Ses Sas 48, 73 
OTORS Fo ee Ge a ewe 61 
DAUDESTHIMAUS: "4 hk Ses Set 26 
PenNsy LWANICUS: 6.5 abe bo 5 

Miller,G.S. Anew name for the genus 

Rhynchonycteris PQterss- ihe. ase caine 65 
Mitchell, On the capture at 

otters cas Washington . x 
Morone americana: oi soe eee . 110 
Morris, E. L. On the unusual flower- 

ing of certain plants . vii 

Exhibition of an abnormal 

Bpglish walnut: 0 4k ses viii 

Morse, G. B. Preliminary observa- 

tions on the quail disease in the | 

oe 5 0 ce ak Pe eee) Sas eee ae et whe be 1x 

Moxostoma anisurum.........- 94 
BUTOOLUM ooo Merce hae ey ae . 94 
Jesneuri: {ces ei ee ae 94 
macrolepidotum ......-.. 94 


124 


NMurena anguilla 6 ee ea 98 
Mis: GATOLNCNSIS Sei 6 eee ee 49 
Ws es Sen ee 49 
BOOGTIN core hte eee ies eee 49 
THUBCUIUIS 10's ask eal eo ews 4,72 
NOTVECICUS Ss eR 4, 72 
POHGHOCUS: oh ko oo es Ses 49 
Miostela AOtuORr ic is eres eee ee 63 
Mylocheilus caurinus ......... 94 
Myotis: californieus: 2°... es 27 
CHIOISDPIT ose oe ee eee 28 
VORTICES os re ek oe eee es +] 
SubGwtUs aos eR 8 
VUIATONNIS: Sl ee eee 28 
N 
Natrix fasciata ..< ......- ee 
“ACIPUIBTIC hess ak: SOR ee a ee 10 
Jeberigs sae Ra or Fico seen 
PHOMIDITORN fio ek ae eae 12 
SLOG is ee ake) ere ea es 10 
Necturus maculatus. ........ 13 
Nelson, A. Some new western plants 
and their:collectGrs se 33- 


Nelson, E. W. Descriptions of new 
North American rabbits. ... 81-84 

Descriptions of two new sub- 

species of North American mam- 


ORAS eS ete ee le et a 
Neotoma desertorum.......... 
Noctilio zaparo: 6 Vo es ee ek 
Notemigonus chrysoleucas ...... 96 
Notropis albeolus’ iss eS 96 

BtHOrinomess eee ee es 97 
DIlPANIGS Cac eee Sey 96 
COVER cee ae ok 96 
COTMUUS 2h a ee oe 96 
GeHClosis. 30.0 Pa tics Sesame 
FROME eee ee he 96 
Neterolenia« ese OS Se 96 
SQVURNNS Sg Ls ee a kee 96 
FOTO nM oy a aie ee 96 
NICRBIONS Sa eS el eee 96 
PUISK ORB oe Si ee ar ea 96 
TOLIGWIATUS oa Se ES 96 
PUDTIPONS A. hors tre er eee 97 
BELONG eee ata BU ag ee 96 
SOODON Ss eda sg See es 96 
O 

Oberholser, H.C. On the distribution 

of Philippine MHIMAIS Es eee 

Description of a new Otocoris 

from Lower California .. . 41-42 
Ochotona collaris .......... 62 
Oncorhynchus gorbuscha....... 101 

Rigstehy oct fh Se eer ener osy og 101 
OLN ete ae ee ae ee ee 101 
SAGE WHISCIS 60s acto eee 101 
Onocottus qguadricornis........ 111 
Onychomys brevicaudus .... .. 2 
Ophisaurus ventralis’. ........ 12 
Osceola. triangwula: oe ie ee 10 
Osgood, W. H. On the animal paint- 
ings of Carl Rungius .. . viii 
Notes on European zoological 
gardens. °'.°.°:. PAE 8 


Four new pocket. mice . 19-22 
Some unrecognized and mis- 
applied names of American mam- 
. 48-52 
A collection of mammals from 
a region of Mt. McKinley, Alas- 


MES UR Savio TEN yl See Ge SW oor ie Bae Aes i ee te 


A specimen of Bison cP aliad sinha 
from northwest Canada... . 


The Biological Society of Washington. 


Osmerue Gentex . 340 tse ees 105 
TRONGH EE Ga ee oe ie ae 105 
Opera nila 3235 Pe ee 105 

VITINGSCONS hid oe se) Pe, 105 

COCHTG ROCHE os 6 ea 41 
SUOMSCTA . oF ORS OL Ree 41 

Ovis dali nc eee era ies OB 

P 
Palmer, Wm. On the capture of otters 
near Washington 35 26. Se x 

POLCh BINGIMCHNA oe Ss Be 109 
TR VESCONS ose SS eS 108 
ATVI G RTS Ose ok ee es 108 
WAGTICOUS 8S a eke ee as 108 
SaXatliges os. he e% BT ee ogy 110 

Percine CADTOUCS. 6 69 RO ee 109 

PEFCODTHS PUGARUS «os eal ee 107 

Peredinus longines 6 eee es a 27 
SHOMPUCNSES «seo eS 78 
Peminswles 222.) ss Se 79 
DEFHICKUS 5 Oe Oe ee wisi 79 
StepiOnal oe 78 

Perognathus ammophilus....... 20 
BYRON as Sua hes Acie sete) ae 
Dowmibwoiiws 35 ae Sr Ss 19 
TERRE Se i ON SF ae) Sec 27 
magdalenae ........... 21 
BICCtS ok ae es oR ae 20 

Peromyscus arenarius. ........ 49 
DEPOWE bie Soe ae eo 
ROUCODUA SS: oy eee oe ee ee 
michiganensis..... Pe ees ob > 
WOUOMMENS oe eee ee eee ee 49 

Petaurista terutaus.......... 17 

PhOXiInus N6oweus ks 95 

Pimelodus nebulosus <0 2s 3.2 92 

Pimephales promelas ......... 94 
TEOQUUAIS Maa i Oa Sa eee ee 94 

Piper, C. V. Some features of the dis- 

tribution of life in the Columbia 
PSST eras ee gh okie ae ee viii 

Pipistrellus subflayus ...:....... 9 

Paranga DigenGata hii ee iw ee es 99 
OGIO oi ae eee 30 
TO DRECA kt ede fe a we ces 29 

Platygobio:@racilis 0.205 is eck ea eS 98 

Plethodon cinereus ....... eseaey 7 
SIREN ONMS aia as ae Sees 14 

Peecilichthys boreale Mies ree ph See Ae 109 

Pollard, C. L. Dictionaries in their 

relation to biology ......:. viii 

Pomolobus pseudharengus ...... 99 - 

POMOUA VUIGRTIS 4.666 Oi ae 107 

POMOXIS SPATOIdeS os ee 107 

PYODORCIGID-o0' 5. Ble ero eae ATOR! 445" 

PEOCVOM IGOR 6) ek 5 Oe a 6, 74 

Ptychocheilus oregonensis ...... 95 

Putorius noveboracensis ....... 6 

Pywosteus pUuUngITIUS .< 5. Se ee 106 

R 

RaAnW Catespiane so kor eas Meee | 1 
CAP CO ecg 8) 3g Uae ey So eS 16 
De aStrisias va aes ee ees 15 
SITSTOU ise ai te om eas Nese he eee 15 
SV VENOM i ei ee ee tae 16 

Rariviior Gtomen 5 fs pa ei oh ow tee 60 

Reithrodontomys cherriei. ...... 50 
SORLATILOIINIS << eR eS 50 
HUM ae ee eee 49 
TMPOT MGS css ee ee 73 
MOP RIOHIB: rien ees ca eee es 26 

Rhinichthys atronasus CME Sp oe hey eae 97 
CRARTAOUE 25s ae teeta. as vac 97 
CCI 5 SS ee ee ee 97 


Index. 


Rhinoptynx clamator......... 31 
Wiweekiseue eo 6.0 ee ee: 65 
Rhynchonycteris: 6.6 a 65 
Roceus americanus... ....,... 110 
CRPVSI Dieses eS i pear Ti 
Vinitebet ees oo on oe aa 110 
Roripa- pectinata.....025.06 6 oes 35 
Ss 
Date Aes Se ee ees 100 
POINTS ieee & Cn ENO ane a ae Se 104 
COTMOCDSIS es be eta a oe 103 
CIRPHRAT. ob ae eee ee es 102 
Coating. 2 re a a ae ee 102 
fontinahs: .sc5 ee een 103 
PIER ia A ee eee we 101 
RUST soo Ae ee i ee 100 
NWearpi 2s oe ee Serio Peni (| 
WOOO Soe eas ert ee 102, 103 
Wuasonieus: fs ee ee ie 103 
fWMACIHAtUS> 3S Oe erate ee 103 
BAMIOODS: oo cee Ree rias t 
KONTGRMG Loo Sa os a eee 101 
JabiPadoMeus 2.6 ne ee 100 
fowls | hes eee 2 108 
RULERS oe ee ara a a ae Sr ee 100 
WiACKONG Via 8 ee Sle ee 101 
WiaTStonl oss ae ee 104 
WRSOTH oe ae ee ew ee Oe 102 
namaytush <r A ee 102 
TItIGUS ois os ee ee ee ee 104 
OuUaANAnIChe 5529 a 102 
parkei . peng Se aie ee Red ee 104 
TichaTagHe 23 ee ee ee Peas 101 
pei hig) > | Pace OR Sarai caer eA Pas mar ORS 104 
rossii Pi cRNA i Sop ak PN ae 104 
ATA ee a eae | aS eee eats 101 
SMonieN 6 oka te eee eee eee 104 
SISPOWEE. 6 fe os ese a ree a ee 103 
[Ps Eg 653 br Sea are ry aN epi emieee (gr ip Ongar 104 
AAV TOROS. 2F gat ae ee 104 
CHS ee EE ecw <i OD 
rt Rb 22s Seas UOT Peas emai wetgtendl ee 100 
Ad la bol 1) Seman ees peer LOND gem aLe 101 
PBLVElINUS RIDES 250 sca eae 104 
Rentivialin <3) eee eee 103 
BAGG Oho ee tee Wears 104 
WMTHEOU To SA a te eae es 104 
TIBMAVCUAI Bk eel ee ee es 102 
Sth es re se ie eae ees 104 
Sealops californicts. ........ 52 
Ta timiaHus Soo ee oe ee ceed 52 
Scalopus machrinus......... 7,74 
Scapanus californieus......... 52 
Ole lis oS ea ee 52 
latimanuse sa eS eee oe 52 
tOWNSERGE 352 she ae ee 52 
Seeloporus undulatus ........ 11 
Sciuropterus volans......... 3, 72 
Seinurus atTroventris: +. <5. ikwwre 45 
BUGQDOULs 6 aoe erie eee 44 
CaTrolivionaise si sees Pee 71 
CASCACONSIMNT = ooo eete Gea irae 43 
Hudsowree:* oe ee eee. 61 
MeifGginosis. 68s eis ee 43 
1eviCcOts. eS ee ee 3 
Timiitis os See ae ie 
httoralis so 303 eee ase 
ludovicianus 14°25 see 3, 44, iS 
Tysterl "ste waste eee eee 
WIACTOUTO © ooo a a “a 
magnicaudatus ......... 44 
SUPITIG oi o.oo ahs oe a ee 23 
RISO si a aaa ee te 45 
ee Sy ght as Whee idee Gace 44 
Shot cla take aaa Ep an one anaoy aes 44 
eehhithndaten Ha Syn eae ee 44 


Seiurus rufiventer........ 44, 45, 71 
BOVE SS eee ence ewe 44 
SUpBUTRtUS 3 hs Ser eee 44 
CORIANS i os se eee es 45, 46 
vancouverensis ......... 

Semotilus atromaculatus ....... 95 
DUIS: ce a ie ew ee 95 
COTBOPOIS 5G 5 ir TS athe ae 95 

Sidalcea sylvestris ..........4 36 

Silnrus CeenOQsis™ 3 3s9 5 Oe eee 92 
TOMS oie eRe tiaras oe eat 92 
MISKOHCODG oe) Lhasa as 92 

Siptornis antisiensis: ..... 2°. s%.26 4 55 
heliniaye® 6. CES 55 

Sistrurus catenatus Cis wis 12 

Smith, H.M. On the unusual flower- 

ing of certain plants ....... vii 
the death of Capt. Z. L. 

PANOR a aoe is Sets De tae ee a vii 
Soper, ‘G. at A chronic typhoid fever 

PTOCMCOR iN. oi en ciss eee Bae >. 4 

MENFOR APCUICUS 550k ce he ete a 63 
OMS = ook ee hee tee 63 
ODROMIIG oko ee eee! aires 63 
CAGPOI SIS SE ot endear er ee See 63 

Spelerpes bislineatus ......... 15 
TON PICHIIGUS 42 ie 5 ae ae 14 
maculicaudus....... eS 7 

Spilogale:saxatilis 327s ae ee a 27 


Stearns, R. E.C. On the composition 
and decomposition of fresh-water 


mussel shells, with notes and 

QUGMOS os Pe AS Ae seas ix, 67-70 
Stejneger, L. The Celtic horse in Nor- 

2 ane Ne penn ae orga nde ban eee viii 


On the photographic repro- 
duction of rare books by European 


TBPATIGS i Raa ae ee ix 
On the distribution of Philip- 

pine animals ..... ‘ x 

Stenodus mackenzii .. 5 2000.2. as is : 101 


Stiles, C. W. A re-examination of the 
type of Filaria restiformis, an al- 


leged parasite ofman....... ix 
Stizostedion camadense ........ 108 
MTIGEU 3. sos. Gaawies oe aes 108 
TIGQOH o 0s a ees 108 
StOPemiaTeeayd 6.5.2 sees 10 
Sullivan, M. X. Toxic bodies arising 
during plant metabolism ..... x 
Sylvilagus cedrophilus ........ 83 
COMMER 56S oo. 5 a Snes teee 82 
ORIVUMS ocak ow oe ee 84 
iii LiL 4s Lo] ot. SRGpOney aetna rc prune ier ciara: 838 
meomexicanus ......... 83 
POSETICCUWIS 6 oh ee ae 82 
Sime 6 ee Sig tie retest 82 
WHRIMONTE ai ee oR ei eee ee 82 
WPT OT 5 ee VERE ae 83 
Synaptomys borealis ......... 49 
Synechoglanis beadlei ........ 92 
T 
Tamias Venustts>. is oa A ee eee 72 
Thaleichthys pacificus ........ 05 
Thomas, O. Buffon’s “‘ Pore-épie de 
ME Gh Dei aa ak ea Suc ea ce ee as Da 
ThOMOM VS JUIVUS: = See. ewes Sree 26 
poiee SRN as, See PE Rare TES 26 
PLOVER Ve Ne am Np RRR” aig Sane Bi 
Haoeiathon Tonite See Waeehey wo Sh iat g 
Titecomb, J. W. Exhibition of a ee: 
formed frog iS ies ties vii 
Some work of the beaver . . . vii 
PRICK YS <5 og els ge wom 66 
Triglopsis thompsoni ......... 111 


Trionyx muticus ; 
spiniferiis «6: sarge Ales ee eae ll 


126 

U a 
CDP II eee i eh een ee 105 
Uranidea boleoides . 3. . 6... seo 111 
TICHATORONL. orks es oS ae 110 
BUIIOGR Eo re, ek oe ee 110 
Ursus AMmericanns’ se. 7, 63 
DoLit th tn, cnet dey Sepa Mead an te eabe Blea ag hae 63 

Vv 
Van Deman, H.E. Exhibition of the _ 
Grimes goldenapple ....... vii 
VeSDOTMUO TUBCUS gr oe tb Gale aes 9 
WORM hope eee oes: lates hee 65 
Miveinia: Sloe a Ne oo) ey wie ea es eee 12 
Vitines fives: 6b ee ek Ss 6, 68, 74 


The Biological Society of Washington. 


WwW 


Waite, M.B. On a new peach blight 
- from California . . vii 
On the budding of trees during 
the spring of 1907 
Exhibition of peach twigs with — 
gumming fungus . . viii 
Wight, W. F. History of the ‘cowpea 
and its introduction into America viii 


at, 2h, LE AEA ae EY OY Gee 


Zamenis constrictor.......... 9 
Zaushneria garrettii 


A, 
oF 
c?, 


is Ws ries 


oj 


eke, 


a8 

i 
ier 
Test} 
[ie 


ia 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


Tl) 
46 


3 9088 0 


205 15